ACCT 412 International audit standards
(3) Credit Hours
This course is considered complementary to the material of auditing and auditing as it moves the student from the knowledge of the profession of audit and the requirements of its practice and the responsibilities of the auditor and his duties, and attached this article to the law of some standards of audit with the practical applications of these standards such as internal control and evidence and procedures Audit of the processes related to revenues, expenses and related accounts, and then explain the standard of the report on the results of the audit
Course Code |
ACCT 412 |
Course Title |
International audit standards |
Pre-requisite |
مبادئ المحاسبة (2) – ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is considered complementary to the material of auditing and auditing as it moves the student from the knowledge of the profession of audit and the requirements of its practice and the responsibilities of the auditor and his duties, and attached this article to the law of some standards of audit with the practical applications of these standards such as internal control and evidence and procedures Audit of the processes related to revenues, expenses and related accounts, and then explain the standard of the report on the results of the audit |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT 440 Graduate Research in Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
A course on graduation research deals with: introducing the basic scientific research methods (descriptive, experimental, historical). To provide the student with the basic skills of scientific research in his field of specialization, how to choose the research problem, organize the research plan, the ability to understand and design it, and how to register the study references.
Course Code |
ACCT 440 |
Course Title |
Graduate Research in Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
اكمال 96 ساعة معتمدة بنجاح |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
A course on graduation research deals with: introducing the basic scientific research methods (descriptive, experimental, historical). To provide the student with the basic skills of scientific research in his field of specialization, how to choose the research problem, organize the research plan, the ability to understand and design it, and how to register the study references. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT350 Accounting for banks and financial institutions
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the field of banking, banking operations, methods and accounting processes related to them.
Course Code |
ACCT350 |
Course Title |
Accounting for banks and financial institutions |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the field of banking, banking operations, methods and accounting processes related to them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACC101 Accounting Principles (I)
(3) Credit Hours
Course Code |
ACC101 |
Course Title |
Accounting Principles (I) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACC204 Intermediate financial accounting
(4) Credit Hours
The module will help candidates to understand different types of company from their formation, company financial accounting, the regulatory framework in which they operate, and their role in the context of market economies, law, and society. Candidates will also gain an understanding thoroughly different items of statement of financial positions (i.e., Assets, liabilities, and owners’ equity), and the relevant accounting policies and procedures related to recognizing these items.
Course Code |
ACC204 |
Course Title |
Intermediate financial accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module will help candidates to understand different types of company from their formation, company financial accounting, the regulatory framework in which they operate, and their role in the context of market economies, law, and society. Candidates will also gain an understanding thoroughly different items of statement of financial positions (i.e., Assets, liabilities, and owners’ equity), and the relevant accounting policies and procedures related to recognizing these items. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: - measure, record, report, and analyse the financial effect of complex IFRS regulations on financial reporting for corporate entities
- calculate and report earnings per share for a corporation.
- measure, record, and report the financial effects of applying different policies and procedures in recognizing assets, liabilities, and owners’ equity.
- define and apply the revenue recognition principle.
- measure, record, report and discuss the financial effect of leases for both lessees and lessors
- prepare a statement of cash flows.
- explain full disclosure.
- recognize and analyse an ethical problem occurring in a business and present a well-developed written response.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define the basic elements of financial statements. A2: Mention the basic policies and procedures related to the recognition of different accounting statements’ elements. A3: Demonstrate how to account for revenue recognition
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate the process of selecting and presenting information relating to balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. B2: Discuss a reasoned argument to the solution of familiar and unfamiliar problems relevant to financial statements. B3: Judge the process of selecting and presenting information relating to revenue recognition.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Prioritize the major classifications of the balance sheet and income statement items. C2: Interpret and review statement of cash flows. C3: Display different methods of revenue recognitions.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop capability of teamwork and collaborative behaviours. D2: Adapt accounting concepts to revenue recognition. D3: Complete work independently and in teams.
|
ACC300 Accounting Information Systems
(4) Credit Hours
This course is the first module to introduce the domain of information systems in accounting. This is a Level 6 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained through Levels 4 and 5 accounting modules. Thus, it is strongly recommended that students study this course after studying Financial/Management accounting (B291 and B292).
Course Code |
ACC300 |
Course Title |
Accounting Information Systems |
Pre-requisite |
B291 and B292 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is the first module to introduce the domain of information systems in accounting. This is a Level 6 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained through Levels 4 and 5 accounting modules. Thus, it is strongly recommended that students study this course after studying Financial/Management accounting (B291 and B292). |
Course Objectives |
This course is designed to present an understanding of accounting information systems and their role in the accounting environment. Particular attention is paid to transaction cycles and internal control structure. The three broad aims of the course are to provide students with:
- an understanding of the purpose and role of accounting information systems within contemporary organisations.
- an awareness of the way in which internal controls and technology interrelate with accounting information systems.
an understanding of the real-life problems of designing, implementing and using accounting information systems and its sub-cycles.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Explain what an accounting information system is and describe
the basic function it performs. A2: Demonstrate understanding of the role and importance of
accounting information systems in the various types of business and other
organisations. A3. Identify information system documentation techniques and their
use to understand, evaluate, and document an accounting information systems. A4. Explain the difference between database and file-based
systems. A5: Discuss the relational database systems and informatively
analyse and interpret accountant’s role of database systems development. A6: Describe the basic business activities and related data
processing operations performed in the accounting cycles. A7: Identify and explain control procedures. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context and functions of
accounting information systems in business practices. B2: Critically assess the impact and effective use of information
systems in organisations for competitive advantage. B3: Explain, analyse and apply the mechanism of system
documentation techniques in the accounting cycle. B4. Compare approaches to AIS including Enterprise Information,
Enterprise Resource Planning, etc. B5- Formulate a vision of the future and explain the evolving
importance of AIS and Internal Controls due to the guidance and direction of
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) pronouncements.
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Prepare system documentation, and use data flow diagrams and
flowcharts to understand, evaluate, and document information systems. C2: Design, implement, and effectively use relational database
systems using MS-Access
D. Key transferable skills. D1: Crucial participating in systems analysis and design.
D2: Accounting systems
are studied from an accounting cycles perspective, emphasizing the nature and
relevance of accounting internal controls and the relationship of accounting
systems to the functional areas of accounting.
|
ACC302 Principles of Auditing & Assurance Services
(4) Credit Hours
The course describes the role of the public accountant, professional standards, professional ethics, legal liability, audit evidence and documentation, audit planning internal control, audit sampling & procedures to audit the financial statements. This course thus aims to provide an introduction to the principles and practices of auditing.
It provides students with a sound understanding of fundamental auditing concepts and procedures, and the application of auditing standards. Accordingly, the course provides a foundation for students, who intend pursuing a specialised pathway in the auditing profession, as well as those who will pursue careers in accounting and other disciplines where principles of risk assessment, systems control and evaluation, and transaction testing are important. While the course focuses mainly on the practical application of an external financial audit.
Course Code |
ACC302 |
Course Title |
Principles of Auditing & Assurance Services |
Pre-requisite |
B291 and B292 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The course describes the role of the public accountant, professional standards, professional ethics, legal liability, audit evidence and documentation, audit planning internal control, audit sampling & procedures to audit the financial statements. This course thus aims to provide an introduction to the principles and practices of auditing.
It provides students with a sound understanding of fundamental auditing concepts and procedures, and the application of auditing standards. Accordingly, the course provides a foundation for students, who intend pursuing a specialised pathway in the auditing profession, as well as those who will pursue careers in accounting and other disciplines where principles of risk assessment, systems control and evaluation, and transaction testing are important. While the course focuses mainly on the practical application of an external financial audit. |
Course Objectives |
This is an AOU based course. The goals of the providers of information may run somewhat counter to those of the users of information. Accordingly there is recognition of the social need for independent public accountants-individuals of professional competence and integrity who can tell us whether the information that we use constitutes a fair picture of what is really going on. On successful completion of BS312 course, students should be able to: 1) Determine an understanding of Certified Public Accountants, Professional standards, and Fundamental audit concepts. 2) Apply a range of audit procedures. 3) Apply auditing standards. 4) Demonstrate an understanding of the legal context within which auditing occurs.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 : Awareness and
understanding of the role of the public accountant , audit standards, ethics ,
liability , audit evidence , documentation , audit planning, internal control ,
audit sampling A2: Demonstrate the ability to audit financial statements based on
the standards and procedures A3: Audit
of The Sales and Collection Cycle. A4: Audit of The Acquisition and Payment
Cycle B. Cognitive
skills B1: Understand the purpose of auditing and be able to investigate
and identify procedures Plan the audit, investigate evidence & identify
procedures. B2: Acquire understanding of the audit standards and how to apply
them in the audit process B3: Be able to distinguish between the different
types of audit reports and which report is mostly applicable for each
situation. B4: Be able to identify the environmental influences that might
impact the auditor’s plan and opinion. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Perform basic audit based on auditing standards & GAAP. C2: Perform audit procedures C3: Establish a relationship between the audit process and
environmental influences D. Key transferable skills. D1: Select appropriate procedures for auditing financial statement
accounts D2: Prepare an audit program of a typical firm
D3: Ability to dig out
evidence from a variety of sources in order to achieve the specific audit
objectives of financial statement accounts. |
ACCT 201 Principles of Accounting (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This is a foundational course aimed at developing concepts related to accounting principles; Financial statements
Course Code |
ACCT 201 |
Course Title |
Principles of Accounting (1) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a foundational course aimed at developing concepts related to accounting principles; Financial statements |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT 202 Accounting Principles (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This is a complementary course to the Accounting Principles 1 course (ACCT201) which is designed to enable students to develop their understanding of several accounting matters and through their dealings with financial processes in accounting. The course focuses on key topics such as: accounting adjustments; receivables; inventory; fixed assets; closing accounts.
Course Code |
ACCT 202 |
Course Title |
Accounting Principles (2) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a complementary course to the Accounting Principles 1 course (ACCT201) which is designed to enable students to develop their understanding of several accounting matters and through their dealings with financial processes in accounting. The course focuses on key topics such as: accounting adjustments; receivables; inventory; fixed assets; closing accounts. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT 402 Audit
(3) Credit Hours
This program is considered to introduce the student to new concepts after obtaining a set of knowledge in financial accounting, management and costs, and aims to develop other new concepts for the student related to the concept of auditing financial statements prepared on scientific basis in financial accounting, This course is considered a prelude to the student about the profession of auditing if he learns through it the concept of audit and the requirements of practicing the profession and the rules of the behaviors of this profession and the duties and responsibilities of these professions in addition to the first stage of the audit stages which is acceptance of the task of auditing and planning
Course Code |
ACCT 402 |
Course Title |
Audit |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This program is considered to introduce the student to new concepts after obtaining a set of knowledge in financial accounting, management and costs, and aims to develop other new concepts for the student related to the concept of auditing financial statements prepared on scientific basis in financial accounting, This course is considered a prelude to the student about the profession of auditing if he learns through it the concept of audit and the requirements of practicing the profession and the rules of the behaviors of this profession and the duties and responsibilities of these professions in addition to the first stage of the audit stages which is acceptance of the task of auditing and planning |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT 420 Topics specializing in international accounting
(3) Credit Hours
1. To discuss the arguments of causes of international differences
2. To discuss the arguments for and against international harmonization of financial reporting, and the main efforts on this issue
3. To discuss the major differences between IFRS and U.S.GAAP.
Course Code |
ACCT 420 |
Course Title |
Topics specializing in international accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT 413 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
1. To discuss the arguments of causes of international differences
2. To discuss the arguments for and against international harmonization of financial reporting, and the main efforts on this issue
3. To discuss the major differences between IFRS and U.S.GAAP. |
Course Objectives |
The main aims of this
subject are to discuss the arguments for and against international harmonization
of financial reporting, and the main efforts on this issue and to discuss the major differences between IFRS
and U.S.GAAP.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT 430 Field training
(3) Credit Hours
Training the student in one of the financial institutions or in the accounting and financial departments, which gave the student the ability to link academic achievements with the practical reality.
Course Code |
ACCT 430 |
Course Title |
Field training |
Pre-requisite |
موافقة المرشد الاكاديمي واكمال 81 ساعة |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Training the student in one of the financial institutions or in the accounting and financial departments, which gave the student the ability to link academic achievements with the practical reality. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT250 Computer Accounting Applications
(3) Credit Hours
This course is an introductory course of computer accounting with QuickBooks Pro Software. In this course students learn how to apply fundamental accounting concepts and principles and analyze business events with the use of a computer accounting program for commercial business enterprise, including setting up a new company and chart of accounts; recording transactions with customers, vendors and employees; managing lists; running reports and customizing them; changing forms and generating letters.
Course Code |
ACCT250 |
Course Title |
Computer Accounting Applications |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT 201 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is an introductory course of computer accounting with QuickBooks Pro Software. In this course students learn how to apply fundamental accounting concepts and principles and analyze business events with the use of a computer accounting program for commercial business enterprise, including setting up a new company and chart of accounts; recording transactions with customers, vendors and employees; managing lists; running reports and customizing them; changing forms and generating letters. |
Course Objectives |
The main aims and objectives of this course are : • Recognize different types of business industries • Interpret the accounting workflow within QuickBooks 2014 • Analyze and record business transactions • Produce and interpret financial reports • Process and analyze Accounts Receivable and Account Payable • Prepare and record Payroll for a business • Use General Journal Entries for adjusting entries • Create a new company file, using various methods
|
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and Understanding A1: Demonstrate understanding of the role and
importance of computer based accounting in the various types of business and
other organisations A2: Demonstrate understanding of the accounting for Accounts Receivable, inventories, Account Payable and other accounts using
accounting software A3: Demonstrate understanding of the computer based accounting transactional
process cycle.
A4: Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on
application of accounting concepts using QuickBooks
Pro Accounting
B Cognitive Skills B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context of computer
accounting for business practices B2: Explain, analyse and apply the mechanism of double-entry bookkeeping
and the accounting cycle in a computer based invironment. B3. Explain and interpret
the purpose, form and content of the computer-based customre and vendors transactions . B4. Explain and review the relations between financial statements and other reports in a computer based invironment
C Practical and professional skills C1.
Design a computerized accounting system for merchandising and service
organizations. C2. Record information and Prepare related reports regarding inventory,
accounts payable, accounts receivable, and payroll. C3.
Input data to record business transactions. C4.
Prepare financial statements and other
related reports for the business.
D Key/transferable skills D1: Use computer skills for the
purpose of bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial
statements, including basic financial analysis.
|
ACCT301 Accounting information systems
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the components of accounting information systems; Human, funding cycle as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment.
Course Code |
ACCT301 |
Course Title |
Accounting information systems |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about the components of accounting information systems; Human, funding cycle as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT305 Cost accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This is a subsequent course based on the principles of accounting principles (1) (ACCT201) and accounting principles (ACCT202) where this course is one of the basic courses for accounting specialization. The course discusses the basic concepts and different types of costs. The course provides a clear explanation of the traditional and modern cost systems and methods of treating damaged, lost and flawed
Course Code |
ACCT305 |
Course Title |
Cost accounting |
Pre-requisite |
مبادئ المحاسبة 2 ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a subsequent course based on the principles of accounting principles (1) (ACCT201) and accounting principles (ACCT202) where this course is one of the basic courses for accounting specialization. The course discusses the basic concepts and different types of costs. The course provides a clear explanation of the traditional and modern cost systems and methods of treating damaged, lost and flawed |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A المعرفة والفهم : A1 إظهار القدرة على معرفة وفهم الانظمة المختلفة للتكاليف والفروقات بين
هذه الانظمة وعيوب ومميزات كل اسلوب من
الاساليب A2 اظهار القدرة على تصنيف التكاليف حسب الطرق المختلفة وفهم الغاية من
هذه التصنيفات والاستفادة منها في اتخاذ القرارات الملائمة A3 إظهار القدرة على تحديد اثر طريقة التكلفة الكلية والتكلفة المتغيرة
على ارباح الشركات والعلاقة بين صافي الربح حسب الطريقتين. B المهارات المعرفية B1 تحليل وتفسير المعلومات المالية . B2 شرح وتوضيح المعلومات المفصح عنها في كل قائمة
من القوائم المالية الأربعة الأساسية ،
والطريقة التي يتم فيها استخدام تلك المعلومات من قبل متخذي القرار المختلفين .
وفهم طبيعة عمل الشركة من القوائم المالية B3 تحليل انحرافات التكاليف وتحديد المسؤول عن كل انحراف B4 تسجيل العمليات المالية اللازمة لتحضير قائمة
تكلفة البضاعة تامة الصنع وكيفية تحضير القائمة وتحديد تكلفة الوحدة الواحدة. B5 شرح المعالجة المحاسبية لنظام التكاليف حسب طريقة
الاوامر الانتاجية والمراحل الانتاجية ونظام ABC C المهارات العملية والمهنية C1 تسجيل العمليات والأحداث الاقتصادية ، والاحتفاظ
بالسجلات المحاسبية . C2 استخدام الانظمة المختلفة للتكاليف لتسجيل
العمليات المالية وتحديد تكلفة الوحدة الواحدة C3 إعداد
القوائم المالية الأساسية طبقاً للمبادئ المحاسبية المتعارف عليها (GAAP). معالجة الفاقد والتالف والمعيب. C4تحضير القوائم والتقارير الخاصة بتحديد تكلفة الانتاج
التام حسب الطرق المختلفة |
ACCT306 Administrative accounting
(3) Credit Hours
Administrative accounting is a specialized branch of accounting that seeks to introduce quantitative tools and methods for processing and preparing information to serve the administrative levels in the establishment. It also seeks to deepen the concepts of students for the role of administrative accounting in the fields of planning, control, decision-making, measurement and evaluation of performance, and administrative accounting prepares the necessary information to rationalize the various administrative levels of the establishment in the areas of planning, oversight and decision-making, and is done in This course is also a study of some of the most important topics in management accounting
Course Code |
ACCT306 |
Course Title |
Administrative accounting |
Pre-requisite |
محاسبة تكاليف ACCT305 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Administrative accounting is a specialized branch of accounting that seeks to introduce quantitative tools and methods for processing and preparing information to serve the administrative levels in the establishment. It also seeks to deepen the concepts of students for the role of administrative accounting in the fields of planning, control, decision-making, measurement and evaluation of performance, and administrative accounting prepares the necessary information to rationalize the various administrative levels of the establishment in the areas of planning, oversight and decision-making, and is done in This course is also a study of some of the most important topics in management accounting |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A المعرفة والفهم : A1 إدراك ومعرفة دور المحاسبة الادارية في الشركات والمنظمات الأخرى ، و
كذلك معرفة النظرية للفرق بين المحاسبة
الادارية والمالية. A2 اظهار القدرة على تصنيف التكاليف حسب الطرق المختلفة وفهم الغاية من
هذه التصنيفات والاستفادة منها في اتخاذ القرارات الملائمة B المهارات المعرفية B1 عمل تصنيفات مختلفة للتكاليف B2 تحديد نقطة التعادل بالوحدات والنقود ، هامش
الامان B3 تحديد معلومات التكاليف والايرادات الملائمة لاتخاذ
القرار B4 التعرف على طرق التسعير B5 تقييم المشاريع الاستثمارية B6 عمل الموازنات التشغيلية B7 تحديد التكاليف باستخدام انظمة مختلفة B8 التعرف على مراكز المسؤولية وتقييم الاداء C المهارات العملية والمهنية C1 التعرف على طرق مختلفة لتقييم المشاريع
الاستثمارية C2 تحليل العلاقة بين الربح والتكلفة والحجم
للمساعدة باتخاذ القرار C3 اعداد
الموازنات التقديرية المختلفة D مهارات رئيسية قابلة للنقل D1 استخدام الرياضيات البسيطة
لأغراض حسابية لاحتساب وتحليل بعض المعادلات
|
ACCT307 Government accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course constitutes three credit hours as a mandatory requirement for accounting students in the Business School, and includes a theoretical and practical study of the government accounting system, and the basic rules of this system in Jordan, including the main pillar which is the general budget of the state, and the course deals with the accounting fundamentals Traditional and modern government: cash base, commitment basis, and adjusted maturity basis. The course also includes the theory of allocated funds, types of funds allocated, and methods of accounting. It also includes a presentation of government financial statements and final accounts. In this course, students are introduced to international accounting standards in the public sector (IPSAS) and the importance of their application in Arab countries.
Course Code |
ACCT307 |
Course Title |
Government accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course constitutes three credit hours as a mandatory requirement for accounting students in the Business School, and includes a theoretical and practical study of the government accounting system, and the basic rules of this system in Jordan, including the main pillar which is the general budget of the state, and the course deals with the accounting fundamentals Traditional and modern government: cash base, commitment basis, and adjusted maturity basis. The course also includes the theory of allocated funds, types of funds allocated, and methods of accounting. It also includes a presentation of government financial statements and final accounts. In this course, students are introduced to international accounting standards in the public sector (IPSAS) and the importance of their application in Arab countries. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT311 Auditing accounting information systems
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about auditing accounting information systems, functions, objectives, documentation tools, and structure, as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment.
Course Code |
ACCT311 |
Course Title |
Auditing accounting information systems |
Pre-requisite |
نظم المعلومات المحاسبية |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop concepts and skills about auditing accounting information systems, functions, objectives, documentation tools, and structure, as well as control elements and models in the accounting information systems environment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT320 Average accounting (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course is a continuation of the process of determining profit and preparing financial statements by studying some of the advanced topics of accounting for investments in securities; Classified
Course Code |
ACCT320 |
Course Title |
Average accounting (1) |
Pre-requisite |
مبادئ المحاسبة (2) – ACCT202 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is a continuation of the process of determining profit and preparing financial statements by studying some of the advanced topics of accounting for investments in securities; Classified |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT322 Average accounting (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course is a continuation of the profit-making process and the preparation of financial statements by examining some of the advanced topics of preparing the cash flow list; accounting for long-term construction contracts; accounting for financing leases; accounting for premium sales; and accounting for errors Accounting changes
Course Code |
ACCT322 |
Course Title |
Average accounting (2) |
Pre-requisite |
المحاسبة المتوسطة (1) – ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is a continuation of the profit-making process and the preparation of financial statements by examining some of the advanced topics of preparing the cash flow list; accounting for long-term construction contracts; accounting for financing leases; accounting for premium sales; and accounting for errors Accounting changes |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT330 Financial Statement Analysis
(3) Credit Hours
ACCT330 is an 3-credit, Level 3 course offered through the Accounting Program at the Arab Open University- Jordan Branch as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of ACCT322.
Course Code |
ACCT330 |
Course Title |
Financial Statement Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
ACCT330 is an 3-credit, Level 3 course offered through the Accounting Program at the Arab Open University- Jordan Branch as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of ACCT322. |
Course Objectives |
The course will prepare and help students in analyzing real company financial statements as follows: In Chapter 1, students immediately learn about the basic financial statements. At once they learn four basic financial analysis ratios, common-size analysis, and trend analysis. They will use these tools throughout the course. Chapters 2 through 5 cover the basic financial statements, with full chapters dedicated to the statement of cash flows and the statement of stockholders' equity. Chapter 6 deals with topics that are traditionally covered in the first accounting course, such as inventory and property, plant and equipment. Chapter 7, students learn the accounting cycle, with the debit-credit system, adjusting, and closing journal entries.
|
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and Understanding A1 Use
accounting and business terminology, and understand the nature and purpose of
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A2 Explain
the objective of financial reporting, the elements of the financial statements,
and the related key accounting assumptions and principles. A3 Recognize the information conveyed
in each of the four basic financial statements and the way it is used by
investors, creditors, regulators, and managers B Cognitive skills B1 Research into accounting issues
relating to financial statement analysis, expertise and knowledge B2 Synthesise material from a variety
of sources in constructing arguments or describing financial analysis processes
B3 Evaluation and comparison of
competing companies. B4 Critical thinking, analysis, and
synthesis. C Practical and professional skills C1 The
ability to evaluate the nature of current assets including the measuring and
reporting of items such as short-term investments, receivables and bad debts,
inventory and costs of goods sold, and prepaid expenses. C4 The
application of course ideas to students’ own interactions with organisations
and life experiences. D
Key/transferable skills D1 Effective
communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas,
using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2 Effective performance in a team
environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D3 Effective use of information and
communication technologies for business purposes.
|
ACCT340 Tax accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course includes topics in tax legislation in the field of income tax, sales tax and the applicable accounting aspects of that legislation, in terms of the general rules in the imposition of the tax and how to calculate and declare it and the following procedures, and the resulting vat, fines and penalties. Under the provisions of the laws in force.
Course Code |
ACCT340 |
Course Title |
Tax accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT 322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course includes topics in tax legislation in the field of income tax, sales tax and the applicable accounting aspects of that legislation, in terms of the general rules in the imposition of the tax and how to calculate and declare it and the following procedures, and the resulting vat, fines and penalties. Under the provisions of the laws in force. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT345 Corporate Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce the student to the nature and characteristics of the companies and their accounting procedures. The first two main parts relate to identifying people's companies and the accounting processing of their activities and operations. The second part relates to the identification of the money companies and the accounting treatment of related activities: from the beginning of the establishment, the formation of capital, the measurement and distribution of the results of the works in addition to the accounting treatment of the liquidation problems of these companies and their expiration.
Course Code |
ACCT345 |
Course Title |
Corporate Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce the student to the nature and characteristics of the companies and their accounting procedures. The first two main parts relate to identifying people's companies and the accounting processing of their activities and operations. The second part relates to the identification of the money companies and the accounting treatment of related activities: from the beginning of the establishment, the formation of capital, the measurement and distribution of the results of the works in addition to the accounting treatment of the liquidation problems of these companies and their expiration. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT401 Accounting theory
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to enable students to develop their theoretical concepts that are based on the nature and purposes of accounting, with a presentation of its origins and historical development over time. This course also explains the pillars and foundations on which accounting theory is built, as well as the entrances or approaches used. The course is also exposed to accounting theories and their applications in professional practice, as will be addressed accounting measurement, the different aspects of the function of accounting measurement, and the problems and effects that result in the accounting data.
This course is subject to accounting as an information system and the concept and basis of disclosure of accounting information with a presentation of the disclosure rules set out in international accounting standards and international standards for the preparation of financial reports.
Course Code |
ACCT401 |
Course Title |
Accounting theory |
Pre-requisite |
تدقيق نظم المعلومات المحاسبية ACCT301 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to enable students to develop their theoretical concepts that are based on the nature and purposes of accounting, with a presentation of its origins and historical development over time. This course also explains the pillars and foundations on which accounting theory is built, as well as the entrances or approaches used. The course is also exposed to accounting theories and their applications in professional practice, as will be addressed accounting measurement, the different aspects of the function of accounting measurement, and the problems and effects that result in the accounting data.
This course is subject to accounting as an information system and the concept and basis of disclosure of accounting information with a presentation of the disclosure rules set out in international accounting standards and international standards for the preparation of financial reports.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT403 Advanced Accounting
(3) Credit Hours
Accounting processing for mergers and unions of companies, preparation of consolidated financial statements. Forms of legal mergers, procurement methods and common interests, financial statement preparation procedures, exchange operations between the holding company and the subsidiary.
Course Code |
ACCT403 |
Course Title |
Advanced Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
محاسبة متوسطة (2) – ACCT322 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Accounting processing for mergers and unions of companies, preparation of consolidated financial statements. Forms of legal mergers, procurement methods and common interests, financial statement preparation procedures, exchange operations between the holding company and the subsidiary. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACCT413 International accounting standards
(3) Credit Hours
After completing the course, the student is expected to be familiar with:
"Basic concepts of conceptual framework for preparing and displaying financial statements"
"International standards and international financial reporting standards and their latest modifications""
"Dealing with study situations and putting forward and discussing ideas (analysis)
Course Code |
ACCT413 |
Course Title |
International accounting standards |
Pre-requisite |
محاسبة مالية متقدمة ACCT 403 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
After completing the course, the student is expected to be familiar with:
"Basic concepts of conceptual framework for preparing and displaying financial statements"
"International standards and international financial reporting standards and their latest modifications""
"Dealing with study situations and putting forward and discussing ideas (analysis) |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ACT111 Financial Accounting
(4) Credit Hours
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of financial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of how to prepare the basic financial statements, based on application of the accounting concepts and principles, as well as how to analyze the financial statements information, and calculate and interpret critical financial ratios that will help company stakeholders make rational decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of Faculty of Business Studies.
Course Code |
ACT111 |
Course Title |
Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
EL111: English Communication Skills (I) |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of financial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of how to prepare the basic financial statements, based on application of the accounting concepts and principles, as well as how to analyze the financial statements information, and calculate and interpret critical financial ratios that will help company stakeholders make rational decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of Faculty of Business Studies. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the essential principles of measuring the financial performance of companies and improving financial planning. Students will gain an understanding of how to prepare the basic financial statements, based on application of accounting concepts, regulations and principles, as well as how to analyse the financial statements information that will help company stakeholders make rational decisions.
| |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 : Demonstrate awareness and understanding of the role of accounting in business and other organisations and of its theory, principles, concepts, practices, techniques, ethics, limitations, and techniques central to bookkeeping and accounting. A2: Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on application of accounting concepts, regulations and principles.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge of the basic accounting equation, the basic financial statements and the information conveyed in each of the statements. B2: Apply the steps of the accounting cycle for service and merchandising companies. B3: Apply and demonstrate end-of-period adjusting process required to prepare financial statements.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Manage transactions and events, and maintain accounting records as required for bookkeeping and accounting.
C2: Reflect on basic financial statements based upon Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
C3: Develop the general practical and professional skills of financial accounting that can be used for personal and career goals.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Gain knowledge and skills to use simple mathematics for the purpose of calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial statements, including basic ratio analysis.
|
ACT112 Managerial Accounting
(4) Credit Hours
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of managerial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of concepts and applications of managerial accounting, Moreover, students will learn how to prepare and use the accounting information for internal planning and control purposes, as well as using it to make informed managerial decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of the accounting track.
Course Code |
ACT112 |
Course Title |
Managerial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
ACT111: Financial Accounting |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module aims to teach students the fundamentals of managerial accounting. Students will gain an understanding of concepts and applications of managerial accounting, Moreover, students will learn how to prepare and use the accounting information for internal planning and control purposes, as well as using it to make informed managerial decisions. This module is obligatory for all students of the accounting track. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the essential principles of measuring management performance and the use of accounting information for internal planning, control and decision making purposes. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of the different types of costs and how they behave, and understanding cost-volume-profit relationships. A2: Demonstrate understanding of different types of budgets and how to prepare budgets and understanding of standard costs and variances analysis process A3: Demonstrate understanding of responsibility accounting and management’s decision-making process.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge of the different types of costs and how they behave, and how to apply cost-volume-profit analysis B2: Analyse the budgetary process and illustrate in detail the methods of preparing budgets for planning and control purposes. B3: Analyse the features of responsibility accounting and understand differences between responsibility centres and explain the relevant and reliable information to be used by management in making decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Apply different cost classifications transactions and use cost-volume-profit analysis and contribution analysis in different decisions
C2: Reflect on different budgets and calculate the main variances used in variance analysis.
C3: Recognize different responsibility centres and make the differential analysis required to apply different decisions based on relevant information.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop effective written and oral communication skills relevant to managerial accounting.
|
B 324 Marketing and Society
(8) Credit Hours
This course explores the theory and practice of responsible marketing, addressing the interrelated areas of corporate social responsibility and marketing ethics and the emergent area of social marketing. It examines the impact of established marketing techniques and practices on the promotion of social well-being and behavioural change. You will identify key ethical issues involved in marketing decision-making and the responsibilities of organisations to their stakeholders, including the wider community. Elements of marketing management (such as communications, research and planning) are examined within this wider framework at both a domestic and international level.
Course Code |
B 324 |
Course Title |
Marketing and Society |
Pre-requisite |
B205B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course explores the theory and practice of responsible marketing, addressing the interrelated areas of corporate social responsibility and marketing ethics and the emergent area of social marketing. It examines the impact of established marketing techniques and practices on the promotion of social well-being and behavioural change. You will identify key ethical issues involved in marketing decision-making and the responsibilities of organisations to their stakeholders, including the wider community. Elements of marketing management (such as communications, research and planning) are examined within this wider framework at both a domestic and international level. |
Course Objectives |
Marketing
and Sociology. It is a level three course of the B.A. (Hons) in Business
Studies with marketing degree.
This course will develop student's ability to synthesise arguments and assumptions from a variety of sources and perspectives, critically evaluate them and apply relevant concepts in a range of contexts. In particular, student will learn concepts, theories and debates about the roles and responsibilities of marketing in society:
- Identification and critical analysis of relevant issues involved in responsible marketing
- Application of marketing thinking to health and social behaviour
- Application of responsible marketing to own professional context
- Sensitivity to the problems and challenges in both commercial and social marketing.
- Explore how marketing concepts and techniques can be applied to the marketing of social issues as opposed to the more traditional area of commercial marketing;
- Examine how social marketing approaches can change behaviour in order to achieve socially desirable goals;
- Illustrate, through case study examples, the application of concepts and techniques to 'real world' social marketing problems.
The course is a new development in the optional courses of the BA Business Studies Programme. Marketing in Society will build upon the students understanding of aspects of marketing gleaned from earlier courses within the programme but will focus on the importance of responsible marketing.
Students will learn to integrate and use information and/or data appropriately in complex contexts. They will also learn to recognise the limitations of knowledge in the area. The course will provide you with opportunities to develop skills in effective communication of ideas and arguments to relevant audiences. You'll be encouraged to manage your learning and reflect on your development as an independent learner.
The principal learning method used in the course will be problem-based. Usually, students will encounter a short or long case study. They will be expected to make sense of, discuss, analyse, synthesise and evaluate issues and possibilities in the case study. You'll do this by applying your existing knowledge and any new knowledge you can gather from the supplied textbooks, journal articles, electronic sources and course participants. You'll gain knowledge and understanding in the areas of ethics, corporate social responsibility, social marketing, and ethical issues in commercial marketing. The way you are assessed and what you will be assessed on will mirror how you learn and what you learn; the assessment will constitute part of the learning.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: To
understand and apply concepts, theories and debates about the roles and
responsibilities of marketing in society to real life situations A2: Apply
marketing thinking to the field of health and social behaviour A3:
Demonstrate an understanding about ethics and marketing A4: Green and
environmental marketing, sustainability, fair trade and ethical consumption B. Cognitive
skills B1: Evaluate the relevance of course concepts to a variety of
other contexts B2 Synthesise and critical evaluate arguments and assumptions from
a variety of sources and competing perspectives B3. Recognise the limitations of knowledge in the area C. Practical and professional skills C1: Apply responsible marketing to their own professional context
or one they are familiar with C2:Demonstrate a sensitivity to the problems and
challenges in both commercial and social marketing D. Key transferable skills. D1: Identify and critically analyse relevant issues involved in responsible
social and commercial
marketing D2: Effectively communicate ideas and arguments to relevant
audiences D3: Integrate and use information and/or data in complex contexts
D4: Manage own learning
and reflect on their development as an independent learner
|
B122 An Introduction to Retail management and Marketing
(8) Credit Hours
It is an introductory Level 1 course. As the retail industry is highly dynamic and innovative, this
course looks at how retailing has developed within a business context, and how retail outlets work and apply retail marketing. It offers a balance between theory and practice that is innovative and engaging. During your studies you will consider contemporary factors that affect retailing: globalization; the impact of ever-changing technology; and social and ethical issues. This course is designed for retail industry employees wishing to develop a career in management, and anyone interested in working in the retail sector, or simply wanting to know more about the world of retailing.
Course Code |
B122 |
Course Title |
An Introduction to Retail management and Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
It is an introductory Level 1 course. As the retail industry is highly dynamic and innovative, this
course looks at how retailing has developed within a business context, and how retail outlets work and apply retail marketing. It offers a balance between theory and practice that is innovative and engaging. During your studies you will consider contemporary factors that affect retailing: globalization; the impact of ever-changing technology; and social and ethical issues. This course is designed for retail industry employees wishing to develop a career in management, and anyone interested in working in the retail sector, or simply wanting to know more about the world of retailing.
|
Course Objectives |
The academic aims of this module is to introduce you to the main functions and management of
a retail business and the key issues associated with understanding retail trading and retail environments. After studying the course, you should be able to: - Explain relevant theories and concepts of retailing
- Describe the key elements of a retail business and the retail trading environment
- Discuss issues associated with operating a business in a retail environment/context
- Outline the key course topics and explain why each topic is important to understanding the principles of retail management
- Explain linkages between components of the course
- Organise your studies, including paper-based and computer-based services
Continue to develop your awareness of how you learn and how different elements of the course applied to your individual learning style.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: retail technology, which focuses on the
virtual world of e-retailing; A2: the diversity of retail products and
sectors; A3: retail ethics and the environmental
impact; A4: the
implications of globalisation B. Cognitive
skills B1: Reflection and critical engagement into both domestic retail technology
and e-retailing B2: Critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis B3: Valuation
and comparison of retail management.
C. Practical
and professional skills C1: Time management, skills appropriate to business, such as
creativity, persuasion and attractiveness. C2: Study skills, learning to learn and reflecting on students’
own development as learners. C3: The ability to analyse work-related cases and situations to
identify challenges for organisations in developing responses in relation to
their environments. C4: The application of course ideas to students’ own interactions
with organisations and life experiences. D Key
transferable skills
D1: Decision making and problem solving making a viable approach to students to engage with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
B123 Management Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on existing knowledge and skills through the application of management theory. It’s suitable if you’ve studied any introductory course and want to complete the Certificate in Business Studies or gain 30 credits towards our BA (Hons). This introductory Level 1 course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on your existing knowledge and skills. You’ll also use your own workplace experiences to develop an academic understanding of management and valuable study skills, which you’ll demonstrate by writing about management and reflecting on your own skills as a learner.
Course Code |
B123 |
Course Title |
Management Practice |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on existing knowledge and skills through the application of management theory. It’s suitable if you’ve studied any introductory course and want to complete the Certificate in Business Studies or gain 30 credits towards our BA (Hons). This introductory Level 1 course introduces management ideas and uses activities to build on your existing knowledge and skills. You’ll also use your own workplace experiences to develop an academic understanding of management and valuable study skills, which you’ll demonstrate by writing about management and reflecting on your own skills as a learner. |
Course Objectives |
By the
end of this course you’ll have developed a new, more theoretical understanding
of how and why managers do what they do in organisations. You’ll build a
toolkit of management concepts, theories and models that you can use to tackle
workplace issues. You’ll also feel more confident in embarking on further
undergraduate study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. Demonstrated how learning they have undertaken previously in
the workplace can be utilised to inform the development of their management
practice A2. Selected and used a range of management theories, concepts and
ideas to help identify, analyse and address issues and situations in their
current practice setting. A3. Worked in collaboration with others in assessing the
applicability of selected management theories, etc. to their own and others’
identified practice problems. A4. Reflected
on the impact of their learning on their practice of management, and their
future development as a management practitioner. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Identify and draw upon appropriate forms of prior learning
relating to the development of their management practice. B2. Apply relevant theoretical knowledge of management to a
practical problem. B3. Collaborate with peers’ practitioners to, and begin to,
critically evaluate the applicability of selected management theories etc. B4. Reflect productively on the development of their practice of
management. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Communicate their understanding of management theory and its
application to practice in writing. C2. Work independently on identifying issues and situations in the
workplace and apply academic theories and concepts to these to gain a deeper
understanding of them. D. Key transferable skills. D1. Use of a range of tools and websites for finding and recording
information online: internet browsers, search engines, copy/ paste, e-portfolios
and download functions
D2. Communicate with
peer learners via synchronous and asynchronous online media.
|
B124 Fundamentals of Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a broad introduction to accounting study at the university level. It covers the fundamentals of financial and management accounting as well as the essential skills, knowledge and ethics required to be a professional accountant. Fundamentals of Accounting module is required for all business with accounting track. It is strongly recommended that students study this module before Financial accounting (B291) and Management accounting (B292).
Course Code |
B124 |
Course Title |
Fundamentals of Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides a broad introduction to accounting study at the university level. It covers the fundamentals of financial and management accounting as well as the essential skills, knowledge and ethics required to be a professional accountant. Fundamentals of Accounting module is required for all business with accounting track. It is strongly recommended that students study this module before Financial accounting (B291) and Management accounting (B292). |
Course Objectives |
It aims to equip students with the essential principles of measuring management performance and improving financial planning, control and decision-making. Students can gain an understanding of financial reports through their preparation, based on the double-entry bookkeeping system which is essential for the management of any organisation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Awareness and understanding of the role of accounting in business and other organisations and of its theory, principles, concepts, practices, techniques, ethics, limitations, and techniques central to bookkeeping and accounting.
A2: Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on application of accounting concepts, regulations and principles. A3: Demonstrate understanding of the types of costs and how they behave in order to calculate cost-volume-profit relationships, A4: Demonstrate understanding of management's decision-making process as it relates to product pricing, production, adding and dropping, etc. A5: Demonstrate understanding of the types of budgets and be able to prepare operating budgets, financial budgets and capital budgets. A6: Demonstrate understanding of the responsibility centers and balanced scorecard.
B. Cognitive skills
B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context and environmental influences and constraints on financial accounting and business practices. B2: Explain the balance sheet equation, the basic financial statements and the information conveyed in each of the statements. B3: Explain the steps in the accounting cycle for service and merchandising companies. B4: Explain the relevant factors in making different decisions. B5: Explain methods that don't use present value versus those that do use present value B6: Explain the features of responsibility reports and differentiate between cost centres, profit centres and investment centres.
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Record transactions
and events, and maintain accounting records as required for bookkeeping and
accounting.
C2: Prepare basic
financial statements based upon Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. C3: Develop the
general practical and professional skills of management accounting that can be
used for personal and career goals.
D Key transferable skills D1: Use simple mathematics for the purpose of calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial statements, including basic ratio analysis.
D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within management accounting.
D3: Communicate management accounting information effectively and appropriately.
D4: Use fundamental business mathematics and other quantitative methods effectively and appropriately.
|
B205A Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Part A of it comprises 14 study weeks (one semester). And is structured into 2 (out of the five) linked blocks. It also forms part of the new undergraduate qualification BA Business Management and BA Business Marketing. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation. They will also examine the theoretical and practical connections between these distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
Block 1: Core concepts
Introduces core concepts of innovation and entrepreneurship and gives the student an opportunity to examine ‘what it all means for me’. It also introduces students to each other, creates confidence, and promotes teambuilding in preparation for Block 2.
Block 2: Teams and networks
Block 2 focuses on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture. It also introduces and develops the underpinning knowledge and understanding on key areas, including teams, networks, resource acquisition and legitimacy-building, in preparation for the new venture creation activity (Block 4 of B205B).
Course Code |
B205A |
Course Title |
Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Part A of it comprises 14 study weeks (one semester). And is structured into 2 (out of the five) linked blocks. It also forms part of the new undergraduate qualification BA Business Management and BA Business Marketing. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation. They will also examine the theoretical and practical connections between these distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
Block 1: Core concepts
Introduces core concepts of innovation and entrepreneurship and gives the student an opportunity to examine ‘what it all means for me’. It also introduces students to each other, creates confidence, and promotes teambuilding in preparation for Block 2.
Block 2: Teams and networks
Block 2 focuses on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture. It also introduces and develops the underpinning knowledge and understanding on key areas, including teams, networks, resource acquisition and legitimacy-building, in preparation for the new venture creation activity (Block 4 of B205B). |
Course Objectives |
B205A academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental concepts and theories of entrepreneurial innovation. It also re-apply some generic business and management concepts in an entrepreneurial and innovation-related concept (e.g. entrepreneurial marketing and entrepreneurial finance. The coverage of innovation and entrepreneurship subjects will be wide-ranging and integrative, with the aim of providing the necessary foundations for interested students to progress to a more in-depth study of specialist topics within this subject area during their level 3 studies.
Progression is also addressed within B205A - with a gradual development of knowledge and skills from Block 1 and Block 2 (covered in Part A of the course) through Block 3, Block 4 and Block 5 (covered in Part B of the course, B207B). There will be a logical progression of subject matter, from an introduction to core concepts in innovation and entrepreneurship (Block 1), followed by a more skills-oriented examination of teams, networks and associated concepts (Block 2), a comparative study of innovation and entrepreneurship in different contexts (Block 3), a simulated experience of entrepreneurial team-working and innovation (Block 4) and an opportunity for reflection and integration (Block 5). Study and employment skills will be integrated into the learning activities, with a particular focus on digital literacy, creative thinking and problem solving, team-working, persuasive communication and more general personal development and enterprise-related skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: knowledge
of different forms of innovative and entrepreneurial practice around the world
and at different scales, including: technological and social innovation;
commercial and social enterprise; independent and corporate entrepreneurship. A2: understand
different research perspectives on innovation and entrepreneurship, recognising
that these subjects can be studied at multiple levels of analysis. A3:
familiarize with core theories, concepts and frameworks that have been applied
to innovation and entrepreneurship, with a particular focus on their
implications for practice. A4: Know the
relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship, both at a conceptual and
a practical level. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Distinguish the key components of innovative and
entrepreneurial processes and practices kinds (i.e. in comparison with more
routinised approaches) B2: Select innovative and entrepreneurial approaches that are
likely to be appropriate in particular organisational contexts. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Identify, search for
and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable
business models. C2: Negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an
entrepreneurial setting. C3: Engage in creative problem-solving. C4: Apply design thinking approaches in order to develop practical
solutions. C5: Deploy effective networking and persuasive communication
skills. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings,
which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity and open-ended challenges.
D2: Display resilience
and an on-going capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those
of others.
|
B205A- 2022 Plan Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (A)
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
Course Code |
B205A- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (A) |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112 and ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
|
Course Objectives |
B205A academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental concepts and theories of entrepreneurial innovation. It also re-apply some generic business and management concepts in an entrepreneurial and innovation-related concept, with the aim of providing the necessary foundations for interested students to progress to a more in-depth study of specialist topics within this subject area during their level 3 studies. Study and employment skills will be integrated into the learning activities, with a particular focus on digital literacy, creative thinking and problem solving, team-working, persuasive communication and more general personal development and enterprise-related skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate different forms of innovative and entrepreneurial practice around the world and at different scales, including: technological and social innovation; commercial and social enterprise; independent and corporate entrepreneurship. A2: Demonstrate different research perspectives on innovation and entrepreneurship, recognising that these subjects can be studied at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Critical understanding of core theories, concepts and frameworks that have been applied to innovation and entrepreneurship, with a particular focus on their implications for practice. A4: Comparative understanding of the relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship, both at a conceptual and a practical level.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Conceptual understanding of the key components of innovative and entrepreneurial processes and practices kinds (i.e., in comparison with more routinised approaches) B2: Apply appropriate innovative and entrepreneurial approaches that are likely to be appropriate in particular organisational contexts.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, identify, search for and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable business models. C2: As an independent learner, negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting. C3: Critically engage in creative problem-solving. C4: Recognise effective networking and persuasive communication skills.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: As an independent learner, work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings, which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity and open-ended challenges. D2: Display resilience and an on-going capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those of others. D3: Collaborate and work in a team context while acquiring coordination and time management skills.
|
B205B Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Part A of it comprises 14 study weeks (one semester). And is structured into 2 (out of the five) linked blocks. It also forms part of the new undergraduate qualification BA Business Management and BA Business Marketing. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation. They will also examine the theoretical and practical connections between these distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
Block 1: Core concepts
Introduces core concepts of innovation and entrepreneurship and gives the student an opportunity to examine ‘what it all means for me’. It also introduces students to each other, creates confidence, and promotes teambuilding in preparation for Block 2.
Block 2: Teams and networks
Block 2 focuses on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture. It also introduces and develops the underpinning knowledge and understanding on key areas, including teams, networks, resource acquisition and legitimacy-building, in preparation for the new venture creation activity (Block 4 of B205B).
Course Code |
B205B |
Course Title |
Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Part A of it comprises 14 study weeks (one semester). And is structured into 2 (out of the five) linked blocks. It also forms part of the new undergraduate qualification BA Business Management and BA Business Marketing. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation. They will also examine the theoretical and practical connections between these distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
Block 1: Core concepts
Introduces core concepts of innovation and entrepreneurship and gives the student an opportunity to examine ‘what it all means for me’. It also introduces students to each other, creates confidence, and promotes teambuilding in preparation for Block 2.
Block 2: Teams and networks
Block 2 focuses on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture. It also introduces and develops the underpinning knowledge and understanding on key areas, including teams, networks, resource acquisition and legitimacy-building, in preparation for the new venture creation activity (Block 4 of B205B).
|
Course Objectives |
B205A academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental concepts and theories of entrepreneurial innovation. It also re-apply some generic business and management concepts in an entrepreneurial and innovation-related concept (e.g. entrepreneurial marketing and entrepreneurial finance. The coverage of innovation and entrepreneurship subjects will be wide-ranging and integrative, with the aim of providing the necessary foundations for interested students to progress to a more in-depth study of specialist topics within this subject area during their level 3 studies.
Progression is also addressed within B205A - with a gradual development of knowledge and skills from Block 1 and Block 2 (covered in Part A of the course) through Block 3, Block 4 and Block 5 (covered in Part B of the course, B207B). There will be a logical progression of subject matter, from an introduction to core concepts in innovation and entrepreneurship (Block 1), followed by a more skills-oriented examination of teams, networks and associated concepts (Block 2), a comparative study of innovation and entrepreneurship in different contexts (Block 3), a simulated experience of entrepreneurial team-working and innovation (Block 4) and an opportunity for reflection and integration (Block 5). Study and employment skills will be integrated into the learning activities, with a particular focus on digital literacy, creative thinking and problem solving, team-working, persuasive communication and more general personal development and enterprise-related skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: knowledge
of different forms of innovative and entrepreneurial practice around the world
and at different scales, including: technological and social innovation;
commercial and social enterprise; independent and corporate entrepreneurship. A2: understand
different research perspectives on innovation and entrepreneurship, recognising
that these subjects can be studied at multiple levels of analysis. A3:
familiarize with core theories, concepts and frameworks that have been applied
to innovation and entrepreneurship, with a particular focus on their
implications for practice. A4: Know the
relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship, both at a conceptual and
a practical level. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Distinguish the key components of innovative and
entrepreneurial processes and practices kinds (i.e. in comparison with more
routinised approaches) B2: Select innovative and entrepreneurial approaches that are
likely to be appropriate in particular organisational contexts. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Identify, search for
and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable
business models. C2: Negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an
entrepreneurial setting. C3: Engage in creative problem-solving. C4: Apply design thinking approaches in order to develop practical
solutions. C5: Deploy effective networking and persuasive communication
skills.
D. Key transferable skills. D1: Work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings,
which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity and open-ended challenges.
D2: Display resilience
and an on-going capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those
of others.
|
B205B- 2022 Plan Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (B)
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
Course Code |
B205B- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Exploring innovation and entrepreneurship (B) |
Pre-requisite |
B205A and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a broad foundation in innovation and entrepreneurship. The course is composed of two parts A and B. Students will be introduced to core concepts of entrepreneurship and innovation.
This module will focus on the skills required to create teams, build networks and to secure the necessary resources in the context of an innovative, entrepreneurial venture.
|
Course Objectives |
B205B academic aim is to review number of fundamental concepts and theories of entrepreneurial innovation introduced in Part I of the course. It also re-applies some generic business and management concepts in an entrepreneurial and innovation-related concept.
a comparative study of innovation and entrepreneurship in different contexts (Block 3), a simulated experience of entrepreneurial team-working and innovation (Block 4) and an opportunity for reflection and integration (Block 5). Study and employment skills will be integrated into the learning activities, with a particular focus on digital literacy, creative thinking and problem solving, team-working, persuasive communication and more general personal development and enterprise-related skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of different forms of innovative and entrepreneurial practice around the world and at different scales, including: technological and social innovation; commercial and social enterprise; independent and corporate entrepreneurship. A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of different research perspectives on innovation and entrepreneurship, recognising that these subjects can be studied at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Demonstrate detailed knowledge of core theories, concepts and frameworks that have been applied to innovation and entrepreneurship, with a particular focus on their implications for practice. A4: Demonstrate comparative understanding of the relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship, both at a conceptual and a practical level.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Appreciate the key components of innovative and entrepreneurial processes and practices kinds B2: Apply appropriate innovative and entrepreneurial approaches in particular organisational contexts.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, identify, search for and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable business models. C2: As an independent learner, Negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting. C3: Critically engage in creative problem-solving. C4: Recognise effective networking and persuasive communication skills.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: As an independent learner, work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings, which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity and open-ended challenges. D2: Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, date or tools accurately in complex context and display resilience and an on-going capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those of others. D3: Collaborate and work in a team context while acquiring coordination and time management skills.
|
B206 Understanding Customers
(8) Credit Hours
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of consumer behaviour in relation to the wider marketing context.
This module aims to introduce students to theories, concepts and techniques guiding how contemporary marketing practitioners understand consumers and business buying behaviour.
Course Code |
B206 |
Course Title |
Understanding Customers |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112+ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of consumer behaviour in relation to the wider marketing context.
This module aims to introduce students to theories, concepts and techniques guiding how contemporary marketing practitioners understand consumers and business buying behaviour.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to introduce students to theories, concepts and techniques guiding how contemporary marketing practitioners understand consumers and business buying behaviour. The content, activities and assessments are designed to help students to develop and demonstrate relevant skills for employment related to understanding customers including digital and information literacy skills. This will support the learner’s independence.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of selected concepts, models and processes related to consumer and business buyer behaviour, and their implications for marketing practice. A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of essential theories of consumer and business buying behaviour.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Gather, evaluate and critically analyse information, ideas, concepts and quantitative and/or qualitative data related to customer behaviour, drawing on a range of current sources B2: Apply appropriate materials, practices and skills in accordance with theories, concepts and principles of customer behaviour in ways which show you understand their strengths and limitations.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, apply knowledge and understanding of customer behaviour to identify, critically analyse and solve marketing problems. C2: Accurately and effectively communicate in a range of contexts and to different audiences, using the main concepts associated with customer behaviour. C3: Demonstrate confident use of a range of digital practices (including tools and resources) to find, use, create and share appropriate data, information and knowledge.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Engage with professional skills and demonstrate an awareness of relevant ethical and business/commercial issues in relation to customer behaviour. D2: Develop as an independent practitioner by planning your own workload, taking responsibility for reviewing progress and keeping to deadlines. D3: Reflect on personal/career development in the context of your studies.
|
B207A Shaping Business Opportunities I
(8) Credit Hours
B207A is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of BS110. The B207 module in this new study plan is equivalent to B203 module in the old study plan (which is itself previously equivalent to B202)
Course Code |
B207A |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities I |
Pre-requisite |
BS110 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207A is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of BS110. The B207 module in this new study plan is equivalent to B203 module in the old study plan (which is itself previously equivalent to B202) |
Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. The module comprises 16 study weeks (including final assessment).
Operations Management: (4 weeks) The following subjects will be covered: - Introduction to operations management
- Operations strategy
- Product, service and process design
- International location of operations
- Global supply chain
- Operations: changing market conditions
Operations: risk and resilience
Marketing: (6 weeks)
The following subjects will be covered: - Marketing: purpose and mission
- Marketing (external environment, brand formulation, segmentation and targeting, market research)
- Analysing market growth potential
- International marketing and global branding
- Consumer behaviour
- Business-to-business marketing
Marketing (integrated marketing; lifecycle maturity, product portfolio, brand refreshing, monitoring and measuring success, crisis management)
Human Resource Management (3 weeks)
- What does it mean to move from employee relations to HRM in a global context?
- Employment relations
- Change management
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation. A2: Develop a critical understanding of why new products and services are imperative to contemporary business practice. Also to develop knowledge and understanding of external issues affecting the successful running of organizations, including how they compete in a global context.
A3: Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation. A4: develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management). B. Cognitive skills
B1: Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management. B2/B3: Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations B2/B4: Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
C3: Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner, including a focus on personal skills development. C4: Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D Key transferable skills D2: Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials. D3: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection. D4: Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B207A- 2022 Plan Shaping Business Opportunities I
(8) Credit Hours
B207A is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
Course Code |
B207A- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities I |
Pre-requisite |
MKT112 and MGT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207A is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. |
Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation. A2: Develop a critical understanding of why new products and services are imperative to contemporary business practice. Also to develop knowledge and understanding of external issues affecting the successful running of organizations, including how they compete in a global context. A3: Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation. A4: develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management).
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management. B2: Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations B3: Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner and as a team member. C2: Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials. D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection. D3: Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B207B Shaping Business Opportunities
(8) Credit Hours
B207B is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of B207A.
Course Code |
B207B |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities |
Pre-requisite |
B207A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207B is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of B207A. |
Course Objectives |
This
module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to
students in management and accounting. The module comprises 16 study weeks
(including final assessment).
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (management and accounting) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation.
A2: Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation.
A3: develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions. B. Cognitive skills
B1: Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management.
B2: Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations
B3: Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner, including a focus on personal skills development.
C2: Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D Key transferable skills D1: Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials. D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection.
D3: Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B207B- 2022 Plan Shaping Business Opportunities II
(8) Credit Hours
B207B is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
Course Code |
B207B- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities II |
Pre-requisite |
B207A and BUC112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207B is a module offered to equip students with basic and fundamental concepts and theories about business functions, and it is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. |
Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in operations management, marketing and human resource management.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation. A2: Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation. A3: develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management).
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management. B2: Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations B3: Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner and as a team member. C2: Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials. D2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection. D3: Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B240 Microfinance theory and Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This course will use information economics to understand microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. The rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations amidst difficulties of accessing financial services from banks shall be explored. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered.
Course Code |
B240 |
Course Title |
Microfinance theory and Practice |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course will use information economics to understand microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. The rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations amidst difficulties of accessing financial services from banks shall be explored. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered. |
Course Objectives |
Microfinance
theory and Practice is to make students understand the economic theory behind
the rise of microfinance and how microfinance institutions contribute to
economic development. It also aims to make students understand current trends
in microfinance and challenges of managing microfinance institutions. This
shall help in integrating theoretical knowledge and practice as a way of
preparing students to be future professionals in microfinance institutions.
Students are expected to gain in-depth knowledge about micro-finance and how
they contribute to the economic development. Analytical skills in credits
appraisals, monitoring and evaluation of loan performance are expected to be
gained. Field studies in microfinance institutions shall make students gain
experience of practical microfinance operations. Students will be introduced to
mix of lectures, seminars, case studies and student presentations. The seminar
case method encourages collaborative learning by working in groups to expand
insights and cover more perspectives. It helps articulate arguments based on
facts through presentation of investment conviction. It enhances analytical
capabilities through expressing opinions based on multiple resources.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Appraise
contemporary issues and trends in sustainable finance. A2: Appraise
the implications of sustainability for financial tools and techniques And investment
opportunities. A3: Understand Financial services, Financial
service providers and Delivery Channels A4: Identify the challenges of implementing new
financial initiatives. A5: Apply financial tools and techniques
explicitly in a green, clean Tech and
ethical context. B. Cognitive
skills B1 : The ability to identify assumptions, evaluate statements in
terms of evidence, to detect false logic or reasoning, to identify implicit
values, and to define terms adequately and to generalize appropriately; B2: The ability to create, evaluate and access a range of options,
together with the capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to a range of business
and other situations; B3: Generic intellectual skills such as literacy and
informationprocessing skills, interpersonal and presentational skills; B4: The ability to apply business modules to business problems and
phenomena; B5: Facility with key concepts used in decision making, including
opportunity cost, incentives, equilibrium, strategic thinking, expectations and
marginal analysis; B6: Effective self-management in terms of time, planning and
behavior, motivation, self-starting, individual initiative and enterprise; C. Practical and professional skills C1: Analyze and appraise alternatives and make decisions based on evidence. C2: Demonstrate effective
written communication skills, particularly
in explaining and justifying choices.
C3: Demonstrate effective debating and presentation skills. C4: Demonstrate effective skills in independent private study. C5: Ability to assess the feasibility of business propositions. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Negotiated or ad hoc budgets whereby a specific amount of
public money is allocated to an institution (with or without prior negotiation)
D2: Present the argument clearly and in an appropriate academic
style and format D3: Identify and evaluate the relevance of information from a
variety of sources
D4: categorical or
earmarked funds whereby governments specifically target one or various
institution(s) based on predetermined criteria;
|
B291 Financial Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This course is the first of two modules leading to the Professional Certificate in Accounting (K01). We strongly recommend that you study this course before Management accounting (B292), but both courses can be studied independently. This is a Level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained either through Level 1 study with the AOU or by doing equivalent work at another university. Ideal preparation for this course would be our Level 1 course Fundamentals of Accounting (B124).
Course Code |
B291 |
Course Title |
Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course is the first of two modules leading to the Professional Certificate in Accounting (K01). We strongly recommend that you study this course before Management accounting (B292), but both courses can be studied independently. This is a Level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained either through Level 1 study with the AOU or by doing equivalent work at another university. Ideal preparation for this course would be our Level 1 course Fundamentals of Accounting (B124). |
Course Objectives |
This
is the course for students if they want a route into the accountancy profession
or need to gain fundamental accounting skills for a management or other role.
Students will gain an understanding of how financial statements are prepared
and develop the skills to prepare financial statements. Students will explore
differences in financial accounting for different businesses, building an
understanding of the frameworks underpinning accounting and audit practice.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
Demonstrate understanding of the role and importance of accounting in the
various types of business and other organisations. A2:
Demonstrate understanding of the accounting regulatory framework in the UK and
EU as well as within the context of international financial and capital
markets. A3:
Demonstrate understanding of the qualitative characteristics of financial
accounting information, accounting concepts and principles. A4:
Demonstrate the ability to prepare financial statements based on application of
accounting concepts, regulations and principles. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Review and illustrate the purpose, context and environmental
influences and constraints on financial accounting and business practices (Unit
1). B2: Explain, analyse and apply the mechanism of double-entry bookkeeping
and the accounting cycle (Unit 2). B3: Identify, classify, measure and
summarise the elements of financial statements applying accounting principles
and concepts (Units 3 and 4). B4: Explain and interpret the purpose, form and
content of the three main financial statements; income statement, balance sheet
and cash flow statement (Unit 5). B5: Explain and evaluate the need for ethics
in the behaviour of accountants and the need for independent auditing in the
reporting process of public and large enterprises (Unit 6). B6: Explain and
review the relations between corporate governance, auditing and
financing (Unit 7). C. Practical and professional skills C1: Record transactions and events, and maintain accounting
records manually and gain some familiarity with computerised accounting
software (Units 3 and 4). C2: Prepare periodic financial statements for sole traders,
partnerships, non-profit organisations and single-entity private and public
limited companies (Unit 5) D. Key transferable skills.
D1: Use simple
mathematics for the purpose of calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and
preparing/analysing financial statements, including basic ratio analysis.
|
B292 Management Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This is a level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting obtained either through level 1 study with the AOU or completing equivalent work at another university. This is the course for students if they want a route into the accounting profession or need to gain fundamental accounting skills for a management or other role. The overall aim of this module is to help students learn and interpret management accounting information. You may be undertaking this module to prepare for a career as an accountant working in or with organizations, as part of a degree or as a stand- alone module.
Course Code |
B292 |
Course Title |
Management Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This is a level 2 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting obtained either through level 1 study with the AOU or completing equivalent work at another university. This is the course for students if they want a route into the accounting profession or need to gain fundamental accounting skills for a management or other role. The overall aim of this module is to help students learn and interpret management accounting information. You may be undertaking this module to prepare for a career as an accountant working in or with organizations, as part of a degree or as a stand- alone module. |
Course Objectives |
B292 academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental
concepts and theories of Management Accounting in order to guide managerial
decision making by individuals and business units. It also develops the
students’ knowledge of Management Accounting as well as skills in
problem-solving, decision making relating to aspects of planning, costing, budgeting,
evaluating. B292 also prepares students for advanced Management Accounting
concepts. After studying the course, the students should be able to: - Demonstrate
understanding of the nature of management and the role of management
accounting in the management process.
- Demonstrate
understanding of the different types of costs and the role of costs in
decision making.
- Demonstrate understanding
of how inventory is accounted for and managed within the organization, and
the methods for calculating the cost of different types of products,
processes and services.
- Demonstrate the
ability to prepare budgets.
- Demonstrate
understanding of the management and the influence of economic factors and
economic analysis on management decision making.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding
A1 : Demonstrate Understanding of the nature of management and the role of management accounting in the management process.
A2: Demonstrate the understanding of the different types of costs and the role of costs in decision making.
A3: Demonstrate understanding of how inventory is accounted for and managed within the organization and the methods for calculating the costs of different types of products , processes and services..
A4: Demonstrate the ability to prepare
budgets.
B. Cognitive
skills
B1. Understand the nature of organizations, the process of management and the role of information (including accounting information) in managing organizations. (Unit 1).
B2. Understand the nature of cost analysis for planning and decision making and be able to apply and explain the techniques covered. (Unit 2).
B3. Understand and explain the costing and accounting methods and systems which provide the management of an organization with relevant and reliable information on which to base decisions. (Unit 3).
B4. Explain the budgetary process and illustrate in detail a method of preparing budgets for planning and control purposes. (Unit 4).
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: Understand the use of marginal costs , cost volume –profit Analysis and contribution analysis in costing and price decisions. C2:Calculate costs using the job , process and contract costing Methods , calculate the cost of a product or service from basic Information using batch and process costing. C3:Prepare budgets and calculate the main variances used in Variance analysis. C4:Be able to prepare accounting statements for planning and Control. C5: Be able to prepare periodic reports
D. Key transferable skills.
D1:Demonstrate understanding of the nature & types of costs D2: Calculate Break-even points in units and in turnover. D3: The use of Activity based costing as a more exact method In indirect cost allocation.
D4:Demonstrate ability to prepare different types of budgets
D5: Work with qualitative & quantitative data drawing appropriate conclusions based on findings.
|
B294 Financial Analysis and Decision Making
(8) Credit Hours
Effective financial decision making is crucial every successful organisation. This module will equip you with the tools and techniques that facilitate good financial decisions in order to achieve organisational goals, financial appraisal techniques used to evaluate investment projects and evaluate multiple investment options, how to value stocks, bonds and real estate, and the commonly used derivative instruments and their role in managing risk.
Course Code |
B294 |
Course Title |
Financial Analysis and Decision Making |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Effective financial decision making is crucial every successful organisation. This module will equip you with the tools and techniques that facilitate good financial decisions in order to achieve organisational goals, financial appraisal techniques used to evaluate investment projects and evaluate multiple investment options, how to value stocks, bonds and real estate, and the commonly used derivative instruments and their role in managing risk. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims to achieve varied, multiple, and wide range objectives, which include:
• The different types of organisations that feature in today’s economy and their goals • The avenues through which organisations raise and allocate financial capital • Financial appraisal techniques used to evaluate investment projects and evaluate multiple investment options • How to value stocks, bonds and real estate Commonly used derivative instruments and their role in managing risk.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module learners will be expected to gain knowledge and understanding of:
A1. Develop knowledge and critical understanding of the relevance of organisational and financial structures and systems, and of the various sources and uses of finance A2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of financial techniques, risk estimation and management within an organisation A3. Develop knowledge and understanding of how financial concepts interact with related disciplines, such as statistical analyses and economics. A4. Understand, describe and evaluate the sources, costs and risks associated with the financing of investments. A5. Apply and critically evaluate advanced techniques for investment appraisal.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1. Develop the ability to integrate information and use reasoned approaches to select relevant information and analytical techniques in simple and complex settings. B2. Demonstrate skills in gathering, evaluating and interpreting financial data and information B3. Demonstrate skills in developing an argumentative claim and supporting a point of view using appropriate information and theoretical concepts B4. Demonstrate skills in the effective use of appropriate academic language. B5: Use fundamental business mathematics and other quantitative methods effectively and appropriately.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1. Apply appropriate decision-making techniques in financial and risk analysis C2. Analyse and critically evaluate real financial data C3. Identify and reflect on key issues that might arise within organisations with respect to financial and risk management approaches. C4. Use tools and techniques of financial management to improve managerial decision making
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Relate financial analysis and risk management techniques and concepts to organisational and professional practice D2. Reflect on how financial analysis and decision making can inform practice and next steps of career progression and development D3. Engage with feedback appropriately and develop independent learning skills. D4: Evaluate performance using benchmarks and appropriate measures of return on investment.
|
B325 Managing across organisational and cultural boundaries
(8) Credit Hours
B325 is offered as an option at level 3 in the awards: BA (Hons) Business Studies; BA (Hons) Leadership and management. The course aligns well within the educational aims of these programs by developing “the student’s interest in and knowledge of the world of business”. By providing students with the opportunity to draw on their own experience and critically engage with theory with theory relevant to managing across organisational and cultural boundaries, it supports the program’s aim of developing “graduates who bring to their employment in business or organisations of any sort, a range of critically important and highly valued skills”. B325 will complement other courses within the existing suite of courses offered within management and business studies. It will embrace all learners irrespective of their level of attained experience and position within their own organisation.
Course Code |
B325 |
Course Title |
Managing across organisational and cultural boundaries |
Pre-requisite |
BUS310 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B325 is offered as an option at level 3 in the awards: BA (Hons) Business Studies; BA (Hons) Leadership and management. The course aligns well within the educational aims of these programs by developing “the student’s interest in and knowledge of the world of business”. By providing students with the opportunity to draw on their own experience and critically engage with theory with theory relevant to managing across organisational and cultural boundaries, it supports the program’s aim of developing “graduates who bring to their employment in business or organisations of any sort, a range of critically important and highly valued skills”. B325 will complement other courses within the existing suite of courses offered within management and business studies. It will embrace all learners irrespective of their level of attained experience and position within their own organisation. |
Course Objectives |
The
aim of the course is fairly to provide students with ways if understanding and
analysing different organisational, inter- organisational and international
context and the ways in which such different contexts influence individuals’
experience of work. Secondly, the course aims to provide students with
knowledge and understanding of themes and challenges pertaining to organising
and managing across this different context; managing aims, power, politics,
trust, cultural diversity and the darker side of organising. The course
embassies the relationships between theory and practice; putting emphasis on
the theoretical underpinnings and debates surrounding the themes whilst at the
same time requiring students to draw on their own experience. Achieving the
intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports
this dual aim.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
Inter-organisational collaboration, organisational behaviour, and international
management theories and concepts relevant to managing across organisational and
cultural boundaries. A2: Themes
and challenges pertaining to organizing and managing across intra,
inter-organisational and international contexts including the management of
aims, power, politics, trust, cultural diversity and the darker side of
organising. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Use conceptual frameworks to describe functions of organising and
managing in and across organisational and international contexts. B2: Identify and critically assess different perspectives on
managing and organising. B3: Synthesise, critically evaluate and challenge course relevant
theories of inter-organisational collaboration, organisational behaviour, and
international management. B4: Critically evaluate theories in relation to personal
experiences, organisational, inter-organisational and international setting
with which you are familiar and the relative standpoints of others within
different contexts. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Use and adopt relevant concepts and theories to practically
engage with a range of problems and issues in the work place. C2: Use specific inter-organisational collaboration,
organisational behaviour, and international management knowledge, cognitive and
key skills developed during the course to enhance individual work / practice. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Read and interpret
information presented in a variety of forms including academic journals, books
and on-line text. D2: Articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate
interorganisational collaboration, organisational behaviour, and international
management theories and concepts. D3: Identify and ask questions appropriate to
the exploration and complex concepts. D4: Engage in
reflective, experiential and collaborative learning in face to face and virtual
context.
|
B326 Advanced Financial Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
Advanced Accounting is a continuation of the study of financial accounting. This course is the last of three modules leading to the Professional Certificate in Accounting. This is a Level 3 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained either through Levels 1 and 2 studies. Ideal preparation for this course would be our Level 1 course Financial accounting (BE210) and level 2 course Intermediate financial accounting (B291).
Course Code |
B326 |
Course Title |
Advanced Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B291 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Advanced Accounting is a continuation of the study of financial accounting. This course is the last of three modules leading to the Professional Certificate in Accounting. This is a Level 3 course and students need to have a good knowledge of financial accounting, obtained either through Levels 1 and 2 studies. Ideal preparation for this course would be our Level 1 course Financial accounting (BE210) and level 2 course Intermediate financial accounting (B291). |
Course Objectives |
The
areas of coverage in this course include issues concerning the operation of
business combinations and consolidated financial statements, and international
accounting issues. Students are expected to develop both an understanding of
the concepts underlying these topics and the technical and analytical skills
needed to apply the concepts in practice. The case method will be used to
supplement problems.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Demonstrate an understanding of current GAAP related to
business combinations and its relationship to present reporting practices. A2: Demonstrate an understanding of contemporary accounting theory
and practice pertaining to business combinations and corporate consolidations. A3: Demonstrate an understanding of the various methods of
accounting for an investment in equity shares of another company. A4: Understand concepts related to foreign currency, exchange
rates, and foreign exchange risk. A5: Understand
how foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency options can be used
to hedge foreign exchange risk. A6: Describe guidelines as to when foreign currency financial
statements are to be translated using the current rate method and when they are
to be translated using the temporal method.
B. Cognitive
skills B1: Explain how acquisition expenses are reported. B2: Explain the complexities of revenue recognition. B3: the valuation of assets, including goodwill, and liabilities
acquired in a business combination accounted for by the acquisition method. B4: Analyse and interpret the relevant International Financial
Reporting Standard (IFRS). B5: Prepare and analyse accounts for importing and exporting
transactions denominated in foreign currencies, as well as accounting for
forward exchange contracts. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Properly prepare consolidated financial statements as of the
date of acquisition and for periods subsequent to the date of acquisition. C2: Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two
companies that form a business combination. C3: Adjust for foreign currency transactions and financial
statements. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Use simple mathematics for the purpose of
calculations in bookkeeping, accounting and preparing/analysing financial
statements
|
B326- 2022 Plan Advanced Financial Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
This module covers selected advanced financial accounting topics. It introduces different types of inter-entity relationships and related accounting issues and accounting treatments. Students will learn how to prepare, read, analyse and evaluate the consolidated financial statements based on the guidelines provided under the relevant Accounting Standards.
Course Code |
B326- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Advanced Financial Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
BB293 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module covers selected advanced financial accounting topics. It introduces different types of inter-entity relationships and related accounting issues and accounting treatments. Students will learn how to prepare, read, analyse and evaluate the consolidated financial statements based on the guidelines provided under the relevant Accounting Standards. |
Course Objectives |
It aims to provide students with the required knowledge of various advanced financial accounting topics that include accounting for business combination, intercompany transactions, consolidations methods, foreign currency transactions, translation of foreign currency financial statements, hedge accounting, and accounting for branches in accordance with the latest accounting standards.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of current accounting standards and practice pertaining to business combinations. A2: Demonstrate understanding of foreign currency transactions, exchange rates, and hedge accounting A3: Demonstrate understanding of different translation methods of foreign currency financial statements and Accounting for branches.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Review and illustrate the different consolidation methods used in business combination. B2: Explain the implications of exchange rate fluctuations on importing and exporting transactions denominated in foreign currencies. B3: Acknowledge the different translation methods of foreign currency financial statements and its effect on company financial statements. In addition to recognize the special features that necessitate accounting procedures tailored for branches. . C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Prepare the consolidated financial statements at date of acquisition and at date subsequent to acquisition
C2: Prepare the required journal entries for importing and exporting transactions denominated in foreign currencies and demonstrate the implications for the buying and selling companies
C3: Prepare the translated financial statements under different translation methods. Recording the required entries in accounting books of home office and branch and distinguish between alternative methods of billing merchandise shipments. In addition to preparing combined financial statements for home office and branch.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop effective written and oral communication skills relevant to advanced financial accounting topics. |
B327 Creating futures: Sustainable enterprise and innovation
(8) Credit Hours
This module is designed to provide intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in different contexts. B327 is a new level three course in the B.A. (Hons) in Business Studies with Marketing track. This module is a direct replacement for B322 (Investigating entrepreneurial opportunities). Structured around 4 study blocks, B327 addresses the societal impacts of entrepreneurship and innovation, researching entrepreneurship and innovation, and sustainable enterprise challenge.
Course Code |
B327 |
Course Title |
Creating futures: Sustainable enterprise and innovation |
Pre-requisite |
BUS310 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module is designed to provide intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in different contexts. B327 is a new level three course in the B.A. (Hons) in Business Studies with Marketing track. This module is a direct replacement for B322 (Investigating entrepreneurial opportunities). Structured around 4 study blocks, B327 addresses the societal impacts of entrepreneurship and innovation, researching entrepreneurship and innovation, and sustainable enterprise challenge. |
Course Objectives |
The
academic purpose of this module is to enable learners to develop independent
research and online collaborative skills necessary to engage in enterprise and
innovation practices in new and existing organisations. The module encourages
students to do so by articulating how entrepreneurship and innovation can be
used to satisfy individual goals/objectives while contributing to solving
societal problems in an ethical and sustainable manner. The module also
explores the theoretical and practical connections between the distinct yet
closely-interrelated fields of study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Create
and manage sustainable forms of innovative and entrepreneurial ventures within
a range of specialist areas, such as Engineering, science and information
technology; Creative, leisure and cultural industries; Health and social care. A2: Research
entrepreneurship and innovations within a specialist real world setting,
recognising that specialist areas have to be explored at multiple levels of
analysis. A3: Apply
core theories, concepts and frameworks of innovation and entrepreneurship to
understand the strategy, process and operations of enterprises at different
stages of their life cycle. A4: Discuss the impact of innovation and
entrepreneurship on society, both at a conceptual and a practical level,
including ethics and sustainability, economic and social benefits to you, the
economy and local communities. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Differentiate the distinctive roles played by start-ups and
established enterprises in the process of developing and commercializing
various forms of innovations. B2: Distinguish the responsibilities of founders, managers,
employees and directors within particular types of sustainable enterprises and
innovations, including roles and rewards. B3: Use concepts from enterprise and innovation to critically
analyse and evaluate solutions to a variety of societal challenges. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Work independently and as part of a collaborative virtual team
to develop attributes and capabilities for entrepreneurial success in a complex
and changing environment. C2: Undertake independent research to inform practice within your
area of specialism. C3: Critically evaluate and reflect on your own career development
objectives. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Select and apply conceptual thinking for the process of
enterprise development. D2: Critically analyse and design competitive and sustainable
strategies for developing and introducing innovations into particular markets. D3: Negotiating, influencing, and agreeing roles and rewards
within founder teams in entrepreneurial settings, doing so in a legitimate
ethical manner. D4: Appropriately plan and solve problems in entrepreneurial and
innovative settings.
D5: Deploying effective
networking and persuasive communication skills.
|
B327- 2022 Plan Sustainable enterprise and innovation
(8) Credit Hours
This level 3 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in relation to sustainability context.
B327 is a module addressing sustainability underpinnings (i.e., the TBL approach), the societal impacts of entrepreneurship and innovation, and sustainable enterprise challenge.
Course Code |
B327- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Sustainable enterprise and innovation |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This level 3 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in relation to sustainability context.
B327 is a module addressing sustainability underpinnings (i.e., the TBL approach), the societal impacts of entrepreneurship and innovation, and sustainable enterprise challenge.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to: • Enable learners to develop independent research and online collaborative skills necessary to engage in enterprise and innovation practices in new and existing organisations. • Encourage students to do so by articulating how entrepreneurship and innovation can be used to satisfy individual goals/objectives while contributing to solving societal problems in an ethical and sustainable manner. • Explore the theoretical and practical connections between the distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of sustainable forms of innovative and entrepreneurial ventures within a range of specialist areas, such as Engineering, science and information technology; Creative, leisure and cultural industries; Health and social care. A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of entrepreneurship and innovations within a specialist real world setting, recognising that specialist areas have to be explored at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Apply core theories, concepts and frameworks of innovation and entrepreneurship to understand the strategy, process and operations of enterprises at different stages of their life cycle. A4: Demonstrate critical discussion of the impact of innovation and entrepreneurship on society, both at a conceptual and a practical level, including ethics and sustainability, economic and social benefits to you, the economy and local communities.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate the distinctive roles played by start-ups and established enterprises in the process of developing and commercializing various forms of innovations. B2: Evaluate the responsibilities of founders, managers, employees and directors within particular types of sustainable enterprises and innovations, including roles and rewards. B3: Apply concepts from enterprise and innovation to critically analyse and evaluate solutions to a variety of societal challenges.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Work independently and as part of collaborative teams to develop attributes and capabilities for entrepreneurial success in a complex and changing environment. C2: Critically evaluate and reflect on student’s own career development objectives.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Create and apply conceptual thinking for the process of enterprise development. D2: Independently find, critically analyse and design competitive and sustainable strategies for developing and introducing innovations into particular markets. D3: Negotiating, influencing, and agreeing roles and rewards within founder teams in entrepreneurial settings, doing so in a legitimate ethical manner. D4: Appropriately plan and solve problems in entrepreneurial and innovative settings.
|
B328 Marketing in Action
(8) Credit Hours
The B328 module is built around marketing communications as a fundamental marketing practice and is informed by insights from practitioners. In this module, you will cover a range of topics related to marketing practice and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of skills pertaining to marketing, employability and professional practice.
Course Code |
B328 |
Course Title |
Marketing in Action |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The B328 module is built around marketing communications as a fundamental marketing practice and is informed by insights from practitioners. In this module, you will cover a range of topics related to marketing practice and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of skills pertaining to marketing, employability and professional practice. |
Course Objectives |
In this module you will cover a range of topics related to marketing practice and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of skills pertaining to marketing, employability and professional practice. The content, activities and assessments are designed to help you develop and demonstrate your mastery of these skills. You will be asked to reflect on and document your skills as you progress through the module; this will enable you to record and evidence them for future use. Many of these skills, such as cultivating creativity and staying up to date with developments, will have benefits to you beyond the practice of marketing.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 : Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of marketing communication theory and practice A2 : Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of approaches to marketing research and staying up-to-date about developments in the marketing discipline and societal trends A3 : Demonstrate critical understanding of responsible and ethical marketing
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1 : Evaluate and integrate evidence and theory and apply them to marketing practice B2 : Apply appropriate professional marketing skills in an unpredictable and/or specialised context B3 : Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in marketing practice
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1 : As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance and prospects
C2 : Recognise the importance of developing both technical and non-technical skills and of learning from feedback and self-reflection C3 : Critically engage with practical and professional marketing skills and demonstrate an awareness of relevant responsible and ethical issues in marketing practice
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1 : Create and evaluate a marketing communications campaign and materials for different organisations and brands D2 : Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, data or tools accurately in complex contexts D3 : Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes.
|
B329 Leadership in a changing world
(8) Credit Hours
B329 provides the opportunity to learn about leadership in dynamic risky times as to develop as sense of positive leadership. Technological changes, social networking and their impact on leadership skills are assessed allowing to discover new emergent styles of leadership needed to improve the status quo.
Course Code |
B329 |
Course Title |
Leadership in a changing world |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B329 provides the opportunity to learn about leadership in dynamic risky times as to develop as sense of positive leadership. Technological changes, social networking and their impact on leadership skills are assessed allowing to discover new emergent styles of leadership needed to improve the status quo. |
Course Objectives |
By the end of the module, students will be able to:
develop your critical thinking, problem solving and storytelling skills; explain leadership related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public) and using a wide range of media; reflect on their own leadership potential and capabilities.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Identify leadership functions and concepts A2: Recognize leadership in turbulent times. A3: Acquire knowledge of developing leadership opportunities. A4: Acquire knowledge of leadership challenges.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1: Differentiate between previous concepts of leadership learned and leadership in precarious times. B2: Examine different environments while referring to leadership in turbulent times such as socio-political environment, populism, multicultural world, etc. B3: Evaluate the role of diversity, positive relationships and collaborations, mobilizing followers, coping with conflict and change, in developing leadership activities. B4: Examine the impact of resistance leadership, activist leadership, leadership and social change.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, deal with leadership in turbulent times through case studies, projects, etc. C2: Recognize leadership opportunities and apply them to case studies, work, etc. C3: Critically engage with leadership challenges and propose practical ways to overcome them.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Independently develop their critical thinking, problem solving and storytelling skills. D2: Evaluate leadership related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public) and using a wide range of media. D3: Exercise leadership and communicate ideas clearly to convince others and responsibly challenge their classmates having other ideas, opinions, or methods of solving. D4: Reflect on their own leadership potential and capabilities.
|
B340 Asset Pricing and Corporate Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course is aimed at students who are interested in understanding asset pricing and corporate finance. It provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments.
Course Code |
B340 |
Course Title |
Asset Pricing and Corporate Finance |
Pre-requisite |
B291 Financial Accounting |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is aimed at students who are interested in understanding asset pricing and corporate finance. It provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments. |
Course Objectives |
This
course provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project
appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market
efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides
students with the tools required for further studies in financial
intermediation and investments.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
understand the mathematics of portfolios and how risk affects the value of the
asset in equilibrium under the fundaments asset pricing paradigms A2:
Understand how Managerial Incentives Affect Financial Decisions A3: explain
the characteristics of derivative assets (forwards, futures and options), and
how to use the main pricing techniques. A4:
understand and explain the capital structure theory, and how information
asymmetries affect it A5:
understand how corporate governance can contribute to firm value A6: discuss
why merger and acquisition activities exist B. Cognitive
skills B1: analytical skills based on using the key capital budgeting
techniques B2: Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: ability to
understand and use financial information and to critically analyze corporate
performance based on financial information. B3: valuating risk effects on assets using asset pricing. C. Practical and professional skills C1 : evaluating projects through capital budgeting techniques C2: enabling students to do
problem-solving and risk valuation using appropriate quantitative and
qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. C3: explaining the
characteristics of derivative assets (forwards, Futures and options). D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D3: Effective performance in a team environment
both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: Develop an appropriate understanding of the student’s
needs to develop as a learner and devise strategies to address these.
|
B391 Management accounting and finance
(8) Credit Hours
B391 is a module that provides an opportunity to explore the understanding of the management accounting and financial dimension into the contexts of international financial markets, investments, and managerial decision making within organisations. The content of the module is designed to develop a thorough understanding of the discipline and to stimulate students’ interest in key management accounting and international financial concepts and issues managers face within contemporary organisations. The module seeks to support students in the practical application of the skills and techniques acquired. Alongside theory reflecting contemporary developments in management accounting and international financial research, students are offered the chance to reflect on real world events.
Course Code |
B391 |
Course Title |
Management accounting and finance |
Pre-requisite |
B294 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B391 is a module that provides an opportunity to explore the understanding of the management accounting and financial dimension into the contexts of international financial markets, investments, and managerial decision making within organisations. The content of the module is designed to develop a thorough understanding of the discipline and to stimulate students’ interest in key management accounting and international financial concepts and issues managers face within contemporary organisations. The module seeks to support students in the practical application of the skills and techniques acquired. Alongside theory reflecting contemporary developments in management accounting and international financial research, students are offered the chance to reflect on real world events. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of the B391 module is to provide students with an insight in management accounting and finance on a more advanced level and have deeper knowledge and understanding about the various concepts. Students will be updated concerning the more recent development in management accounting and finance. The module will enable students to take part in the design and use of management accounting systems in organizations and be able to relate management accounting to issues discussed in other tracks like marketing, incentive systems (management as well as international business. After studying the course, the students should be able to: 1. To situate the role of strategic management accounting and finance within the broader content of organizational and industry differences. 2. Understand the techniques that play an important role in the formulation and implementation of budgets, control, project appraisal and financing of organisations. 3. Understand the international financial environment. 4. Understand and use a range of contemporary management accounting and finance techniques.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate an understanding of the relevance of organisational and financial structures and systems A2: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of financial techniques, risk estimation and management within an organisation A3: Apply appropriate decision making techniques in financial analysis A4: Understand and assess how financial concepts interact with related disciplines, such as statistical analyses and economics
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Demonstrate skills for gathering, evaluating and analysing relevant data and information. B2: Evaluate and integrate effective use of financial techniques (and relevant related concepts) to analyse organisational scenarios.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1. Critically engage with management accounting and international financial management techniques and concepts to organisational and professional practice C2. As an independent learner, demonstrate competence in the core management accounting and financial management and analysis techniques and the core organisational, financial and economic concepts.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1. Independently identify and analyze organizational problems; analyze and evaluate real financial data D2. Independently identify and reflect on key issues that might arise within organizations with respect to international financial management approaches D3. Interpret, use and evaluate relevant data and information.
|
B392 Advanced Management Accounting
(8) Credit Hours
The module offers students the opportunity to continue their studies in the BA Business Studies after they have completed the B291 & B292 modules. It builds on the knowledge and skills students have learned in B292 by focusing on theories, concepts and techniques at a more advanced level. The learning outcomes also include a critical evaluation of the theories and techniques and their application in ambiguous settings using case study approach. Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. The module can be used to understand strategy and to situate the role of strategic management accounting within the broader content of organizational and industry differences using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, financial measures of performance, investments , EVA , Variance analysis , budgeting costing etc. This module provides students with a solid base of Advanced management Accounting study and practice.
Course Code |
B392 |
Course Title |
Advanced Management Accounting |
Pre-requisite |
B292 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The module offers students the opportunity to continue their studies in the BA Business Studies after they have completed the B291 & B292 modules. It builds on the knowledge and skills students have learned in B292 by focusing on theories, concepts and techniques at a more advanced level. The learning outcomes also include a critical evaluation of the theories and techniques and their application in ambiguous settings using case study approach. Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. The module can be used to understand strategy and to situate the role of strategic management accounting within the broader content of organizational and industry differences using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, financial measures of performance, investments , EVA , Variance analysis , budgeting costing etc. This module provides students with a solid base of Advanced management Accounting study and practice. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 :
Understand the role of strategic management accounting and apply a strategic
analysis framework in simple complex settings. A2
:Critically select , apply and evaluate management accounting techniques in
strategic costing and pricing including value chain analysis , activity based
costing and business process optimization approaches. A3:
Understand, describe and evaluate the sources , costs and risks associated with
the financing of investments. A4: Apply and
critically evaluate advanced techniques for investment appraisal. A5: Explain,
apply and evaluate methods of accounting control and performance evaluation for
the purpose of improving strategic and operational performance of
organizations. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Develop the ability to integrate information and use reasoned
approaches to select relevant information and analytical techniques in simple
and complex settings. B2: Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and
problems within management accounting. B3: Communicate management accounting information effectively and
appropriately. B4: Use information and communication technologies appropriately
and effectively. B5: Use fundamental business mathematics and other quantitative
methods effectively and appropriately C. Practical and professional skills C1: Apply digital technologies to analyse data using strategic
management techniques, e.g spread sheets.
C2: Frame problems in ambiguous settings independently .Identify
and critically select appropriate information both from digital and print
sources to address these. C3: Use a combination of electronic applications to communicate
analysis and findings. C4: Use tools and techniques of management accounting to improve managerial decision making. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Provide students with knowledge and understanding of
management accounting techniques that play an important role in in the
formulation and implementation of business strategy. D2: Examine two key areas of financial management of organizations
and link them to the management accounting and strategic activities of
organizations. D3: Build on the material already studied by students on
investment appraisal, adding theoretical depth and a critical evaluation of the
techniques.
D4: Evaluate performance
using benchmarks and appropriate measures of return on investment.
|
B628 Managing 1: Organizations and People
(8) Credit Hours
This module is designed for managers, aspiring managers, team leaders and supervisors; it uses activities and problem-solving to take you through core topics in organizational behavior and human resource management. Topics include organizational context and culture, stakeholders, management roles, recruitment and induction, performance management, motivation, team work, managing operations and change. These are focused primarily on your own work situations and practices, whether these are in the commercial, public or voluntary sectors.
Course Code |
B628 |
Course Title |
Managing 1: Organizations and People |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module is designed for managers, aspiring managers, team leaders and supervisors; it uses activities and problem-solving to take you through core topics in organizational behavior and human resource management. Topics include organizational context and culture, stakeholders, management roles, recruitment and induction, performance management, motivation, team work, managing operations and change. These are focused primarily on your own work situations and practices, whether these are in the commercial, public or voluntary sectors. |
Course Objectives |
By the
end of the course students will be enabled to critically reflect on and analyse
workplace situations and their own ways of managing. It is ‘solution oriented’
to help students to not only understand work situations from a manager’s
perspective, but also to help them to work out what to do, given that they may
not be in charge of the organisation they work for. As they work through
activities, problems and solutions, they will question the idea that there are
single solutions or issues or that there is ‘one best way’. they will come to
understand the constraints, choices and demands that operate and learn when to
work within them and when and how they may be able to bring about change.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding Module 1 : Managing A1: the role and context of managerial work with particular
reference to the development of own practice.
A2: managerial skills ( including problem solving , decision
making, information gathering treatment and presentation) Module 2: A3: Key processes of people management, incorporating the
recruitment and development of staff and the management and leadership of
individuals, teams and change. A4: Behavioural aspects of the management of leadership of
individuals, teams and change. B. Cognitive skills B1:apply management concepts
to work context. B2: analyse and critically reflect on work practice and
professional self knowledge. B3: solve management problems through the use of the analytical
skills including problem identification, analysis, logic, thinking and
judgement to the advantage of one's own organization. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Setting objectives for developing and implementing Operational plans for the area of
responsibility. C2: Reviewing and evaluating performance and practice. C3: reflecting and questioning.
C4: presenting and reporting information. C5: problem solving, innovation and decision-making. C6: Managing business
processes. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Use interpersonal skills including those involved in team
working and collaborating. D2: communicate effectively , using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen
actively . D3: Gather, handle , present and use information effectively;
analyse and evaluate numerical data and information for specific purposes; use
information technologies. D4: Demonstrate numeracy and literacy
D5: Learn how to learn
with an emphasis on self-monitoring and progress towards independent learning.
|
B629 Managing 2: Marketing and Finance
(8) Credit Hours
Main elements and realities of a manager’s job and explains how one can develop and organize himself to be effective and successful in his role. Managing in modern organizations is not easy: no context is the same; the ‘right’ decision in one organization may be the ‘wrong’ one in another, or at another time. There is no ‘one best way’. However, there is also ‘received wisdom’ – tried and tested practices and behaviours that are usually effective in bringing about the result a manager wants. These are included in this module where appropriate. But even ‘good practice’ needs adaptation: time or resources may be in short supply and a manager may have to do the best he or she can with what’s available. This is the art of management: doing what’s possible in the best way possible in the circumstances to achieve, through others, the goals for which an organization is striving.
Course Code |
B629 |
Course Title |
Managing 2: Marketing and Finance |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Main elements and realities of a manager’s job and explains how one can develop and organize himself to be effective and successful in his role. Managing in modern organizations is not easy: no context is the same; the ‘right’ decision in one organization may be the ‘wrong’ one in another, or at another time. There is no ‘one best way’. However, there is also ‘received wisdom’ – tried and tested practices and behaviours that are usually effective in bringing about the result a manager wants. These are included in this module where appropriate. But even ‘good practice’ needs adaptation: time or resources may be in short supply and a manager may have to do the best he or she can with what’s available. This is the art of management: doing what’s possible in the best way possible in the circumstances to achieve, through others, the goals for which an organization is striving. |
Course Objectives |
B629- Managing 2: Marketing and Finance will cover core topics in
Marketing and Finance. Topics include;
assessing the external environment, consumer relationship, market research,
product/service analysis, price, promotion and delivery, quality, consumer expectations
and satisfaction, financial planning and monitoring through budgets, cash flow,
profit and loss. All these topics will
focus primarily on student’s own work situations and practices. The teaching
and learning strategy of this module is problem-based. Through this approach,
the module aims to develop the skills an effective manager needs: such as
analysis, constructing sound arguments, critical and reflective thinking,
problem identification and solving, active listening and communication, sourcing
and presenting information, and report writing. The course is a management
development vehicle that aims to help student perform more effectively as
managers. It does so by: - Increasing student’s foundation management knowledge and competencies
- Providing a repertoire of theories, concepts, and techniques to apply in different management setting -Helping students understand their individual management role, its context and nature of their interventions in their organizations
- Encouraging student to be reflective practitioners, applying independent and inquisitive learning in the workplace
- Enabling students to understand the discourse of specialist and senior managers better, so that they can hold more confident and informed conversations with them, work more effectively with and where appropriate challenge them.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Client
communications, relationships, the role of marketing information and the
development of value. A2: Marketing
planning, service quality with particular reference to own practice. A3:
Understand how financial information can be used to support managerial decision
making (i.e. the relevance of the generation and reporting of financial
information) A4:
Understand the importance of costs costing and budgeting processes in
managerial decisions A5: Have a good understanding of how business concepts
relate to real life businesses, organizations A6:
Importance of performance management for organisations B. Cognitive skills B1. Apply management concepts to work contexts B2. Analyse and critically reflect on work practice and
professional self-knowledge B3. Solve management problems through the use of analytical skills
including problem-identification, analysis, logic, critical thinking and
judgment to the advantage of one’s own organization B4. Communicate effectively, using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen actively. Use interpersonal skills including
those involved in team working and collaborating B5. Gather, handle, present and use information effectively;
analyse and evaluate numerical data and information for specific purposes; use
information technologies B6. Demonstrate numeracy and literacy and Learn how to
learn with an emphasis on self-monitoring and progress towards independent
learning B7. Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Setting objectives for, developing and implementing
operational plans for area of
responsibility C2. Reviewing and evaluating performance & practice C3. Reflecting and questioning C4. Presenting and reporting
information C5. Problem-solving, innovation and decision-making by using tools
and techniques and models C6. Apply key concepts to managerial decision making the Managing of
business processes
D. Key transferable skills. D1. Use interpersonal skills including those involved in team
working and collaborating D2. Communicate effectively, using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen actively D3. Gather, handle, present and use information effectively;
analyse and evaluate numerical data and information for specific purposes; use
information technologies D4. Demonstrate numeracy and literacy
D5. Learn how to learn
with an emphasis on self-monitoring and progress towards independent learning
|
B859 Financial Strategy: Valuation, Governance, and Ethics
(8) Credit Hours
This course, compulsory for direct entrants to the MBA program/Finance track, is concerned with the relationship between an employer and one of its key stakeholder groups; the providers of funds. This relationship is vital to the strategic decision making process of any employer. The overall aim of this course is to give the participants the skills to tackle: 1) how can the financial management of an organization best reflect its internal reporting and governance regime, 2) understand the different sources of finance in the capital structure, 3) evaluate projects with different levels of risk and returns, 4) how can we value an organization, 5) the module also provides learners with the knowledge to explore ethical issues encountered in finance profession. Therefore, Finance is one of the most important functional areas of business. It relates to other business functions (such as operations, marketing, human resource management, and accounting) through its role. For example, finance enables the purchase of equipment, the buying of raw materials, enables production to estimate demand, enables promotion, and it plays a key role in the growth of the company.
Course Code |
B859 |
Course Title |
Financial Strategy: Valuation, Governance, and Ethics |
Pre-requisite |
B874 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course, compulsory for direct entrants to the MBA program/Finance track, is concerned with the relationship between an employer and one of its key stakeholder groups; the providers of funds. This relationship is vital to the strategic decision making process of any employer. The overall aim of this course is to give the participants the skills to tackle: 1) how can the financial management of an organization best reflect its internal reporting and governance regime, 2) understand the different sources of finance in the capital structure, 3) evaluate projects with different levels of risk and returns, 4) how can we value an organization, 5) the module also provides learners with the knowledge to explore ethical issues encountered in finance profession. Therefore, Finance is one of the most important functional areas of business. It relates to other business functions (such as operations, marketing, human resource management, and accounting) through its role. For example, finance enables the purchase of equipment, the buying of raw materials, enables production to estimate demand, enables promotion, and it plays a key role in the growth of the company.
|
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
- understand the fundamentals of financial analysis and corporate finance theory.
- assess alternative methods for valuing companies.
- evaluate financial projections of projects and carry out sensitivity analysis.
- analyse financial statements and carry out valuation of companies.
- interpret the implications of corporate governance, agency theory and the related role of stakeholders.
- apply quantitative finance and its practical applications to project appraisal, company valuation, methods, and risk management.
- identify the core features of Islamic finance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the scope of financial knowledge and its application within a wide range of national and multinational organisations A2: Understand the implications of corporate governance, agency theory and the related role of stakeholders. A3: Understand quantitative finance and its practical applications to project appraisal, company valuation methods and risk management A4: Understand organisational performance in terms of return on investment, investment risk and capital structure management. A5: Understand the core features of Islamic finance
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Carry out research in finance area drawing on the published empirical finance research. B2: Be able to forecast key accounts appropriately. B3: Evaluate implications of capital structures for company valuation. B4: Demonstrate how to evaluate results and take decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to monitor the efficiency of a company over time. C2: Show how corporate performance is measured. C3: Appreciate how organisations implement their capital appraisal procedures. C4: Be familiar with the main methods of company valuation. C5: Take decisions efficiently by using appropriate quantitative and qualitative techniques. C6: Make use of the organisation's resources in highly efficient and effective way
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective research skills and carry out financial calculations for use in corporate finance decisions, including the use of computer spreadsheets. D2: Draw lessons from investigations and analyses of financial statements. D3: work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback.
D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology. D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills. |
B861 Investment and portfolio management
(8) Credit Hours
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to an overview of theory and practice in the field of investment management which is a highly successful and diverse sector in the global economy. The overall aim of this course is to introduce the participant to the world of investments by providing the necessary theoretical knowledge, and analytical skills to evaluate different investment alternatives and enable them to construct optimal portfolios in a risk-return sense, including the use of derivatives. This includes bonds, equities, and alternative investments. It will also provide an understanding of the key factors affecting investment decision making, such as investment objectives and constraints, behavioural and ethical issues, and an understanding of the different institutions involved in portfolio management. Overall this course will build an understanding of the complex aspects of investments and portfolio management which is an increasingly important area in the study of finance.
Course Code |
B861 |
Course Title |
Investment and portfolio management |
Pre-requisite |
B874 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to an overview of theory and practice in the field of investment management which is a highly successful and diverse sector in the global economy. The overall aim of this course is to introduce the participant to the world of investments by providing the necessary theoretical knowledge, and analytical skills to evaluate different investment alternatives and enable them to construct optimal portfolios in a risk-return sense, including the use of derivatives. This includes bonds, equities, and alternative investments. It will also provide an understanding of the key factors affecting investment decision making, such as investment objectives and constraints, behavioural and ethical issues, and an understanding of the different institutions involved in portfolio management. Overall this course will build an understanding of the complex aspects of investments and portfolio management which is an increasingly important area in the study of finance. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: - Understand the fundamentals of investments and portfolio management theory.
- Assess alternative methods for the valuation of bonds and equities.
- Understand the risk/return relationship for both securities and portfolios.
- Interpret the implications of using derivatives and learn how they are used for hedging.
- Apply quantitative investment theory and its practical applications to measuring performance of portfolios and investment funds.
- Identify different asset classes and suitable asset allocation in creating portfolios.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand investment objectives and constraints of different types of investors. A2: Understand the trade-off between risk and return, and measure performance for securities and portfolios. A3: Gain knowledge in valuing individual bonds and equities using a range of approaches. A4: Gain an understanding of structured products, that is, combinations of securities and derivatives which deliver a particular risk and return combination. A5: Gain knowledge in different asset classes and their characteristics to be able to create a portfolio with a suitable asset allocation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Carry out research in the field of portfolio management drawing on the published empirical finance research. B2: Be able to create portfolios with suitable asset allocation. B3: Evaluate risk and return trade-offs in securities and portfolio and using hedging for risk mitigation. B4: Demonstrate how to measure performance of portfolios and different types of investment funds.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to monitor the performance of an investment portfolio. C2: Show how to evaluate the risk and return trade-off in investments. C3: Create structured financial products to mitigate various financial risks. C4: Be familiar with the method of valuing all types of securities. C5: Take investment decisions efficiently by using appropriate quantitative methods in the evaluation of portfolio performance. C6: Make use of the organization's resources in highly efficient and effective way by creating investment portfolios with suitable asset allocation.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective research skills and carry out investment portfolio creation and risk mitigation for use in corporate investment decisions. D2: Demonstrate how various investment objectives and constraints affect investment portfolio optimization. D3: work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology. D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills.
|
B863 The Human Resource Professional
(8) Credit Hours
B863 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program/ mandatory for those who are to specialize in human resource management. This module will consider the role and contribution of the HR professional and the skills needed to be effective in this role.
Students will consider the implications of recent research findings in the field of human resource management for their own practice, for example in increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change.
They will compare this with the practice of HR professionals in other contexts, drawing on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of HR professionals in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what HRM practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes.
Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as an HR professional, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills.
Perhaps most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice. Collaboration skills of the students with all functional areas of an organization (accounting, human resources, operations, production, marketing, information technology, etc.) will be improved.
Course Code |
B863 |
Course Title |
The Human Resource Professional |
Pre-requisite |
B870B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B863 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program/ mandatory for those who are to specialize in human resource management. This module will consider the role and contribution of the HR professional and the skills needed to be effective in this role.
Students will consider the implications of recent research findings in the field of human resource management for their own practice, for example in increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change.
They will compare this with the practice of HR professionals in other contexts, drawing on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of HR professionals in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what HRM practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes.
Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as an HR professional, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills.
Perhaps most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice. Collaboration skills of the students with all functional areas of an organization (accounting, human resources, operations, production, marketing, information technology, etc.) will be improved.
|
Course Objectives |
The primary aims of this course are: - To understand the role of the HR professional, the nature of professionalism and approaches to addressing ethical dilemmas
- To review recent research and to assess its relevance for practice in a range of contexts
- To assess the relevance of theory for practice and apply it where appropriate to improve practice
- To review theoretical approaches to leadership and team-working and to develop the skills needed to be effective as a leader and as a team member
- To critically assess the range of concepts and issues that are associated with managing performance in the workplace, and the interrelationships between these factors
- To develop the skills and understanding needed to address change management issues and to work at a strategic level in the organization
- To develop skills essential for HR work such as: leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing financial information, communicating effectively, and helping others to learn
Unit-2
- review the diverse and changing ways in which the management of people and of work has been approached
- evaluate research which has contributed to thinking about human resource management and human resource development
- review the diverse ways in which the range of HR services may be delivered in the workplace and across organizations
- evaluate the skills which HR specialists need in order to make an effective contribution
- review the people-management activities provided by line managers and by HR
specialists - assess how HR specialists can demonstrate their value in the workplace.
Unit-3 - explain and evaluate the meanings of a profession, professionalization, and professionalism
- explain how notions of professionalism are related to the role of HR and HR practice evaluate the effectiveness of codes of professional conduct in the promotion of professionalism
- review the different approaches to ethics and how ethical issues can be seen to arise in the context of organisations
- explore the types of ethical issues that may arise within the HR context recognize some of the various ethical frameworks that can apply to human resources in different organisational, sectoral and cultural contexts
- develop your ability to reflect on your own personal ethics and how they may be
- managed within the role of HR and HR practice.
- HRM, professionalism and ethics
Unit-4 - plan your own personal development and record your progress in meeting these planned improvements
- reflect on your practice to support your skill development evaluate some dimensions of personality and individual differences and their role in shaping your professional identity
- evaluate and apply self-management skills, particularly in relation to self-organisation
and managing work-life balance - distinguish between groups and teams evaluate and apply the skills needed to work effectively in groups and teams.
Unit-5 - recognize and debate the different theoretical traditions that inform understandings of contemporary leadership
- debate and critically evaluate ideas about the characteristics of effective leadership assess the importance of leadership from an HR perspective
- evaluate your own preconceptions about leadership and leadership skills reflect on and develop your own leadership skills as an HR professional.
Unit-6 - assess the importance of the concepts of commitment and motivation in the workplace, and the associated concept of the 'psychological contract'
- understand, explain, and evaluate the meaning of employee engagement and its different components
- evaluate the methods and practices which aim to improve performance in the workplace through securing employee engagement
- assess how organisational change and flexibility in the workplace may impact on performance in the workplace
- evaluate the key ideas behind the notion of a Performance Management System (PMS) and examine performance management approaches more generally
- discuss the possibilities and limitations of PMS and the strengths and weaknesses of your own organisation's systems using your own investigations
- critique how performance management in general is practiced and be able to diagnose and recommend change using your own investigations and those of your tutor group
- analyse the problems surrounding the construction of different elements of PMS after reflecting on your own organisation's PMS and your experience of it.
Unit-7 - identify your own areas of strength and your development needs in the skills areas covered in this unit
- evaluate and apply theories and methods of consultancy, mentoring and coaching assess how the concepts of power and conflict affect negotiation, decision making and conflict resolution processes
- make sound and justifiable decisions and solve problems more effectively evaluate and apply theories and methods of decision-making and problem-solving etc to HR and wider organisational scenarios
- demonstrate enhanced IT proficiency and understanding of the place and uses of IT in the workplace and in relation to HR
- interpret financial information and manage financial resources.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Gain an understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of human resource management to formulate strategies that will enable organizations to achieve both operational and strategic goals related to the organization's human capital. A2. Define, explain, illustrate and reason with the key role of the HR professional and approaches to addressing ethical dilemmas. A3. Identify the linkages between HRM functions and operations and performances in the workplace and leadership
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Skills to manage communication initiatives to create and implement human resources initiatives and programs that achieve organizational goals B2. Critical thinking and problem-solving skills by assessing and interpreting source materials, evaluating arguments, examining, and applying both case-based and real-world business, as consulting teams in the development of business and human resource management solutions. B3. Collaboration skills with all functional areas of an organization (accounting, human resources, operations, production, marketing, information technology, etc.)
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Appraise and apply techniques in talent management that human resource professionals may use to facilitate effective position planning, talent selection, placement, compensation, and rewards, as well as retention. C2. Reflect and comment in a way that demonstrates awareness of the different contexts that impact on the operation of HRM C3. Practice behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in HR Skills, leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving. C4. Recognise the significance of ethical issues in HR practices and the management of people in the workplace.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Gain skills necessary to work effectively in teams, assuming roles of leader and follower D2. Learn through reflection on practice and experience. D3. Demonstrate people management skills essential for HR work such as: selection interviewing; appraisal interviewing; disciplinary interviewing; delivering training; making presentations; project management; managing performance D4. Gain proficiency in communication skills, independent action and team working. D5. Manage and communicate information using IT applications and software packages in accordance with the requirements of the Digital Information Literacy Levels Framework. |
B864 Human resource management in context
(8) Credit Hours
In this module you will examine how HR policies and practices operate within multiple tiers and manifestations of economic, political and social context - at macro (societal and international) and micro (organisational) levels. In addition to developing analytical and practical skills in this specific domain, the module breaks new ground by incorporating resourcing and talent management as extended examples of HR practice and to illustrate how an intelligent understanding and reading of context by skilled HR professionals can help contribute to more informed choices. This module is part of a qualification that is intended to provide a route to professional membership of the CIPD if you wish to develop a career in HR management. It will also provide training in research and academic skills if you want to develop an academic career in the field of HR management.
Course Code |
B864 |
Course Title |
Human resource management in context |
Pre-requisite |
B870B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
In this module you will examine how HR policies and practices operate within multiple tiers and manifestations of economic, political and social context - at macro (societal and international) and micro (organisational) levels. In addition to developing analytical and practical skills in this specific domain, the module breaks new ground by incorporating resourcing and talent management as extended examples of HR practice and to illustrate how an intelligent understanding and reading of context by skilled HR professionals can help contribute to more informed choices. This module is part of a qualification that is intended to provide a route to professional membership of the CIPD if you wish to develop a career in HR management. It will also provide training in research and academic skills if you want to develop an academic career in the field of HR management. |
Course Objectives |
The primary aims of this module are to:
- Examine how HR policies and practices operate within multiple tiers and manifestations of economics at and macro (societal and international) and micro (organizational) levels.
- Incorporate resources and talent management as extended examples of HR practices in order to illustrate how an intelligent understanding of context by skilled HR professionals can help contribute to more informed choices.
- Understand how HR strategies are related to business and corporate strategies.
- Develop a comprehensive understanding of the dynamic nature of global competition and its implications for HR practices.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: To be able to understand the changing nature of Human Resource Management in relation to changing environmental context. A2: Acquire knowledge about how HR specialists are located within multiple layers and patterns of managerial context. A3: understand how HR strategies are related to business and corporate strategy in the dynamic nature of global competition. A4: To be able to understand and explain the dynamic nature of external environment and in particular the social and the technological trends and their significance to HRM practices.
B. Cognitive skillsAt the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1: Think critically about the changing nature of HRM in relation to changing contexts. B2: Analyze what is meant by inner and outer contexts and their significance for HR practitioners B3: Identify and critically evaluate the points where HR practice and HR specialists are located within multiple layers and patterns of context, how HR strategies are situated within different market and quasi-market contexts, how the state and public sector contexts influence HR strategy and practice B4: Think about how HR strategies are related to business strategies, the dynamic nature of global competition and its implications for HR practice. B5: Analyze how HR strategies can be informed by knowledge of labor markets and product markets locally, nationally, and internationally. B6: Analyze the dynamic nature of global competition and of social and technological trends and their significance for HRM practice. B7: Identify the importance of regulatory, legal, and governmental factors for HRM.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Construct resourcing and talent management strategies for different segments of the workforce, and an ability to contribute to diversity management and flexible working. C2: Demonstrate skills in the management of the recruitment, selection and induction activities effectively and efficiently while operating within legal frameworks. C3: Be able to plan for short- and long- term talent deployment, for succession planning and to use information on employee turnover as the basis for developing staff retention strategies. C4: Be able to lead and work in teams; make decisions; manage financial information; communicate effectively; and help others to learn. C5: Have the ability to use digital literacy skills including accessing information through online databases and other online resources and developing skills in using social media through regular participation in online tutorials and discussion forums.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Have effective communication skills (Oral and writing skills) D2: Acquire the ability to draw lessons from analyses of problems associated with HR practices. D3: work independently and in groups to achieve positive attitudinal interaction and making effective use of feedback. D4: Acquire the key skills of the use of IT.
|
B870A Managing in a changing world-Management
(4) Credit Hours
The module provides you with the opportunity to develop and learn about managing and marketing in relation to your working life and personal practice. As an aspiring organisational decision-maker, you'll gain the knowledge and tools necessary to successfully take advantage of cutting-edge theories of management and human resource management. This will be linked to the values of collective responsibility, aesthetics and ethics. You'll become empowered to create responsible growth, across a range of private sector, public and not for profit organisations, while also critically reflecting on your own potential in terms of leadership and management practice. In addition, you'll explores the ways in which marketing can be used to more effectively help organisations to be both successful and forward thinking in a business environment that is quickly moving beyond traditional geographic, cultural and organisational boundaries. The module offers a developmental route appropriate for the first module of an MBA, which builds on and consolidates knowledge through a series of activities and text.
Course Code |
B870A |
Course Title |
Managing in a changing world-Management |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module provides you with the opportunity to develop and learn about managing and marketing in relation to your working life and personal practice. As an aspiring organisational decision-maker, you'll gain the knowledge and tools necessary to successfully take advantage of cutting-edge theories of management and human resource management. This will be linked to the values of collective responsibility, aesthetics and ethics. You'll become empowered to create responsible growth, across a range of private sector, public and not for profit organisations, while also critically reflecting on your own potential in terms of leadership and management practice. In addition, you'll explores the ways in which marketing can be used to more effectively help organisations to be both successful and forward thinking in a business environment that is quickly moving beyond traditional geographic, cultural and organisational boundaries. The module offers a developmental route appropriate for the first module of an MBA, which builds on and consolidates knowledge through a series of activities and text. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: Unit I: - Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on managing
- Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary managers
- Employ traditional and contemporary ideas about managing to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors
- Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action
- Evaluate the diverse range of media available for managing, communicating and maintaining relationships with employees and customers
- Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful and considered approach for leading and managing people.
Unit II: - Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on marketing theory and practice
- Understand the complex challenges and tensions facing managers as they seek to implement marketing ideas
- Appreciate the different ways that marketing can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits, and create economic value
- Engage with traditional and contemporary ideas about marketing, including how to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors
- Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on management and marketing.
A.2 Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary managers.
A3. Appreciate the different ways that management and leadership can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits and create economic value. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Employ traditional and contemporary ideas about managing to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors.
B2: Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Reflect on the multiple possibilities available that may facilitate a thoughtful and considered approach towards leading and managing people.
C2: Use data from diverse actors and parts of the organisation to make effective decisions, while recognising the need to clarify and/or challenge underlying assumptions and limitations. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Identify, challenge and analyse examples of ethical and unethical practices from the perspective of socially responsible managers, employees and customers. D2: Assess how contemporary and future technologies might change the practice of managing.
D3: Evaluate the diverse range of media available for analysis in relation to managing and maintaining relationships
D4: Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful and considered approach for leading and managing people.
|
B870B Managing in a changing world-Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
B870 Part B Managing in a changing world. While studying this module, you will be encouraged to develop, as well as challenge, your current knowledge and skills in order to meet the contemporary and rapidly changing areas of management, marketing, ethics and leadership. Using both independent and collaborative approaches to learning, this module will enable you to integrate and understand ways of managing these core business functions in the face of globalisation, technological advancements and other recent economic, social and political challenges. B 870 B Theme provides a coherent and strong conceptual narrative to the module. These overarching themes provide a way of relating different and disparate knowledge to a conceptually organised framework. The theme consists of, Unitarism and Pluralism, challenges the idea that there is one best way and the assumption that when we speak of ‘an organisation’ we are talking about one harmonious and homogenous entity.
Course Code |
B870B |
Course Title |
Managing in a changing world-Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
B870A |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
B870 Part B Managing in a changing world. While studying this module, you will be encouraged to develop, as well as challenge, your current knowledge and skills in order to meet the contemporary and rapidly changing areas of management, marketing, ethics and leadership. Using both independent and collaborative approaches to learning, this module will enable you to integrate and understand ways of managing these core business functions in the face of globalisation, technological advancements and other recent economic, social and political challenges. B 870 B Theme provides a coherent and strong conceptual narrative to the module. These overarching themes provide a way of relating different and disparate knowledge to a conceptually organised framework. The theme consists of, Unitarism and Pluralism, challenges the idea that there is one best way and the assumption that when we speak of ‘an organisation’ we are talking about one harmonious and homogenous entity. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to:
Unit III: - Identify, challenge, and analyse examples of ethical and unethical practices from the perspective of socially responsible managers, employees, and customers
- Analyse the different ways that managing and leading can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits and create economic value.
- Understand the complex challenges and tensions facing those managing in contemporary times
- Reflect on the multiple possibilities that may facilitate a thoughtful approach towards leading and managing people.
- Use data from diverse parts of the organisation to make effective decisions, while clearly surfacing underlying assumptions and limitations
- Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action
- Understand how reflective management practice, using academic theories and module themes, can promote learning across a wide range of organisational contexts.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on management and marketing.
A.2 Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary managers.
A3. Appreciate the different ways that management and leadership can help deliver a wide range of positive social benefits and create economic value.
B. Cognitive skillsAt the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Employ traditional and contemporary ideas about managing to extrapolate your learning across private, public and not-for-profit sectors. B2: Critically engage with everyday news items, synthesising academic ideas with practical action.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Reflect on the multiple possibilities available that may facilitate a thoughtful and considered approach towards leading and managing people. C2: Use data from diverse actors and parts of the organisation to make effective decisions, while recognising the need to clarify and/or challenge underlying assumptions and limitations.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Identify, challenge, and analyse examples of ethical and unethical practices from the perspective of socially responsible managers, employees, and customers. D2: Assess how contemporary and future technologies might change the practice of managing. D3: Evaluate the diverse range of media available for analysis in relation to managing and maintaining relationships D4: Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful, and considered approach for leading and managing people. |
B872 Creating and sustaining value-Financial Management
(4) Credit Hours
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to the central managerial aspects of understanding, creating, improving and sustaining value within contemporary organisations. This course will enable the participant to gain a greater understanding of how decisions and organisational performance can be optimised. This module will help you understand how different business functions, such as management accounting, financial reporting, operations management and business intelligence, contribute to sustainable value creation. Most importantly, the module moves beyond a treatment of functional areas, towards a systemic view of organisational functions. Through this systemic view, you will be able to expand your critical understanding of what constitutes organisational value and how a range of value perspectives can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts. By the end of this module, you should have a greater understanding of what creating and sustaining value is and be more confident in applying these ideas in your daily work life.
Course Code |
B872 |
Course Title |
Creating and sustaining value-Financial Management |
Pre-requisite |
B870A |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is an elective for the direct entrants to the Finance track of the MBA programme. The scope of this course relates to the central managerial aspects of understanding, creating, improving and sustaining value within contemporary organisations. This course will enable the participant to gain a greater understanding of how decisions and organisational performance can be optimised. This module will help you understand how different business functions, such as management accounting, financial reporting, operations management and business intelligence, contribute to sustainable value creation. Most importantly, the module moves beyond a treatment of functional areas, towards a systemic view of organisational functions. Through this systemic view, you will be able to expand your critical understanding of what constitutes organisational value and how a range of value perspectives can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts. By the end of this module, you should have a greater understanding of what creating and sustaining value is and be more confident in applying these ideas in your daily work life. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: - Understand the fundamentals of making theoretically and empirically informed value transformations.
- Apply modeling and technology tools appropriate for the ways business organizations create value.
- Understand the cross functional issues relating to the ways organizations create and sustain value.
- Apply quantitative methods to quantify decision making in making changes to value chains.
- Understand the relations between operational processes, financial management practices and the ways that organisations create and sustain value.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand value creation in organisations and its relationship to organisational performance. A2: Identify and analyse decision-making complexity in a range of product-focused and service organisations. A3: Develop a theoretically informed understanding of the connections between strategy formulation, operational Management and financial management. A4: Understand how business intelligence creates value for organisations.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Carry out research in the field of creating and sustaining value drawing on the published empirical research. B2: Critically collect and use valuable information and develop analysis and synthesis across different organizational functions. B3: Identify problems and suggest sustainable solutions. B4: Create value in organisations and quantify its relationship to organisational performance.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to positively affect organizational performance by using strategies that contribute to sustainable value creation. C2: Build a systematic value creation framework that can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts. C3: Create a complementary strategy that enhances the dynamic between the fields of operational and financial management. C4: Use business intelligence and data to create value within business organizations. C5: Create solutions for sustainable solutions for problems inherent in the value chain. C6: Create a value proposition of the firm including the value chain, value-based management, shareholder value, and value metrics
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective research skills and carry out sustainable value creation strategies within the value chain of business organization. D2: Demonstrate how objectives of organizations affect the process of creating and sustaining value. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of business intelligence in creating value. D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills.
|
B873 Effective Strategic management
(8) Credit Hours
This module B873 Effective strategic management in business and the public sector will provide the student with the necessary tools to become an effective strategic decision-maker. Students will learn about the strategic analysis of the organizational environment, strategic decision-making processes, and the implementation of preferred strategic choices. The module will also support the development of soft skills, which student will require both to progress in the qualification and succeed in the workplace by applying their learning to their own context. By the end of this module, student should have a greater understanding of what strategic management is and be able to apply their learning to your own workplace. This module intends to provide student's ways of increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change. This module draws on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of strategy in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what Strategy practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes. Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as a Strategist, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills. Most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice.
Course Code |
B873 |
Course Title |
Effective Strategic management |
Pre-requisite |
B870A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module B873 Effective strategic management in business and the public sector will provide the student with the necessary tools to become an effective strategic decision-maker. Students will learn about the strategic analysis of the organizational environment, strategic decision-making processes, and the implementation of preferred strategic choices. The module will also support the development of soft skills, which student will require both to progress in the qualification and succeed in the workplace by applying their learning to their own context. By the end of this module, student should have a greater understanding of what strategic management is and be able to apply their learning to your own workplace. This module intends to provide student's ways of increasing levels of engagement and improving performance, in acting ethically and in managing change. This module draws on case studies and the experience of their fellow students working in different geographical areas and sectors; and they will also look at the development over time of thinking about the role of strategy in order to understand how this may influence current thinking. The emphasis throughout will be on considering what Strategy practices are associated with positive organizational outcomes. Students will develop and practice the skills they will need to be effective as a Strategist, including as a leader and a senior manager. These include self-management, leading and working in teams, making decisions, managing and communicating information, including financial information, consultancy skills and helping others to learn. They will also develop postgraduate study skills and digital literacy skills. Most importantly this module will develop students’’ skills as a reflective practitioner, committed to continuously learning from reflection on their practice and on the critical application of new theories and ideas to inform this practice. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this Module is to: Unit-1 - define strategy and distinguish strategic issues from operational issues
- examine the meaning of mission, vision, values, and corporate governance in a global context and link them to the strategy process
- distinguish strategy from public policy
- identify how strategy is linked to organisational performance
- conduct a stakeholder analysis
- design a non-market strategy for an organisation.
Unit-2 - examine the role of strategic analysis in business and public service organisations
- analyse external and internal factors of an organisation
- apply tools for strategic analysis, such as the Five Forces Model, strategic group analysis, the VRIO model and the VUCA framework
- use financial and non-financial indicators to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of an organisation
- evaluate the implications of organisational analysis for strategy selection and implementation.
Unit-3
- evaluate the role that managers play in the decision-making processes of their organisations
- identify and analyse Porter's generic strategies
- define the concepts of 'business model' and 'business model innovation'
- list and assess the different types of headquarters strategies that exist
- examine why firms may decide to expand to new countries and how they can do so
- develop and select strategic options in business and public service organisations.
Unit-4
- identify and evaluate the barriers to strategy implementation in business and the public sector
- define organisational culture, organisational structure and control systems
- examine how organisations can successfully manage substantial strategic change
- evaluate the suitability of novel management practices invented by cutting-edge companies for other organisations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate a systematic critical understanding of the theories and frameworks underpinning the strategy process at the different levels where strategies are developed in organisations, including the international context. A2. Demonstrate a systematic and critical understanding of the appropriate theories and frameworks to systematically analyse the external and internal environments of organisations, as well as the associated stakeholders. A3. Demonstrate a systematic critical understanding of the challenges, risks, and ambiguities related to the strategic decision-making process and the implementation phase.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Work with the appropriate data to generate information relevant to strategy development. B2. Critically apply conceptual knowledge to the development of strategy in different situations and contexts. B3. Apply appropriate information and theoretical concepts concisely and coherently to justify a point of view.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Make management decisions based on the evidence available. C2. Develop as an independent and reflective management practitioner.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Understand the ethical implications of management practice and respond to ethical issues as a socially responsible professional. D2. Communicate effectively using a wide range of media. D3. Reflect critically on learning from workplace practice.
|
B874 Finance for strategic decision making
(4) Credit Hours
This module will provide you with the necessary tools to use financial information and other data for making management decisions. You will learn a range of accounting and data analysis techniques as well as being introduced to the workings of the financial markets. Additionally, the module will make use of Excel spreadsheets and discuss good spreadsheet practice. The module is designed for professionals from a wide range of contexts and backgrounds who need to actively to engage with the challenges of using financial and other quantitative information for making decisions.
Course Code |
B874 |
Course Title |
Finance for strategic decision making |
Pre-requisite |
co-requisite B872 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module will provide you with the necessary tools to use financial information and other data for making management decisions. You will learn a range of accounting and data analysis techniques as well as being introduced to the workings of the financial markets. Additionally, the module will make use of Excel spreadsheets and discuss good spreadsheet practice. The module is designed for professionals from a wide range of contexts and backgrounds who need to actively to engage with the challenges of using financial and other quantitative information for making decisions. |
Course Objectives |
This module enables students to: - Decide what constitutes relevant information for making decisions.
- Take account of multiple, potential options, and assessing investment in a major capital project.
- Examine the various markets to access funds (stock, bond, foreign exchange and derivative) and consider the features of the instruments traded therein.
- Know about more strategic matters and consider how the actions of others might affect the decisions the company takes.
- Know the basics of data analysis.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Apply a range of decision-making techniques to maximise value within organisations, operating within an economic financial context. A2: Understand how organisations make decisions in both the internal and external financial and strategic contexts, with particular emphasis on financial markets. A3: Understand the linkages between financial and strategic goals to evaluate the optimum resource allocation leading to value generation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Collate and assess the usefulness of various data in making financial decisions. B2: Assess the strength and shortcomings of data and analytic methods and the behaviours of decision-makers.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse and select appropriate decision-making tools and apply them to a range of scenarios. C2: Reflect on the financial skills used and their applicability to the workplace and other financial contexts.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Use an analytical toolbox for making optimal decisions in an entrepreneurial work environment. D2: Explain and apply the decision-making techniques and knowledge via a range of media. D3: Understand the importance of financial risk in effective leadership. D4: Reflect critically on the knowledge acquired and it relation to workplace practice. Practical and/or professional skills.
|
B875 MBA project: leaders of change (Capstone)
(8) Credit Hours
This module will build specialized expertise by putting the theory and central managerial aspects taught on the MBA into practice, engaging in a life-changing learning that can challenge students understanding of theories and management practices. Students will identify a real problem in an organization and look for a change that will help solve this problem. This will enable students to develop as leaders of change that go beyond mere applications of theoretical and practical skills to be reflective practitioners, critical thinkers, and independent professionals. In this module students study contemporary aspects of management and industry in depth, carry out high level research, utilize data, evaluate literature, and present their findings accurately and concisely.
Course Code |
B875 |
Course Title |
MBA project: leaders of change (Capstone) |
Pre-requisite |
For MBA(General): B873 and B874/ For MBA (HR): B863 and B874/ For MBA (Finance): B859 and B874 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module will build specialized expertise by putting the theory and central managerial aspects taught on the MBA into practice, engaging in a life-changing learning that can challenge students understanding of theories and management practices. Students will identify a real problem in an organization and look for a change that will help solve this problem. This will enable students to develop as leaders of change that go beyond mere applications of theoretical and practical skills to be reflective practitioners, critical thinkers, and independent professionals. In this module students study contemporary aspects of management and industry in depth, carry out high level research, utilize data, evaluate literature, and present their findings accurately and concisely. |
Course Objectives |
At the end of Unit I, student will be able to: - have an overview of what the module is about, its structure and assessment
- examine the nature of applied research in a management context and explain some different ways in which management theory can be seen as valid and making contributions to management practice
- identify and justify an organizational context for students' projects through assessment and analysis of external and internal factors
- refine students' ideas and develop research questions that help to understand the problem and change identified
- critically analyze organizational problem through relevant literature and theories.
At the end of Unit II students will be able to:
- understand and manage practice-based research projects
- explain the various stages of a practice-based research project and outline a plan for producing theirs
- identify the most important stakeholders for the project and explore how to engage with them
- select the types of data that answer research questions
- manage any ethical issues which may arise during the project.
At the end of Unit III students will be able to:
- plan and execute independent research-based management projects
- use research- and practice-based findings to advance management practice
- communicate results and practical recommendations clearly, comprehensively, and persuasively
- deliver informed and evidence-based written information on a management topic
- lead and manage change.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a range of theoretical perspectives applied to a self-selected work problem and suggest a potential change A2: Identify and manage complex problems that managers face A3: Develop suitable ways that change can happen to deliver a positive outcome for a self-chosen work context
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1: Critically collect and use valuable information, develop analysis, and synthesise across different work functions B2: Identify and critically analyse self-selected problems and develop actionable solutions
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: Understand and respond to ethical considerations associated with practice-based research C2: Exchange information and communicate research-based practices via a range of media C3: Provide an effective and ethical change in a self-selected work problem C4: Reflect critically on academic theories and apply them in a self-chosen work context
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Develop appropriate ways to solve problems and implement change in a self-selected work context D2: Devise and apply evidence-based approaches to managing change D3: Develop as an independent and reflective management practitioner
|
BA100 Career Planning and Development
(1) Credit Hours
This course aims at making students aware of the need for career planning and self-developmental activities. It teaches the effective ways of developing curriculum vitae and the cover letter for applying for a job. It will teach the various techniques that students can use to develop the communication skills in particular the written communication skills. By studying this course, students get familiarized with the various job search methods and the effective utilization of such job search methods. This will make students understand the importance of concept of career planning and make them to think about the ways and means of achieving those plans.
Course Code |
BA100 |
Course Title |
Career Planning and Development |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
1 |
Course Description |
This course aims at making students aware of the need for career planning and self-developmental activities. It teaches the effective ways of developing curriculum vitae and the cover letter for applying for a job. It will teach the various techniques that students can use to develop the communication skills in particular the written communication skills. By studying this course, students get familiarized with the various job search methods and the effective utilization of such job search methods. This will make students understand the importance of concept of career planning and make them to think about the ways and means of achieving those plans. |
Course Objectives |
The overall goal of the course is to make the students familiar
with the concepts like career planning and development and with the job search methods. Students also get to know the art of developing curriculum vitae and cover letter to apply for jobs. The main objective of this course is to develop the skills of students in the areas like developing effective curriculum vitae, facing interviews, planning for further moves in their career. Students need to plan their career in their life to progress. Progression in career needs careful planning. This course will teach on developing career plans and implementing them. It teaches certain techniques that can be used by the students to win over the competition in the job market as well to excel in their career
|
Course Outcomes |
The following are the learning outcomes of the course: 1. Developing curriculum vitae and a cover letter for a job on their own. 2. Acquiring the necessary skills of creating and sustaining network and relationship with people and organizations. 3. Making career plans and learning the ways and means of implementing the career plans. 4. Learn and understand various job search methods available with its pros and cons. 5. (e) Improving the oral and written communication skills.
|
BB293 Financial Accounting in Context
(8) Credit Hours
BB293 Financial Accounting in Context is a level 2 course. This module provides essential information about financial accounting. This is the fundamental course for students who wish to select the accounting profession as their career. In this module, Students will gain a detailed understanding of how financial statements are prepared and develop the skills to prepare and analyse financial statements information. Also, students will explore differences in financial reporting mechanisms under different types of businesses.
Course Code |
BB293 |
Course Title |
Financial Accounting in Context |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
BB293 Financial Accounting in Context is a level 2 course. This module provides essential information about financial accounting. This is the fundamental course for students who wish to select the accounting profession as their career. In this module, Students will gain a detailed understanding of how financial statements are prepared and develop the skills to prepare and analyse financial statements information. Also, students will explore differences in financial reporting mechanisms under different types of businesses. |
Course Objectives |
The primary aim of BB293 is to enable the students to obtain and develop a good level of understanding of company financial accounting in the context of the business environment. This module focuses on a technical and contextual aspect of accounting. The technical aspect of accounting will allow the students to prepare and interpret financial statements and reports. Thus, the student will learn to prepare income statements, balance sheets, statements of changes in equity, and cash flow statements for single entity companies. Also, the stakeholder perspective of interpretation of financial statements will be covered in this module. The contextual accounting aspect focuses on the economic, legal, and social contexts of companies and company financial accounting. This will enable students to understand market economies, regulation, financial accounting standards, audit, and corporate governance. In addition, on successful completion of BB293 students will be able to develop the following skills: 1. Develop an understanding of company financial accounting in the context of markets, law, and society. 2. Prepare financial statements based on accounting concepts and theories 3. Understanding and preparing cash flow statement and its different components 4. Understanding and interpreting financial information into meaningful information 5. Selecting and analysing financial accounting problems and their interpretation from the stakeholder’s perspective 6. Developing an understanding of contract law, and employment law in the context of financial accounting 7. Develop an understanding of the need for ethical consideration under auditing, corporate social responsibility, and corporate governance mechanisms. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate an understanding of the role and importance of financial accounting in a business context. A2: Demonstrate an understanding of financial accounting in the context of markets, law, and society. A3: Demonstrate knowledge and develop the ability to prepare different types of financial statements B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Developing an accounting reflective learning skill B2: Selecting and analyzing financial accounting problems B3: Applying theories, models, and concepts to business accounting cases
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Understanding and preparing different financial statements in a business context C2: Understanding and preparing Cash Flow Statement C3: Interpreting financial statements from a stakeholder’s perspective.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate a detailed understanding of Contract law, employment law, and financial accounting D2: Demonstrate an understanding of corporate governance, corporate social responsibility, auditing, and ethics. D3: Demonstrate an ability to prepare financial statements.
|
BB841 Managing Financial Risk
(4) Credit Hours
The aim of this course is to equip students with the awareness and tools to manage risk effectively. It designed for those who want to have high level competence in understanding financial and non-financial risks, and the methodology of risk management.
Course Code |
BB841 |
Course Title |
Managing Financial Risk |
Pre-requisite |
BB831 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The aim of this course is to equip students with the awareness and tools to manage risk effectively. It designed for those who want to have high level competence in understanding financial and non-financial risks, and the methodology of risk management. |
Course Objectives |
The module is designed
for those who want their MBA to have a major finance element within it and who
want to have high level competence in understanding financial and non-financial
risks, and the methodology of risk management.
As such, BB841 will not only provide an end in itself in terms of meeting
student demand for such rigorous financial and non-financial knowledge but will
also provide a high level tool kit for those employing detailed financial and
organizational analysis. Furthermore, BB841 will provide students with the key
skills in terms of identifying the relationship between risk and human
behaviour and understand the behavioural finance at the individual and group
levels.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1 : Risk management and financial crisis A2: A helicopter overview of risk
A3: Operational risk A4: Behavioural finance and risk
management
B. Cognitive skills B1 Critically understand and evaluate how companies and organizations manage risk B2 Defining risk and the risk management process B3: Identify the implications of operational risk and how can be managed B4: Identify the relationship between risk and human behaviour and understand the behavioural finance at the individual and group levels
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Awareness and understanding of types of risk and how much
risk is an organization is exposed to C2 Ability
to identify risk exposure, measure it and form a risk mitigation strategy C3 Ability
to identify non-financial risk and ability of organizations to manage those
core risks. C4 Understanding the aspects of
behaviour by decision makers D Key transferable skills D1: Ability to define risk D2: Ability to assess the types and degrees of
risk to which the business is exposed D3: Ability to measure risks using mathematical
and other techniques D4: Ability
to apply risk management techniques and use mathematical skills to determine
their effectiveness
|
BB844 MARKETING IN THE 21ST CENTURY
(4) Credit Hours
BB844 - Marketing in the 21st Century is a postgraduate course and is one of the elective courses offered to students who progress to Stage II of the AOU - MBA program. This module is designed to appeal to both marketing professionals and those managers in other professions who are working on their organization’s marketing strategic implementation.
BB884 module develops a broader understanding of how marketing impacts upon the manager and how, when successfully used, can lead to increased job and organisational performance.
The approach encourages you to view your learning in incremental stages, recognizing how marketing can better inform you and ultimately allows you to resolve a real life work problem. BB884 also demands the students to apply that knowledge to real-life examples and case study situations, and to reflect on and challenge their understanding of marketing strategy.
This course also has a fit with such integrative courses as Dynamics of Strategy, Finance and Human Resource.
Course Code |
BB844 |
Course Title |
MARKETING IN THE 21ST CENTURY |
Pre-requisite |
B716A |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BB844 - Marketing in the 21st Century is a postgraduate course and is one of the elective courses offered to students who progress to Stage II of the AOU - MBA program. This module is designed to appeal to both marketing professionals and those managers in other professions who are working on their organization’s marketing strategic implementation.
BB884 module develops a broader understanding of how marketing impacts upon the manager and how, when successfully used, can lead to increased job and organisational performance.
The approach encourages you to view your learning in incremental stages, recognizing how marketing can better inform you and ultimately allows you to resolve a real life work problem. BB884 also demands the students to apply that knowledge to real-life examples and case study situations, and to reflect on and challenge their understanding of marketing strategy.
This course also has a fit with such integrative courses as Dynamics of Strategy, Finance and Human Resource.
|
Course Objectives |
The
aim of this module is encourages you to appreciate and understand how marketing
forms a central aspect of an organisation’s performance within the market
place. You will study a combination of theory and see how this is applied by
organisations. However, as marketing raises a number of ethical issues, these
issues are raised with the specific intention of encouraging you to assess what
you would have done in that situation. This aims to ensure you have a
motivating and challenging learning experience that delivers real and practical
outcomes to improve your own job performance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1 : Describe key marketing concepts, theories and techniques for analysing a variety of marketing situations. A2 : Identify and demonstrate the dynamic nature of the environment in which marketing decisions are taken and appreciate the implications for marketing strategy determination and implementation A3 : Understand the function of marketing in a competitive, dynamic global business A4: The uses of marketing research techniques both qualitative and quantitative and understand the application of research methodology
B. Cognitive skills
B1: Think critically and creatively: manage creative processes in yourself and others; organise thought, analysis, synthesis and critical appraisal; including identifying assumptions, evaluate statements in terms of evidence, detect false logic or reasoning, identify implicit values, define terms adequately and generalise appropriately. B2: Solve problems and make decisions: establish criteria, using appropriate decision techniques including identifying, formulating and solving business problems; create, identify and evaluate options; implement and review decisions. B3: Demonstrate the ability to justify marketing strategies and advocate a strategically informed position when considering marketing plan implementation. B4: Analyse marketing problems and provide solutions based on a critical examination of marketing information.
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Knowledge of social, legal, ethical and technological forces on marketing decision-making C2: Ability to develop marketing strategies based on product,price, place and promotion objectives. C3: Ability to create an integrated marketing communications plan which includes promotional strategies and measures of effectiveness. C4: Ability to collect, process, and analyse consumer data to make informed marketing decisions
D Key transferable skills D1 : Demonstrate effective writing and oral communications skills. D2: Draw lessons from investigations and analyses of problems associated with marketing development and implementation and opportunities for improvement. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology
|
BB845 Strategic Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
BB845 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program.
This course explores the different aspects of human resource management and helps you understand and influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations.
This course is designed to meet the needs of managers who wish to understand and be able to influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations. BB845 considers the different aspects of human resource management at a strategic level in the organisation and how this differs from the more operationally-focused personnel management. Students will work collaboratively with others on strategic human resource management (SHRM) issues and problems and find, review and evaluate information relevant to key aspects of SHRM in your own professional context.
The nature and function of the human resource management (HRM) department and how it is implemented all depend on the culture and structure of the organisation and the priority given to ‘people’ issues. In this module the different factors, local and international that can influence SHRM decisions are considered.
The Students will explore the premise that the astute management of people can improve competitive performance. BB845 is designed – through media such as learning activities, online collaboration and readings - to encourage you to engage critically with both theory and practice. Our aim is to promote reflection and, through practice-based and online learning, enable you to both understand and influence SHRM.
Course Code |
BB845 |
Course Title |
Strategic Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
B716B |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BB845 is a postgraduate course and is one of a series of optional courses offered to all students who progress to Stage II of the AOU MBA program.
This course explores the different aspects of human resource management and helps you understand and influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations.
This course is designed to meet the needs of managers who wish to understand and be able to influence decisions regarding the management of human resources within organisations. BB845 considers the different aspects of human resource management at a strategic level in the organisation and how this differs from the more operationally-focused personnel management. Students will work collaboratively with others on strategic human resource management (SHRM) issues and problems and find, review and evaluate information relevant to key aspects of SHRM in your own professional context.
The nature and function of the human resource management (HRM) department and how it is implemented all depend on the culture and structure of the organisation and the priority given to ‘people’ issues. In this module the different factors, local and international that can influence SHRM decisions are considered.
The Students will explore the premise that the astute management of people can improve competitive performance. BB845 is designed – through media such as learning activities, online collaboration and readings - to encourage you to engage critically with both theory and practice. Our aim is to promote reflection and, through practice-based and online learning, enable you to both understand and influence SHRM.
|
Course Objectives |
The primary aims of this course are:
- Articulate and evaluate the ideas, principles and issues that are central to SHRM
- Draw appropriately on theories, models and case studies in the area of SHRM and compare and contrast their use in organizational practice
- Critically appraise examples and 'solutions' for the management of people
- Think creatively about the different dimensions of SHRM and how they impact upon each other and upon the business
- Appreciate the internal and external factors which can affect people management strategies
- Anticipate some of the changes in work and organizations that will impact upon the HRM function into the future
- Work collaboratively with others and engage in debates and discussions about SHRM
- Find, review and evaluate a variety of information relevant to topics in SHRM
- Compile reports that are robust in both intellect and practice-relevant terms
Make appropriate use of ICT.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1. Gain an understanding of key terms, theories/concepts and practices within the field of strategic human resource management. A2. Evaluate the impact of human resource management strategies, concepts and values upon the organisation's success
A3. Developing strategic thinking about HRM policies and issues
A4. Be able to identify and appreciate the significance of ethical issues in HR practices and the management of people in the workplace.
A5. Assess the global human resources environment in which the organization operates.
B. Cognitive skills B1. Demonstrate critical thinking skills in analysing theoretical and applied perspectives of strategic HRM B2. Analyse problems and develop managerial solutions to employment relations problems at both national and workplace level.
B3. Obtain the practical skills required by managers actively engaged in the strategic management of people within organisations.
C. Practical and professional skills
C1. To be able to develop personal effectiveness: improve self-awareness and self-management; time management; develop sensitivity to diversity in people and different situations; and the ability to continue learning. C2. To be able to reflect and comment in a way that demonstrates awareness of the different contexts that impact on the operation of HRM. C3. To learn through reflection on practice a range of human resource management activities and experience.
C4. Exhibit behaviour and performance that demonstrates enhanced competence in decision-making, group leadership, oral and written communication, critical thinking, problem-solving, planning and team work.
C5. Apply theories and concepts
relevant to strategic human resource management in contemporary organisations
D Key transferable skills D1.
In
terms of information and knowledge, scan and organize data, abstracting meaning
from information and sharing knowledge. D2. To be able to use effectively Information and
Communication Technology (ICT), including word-processing and spread sheet
software, messaging and conferencing, and the internet. D3.
To be able to communicate effectively: listen, negotiate and persuade or
influence others; develop oral and written communication skills using a range
of media, including the preparation of business reports. And working
collaboratively with others and in accessing and managing information, in
accordance with the Digital Information Literacy Levels Framework.
|
BB848 Leadership and management intercultural context
(4) Credit Hours
"This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. "
Course Code |
BB848 |
Course Title |
Leadership and management intercultural context |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
"This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. This course is relevant to any managerial career. It has particular relevance if you are considering or already have an international career or if your managerial and leadership role involves interaction with or within intercultural or intracultural organisations or contexts. Given the increasingly intercultural and globally connected nature of business, management and organisations, this course provides opportunities for you to question and reflect on your own practice and to develop ways of managing and leading which are appropriate in different national and regional settings. By offering new (cross-national) perspectives on leadership and management you are also challenged to rethink your own practices in your current setting. This course addresses issues facing managers and leaders working in intercultural contexts and supports you to develop skills, competencies and knowledge to thrive and to get the best from colleagues, partners and associates.
The course covers three main themes: Theme One: Understanding cultures effects: This theme explores different approaches to understanding cultures. Theme Two: Understanding the role of social, political and economic institutions: Drawing on a varieties of capitalism approach, this section looks at the ways in which institutions such as labour markets, forms of firm governance, legal systems, differences in the rule of law, and the structure of inter-firm collaboration and competition affect the practices and challenges of leadership and management. Activities encourage you to explore the ways in which the business, social, economic and political environments affect your own experience of leadership and management. Theme Three: Putting it into practice: cross-cultural leadership capabilities: This theme explores the implications of what you have learned for your own practice and uses, with a series of self-assessment tools to evaluate and assess your own strengths and development needs in relation to the challenges of intercultural leadership and management. "
|
Course Objectives |
By the end of this module, you will have: - an increased critical understanding of cultural and institutional differences between countries and regions and their implications for leadership and management.
- skills of perspective-taking and re-framing that enable you to recast ideas and challenges in ways which work in different countries and regions
- an ability to use other cultural and institutional perspectives as a lens to generate a more critical understanding of your own context and your own management and leadership practice
- skills in accessing information on different countries and regions and in drawing implications for the effective practice of management and leadership in those settings
- a foundation for key competences in managing across cultural and institutional contexts including cultural intelligence; brokering; and recasting ideas and management practices in terms which make sense in particular local settings.
- developed an action plan to continue developing your own intercultural competences and global mind-set.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of a wide range of perspectives on Leadership and management in intercultural contexts
A.2 Identify and evaluate some of the complex challenges and tensions facing contemporary leaders in intercultural contexts.
A3 Understand the cross-national differences that affect the conduct of business, organisation, and management
A4: Identify and analyse decision-making complexity in intercultural contexts
A5: Develop a theoretically informed understanding of the connections between cross-national cultures and leadership styles B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Identify problems with cross-culture organization and suggest sustainable solutions.
B2: Carry out research about multi-culture teams’ opportunities and challenges
B3: Evaluate the impacts of culture diversification on the organization competitive advantage¬.
B4: Think critically about making HRM meaningful across the cultures. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to positively affect organizational performance by integrating culture and business strategies
C2: Build a competitive advantage that can be implemented within diverse organisational contexts.
C5: Create solutions for sustainable solutions for problems inherent in the value chain.
C4: Be familiar with the main levels and meaning of business culture
C5: Create a complementary strategy that enhances the dynamic of learning opportunities from culture diversification D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Assess how contemporary and potential leaders might change their mind set and practice of managing.
D2: Demonstrate how integrating academic theories across a wide range of organisational contexts can promote a reflective, thoughtful and considered approach for leading and managing people. D3: Demonstrate how business culture affect and affected by business structure and processes
D4: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and make effective use of constructive feedback.
D5: Demonstrate effective oral and writing skills.
|
BB849 Supply chain management
(4) Credit Hours
This module designed for those who want a sound knowledge of and insight into supply chain management and will appeal to both Supply Chain professionals and managers in other professions. This module will provide you with an in-depth insight into the theory, problems, solutions, and best practice in the area of supply chain management. It will provide you with opportunities to question and reflect upon your own organization and its role in the wider supply chain. It will also help you to develop your ability to identify opportunities for improvement of product design, manufacturing processors, sourcing strategies, and market development.
Course Code |
BB849 |
Course Title |
Supply chain management |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module designed for those who want a sound knowledge of and insight into supply chain management and will appeal to both Supply Chain professionals and managers in other professions. This module will provide you with an in-depth insight into the theory, problems, solutions, and best practice in the area of supply chain management. It will provide you with opportunities to question and reflect upon your own organization and its role in the wider supply chain. It will also help you to develop your ability to identify opportunities for improvement of product design, manufacturing processors, sourcing strategies, and market development.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to: - Develop an understanding of what is meant by supply chain management and the activities involved in its effective practice
- Build an awareness of the different supply chain contexts, such as humanitarian supply chains, public and private sectors, and volatile or dynamic supply chains (e.g. fashion industry)
- Develop an understanding of the concept of supply chain dynamics, to provide an insight into the potential solutions to demand amplification and the difficulties that implementing these solutions may pose
- Recognise different types of supply chain risks and the impact that they may have on the organisation
- Conduct analysis of existing supply chains to identify strengths and weaknesses of the supply chain design and performance
- Demonstrate reflective and critical thinking by writing reports that investigate, analyse and critique supply chain practice.
- Understand the challenges of the supply chains in which you operate in your own work environment or with which you are otherwise familiar.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Develop an understanding of the role of the supply chain manager, the nature of the supply chain profession and the approaches to addressing decisions in the supply chain context A2. Enhance your understanding of supply chain management theories, including supply chain dynamics, supply chain risk management and supplier relationship management A3. Develop a critical understanding of the impact of external contexts on companies' supply chain decision making, including internationalisation and globalisation, social and technological change, and government policies and regulation A4. Develop an understanding of the challenges of implementing supply chain solutions in the context of your own professional environment.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Critically appraise ethical implications of supply chain activities, arrangements, and decisions B2: Think analytically, creatively and in an integrated manner about different dimensions of supply chain management B3: Keep up to date with current and developing thinking in the field of supply chain management B4: Solve problems and make decisions: establish criteria, using appropriate decision-making techniques, including identifying, formulating, and solving business problems; create and evaluate options; implement and review decisions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Learn through reflection about supply chain practice and experience C2: Recognise issues of ethics, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability in modern-day supply chain contexts C3: Develop the foundation skills for key competencies in a supply chain management role C4: Manage and communicate information using IT applications and software packages in accordance with the requirements of the Digital and Information Literacy Framework.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Communicate effectively – orally and in writing – using a range of media and including writing assignments and business reports D2: Demonstrate self-awareness and the ability to reflect on experience to help problem-solving in a supply chain environment. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology.
|
BB851 Entrepreneurship in context
(4) Credit Hours
This module aims to equip you with an entrepreneurial mindset that helps you to make better career decisions – either in your workplace or as an independent entrepreneur – and effectively cope with the increasingly rapid changes in economy and society. In this module, entrepreneurship is broadly described as the application of enterprise behaviors with the aim to create economic, social, environmental, or cultural value in various contexts, among them private and public organizations, small enterprises, large corporations. Specifically, it goes beyond new venture creation (i.e. entrepreneurship) and considers the application of entrepreneurial skills and knowledge in established organizations (i.e. intrapreneurship) to initiate innovation, change and organizational development. Therefore, you need not aim to start your own venture to enjoy studying this module.
Course Code |
BB851 |
Course Title |
Entrepreneurship in context |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module aims to equip you with an entrepreneurial mindset that helps you to make better career decisions – either in your workplace or as an independent entrepreneur – and effectively cope with the increasingly rapid changes in economy and society. In this module, entrepreneurship is broadly described as the application of enterprise behaviors with the aim to create economic, social, environmental, or cultural value in various contexts, among them private and public organizations, small enterprises, large corporations. Specifically, it goes beyond new venture creation (i.e. entrepreneurship) and considers the application of entrepreneurial skills and knowledge in established organizations (i.e. intrapreneurship) to initiate innovation, change and organizational development. Therefore, you need not aim to start your own venture to enjoy studying this module. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims:
- To enhance your understanding of what entrepreneurship means and how forms of entrepreneurship can make a positive impact on economy and society.
- To equip you with an entrepreneurial mind-set that helps you cope with the increasingly rapid changes in economy and society.
- To refresh your understanding, consolidate your knowledge, and consider alternative, entrepreneurial perspectives. The resources and online activities also support you in thinking about how you can put knowledge and skills in entrepreneurship into practice.
- To equip you with an entrepreneurial mind-set that helps you to make better career decisions – either in your workplace or as an independent entrepreneur
- To have a greater understanding of what entrepreneurship means and be able to integrate your learning in your own work practices.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Different forms of entrepreneurial practice around the world, including the activities of social and commercial enterprises A2: Contrasting research perspectives on entrepreneurship, recognising that it can be studied at multiple levels of analysis A3: Selected entrepreneurship theories, concepts, and frameworks, with a particular focus on their implications for practice A4: Ethics and values in entrepreneurship.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: distinguish between entrepreneurial and managerial approaches and practices (e.g., in relation to marketing and finance) B2: identify distinctive features of entrepreneurial contexts B3: select entrepreneurial approaches and practices that are likely to be appropriate contexts B4: develop an entrepreneurial mindset.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: work constructively and ethically in entrepreneurial settings, which may be characterised by ambiguity, complexity, and open-ended challenges C2: use digital technologies to support entrepreneurial initiatives C3: display resilience and an ongoing capacity to learn from direct personal experiences, and those of others, including entrepreneurial success and failure.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: identify, research, and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities, with the aim of creating sustainable business models D2: negotiate, influence, and gain legitimacy in an entrepreneurial setting D3: effective networking and persuasive communication with key actors (e.g. finance providers) D4: use distinctive entrepreneurial approaches, thereby considering potential resource constraints and individual circumstances.
|
BDE850 Digital Economy in Business
(4) Credit Hours
This module consolidates, integrates, and assesses your learning from the Digital Economy. The Digital Economy explains the new economy, the new enterprise, and the new technology, and how they link to one another, how they enable one another. If you and your organization understand these relationships, the role of the new technology in creating the new enterprise for a new economy, you can be successful.
Course Code |
BDE850 |
Course Title |
Digital Economy in Business |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module consolidates, integrates, and assesses your learning from the Digital Economy. The Digital Economy explains the new economy, the new enterprise, and the new technology, and how they link to one another, how they enable one another. If you and your organization understand these relationships, the role of the new technology in creating the new enterprise for a new economy, you can be successful. |
Course Objectives |
The age we live in now is one filled with opportunity and promise. The aim of this module is encouraging you to appreciate and understand how digital economy impact the business performance.
The module aims to recognizing What does it all mean for the business? Whereas businesspeople are inundated with information, ideas, and theories on new technologies and new organizational forms as well as changing business conditions and strategies, there has been little success in developing a coherent view that synthesizes these factors and ultimately allows you to resolve a real-life work problem in the digital world.
The module also aims to assess your learning from the Digital Economy, to consolidate and integrate your learning through application to case studies and your own experience.
This aims to ensure you have a motivating and challenging learning experience that delivers real and practical outcomes to improve your own job performance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe key digital concepts, theories and technique which is been used currently. A2: Identify and demonstrate the dynamic nature of the new digital economy that will transform the business for success A3: Understand the new business models in a competitive, dynamic global competition A4: Develop an understanding the leadership for transformation and leadership for digital frontier
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Think critically and creatively: manage creative processes in yourself and others; organise thought, analysis, synthesis, and critical appraisal; including identifying assumptions, evaluate statements in terms of evidence, detect false logic or reasoning, identify implicit values, define terms adequately and generalise appropriately. B2: Solve problems and make decisions: establish criteria, using appropriate decision techniques including identifying, formulating and solving business problems; create, identify and evaluate options; implement and review decisions. B3: Demonstrate the ability to justify the importance of leadership in the new digital economy which will support and enhance the performance of the organization. B4: Analyse digital economy and examine the new responsibilities for the business.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Demonstrate engagement with ethical issues relevant to digital economy C2: Ability to develop leadership strategies based on new business models which will fit the current digital transformation C3: Manage and communicate effectively using ICT and to perform well in a team environment, contributing to and benefiting from group processes. C4: Ability to learn through reflection on practice and experience.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Demonstrate effective writing and oral communications skills. D2: Draw lessons from investigations and analyses of problems associated with digital economy and implementation and opportunities for improvement. D3: Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback. D4: Acquire the skills for use of information technology.
|
BS104 Introduction to Macroeconomics
(3) Credit Hours
Course Code |
BS104 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Macroeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
BS330 Managerial Economics
(4) Credit Hours
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. BS330 module is a compulsory course for Level 3 business students. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency are required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice
Course Code |
BS330 |
Course Title |
Managerial Economics |
Pre-requisite |
TBA |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. BS330 module is a compulsory course for Level 3 business students. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency are required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice |
Course Objectives |
BS330 academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental concepts and theories of economics in order to understand and explain the behavior decision and decision-making of business firms and aspects of the market economy. It also develops the students' knowledge of economics as well as skills in problem-solving, decision making, and written and oral communication. BS330 also prepares students for advanced economics concepts and making sense of the world as an observer of economic and business events taught in MBA programs. After studying the course, the students should be able to:
- Understand and apply a toolbox of fundamental concepts and theories of economics to guide managerial decision-making by individuals and business units.
- Explain the nature and role of models and theories in economic analysis.
- Explain the concepts of supply/demand/market equilibrium and their determinants.
- Identify the main characteristics of different market types (perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly) and predict price and output outcomes.
Apply economic models to for production and cost estimation. 6. Identify and explain the challenges and opportunities for today's managers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Understand the economic environment that affect business
strategies, business behaviour and managerial decisions in order to realize
firms’ goals and objectives. A2: Identify the determinants and variation of supply and demand
and their impact in the context of local economy. A3: Understand the importance of production functions in
managerial decisions. A4: Understand the importance of cost in managerial decisions B. Cognitive skills B1: Identify economic factors determining the firms’ decisions. B2: Evaluate and interpret economic ideas, views and evidence. B3: Analyse demand estimation and forecasting B4: Identify the
relation between production and cost B5: Identify and explain issues related to pricing and output
decisions C. Practical and professional skills C1: apply the economic way of thinking in order to identify
microeconomic problems (market resources allocation, prices rise and fall,
budgets allocation, production decisions...) C2: Implement managerial decisions in high-risks environment and
turbulent economies C3: Apply key concepts and theories of economics to managerial
decision making C4: Implement appropriate pricing strategies and output decisions
in different market types C5: Use tools and techniques of economics to improve managerial
decision making D. Key transferable skills. D1: Develop a broad and inclusive understanding of how the
economic environment affects business strategies and decision making in
domestic and global economy. D2: Develop effective communication, both in speaking and writing
to convey solid arguments while adapting the language approach to the relevant
business situation and audience. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own
learning and recognize opportunities to address these. D4: Effectively use
information and communication technologies when analysing economic situations
and using appropriate tools for managers’ decision-making.
|
BUC111 Business Communication 1
(4) Credit Hours
This module will help students to develop their communication and analytical skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower students to analyse business situations with a valuable tool to design and compose business messages that are well-developed, audience-focused and free of errors.
BUC111 will encourage students to explore and compose a variety of business messages via emails, social media posts, or letters. With a wide variety of business scenarios, students will work with a wide range of emails, letters, social media posts and visuals to develop their communication potentials into well-grounded professional communication practices.
Course Code |
BUC111 |
Course Title |
Business Communication 1 |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module will help students to develop their communication and analytical skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower students to analyse business situations with a valuable tool to design and compose business messages that are well-developed, audience-focused and free of errors.
BUC111 will encourage students to explore and compose a variety of business messages via emails, social media posts, or letters. With a wide variety of business scenarios, students will work with a wide range of emails, letters, social media posts and visuals to develop their communication potentials into well-grounded professional communication practices. |
Course Objectives |
The goal of this module is to enhance students’ confidence, performance and progression potentials. This course will implement a context-exposure oriented approach; most concepts and skills covered are rooted in contexts and scenario analysis. In a way, each module in the course enables students to further practice analysis of communication situations. The course focuses on new/social media business communication and e-communication strategies.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the characteristics of effective business messages and identify their stylistic and strategic elements, including social media messages. A2: Demonstrate the ability to recognize the relevance of the stages of the writing process to the development of a professional quality business message and relate the process to their own planning and writing strategies. A3: Develop knowledge to distinguish weak language and organization structures that would affect the quality and effectiveness of a business message and critically assess means to improve them. A4: Develop an understanding and use relevant frequently used business expressions and terminologies related to business messages. A5: Demonstrate the ability to outline different organization patterns and the suitability of the pattern to the context of the message, and in that same line recognize the importance of identifying and emphasizing audience benefits.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply PAIBOC analysis to a variety of communication situations to guide their writing and/or speaking process. B2: Recognize, compare and contrast different types and formats of letters and emails and other business communication templates. B3: Investigate the suitability of an organization pattern to the context, audience and type of the message being composed. B4: Analyse the persuasive factor, evaluate the persuasive appeal, and differentiate between the different persuasive patterns of organization.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform the appropriate linguistic proficiency they need to compose quality business messages, adhere to netiquette rules, and foster a critical perspective on this language in the light of a range of alternative, available language and communication practices. C2: Develop, organize and revise professional business emails and letters, based on the PAIBOC analysis and on revising and editing techniques. C3: Identify objections and organize direct and indirect persuasive messages C4: Capitalize on persuasive strategies, integrating audience focused benefits, positive emphasis, while adopting the right tone for the business scenario.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Evaluate and prepare well-composed quality business messages that are adapted to the tone of the business situation. D2: Communicate effectively, showing recognition of audience and purpose. D3: Apply professional e-communication practices D4: Ability to identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own communication skills development and identify opportunities to address these in the light of their critique of the language and literacy practices they have encountered.
|
BUC112 Business Communication 2
(4) Credit Hours
BUC112 will help students to develop their reporting and interpersonal skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 Module is practical and will encourage students to apply professional analysis to report writing, design and draft reports, capitalize on the linguistic proficiency developed in BUC111 when writing reports. The module will incite students to cultivate their interpersonal skills, namely by fostering better interactions through effective listening strategies, better teamwork understanding, and valuable meeting and presentation guidelines and practices.
Course Code |
BUC112 |
Course Title |
Business Communication 2 |
Pre-requisite |
BUC111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUC112 will help students to develop their reporting and interpersonal skills paving the way for a more professional approach to business situations. This key introductory Level 1 Module is practical and will encourage students to apply professional analysis to report writing, design and draft reports, capitalize on the linguistic proficiency developed in BUC111 when writing reports. The module will incite students to cultivate their interpersonal skills, namely by fostering better interactions through effective listening strategies, better teamwork understanding, and valuable meeting and presentation guidelines and practices. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to enhance the confidence, performance and progression potentials of the students and ultimately academic standards will be positively influenced as well as widening participation, retention and completion rates. The course implements a context-exposure oriented approach, as most concepts and skills covered are rooted in contexts and scenario analysis. In a way, each module in the course enables students to further practice analysis of communication situations. More than 20 communication situations and sample documents provide concrete examples and shed the light on exemplary approaches as well as areas for improvement.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the different types of reports and outline the report organizational patterns. A2: Demonstrate the ability to describe the characteristics of successful work teams.
A3: Develop an understanding and use fundamentals of good listening practice and are familiar with meeting management A4: Critical and comparative understanding of theories and concepts for effective presentations.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1 Be able to apply PAIBOC analysis to report writing and presentations to guide their writing and speaking process. B2: Recognize, compare and contrast information reports, proposals and analytical reports, and formal reports. B3: Acquire understanding of the roles people play when part of a group or team, the tools utilized to positively influence interactions, and the strategies for a sound decision-making process. B4: Analyze means to resolve conflicts constructively and the relevance of listening strategies for more successful team interactions and performance.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Develop, organize, and revise different types of reports, based on the PAIBOC analysis and following revising and editing techniques. C2: Apply writing strategies to increase document readability of reports and presentations and foster a critical perspective on this language in the light of a range of alternative, available language and communication practices. C3: Implement guidelines to plan, lead and participate in meetings, write collaboratively as a team member, and improve interpersonal interactions. C4: Establish some effective strategies to plan and deliver presentations.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Evaluate and prepare clear professional reports that fulfill their purposes while adapted to the business context they cater to. D2: Communicate effectively, focusing on positively influencing listeners through the application of active listening and constructive approaches to difficult situations. D3: Apply professional presentation and speaking practices. D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own reporting and interpersonal skills development and identify opportunities to address these in the light of their awareness of the concepts and they have encountered.
|
BUS101 Introduction to Math for Business
(4) Credit Hours
BUS101 Introduction to Math for Business is a level 4 common introductory module for all tracks, rationale to provide students with sound knowledge on business related calculations such as interest, profit, payroll, etc. This course will provide students with the required technical skills and business knowledge to prepare them along with all other common level 4 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next level of discipline.
Course Code |
BUS101 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Math for Business |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS101 Introduction to Math for Business is a level 4 common introductory module for all tracks, rationale to provide students with sound knowledge on business related calculations such as interest, profit, payroll, etc. This course will provide students with the required technical skills and business knowledge to prepare them along with all other common level 4 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next level of discipline. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce students to basics of finance and accounting models and theories, as well as to improve their critical thinking abilities, while guiding them to acquire strong investigation, analytical and evaluation skills.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand performing various calculations that are relevant and mostly used in finance and accounting function of a business. A2: Identify keys of financing and investment concepts like Annuity, Annual Percentage Yield, Rate of Return etc. A3: Understand tools and techniques that are widely used in investment field by general investors and their relevance in making crucial financing and investment decisions. A4: Describe the relevance of core financing and investment concepts that help corporates in making short-term and long-term business decisions.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge to develop interpreting and commenting on a computed value B2: Apply and integrate mathematics in day-to-day personal financing decisions made. B3: Analyse mathematical models for problems solving. B4: Knowledge to use mathematical techniques in the right manner and in the right environment.
C. Practical and professional skills C At the end of the module, learners will be expected to know: C1: Reflect on skills needed to deal with numbers and interpret them according to the scenario given. C2: Knowledge and techniques to use calculator to perform various calculations .C3: Knowledge and skills to analyse given scenarios and recommend actions accordingly
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to work independently as well as in a team meeting the expectations D2: Acquire skills and knowledge on mathematical concepts and business calculations that have practical relevance in the business environment. D3: Recognise variety of calculations and interpret those calculated values better that goes hand in hand with the scenario provided.
|
BUS102 Introduction to Statistics
(4) Credit Hours
BUS102 is an introductory course in Statistics for Business Students of all tracks. Rational is to provide students with good knowledge on statistical techniques commonly used in research works done on Social Science topics. Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Understanding data better and making decisions accordingly are the key qualities that a business manager must possess to excel in their performance.
Course Code |
BUS102 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Statistics |
Pre-requisite |
BUS101: Introduction to Math for Business |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS102 is an introductory course in Statistics for Business Students of all tracks. Rational is to provide students with good knowledge on statistical techniques commonly used in research works done on Social Science topics. Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Understanding data better and making decisions accordingly are the key qualities that a business manager must possess to excel in their performance. |
Course Objectives |
The primary aim of this course is providing input on collection, analysing, and interpreting data. It will focus on developing students understanding on statistical concepts and techniques that are commonly used in research activities. The purpose of this course is to provide students with good knowledge and skills on performing various calculations and interpreting the results, and to be familiar with numerical and graphical summaries of data, fundamental statistical models for variation, establishing confidence intervals and testing hypotheses. The course aims at imparting knowledge on use of statistical techniques in solving business management issues. The module will provide good understanding on probability and probability distributions and an insight into developing intervals and testing hypothesis.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand data collection methods, presenting data in tables and graphs, perform simple statistical analysis manually. A2: Understand calculating statistical variables that are relevant for making certain decisions within an organization and interpreting those variables appropriately. A3: Explain how to make judgments in selecting and using the right technique for analysing the given data set/scenario and making inferences on the calculated values, so better conclusions on the given problems can be made. A4: Identify specific problems faced by an organization and using appropriate techniques to analyse that problem well and establishing conclusions on the problems being studied.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Conceptual understanding for a given problem well and use data for performing some analysis on the scenario given. B2: the ability to integrate statistical techniques in solving business related problems and interpret calculated values well. B3: Apply appropriate statistical technique for analysing a scenario and understand the scenario in a broader sense through analysis done. B4: Knowledge to use tables and charts for presenting and analysing the data.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Manage to use various statistical techniques for exploring, summarising, presenting, analysing, and interpreting data. C2: Reflect on quantitative concepts and models on the unstructured scenario given and analyse the scenario and suggest recommendations for solving an issue through statistical inferences
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of this module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain skills to effective performance in a team-based assignment with other team members with good inputs like data analysis and inferences. D2: Acquire skills to deal with numbers and estimate appropriate solutions for a given problem based on statistical analysis performed. D3: Effective communications, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience.
|
BUS109 Business Law – Country Specific
(4) Credit Hours
Rules of law govern many aspects of business. An understanding of legal rules and ethical constraints provides a framework for making sound business decisions, facilitates commercial transactions, and promotes order in the marketplace.
This module introduces the students to the fundamental concepts of commercial laws. It entails the survey of the country-specific judicial system, business ethics, contract laws, antitrust law and commercial agencies; contracts; property sales and secured transactions; insurance; commercial papers; agency; bailment; bankruptcy; banking operations, all in a comparative approach.
Course Code |
BUS109 |
Course Title |
Business Law – Country Specific |
Pre-requisite |
EL 111: Freshman English |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Rules of law govern many aspects of business. An understanding of legal rules and ethical constraints provides a framework for making sound business decisions, facilitates commercial transactions, and promotes order in the marketplace.
This module introduces the students to the fundamental concepts of commercial laws. It entails the survey of the country-specific judicial system, business ethics, contract laws, antitrust law and commercial agencies; contracts; property sales and secured transactions; insurance; commercial papers; agency; bailment; bankruptcy; banking operations, all in a comparative approach. |
Course Objectives |
The main objective of the module is to help business students understand the legal aspect of common business activities and the formation and functioning of commercial companies along with the related ethical principles. This engaging module teaches students about the workings of business law by examining real case studies and examples. The material explores core issues in both national and international business law in depth while remaining brief and concise.
Topics covered include: The basic elements of contract laws, negligence and product liability, property laws such as mortgages, landlord and tenant and personal property, Intellectual Property, Labour law, Environmental Law.
After studying the module students should be able to:
- Recognize legal and ethical issues when making business decisions.
- Gain an enhanced understanding of legal rules and ethical constraints.
- Improve analytical problem solving and ethical decision-making skills.
- Apply knowledge and skills to address and manage potential problems before they become actual, expensive problems.
- Evaluate expert advice and determine the extent to which it should be incorporated into business decisions.
- Total understanding of the The Law of Contracts and Sales.
Understanding and respect of the intellectual property rights and environmental laws.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: The Legal Environment
of Business. A2: Constitutional
Principles. A3: Ethics, Social
Responsibility, and the Business Manager. A4: The
International Legal Environment of Business. B. Cognitive skills B1: Recognize, compare and contrast different ways of analyzing
business case studies and other material about contemporary business law
practice. B2: Apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business
law problems and issues. B3: Recognize, compare and contrast different interpretations of
and approaches to practical business law problems and issues. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Analyze work-related cases and situations to identify problems
with an exploration of ethics that takes business law education a step further
by teaching students how to practice justly C2: Identify and communicate potential solutions based on
knowledge of theory and applying it to their own work situation as Business Law
uses tangible examples that students will be able to reference in their future
careers to introduce students to this important topic. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Read and précis written text materials for key salient points.
D2: Communicate effectively in writing, showing recognition of
audience and purpose. D3: Select data, information and ideas from different sources and
present in an appropriate fashion to support an argument.
D4: Identify some of the
key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to
address these. |
BUS110 Introduction to Business
(8) Credit Hours
“Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues.
Course Code |
BUS110 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Business |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
“Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objective is to give the student an understanding of
basic business principles. Global business, entrepreneurship, management,
marketing, information technology, and financial management will be discussed.
Another purpose of this course is to build a foundation of knowledge on the
different theoretical approaches to management and decision making • develop
analytical skills to identify the links between the functional areas in
management, organisations, management practices and the business environment. Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the course students will
have a firm understanding of the following business topics:
The
relationship between business and society in a free market economy Common forms of business ownership Business ethics and social
responsibility International business and the global
economy Fundamentals of business management Business organization and structure Human resources, motivation and
productivity Marketing, accounting, finance,
operations management and other business specialties
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Identify
business functions A2: Recognize
different business models and forms A3: Acquire
knowledge of business ethics and social responsibility
A4: Be aquatinted with the fundamentals of management. B. Cognitive skills B1: Differentiate between business structures
and business forms. B2: Examine different models and theories and
its effect in business life. B3: analysing and evaluating different
perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions in different models and
forms of businesses.
C. Practical and professional skills C1: Analyse different business-related situations and forms.
C2: Deduce problems and solutions and its pathways
D Key transferable skills D1: Read financial and business related reports
D2: Communicate knowledge and understanding of business issues to different stakeholders.
D3: Analyse situations in an academic manner. |
BUS110- 2022 Plan Introduction To Business
(8) Credit Hours
“Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues.
Course Code |
BUS110- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Introduction To Business |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
“Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objective is to give the student an understanding of basic business principles. Global business, entrepreneurship, management, marketing, information technology, and financial management. Another purpose of this course is to build a foundation of knowledge on the different theoretical approaches to management and decision making • develop analytical skills to identify the links between the functional areas in management, organisations, management practices and the business environment. Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the course students will have a firm understanding of the following business topics:
- The relationship between business and society in a free market economy
- Common forms of business ownership
- Business ethics and social responsibility
- International business and the global economy
- Fundamentals of business management
- Business organization and structure
- Human resources, motivation and productivity
- Marketing, accounting, finance, operations management and other business specialties
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Identify business functions A2: Recognize different business models and forms A3: Acquire knowledge of business ethics and social responsibility A4: understand the fundamentals of management.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse business structures and business forms. B2: Examine different models and theories and its effect in business life. B3: Analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions in different models and forms of businesses.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse different business-related situations and forms. C2: Deduce problems and solutions and its pathways.
Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain the knowledge and skills to read financial and business related reports D2: Communicate knowledge and understanding of business issues to different stakeholders. D3: Analyse situations in an academic manner.
|
BUS115 Small Business Management
(4) Credit Hours
BUS115 is an introductory four credit undergraduate course. It assumes no deep knowledge of business. Indeed, it provides students with an overview of business in an-increasingly global society. This is not a course of theory; it is more an application or "how-to" course. It is designed to increase awareness of the opportunities and challenges in today's business environment. The success of any business depends upon several factors: marketing, management and leadership, human resources, financing, logistics, planning, and knowledge of the business environment. An overview of business topics will be discussed including the entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture.
Course Code |
BUS115 |
Course Title |
Small Business Management |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS115 is an introductory four credit undergraduate course. It assumes no deep knowledge of business. Indeed, it provides students with an overview of business in an-increasingly global society. This is not a course of theory; it is more an application or "how-to" course. It is designed to increase awareness of the opportunities and challenges in today's business environment. The success of any business depends upon several factors: marketing, management and leadership, human resources, financing, logistics, planning, and knowledge of the business environment. An overview of business topics will be discussed including the entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture. |
Course Objectives |
The course develops the student's understanding of entrepreneurship and the needed competencies of the entrepreneur. The following topics will be emphasized: entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, understanding financial statements, completing market assessment, marketing and market research, and how to obtain financing for the new business venture. After studying the course, you should be able to:
- To possess a well-grounded understanding of essential entrepreneurial business principals.
- To develop an understanding of important business issues as they relate to new ventures.
- To identify, appreciate, and assess the knowledge, attitudes, and skills of an entrepreneur.
- To study and observe entrepreneurial settings and entrepreneurial role models through exposure to actual business settings and experiences.
- To have an expanded awareness of the resources available for creating a business plan.
To establish a level of confidence in creating a business plan as a tool to assess, create and communicate a business concept.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Entrepreneurship and the role of the entrepreneur in the
economic development of nations A2:
Entrepreneurial competencies A2:
Understanding and writing the business plan A3: Understanding financial statements and
completing sales forecasts and projections B. Cognitive
skills B1: Reflection and critical engagement into the differences
between franchising versus building your own business concept B2: Critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis B3: Valuation and comparison of small business management. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Time management, skills appropriate to business, such as
creativity, persuasion and attractiveness. C2: Study skills, learning to learn and reflecting on students’
own development as learners. C3: The ability to analyse work-related cases and situations to
identify challenges for organisations in developing responses in relation to
their environments. C4: The application of course ideas to students’ own interactions
with organisations and life experiences. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Decision making and problem solving making a viable approach
to students to engage with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Market assessment: consumers, competitors, etc…. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own
learning and identify opportunities to address these.
|
BUS115- 2022 Plan Small Business Management
(4) Credit Hours
BUS115 Small Business Management is a level 1 common introductory module that provides students with principles of business in an-increasingly global society. This course is designed to enhance awareness, opportunities, and challenges in today's business environment. This course will introduce students to entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology, and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture.
Course Code |
BUS115- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Small Business Management |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BUS115 Small Business Management is a level 1 common introductory module that provides students with principles of business in an-increasingly global society. This course is designed to enhance awareness, opportunities, and challenges in today's business environment. This course will introduce students to entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology, and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture. |
Course Objectives |
The aim, of this module is to provide students with a well-grounded understanding of essential entrepreneurial business principals, and to develop an understanding of important business opportunities and issues as they relate to new ventures. The objectives of this course are to identify, appreciate, and assess the knowledge, attitudes, and skills of an entrepreneur and to study and observe entrepreneurial settings and entrepreneurial role models through exposure to actual business settings and experiences. Students will be encouraged to establish a level of confidence in creating a business plan as a tool to assess, create and communicate a business concept, and to have an expanded awareness of the resources available for creating a business plan.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At The end of this module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define entrepreneurship and the role of the entrepreneur in the economic development of nations; Entrepreneurial competencies A2: Identify and write business plans A3: Discuss financial statements and completing sales forecasts and projections
B. Cognitive skills
At The end of this module, learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse the differences between franchising versus building your own business concept B2: Critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis B3:Knowledge to valuation and comparison of small business management.
C. Practical and professional skills
At The end of this module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Acquire knowledge and skills of time management, skills appropriate to business, such as creativity, persuasion and attractiveness. C2: The ability to analyse work-related cases and situations to identify challenges for organisations in developing responses in relation to their environments. C3: Reflect on the application of course ideas to students’ own interactions with organizations and life experiences.
D. Key transferable skills At The end of this module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills to decision making and problem solving making a viable approach to students to engage with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Gain skills to market assessment: consumers, competitors, etc…. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these.
|
BUS202 Data Analysis
(4) Credit Hours
The module helps students understand the relationship between statistics and the world, bringing life to the theory and methods. It incorporates an unprecedented amount of real and interesting data that will help students to connect statistics to their daily lives. BUS202 Data Analysis is an extension of the module BUS102 Introduction to Statistics. At the undergraduate level, both modules (BUS102 and BUS202) are common modules for FBS, as a part of the faculty requirements.
It is well-known that Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Statistics can be used to describe a particular data set, termed descriptive statistics as well as to draw conclusions about the population from a particular data set, termed inferential statistics. This module applies statistical methods in a business context in order to address business related questions and help make evidence based decisions. The module would provide students with the knowledge they need to become stronger analysts and better decision makers.
Course Code |
BUS202 |
Course Title |
Data Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
BUS101 & BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module helps students understand the relationship between statistics and the world, bringing life to the theory and methods. It incorporates an unprecedented amount of real and interesting data that will help students to connect statistics to their daily lives. BUS202 Data Analysis is an extension of the module BUS102 Introduction to Statistics. At the undergraduate level, both modules (BUS102 and BUS202) are common modules for FBS, as a part of the faculty requirements.
It is well-known that Statistics is a science that deals with collection, description, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of data. Statistics can be used to describe a particular data set, termed descriptive statistics as well as to draw conclusions about the population from a particular data set, termed inferential statistics. This module applies statistical methods in a business context in order to address business related questions and help make evidence based decisions. The module would provide students with the knowledge they need to become stronger analysts and better decision makers.
|
Course Objectives |
As mentioned before this module is an extension of BUS102. The module covers a higher level of statistical concepts and introduces advanced topics and tools that are very useful for decisionmakers in different business disciplines. The topics include hypothesis testing, regression analysis, analysis of categorical data and time series. An emphasis will be given to the understanding, applicability of statistical analysis and interpretation of output using MS Excel spreadsheets and/ or any available open source statistical software.
Attitudinal aims In addition to specific learning outcomes, the module aims to shape the attitudes of learners regarding the field of Statistics. Specifically, the module aims to - Motivate in students an intrinsic interest in statistical thinking.
- Instil the belief that Statistics is important for scientific research.
3. Provide a foundation and motivation for exposure to statistical ideas subsequent to the module.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Knowledge of how to formulate data analysis problems in a
statistical framework. A2: Knowledge of how to assemble relevant information and
construct appropriate arguments. A3: Knowledge
of how to exercise judgment in selection and application of a wide range of
statistical tools and techniques. B. Cognitive
skills B1: the ability to approach statistical problems and tasks in a
flexible way. B2: the ability to choose appropriate models for situations
involving uncertainty, and understand their key elements and properties B3: the ability to comment critically on choices of model and
analyses resulting from them. B4: the ability to evaluate statistical evidence and to interpret
the results of a statistical analysis B5: the ability to create statistical models and draw justifiable
inferences C. Practical and professional skills C1: confidently use a variety of hypothesis testing techniques to
test for different types of parameters. C2: easily find/use different types of models including simple
regression, multiple regression, time series generated models (Moving Average
“MA”, Auto-Regressive “AR”) D. Key transferable skills. D1: work with others effectively and to participate as a member of
a team and thus contribute to group effort. D2: collaborate with classmates to solve a problem and teach
others new skills. D3: work hard to satisfy others expectations. D4: exercise Leadership and communicate ideas clearly to convince
others and responsibly challenge his classmates having other ideas, opinions,
or methods of solving. D5: communicate in writing relevant information accurately and
effectively, using a form, structure and style that suits the purpose. D6: apply technologies to task (exercises, problems, situations)
and use information technology with confidence to develop statistical insight,
acquire statistical knowledge, present data to model, and solve problems. |
BUS208 Contemporary issues in marketing
(8) Credit Hours
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of marketing in a contemporary context.
BUS208 is addressing marketing strategy planning, global marketing, personal selling, and sales management, using social media and mobile marketing to connect with customers, CRM, Big Data, and Marketing Analytics, and Logistics.
Course Code |
BUS208 |
Course Title |
Contemporary issues in marketing |
Pre-requisite |
B206 and MKT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This level 2 module provides intermediate/advanced conceptual and practical learning to students interested in the theory and practice of marketing in a contemporary context.
BUS208 is addressing marketing strategy planning, global marketing, personal selling, and sales management, using social media and mobile marketing to connect with customers, CRM, Big Data, and Marketing Analytics, and Logistics. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to enable students to develop independent research and online collaborative skills necessary to engage in contemporary marketing practices in new and existing organisations. Students will be encouraged to do so by articulating how modern marketing can be used to satisfy individual goals/objectives while contributing to satisfying various individual and organisational needs. This course will allow students to explore the theoretical and practical connections between the distinct yet closely-interrelated fields of study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop and manage strategic marketing plans within a range of specialist areas, such as Engineering, science and information technology; Creative, leisure and cultural industries; Health and social care. A2: Demonstrate research contemporary marketing within a specialist real world setting, recognising that specialist areas have to be explored at multiple levels of analysis. A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of core theories, concepts and frameworks of contemporary marketing to understand the strategy, process and operations of organisations at different marketing contexts.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate the distinctive roles played by the marketing function in the process of developing and commercializing products and services. B2: Apply contemporary marketing concepts to critically analyse and evaluate solutions to a variety of marketing challenges.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Work independently and as part of collaborative teams to develop attributes and capabilities for contemporary marketers’ success in a complex and changing environment. C2: Critically evaluate and reflect on student’s own career development objectives.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Independently apply conceptual thinking for the marketing process development. D2: Critically analyse and design competitive strategies for developing and introducing products and services into particular markets. D3: Create, plan and solve problems in entrepreneurial and innovative settings.
|
BUS310 Strategic Management
(8) Credit Hours
Strategic Management: This module examines concepts and the different approaches to - and techniques of - strategic management including analysis of the external and internal environments, the nature of competitive advantage, development of the organization and how they make strategic choices as to where and how to position themselves in relation to their customers and competitors.
The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills especially at level 3. Significant amount of ‘case study’ work have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical and problem solving skills.
Course Code |
BUS310 |
Course Title |
Strategic Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Strategic Management: This module examines concepts and the different approaches to - and techniques of - strategic management including analysis of the external and internal environments, the nature of competitive advantage, development of the organization and how they make strategic choices as to where and how to position themselves in relation to their customers and competitors.
The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills especially at level 3. Significant amount of ‘case study’ work have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical and problem solving skills.
|
Course Objectives |
The aims of this course are to:
Provide students with concepts and tangible strategic skills that can readily be put into practice in often changing business environments. -Present the 21st century competitive/business landscape from a strategic management perspective and to assess how global and technological influences shape it -Provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of contemporary strategic practice in organizations in a way which is relevant to their professional needs Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1. The structure and dynamics of business environments; how
businesses seek to track and analyse their environments; A2. Markets, market economies and how they function; how consumers,
firms and governments behave as economic agents; why and how markets fail and
how this failure is managed; A3. Business processes and how they operate; the nature, structure
and functioning of organisations; how and why organisations are changing; A4. Key business functions such as Marketing, Human Resources,
Information Management, Accounting & Finance, Operations – their nature and
contribution to organisational success, their historic origins and their
interactions; A5. How businesses develop strategies; the different forms and
theories of strategy; A6. How organisations make decisions and organise decision-making
processes; the various sources of decision-making irrationality; the nature,
role and implications of governmental, regional and supranational business
policy on businesses;
A7. How to apply key ideas in mathematics, including some statistics, and algebra. B. Cognitive skills
B1.
Read material questioningly, identifying and recording key ideas and concepts
in business studies; B2.
Synthesise material from a variety of sources, analysing and evaluating
different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions; B3.
Classify, recognise and organise material in distinct and relevant categories;
B4. Construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence,
giving reasons for conclusions.
C. Practical and professional skills
C1. Transfer
and use relevant key skills in the workplace context; C2.
Use the more specific knowledge, analytic skills and methods, rooted in the
different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions; Students will have become better informed, more
active and questioning members of an organisation by: C3.
The ability to engage critically with the underlying challenges and problems
facing a business;
C4. The ability to identify and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising
the significance of different value positions in these arguments.
D Key transferable skills D1. Interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation;
D2. Ability to conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an evaluative approach to a range of business data, sources of information and appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning process; including the development of personal and team attributes and capabilities for entrepreneurial success;
D3. Self reflection and criticality including self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues;
D4. Skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning.
|
BUS310- 2022 Plan Strategic Management
(8) Credit Hours
Strategic Management: Creating Competitive Advantages Module introduces you to the essentials of strategy (key concepts, tools of analysis, various strategies and tactics), which are considered critical to managing organizations especially in today’s dynamic and connected environment. More specifically, this course examines the process of strategy, analysis of internal as well as external environment, development of strategic alternatives, selection of available and suitable alternative, implementation of strategies, and strategic control and corporate governance.
Special emphasis given to the applicable strategic tools in the dynamic business environment including SWOT analysis, five-forces, resource-based view and others. Forms of organizational structure and how it affects the formulated strategies will also be delivered throughout the course.
Course Code |
BUS310- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Strategic Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Strategic Management: Creating Competitive Advantages Module introduces you to the essentials of strategy (key concepts, tools of analysis, various strategies and tactics), which are considered critical to managing organizations especially in today’s dynamic and connected environment. More specifically, this course examines the process of strategy, analysis of internal as well as external environment, development of strategic alternatives, selection of available and suitable alternative, implementation of strategies, and strategic control and corporate governance.
Special emphasis given to the applicable strategic tools in the dynamic business environment including SWOT analysis, five-forces, resource-based view and others. Forms of organizational structure and how it affects the formulated strategies will also be delivered throughout the course.
|
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with concepts and tangible strategic skills that can readily be put into practice in often changing business environments. -Present the 21st century competitive/business landscape from a strategic management perspective and to assess how global and technological influences shape it -Provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of contemporary strategic practice in organizations in a way which is relevant to their professional needs. -To analyse and evaluate critically real life company situations and develop creative solutions, using a strategic management perspective. - To enhance the critical thinking skills of students and their abilities in analysing the strategic options available for organizations. Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of the nature of strategy and the issues it raises for organisations. How to relate business concepts, models and theories to real life organisations. A2. Develop systematic knowledge and understanding of key theories underpinning the strategy process including how organisations analyse their environments (macro and micro), and their capabilities (internal environments), choose between potential strategic options, and overcome the challenges of implementing their strategies. A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of how businesses develop strategies; the different forms and theories of strategy, and how should organisations respond to the challenges of environmental change and markets. A4: Demonstrate systematic knowledge of some applications of strategic theories and models to a specific industry.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Conceptually understand the context of a case study and/or real life organizations and to get the aptitude to analyse and evaluate real life company situations and develop creative solutions, using a strategic management perspective. B2: Devise and sustain arguments depending on critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: including identifying and questioning assumptions, weighing evidence appropriately, identifying and challenging false logic or reasoning, and generalizing in a way which recognizes the limits of knowledge in strategy. B3: Evaluate and integrate the dynamics of competition surround organizations and how such velocity affects the strategic alternatives. In addition to acquire, skills to integrate and apply knowledge gained to the various strategy phases including formulation and implementation from a holistic perspective. B4: Ability to construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence, giving reasons for conclusions.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, efficiently communicate complex information, arguments and ideas in ways appropriate to a business context and audience. C2: Demonstrate proficiency in study and research skills such as: communicating their knowledge and understanding to others, verbally and in C3: Critically identify and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognizing the significance of different value positions in arguments writing (effective performance in a team environment).
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation to develop written communication skills in essay writing D2: Independently conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. Have acquired skills in managing large bodies of knowledge. D3: Acquire IT skills such as Microsoft Office, and Internet Search Engines, and the Arab Open University E-library D4. Self reflection and criticality including self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; Skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning. |
BUS628 Global Human Resource Management
(8) Credit Hours
This course examines the strategic and global issues of HRM by showing how organizations address the trade-offs between global integration and local responsiveness. It discusses varying methods of globalized talent management and employer branding and conclude with a multi-dimensional approach to HRM.
Course Code |
BUS628 |
Course Title |
Global Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course examines the strategic and global issues of HRM by showing how organizations address the trade-offs between global integration and local responsiveness. It discusses varying methods of globalized talent management and employer branding and conclude with a multi-dimensional approach to HRM. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objectives of this module are: • To understand globalization and international human resource management. • To understand strategic objectives • To understand global integration mechanisms
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Identify drivers of globalization A2: Recognize global HRM strategies and structures. A3: Acquire knowledge about strategic objectives and how to build global capabilities. A4: Acquire knowledge about integration mechanisms.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand drivers of globalization and multiple layers of globalization within the MNE. B2: Examine different strategic objectives from building global capabilities to developing international management competences. B3: Examine and evaluate the role of global talent management, managing international labour force, and employer branding.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: practically understand globalization drivers and impact particularly at the level of HRM.
C2: Identify how and why global capabilities are built, and the importance of deploying an international management competence strategy. C3: Identify the importance of global talent management and how to manage international labour force.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop their critical thinking about global HR matters. D2: Explain globalization and IHRM related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public). D3: Exercise building global capabilities and managing international labour and communicate ideas clearly to convince others and responsibly challenge their classmates. D4: Reflect on their own potential and capabilities with regard to global HRM particularly at the level of talent management, developing international management competences, etc.
|
BUS629 International Management
(8) Credit Hours
In this module, you will basically cover a range of topics related to international business and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of knowledge and skills pertaining to globalization, national differences, the global trade and investment environment, the global monetary system, the strategy and structure of international business, International business functions, and professional practice.
Course Code |
BUS629 |
Course Title |
International Management |
Pre-requisite |
B205B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
In this module, you will basically cover a range of topics related to international business and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of knowledge and skills pertaining to globalization, national differences, the global trade and investment environment, the global monetary system, the strategy and structure of international business, International business functions, and professional practice. |
Course Objectives |
In this module, you will cover a range of topics related to international business and will be encouraged to cultivate a broad spectrum of knowledge and skills pertaining to globalisation, national differences, the global trade and investment environment, the global monetary system, the strategy and structure of international business, International business functions, and professional practice. The content, activities and assessments are designed to help you develop and demonstrate your mastery of these skills. You will be asked to reflect on and document your skills as you progress through the module; this will enable you to record and evidence them for future use. Many of these skills, such as cultivating creativity and staying up to date with developments, will have benefits to you beyond the practice of business management. In addition to including leading-edge theory, in light of the fast-changing nature of the international business environment, the author was aiming to render this version of the book as up-to-date as possible.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of international business theory and practice A2: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of globalization and staying up-to-date about developments in the international business discipline and societal trends A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of international business risks, national differences, and cross-cultural management issues
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate and integrate evidence and theory and apply them to international business practice B2: Apply appropriate professional global management skills in an unpredictable and/or specialised context B3: Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in international business practice
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance and prospects C2: Recognise the importance of developing both technical and non-technical skills and of learning from feedback and self-reflection C3: Critically engage with practical and professional international business skills and demonstrate an awareness of some international business functions in global business practice
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire analytical and transferable skills through written and oral presentations D2: Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information, data or tools accurately in complex contexts D3: Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes.
|
DD209A Economics for Business
(8) Credit Hours
This key introductory Level 5 course is the second in our degree in business studies and forms the core of the certificate in business studies- economic track. This module teaches Macroeconomics (DD209A) – the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. Through this module, students will be enabled to place themselves as an economic analyst tackling problems in the national macro economy. The student will emerge with a good grasp of some fundamentals of economic theory including the application of basic game theory; an understanding of some key theoretical and policy debates in economics; and confidence in applying these theories and concepts to major economic policy challenges.
Course Code |
DD209A |
Course Title |
Economics for Business |
Pre-requisite |
ECO101 and ECO102 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This key introductory Level 5 course is the second in our degree in business studies and forms the core of the certificate in business studies- economic track. This module teaches Macroeconomics (DD209A) – the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. Through this module, students will be enabled to place themselves as an economic analyst tackling problems in the national macro economy. The student will emerge with a good grasp of some fundamentals of economic theory including the application of basic game theory; an understanding of some key theoretical and policy debates in economics; and confidence in applying these theories and concepts to major economic policy challenges. |
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is designed to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Macroeconomics. The module will have a student-cantered approach in developing and applying economic theories and debates to serious worldwide economic problems, and the critical assessment of proposed solutions. Transferable and vocational skills students will acquire include:
- The interpretation, manipulation and critique of economic evidence, including numerical data and basic statistical skills
- Compare and contrast the most prominent economic traditions and theories of the last two centuries, widely used in public debate
- Ability to build and support an argument in a discussion
- Use and present modelling and simulation as methods of analysis of economic problems; simulate the macro economy under different policy scenarios
5. Ability to engage in debates with other students, substantiating views with economic theory and evidence (coming from data, simulator or case studies)
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. Modelling and its
importance in economic thinking; Be able to engage in the economic debate on
the role of demand stimulus vs. fiscal constraint in recovery; monetary policy;
and the scope for supply side restructuring and growth; A2. The use of abstraction in developing economic theories and
models; Recognise the implications of global imbalances in balance of payments
(deficits and surpluses), credit and debt, rising inequality, and the need for
‘rebalancing’ economies. A3. How specific economic models are constructed; A4. Competing
theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories;
Understand how macroeconomics feeds into economic arguments for policy in areas
such as privatisation/nationalisation; trade restriction and promotion; welfare
state policies including health and education. A5. How to
apply appropriate theories, models and concepts to economic problems, events
and processes. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Construct and combine economic arguments and recognise the
differences between economic and other forms of argument; B2. Manipulate economic models to analyse the impact of changes in
variables; Interpret, manipulate and criticise different types of data. B3. Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse
policy questions; B4. Integrate diagrammatic and verbal analysis of economic issues;
B5. Interpret economic data presented in a variety of forms
including basic regression results and undertake data analysis using
economic data and appropriate analytical tools; B6. Search library catalogues and bibliographic databases and
select a range of academic literature focusing on a particular theoretical
proposition or economic issue and conduct fieldwork research. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Demonstrate an awareness of skills and abilities in relation
to the requirements of own work role; C2. Identify and evaluate the range of resources related to
working effectively; C3. Choosing appropriate methods and apply a model of a national economy
as constructed and used to analyse the roles of consumer spending, investment,
government taxes and spending and imports and exports; C4. Analyse the macroeconomic problems rather than a matter for
national governments; gain familiarity with a computer-based statistical
package and search and manipulate and present different sources of data. C5. Seek for convenient policy to stabilise the economy and keep
unemployment and inflation low; C6. Communication of complex information, arguments and ideas in
ways appropriate to a business context and audience; D. Key transferable skills. D1. Read and synthesise information from a variety of sources for
a specified purpose and apply economic theory to real-life situations. D2. Read and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and diagrams
from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex numerical data sets; D3. Carry out multistage calculations with numbers of any size
incorporating the use of powers and roots; D4. Calculate measures of average distribution; apply standard
formulae, equations and expressions in calculating economic measures and
indicators; D5. Select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings,
show trends and make comparisons; numerical and verbal analysis of economic
issues.
D6. Work with qualitative and quantitative data,
drawing appropriate conclusions based on findings, including how possible
sources of error may affect the results.
|
DD209A- 2022 Plan Running the Economy
(8) Credit Hours
This module teaches Macroeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. Students will be enabled to place themselves as an economic analyst tackling problems in the national macro economy. The student will emerge with a good grasp of some fundamentals of economic theory including the application of basic game theory; an understanding of some key theoretical and policy debates in economics.
Course Code |
DD209A- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Running the Economy |
Pre-requisite |
ECO102 and BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module teaches Macroeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. Students will be enabled to place themselves as an economic analyst tackling problems in the national macro economy. The student will emerge with a good grasp of some fundamentals of economic theory including the application of basic game theory; an understanding of some key theoretical and policy debates in economics. |
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is designed to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Macroeconomics. The module will have a student-cantered approach in developing and applying economic theories and debates to serious worldwide economic problems, and the critical assessment of proposed solutions. Transferable and vocational skills students will acquire include: • The interpretation, manipulation and critique of economic evidence, including numerical data and basic statistical skills • Compare and contrast the most prominent economic traditions and theories of the last two centuries, widely used in public debate • Ability to build and support an argument in a discussion • Use and present modelling and simulation as methods of analysis of economic problems; simulate the macro economy under different policy scenarios • Ability to engage in debates with other students, substantiating views with economic theory and evidence (coming from data, simulator or case studies)
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate modelling and its importance in economic thinking; Be able to engage in the economic debate on the role of demand stimulus vs. fiscal constraint in recovery; monetary policy; and the scope for supply side restructuring and growth; A2. Apply abstraction in developing economic theories and models; Recognise the implications of global imbalances in balance of payments (deficits and surpluses), credit and debt, rising inequality, and the need for ‘rebalancing’ economies. A3. Demonstrate critical understanding of competing theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories; Understand how macroeconomics feeds into economic arguments for policy in areas such as privatisation/nationalisation; trade restriction and promotion; welfare state policies including health and education. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Devise and sustain economic arguments and recognise the differences between economic and other forms of argument B2. Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse policy questions; B3. Evaluate and professionally use of library catalogues and bibliographic databases to select a range of academic literature focusing on a particular theoretical proposition or economic issue and conduct fieldwork research. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. As an independent learner, demonstrate an awareness of skills and abilities in relation to the requirements of own work role; C2. Analyse the macroeconomic problems rather than a matter for national governments; gain familiarity with a computer-based statistical package and search and manipulate and present different sources of data. C3. Communication of complex information, arguments and ideas in ways appropriate to a business context and audience.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Independently carry out multistage calculations with numbers of any size incorporating the use of powers and roots; D2. Independently select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons; numerical and verbal analysis of economic issues. D3. Create and work with qualitative and quantitative data, drawing appropriate conclusions based on findings, including how possible sources of error may affect the results. |
DD209B Economics for Business-Microeconomics
(8) Credit Hours
This key introductory Level 5 course is the second in our degree in business studies and forms the core of the certificate in business studies- economic track. This module teaches Microeconomics (DD209B) – the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. The D209B module addresses the recurrent themes of inequalities and imbalances. It takes a global perspective on the challenges faced by national economies and the debates on the roles for government. It focuses particular on the interacting roles of trade policy and government welfare policies in addressing and mitigating inequality within and between countries.
Course Code |
DD209B |
Course Title |
Economics for Business-Microeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
DD209A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This key introductory Level 5 course is the second in our degree in business studies and forms the core of the certificate in business studies- economic track. This module teaches Microeconomics (DD209B) – the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. The D209B module addresses the recurrent themes of inequalities and imbalances. It takes a global perspective on the challenges faced by national economies and the debates on the roles for government. It focuses particular on the interacting roles of trade policy and government welfare policies in addressing and mitigating inequality within and between countries. |
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is designed to introduce learners to the most important elements of Microeconomics. The module will have a student-centered approach in developing and applying economic theories and debates to serious worldwide economic problems, and the critical assessment of proposed solutions. Transferable and vocational skills students will acquire include: - Exploring the decision-making processes within firms that drive the growth of an economy.
- Compare and contrast the most prominent economic traditions and theories of the last two centuries, widely used in public debate
- Developing an understanding of the theory of the firm and the working of markets. Ability to build and support an argument in a discussion
Analysing how global trade and the pursuit of growth creates imbalances that may have caused a macroeconomic crisis.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. Modelling and its importance in economic thinking; Be able to
engage in the economic debate on the role of demand stimulus vs. fiscal
constraint in recovery; and the scope for supply side restructuring and growth;
A2. The use of abstraction in developing economic theories and
models; Recognise the implications of global imbalances in balance of payments
(deficits and surpluses), credit and debt, rising inequality, and the need for
‘rebalancing’ economies. A3. How specific economic models are constructed; A4. Competing theoretical perspectives and the assumptions
underlying economic theories; Understand how microeconomics feeds into economic
arguments for policy in areas such as trade restriction and promotion; welfare
state policies including health and education. A5. How to
apply appropriate theories, models and concepts to economic problems, events
and processes. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Construct and combine economic arguments and recognise the
differences between economic and other forms of argument; B2. Manipulate economic models to analyse the impact of changes in
variables; Interpret, manipulate and criticise different types of data. B3. Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse
policy questions; B4. Integrate diagrammatic and verbal analysis of economic issues;
B5. Interpret economic data presented in a variety of forms
including basic regression results and undertake data analysis using economic
data and appropriate analytical tools; B6. Search library catalogues and bibliographic databases and
select a range of academic literature focusing on a particular theoretical
proposition or economic issue and conduct fieldwork research. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Demonstrate an awareness of skills and abilities in relation
to the requirements of own work role; C2. Identify and evaluate the range of resources related to
working effectively; C3. Choosing appropriate methods and apply a model of a national
economy as constructed and used to analyse the roles of consumer spending,
investment, government taxes and spending and imports and exports; C4. Analyse the microeconomic problems, gain familiarity with a
computer-based statistical package and search and manipulate and present
different sources of data. C5. Communication of complex information, arguments and ideas in
ways appropriate to a business context and audience; C6. Problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate
quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and
extrapolation
D. Key transferable skills. D1. Read and synthesise information from a variety of sources for
a specified purpose and apply economic theory to real-life situations. D2. Read and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and diagrams
from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex numerical data sets; D3. Carry out multistage calculations with numbers of any size
incorporating the use of powers and roots; D4. Calculate measures of average distribution; apply standard
formulae, equations and expressions in calculating economic measures and
indicators;
D5. Select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings,
show trends and make comparisons; numerical and verbal analysis of economic
issues.
D6. Work with qualitative and quantitative data,
drawing appropriate conclusions based on findings, including how possible
sources of error may affect the results. |
DD209B- 2022 Plan Running the Economy
(8) Credit Hours
This module teaches Microeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. The module addresses the recurrent themes of inequalities and imbalances. It takes a global perspective on the challenges faced by national economies and the debates on the roles for government. It focuses particular on the interacting roles of trade policy and government welfare policies in addressing and mitigating inequality within and between countries.
Course Code |
DD209B- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Running the Economy |
Pre-requisite |
DD209A and MKT111 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module teaches Microeconomics– the focus of most public debate – the student is engaged in policy debates and the problems of managing the national and global economy after a major economic crisis. The module addresses the recurrent themes of inequalities and imbalances. It takes a global perspective on the challenges faced by national economies and the debates on the roles for government. It focuses particular on the interacting roles of trade policy and government welfare policies in addressing and mitigating inequality within and between countries. |
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is to introduce learners to the most important elements of Microeconomics. The module will have a student-centred approach in developing and applying economic theories and debates to serious worldwide economic problems, and the critical assessment of proposed solutions. Transferable and vocational skills students will acquire include: • Exploring the decision-making processes within firms that drive the growth of an economy. • Compare and contrast the most prominent economic traditions and theories of the last two centuries, widely used in public debate • Developing an understanding of the theory of the firm and the working of markets. Ability to build and support an argument in a discussion • Analysing how global trade and the pursuit of growth creates imbalances that may have caused a macroeconomic crisis.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate modelling and its importance in economic thinking; Be able to engage in the economic debate on the role of demand stimulus vs. fiscal constraint in recovery; monetary policy; and the scope for supply side restructuring and growth; A2. Critical understanding of theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories; Understand how microeconomics feeds into economic arguments for policy in areas such as trade restriction and promotion; welfare state policies including health and education. A3. Demonstrate applying appropriate theories, models and concepts to economic problems, events and processes. A1, A3
This module is designed to provide a practice-focused approach to the development of knowledge and skills of students. The assessments are integrative and build incrementally. Students will learn to integrate and use information and/or data appropriately in complex contexts, they will also learn to recognize the limitations of knowledge in the discipline with developing skills in effective communication of ideas and arguments to relevant audiences. Knowledge and understanding are acquired through published materials, including supplied textbooks, journal articles, electronic sources and course participants. Students will be encouraged to manage their learning and reflect on their development as independent learners.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Devise and sustain economic arguments and recognise the differences between economic and other forms of argument B2. Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse policy questions; B3. Apply economic models to analyse the impact of changes in variables; Interpret, manipulate and criticise different types of data.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. As an independent learner, demonstrate an awareness of skills and abilities in relation to the requirements of own work role; C2. Recognise appropriate methods and apply a model of a national economy as constructed and used to analyse the roles of consumer spending, investment, government taxes and spending and imports and exports; C3. Critically engaged with problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Independently find, critically evaluate and use a wide range of information from a variety of sources for a specified purpose and apply economic theory to real-life situations. D2. Create, evaluate and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and Diagrams from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex Numerical data sets; D3. Independently select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons; numerical and verbal analysis of economic issues. |
DD309A Doing Economics
(8) Credit Hours
Doing economics: people, markets and policy is a sixty-point third level course which teaches
economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and
governments. This course is split into two parts, D309A and D309B with 30 points each. It presents alternative economic explanations that will enable students to make their own critical
judgments of which theory serves which purpose best. The course also equips students with the
research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more
about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socioeconomic world in which they live. The course will equip them with the theoretical tools
necessary to investigate recent developments in the global economy. A pluralist view of
economic theory is adopted, enabling students to appreciate the debates between different
approaches. The first part of the course teaches intermediate microeconomics with an emphasis
on both economic theory and its applications. The second part of the course is project-based;
students will be able to specialize in an area of their choice and carry out their own research
project.
D309a (first part of the course) is divided into three blocks 1, 2 and 3 plus two weeks of work
that introduce methods used by economists to test the relevance of their models using data. Block 1, People and Households; Block 2, Firms and Industries; and Block 3, Markets and Governments
Course Code |
DD309A |
Course Title |
Doing Economics |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Doing economics: people, markets and policy is a sixty-point third level course which teaches
economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and
governments. This course is split into two parts, D309A and D309B with 30 points each. It presents alternative economic explanations that will enable students to make their own critical
judgments of which theory serves which purpose best. The course also equips students with the
research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more
about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socioeconomic world in which they live. The course will equip them with the theoretical tools
necessary to investigate recent developments in the global economy. A pluralist view of
economic theory is adopted, enabling students to appreciate the debates between different
approaches. The first part of the course teaches intermediate microeconomics with an emphasis
on both economic theory and its applications. The second part of the course is project-based;
students will be able to specialize in an area of their choice and carry out their own research
project.
D309a (first part of the course) is divided into three blocks 1, 2 and 3 plus two weeks of work
that introduce methods used by economists to test the relevance of their models using data. Block 1, People and Households; Block 2, Firms and Industries; and Block 3, Markets and Governments
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of the course is to
provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people,
markets and policy. It thus places emphasis on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic
theories, and the debates which surround it, as well as developing practical skills
relevant to work in a range of organisations. Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both
knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim. This is a Level 3 course. Level 3 courses build on
study skills and subject knowledge acquired from studies at Levels 1 and 2. The students
should take Economics and economic change (DD202) course before studying
DD309.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1 : How decisions taken in various contexts, such as consumption, labour market participation, savings, investment in education and training. And how households, as well as individuals, can make decisions. A2: Key theories underpinning the efficiency and productivity in the production of goods and services. Although the issues about choice of technology, entrepreneurship, innovation, employment relations, outsourcing and competition policy A3: The overall organisation of the economy. The strengths and weaknesses of markets and governments in the organisation of economic activities, explores issues concerning the environment and ethics, and looks at economic theory that underpins government behaviour. A4: Economic theories and their applications to various areas. Three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. A5; Research Methods, how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods to be applied in A6. The qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data. A6: Project work, choosing and completing a project. B. Cognitive skills B1: Thinking strategically in the context of a case study B2: Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: including identifying and questioning assumptions, weighing evidence appropriately, identifying and challenging false logic or reasoning, and generalising in a way which recognises the limits of knowledge in firm. B3: Evaluation and comparison of competing perspectives from a variety of sources, including some informed by current issues or research developments. B4: The ability to argue relevantly and to justify a point of view C. Practical and professional skills C1 : Communication of complex information, arguments and ideas in ways appropriate to a business context and audience. C2: Problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. C3: Effective performance in a team environment in a virtual context. C4. The application of course ideas to students' own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C5: Selecting and using information and communication technologies for business purposes. D Key transferable skills D1 : Engagement, as appropriate, with practical and professional business strategy skills and ethical issues.
|
DD309B Doing economics: people, markets and policy
(8) Credit Hours
Doing economics: people, markets and policy (Part B) is a thirty point third level course which teaches economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. The course equips students with the research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live. DD309b (second part of the course is divided into Blocks 4, 5 and 6.
Block 4, Optional strands, teaches further economic theory and its applications to various areas. Students should choose one of three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. In Block 5, Research Methods, students will learn how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods they plan to use for their project. They can choose between qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data. In Block 6, Project Work, students will work towards their end-of-module assessment, completing a project of their choice.
Course Code |
DD309B |
Course Title |
Doing economics: people, markets and policy |
Pre-requisite |
DD309A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Doing economics: people, markets and policy (Part B) is a thirty point third level course which teaches economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. The course equips students with the research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live. DD309b (second part of the course is divided into Blocks 4, 5 and 6.
Block 4, Optional strands, teaches further economic theory and its applications to various areas. Students should choose one of three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. In Block 5, Research Methods, students will learn how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods they plan to use for their project. They can choose between qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data. In Block 6, Project Work, students will work towards their end-of-module assessment, completing a project of their choice. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of the course is to provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people, markets and policy. It thus places emphasis on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic theories, and the debates which surround it, as well as developing practical skills relevant to work in a range of organisations. Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim. This is a Level 3 course. Level 3 courses build on study skills and subject knowledge acquired from studies at Levels 1 and 2. The students should take Economics and economic change (DD209) course before studying DD309.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 : Modeling and its importance in economic
thinking; A2 : The use
of abstraction in developing economic theories and models; A3 : How
specific economic models are constructed; A4:
Competing theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying
economic theories; B. Cognitive
skills B1 : Construct economic arguments and recognise the differences
between economic and other forms of argument; B2: Manipulate economic models to analyse the impact of changes in
variables; B3 : Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and
analyse social issues and policy questions; B4 : Integrate diagrammatic and verbal analysis of economic
issues; C. Practical and professional skills C1: Transfer and use
relevant key skills in the workplace context; C2: Use the more specific knowledge, analytic skills and methods, rooted
in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions.
Students will have become better informed, more active and … questioning
members of an organisation. C3 :The ability to engage critically with the underlying
challenges and problems facing a business;
C4: The ability to identify and evaluate conflicting arguments,
including recognising the significance of different value positions in these
arguments. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Read and synthesise information from a variety of sources for
a specified purpose. D2: Read and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and diagrams
from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex numerical data sets; D3 : Calculate measures of average and distribution; apply
standard formulae, equations and expressions in calculating economic measures
and indicators;
D4: Select and use
appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons. |
DD309B- 2022 Plan Doing Economics
(8) Credit Hours
Doing economics: people, markets and policy (Part II) teaches economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. The course equips students with the research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live.
Students should choose one of three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. Students will learn how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods they plan to use for their project.
Students may choose between qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data of their choice.
Course Code |
DD309B- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Doing Economics |
Pre-requisite |
DD309A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Doing economics: people, markets and policy (Part II) teaches economic theories that explain the behaviour of people in households, firms, markets and governments. The course equips students with the research skills that they’ll need to conduct their own project on a topic they want to know more about. At the end of the course, students should have developed a more critical view of the socio-economic world in which they live.
Students should choose one of three available theoretical strands: environmental economics, business and finance or economics and society. Students will learn how to carry out a literature review and then choose which research methods they plan to use for their project.
Students may choose between qualitative methods – which include interviewing and case studies – and quantitative methods, which involve analysis of economic data of their choice.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of the module is to provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people, markets and policy. It aims with an emphasis on the following: 1. a critical overview of the main tools of doing economies focusing on people, markets and policy. 2. importance on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic theories, and the debates which surround it. 3. developing practical skills relevant to work in a range of organisations. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of modeling and its importance in economic thinking A2: Demonstrate critical understanding of using abstraction in developing economic theories and models; A3: Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of specific economic models construction A4: Demonstrate critical understanding of theoretical perspectives and the assumptions underlying economic theories;
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Devise and sustain economic arguments and recognise the differences between economic and other forms of argument; B2: Appreciate economic models to analyse the impact of changes in variables; B3: Evaluate economic theories and use them to explain and analyse social issues and policy questions; B4: Integrate diagrammatic and verbal analysis of economic issues;
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, transfer and use relevant key skills in the workplace context. C2: As an independent learner, apply specific knowledge, analytic skills and methods, rooted in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions. C3: Critically engage with the underlying challenges and problems facing a business; C4: Recognize and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising the significance of different value positions in these arguments.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Independently, read and synthesize information from a variety of sources for a specified purpose. D2: Independently, read and construct scale drawings, graphs, charts and diagrams from numerical data; read and interpret large and complex numerical data sets; D3: Apply standard formulae, equations and expressions in calculating economic measures and indicators; D4: As an independent learner, select and use appropriate methods to illustrate findings, show trends and make comparisons.
|
ECO101 Principle of Microeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
This key introductory Level 1 course is the first economics module in our degree in business studies and forms the core of business studies- economics track. Students should first understand the economic problem before they move to learn its economic implications and economic changes. Every day people make decisions, what to buy and what to sell? All people are participating in consumption or production. These activities are the basic units of an economy and are concerned with the economic problem: how best to satisfy unlimited wants using the limited available resources. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real life examples and case studies from the Arab region, without ignoring the international aspects. Therefore, this module directly addresses the Arab countries’ characteristics, problems, and economic policies. For some of students, economics is not the main area of study. However, understanding of basic economic concepts will still prove useful to all students whatever direction their studies and subsequent career may take.
Course Code |
ECO101 |
Course Title |
Principle of Microeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This key introductory Level 1 course is the first economics module in our degree in business studies and forms the core of business studies- economics track. Students should first understand the economic problem before they move to learn its economic implications and economic changes. Every day people make decisions, what to buy and what to sell? All people are participating in consumption or production. These activities are the basic units of an economy and are concerned with the economic problem: how best to satisfy unlimited wants using the limited available resources. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real life examples and case studies from the Arab region, without ignoring the international aspects. Therefore, this module directly addresses the Arab countries’ characteristics, problems, and economic policies. For some of students, economics is not the main area of study. However, understanding of basic economic concepts will still prove useful to all students whatever direction their studies and subsequent career may take.
|
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is designed to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Microeconomics. Students are not expected to have taken any courses in economics, or to have any knowledge or experience of ICT. Nevertheless, this is a Level 2 course and students need the general study techniques appropriate to Level 2 study in the social sciences. After studying the module students should be able to:
- understand the domain of economics as a social theory
- understand the main analytical tools which are used in economic analysis
- learn the main conclusions derived from economic analysis and to develop their understanding of the organisational and policy implications
to participate in debates on economic matters.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: A strong
set of introductory chapters. A2: Early
coverage of policy issues. A3: Complete
coverage of monopolistic competition. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing
business case studies within the Arabian region and other material about
contemporary business practice. B2: Apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business
problems and issues. B3: Recognise, compare and contrast different interpretations of
and approaches to practical business problems and issues C. Practical and professional skills C1: The ability to understand the labour market and other factors
of production. C2: Pricing strategy
D. Key transferable skills. D1: Students develop many transferable skills that are highly
valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving,
the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively.
Skills required include: i) effective communication skills – both written and oral (These
are extremely important, as is the ability to work well as part of a
team.) ii)taking the initiative in the classroom but also allowing the
students enough freedom to further develop their own personality and
abilities iii) working closely with other teachers, parents and other
education professionals iv) creativity in presenting ideas v) time management both inside and outside the classroom
vi) enthusiasm, patience
|
ECO101 Principles of Microeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
Principles of Microeconomics is a level 1 common introductory module to introduce students to the basic principles of microeconomic concepts, including supply and demand, resource allocation, consumer behaviour, market structures, and government impact. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real-life examples and case studies.
Course Code |
ECO101 |
Course Title |
Principles of Microeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Principles of Microeconomics is a level 1 common introductory module to introduce students to the basic principles of microeconomic concepts, including supply and demand, resource allocation, consumer behaviour, market structures, and government impact. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real-life examples and case studies. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Microeconomics. The objectives of this module are to educate students to understand the domain of economics as a social theory and the main analytical tools which are used in economic analysis. Students will be encouraged to apply the principles and techniques for economic analysis and to develop their understanding of the organisational and policy implications and to participate in debates on economic matters.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Understand basic and fundamental economic theories and concepts. A2: Gain knowledge of basic economic policy issues. A3: Understand how competition works and affects the market from an economic perspective.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge to recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing business case studies.
B2: Apply knowledge in the analysis of practical business problems and issues.
B3: Analyse different interpretations and approaches to practical business problems and issues
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse economic issues in the labour market and other factors of production. C2: Analyse pricing strategies
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire and develop skills that are highly valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. D2: Gaining Effective communication skills – both written and oral, working closely with other teachers, parents and other education professionals D3: Gain skills to creativity present ideas, time management, and analysing business situations.
|
ECO101- 2022 Plan Principles of Microeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
Principles of Microeconomics is a level 1 common introductory module to introduce students to the basic principles of microeconomic concepts, including supply and demand, resource allocation, consumer behaviour, market structures, and government impact. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real-life examples and case studies.
Course Code |
ECO101- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Principles of Microeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Principles of Microeconomics is a level 1 common introductory module to introduce students to the basic principles of microeconomic concepts, including supply and demand, resource allocation, consumer behaviour, market structures, and government impact. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real-life examples and case studies. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Microeconomics. The objectives of this module are to educate students to understand the domain of economics as a social theory and the main analytical tools which are used in economic analysis. Students will be encouraged to apply the principles and techniques for economic analysis and to develop their understanding of the organisational and policy implications and to participate in debates on economic matters.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Understand basic and fundamental economic theories and concepts. A2: Gain knowledge of basic economic policy issues. A3: Understand how competition works and affects the market from an economic perspective.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge to recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing business case studies.
B2: Apply knowledge in the analysis of practical business problems and issues.
B3: Analyse different interpretations and approaches to practical business problems and issues
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse economic issues in the labour market and other factors of production. C2: Analyse pricing strategies
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire and develop skills that are highly valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. D2: Gaining Effective communication skills – both written and oral, working closely with other teachers, parents and other education professionals D3: Gain skills to creativity present ideas, time management, and analysing business situations.
|
ECO102 Principle of Macroeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
This key introductory Level 1 course is the first economics module in our degree in business studies and forms the core of business studies- economics track. Students should first understand the economic problem before they move to learn its economic implications and economic changes. Every day people make decisions, what to buy and what to sell? All people are participating in consumption or production. These activities are the basic units of an economy and are concerned with the economic problem: how best to satisfy unlimited wants using the limited available resources. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real life examples and case studies from the Arab region, without ignoring the international aspects. Therefore, this module directly addresses the Arab countries’ characteristics, problems, and economic policies. For some of students, economics is not the main area of study. However, understanding of basic economic concepts will still prove useful to all students whatever direction their studies and subsequent career may take.
Course Code |
ECO102 |
Course Title |
Principle of Macroeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
BUS110 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This key introductory Level 1 course is the first economics module in our degree in business studies and forms the core of business studies- economics track. Students should first understand the economic problem before they move to learn its economic implications and economic changes. Every day people make decisions, what to buy and what to sell? All people are participating in consumption or production. These activities are the basic units of an economy and are concerned with the economic problem: how best to satisfy unlimited wants using the limited available resources. This module develops skills such as logical and analytical thinking and problem-solving skills. It is designed to explain the theoretical ideas and applies them to real life examples and case studies from the Arab region, without ignoring the international aspects. Therefore, this module directly addresses the Arab countries’ characteristics, problems, and economic policies. For some of students, economics is not the main area of study. However, understanding of basic economic concepts will still prove useful to all students whatever direction their studies and subsequent career may take.
|
Course Objectives |
The academic purpose of this course is designed to introduce learners to the internal and external elements of Microeconomics. Students are not expected to have taken any courses in economics, or to have any knowledge or experience of ICT. Nevertheless, this is a Level 2 course and students need the general study techniques appropriate to Level 2 study in the social sciences. After studying the module students should be able to:
- understand the domain of economics as a social theory
- understand the main analytical tools which are used in economic analysis
- learn the main conclusions derived from economic analysis and to develop their understanding of the organisational and policy implications to participate in debates on economic matters.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: A strong
set of introductory chapters. A2: Early
coverage of policy issues. A3: Complete
coverage of monopolistic competition. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing
business case studies within the Arabian region and other material about
contemporary business practice. B2: Apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business
problems and issues. B3: Recognise, compare and contrast different interpretations of
and approaches to practical business problems and issues C. Practical and professional skills C1: The ability to understand the labour market and other factors
of production. C2: Pricing strategy
D. Key transferable skills. D1: Students develop many transferable skills that are highly
valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving,
the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively.
Skills required include: i) effective communication skills – both written and oral (These
are extremely important, as is the ability to work well as part of a
team.) ii)taking the initiative in the classroom but also allowing the
students enough freedom to further develop their own personality and
abilities iii) working closely with other teachers, parents and other
education professionals iv) creativity in presenting ideas v) time management both inside and outside the classroom
vi) enthusiasm, patience
|
ECO102 Principles of Macroeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
This common introductory Level 1 module presents macroeconomics in a way that is modern and based in the real world of business and economic policy, the module uses a more realistic version of the familiar aggregate demand and aggregate supply model to analyze short-run fluctuations and monetary and fiscal policy. This course emphasizes the many areas of macroeconomics where most economists agree.
Course Code |
ECO102 |
Course Title |
Principles of Macroeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This common introductory Level 1 module presents macroeconomics in a way that is modern and based in the real world of business and economic policy, the module uses a more realistic version of the familiar aggregate demand and aggregate supply model to analyze short-run fluctuations and monetary and fiscal policy. This course emphasizes the many areas of macroeconomics where most economists agree. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the general study techniques, including reading actively, engaging with the argument of the text and taking notes, the ability to extract information from different sources, including numerical tables and graphs, handling evidence in support of arguments and making critical analyses of topics and of different views of them.
This course will provide students with additional techniques including graphs, economics diagrams, elementary algebraic equations to express economic relationships, and basic data analysis. Students should be interested in developing skills in basic analytical skills as part of the toolkit of economics, in learning the techniques and in handling abstract forms of argument.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop knowledge in macroeconomic statistics that helps clarify some of the policy issues. A2: Understand and interpret economic events for better understanding of business cycles. A3: Gain knowledge of the standard aggregate demand and aggregate supply model.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing business case studies within the Arabian region and other material about contemporary business practice. B2: Apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business problems and issues. B3: Analyse different interpretations of and approaches to practical business problems and issues.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Reflect on the short-run relationship between spending and production. C2: Developing a good understanding of the international trading and financial systems to understand the macroeconomics.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire transferable skills such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. D2: Effective communication skills – both written and oral – of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for business context and audience.
|
ECO102- 2022 Plan Principles of Macroeconomics
(4) Credit Hours
This common introductory Level 1 module presents macroeconomics in a way that is modern and based in the real world of business and economic policy, the module uses a more realistic version of the familiar aggregate demand and aggregate supply model to analyze short-run fluctuations and monetary and fiscal policy. This course emphasizes the many areas of macroeconomics where most economists agree.
Course Code |
ECO102- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Principles of Macroeconomics |
Pre-requisite |
ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This common introductory Level 1 module presents macroeconomics in a way that is modern and based in the real world of business and economic policy, the module uses a more realistic version of the familiar aggregate demand and aggregate supply model to analyze short-run fluctuations and monetary and fiscal policy. This course emphasizes the many areas of macroeconomics where most economists agree. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with the general study techniques, including reading actively, engaging with the argument of the text and taking notes, the ability to extract information from different sources, including numerical tables and graphs, handling evidence in support of arguments and making critical analyses of topics and of different views of them.
This course will provide students with additional techniques including graphs, economics diagrams, elementary algebraic equations to express economic relationships, and basic data analysis. Students should be interested in developing skills in basic analytical skills as part of the toolkit of economics, in learning the techniques and in handling abstract forms of argument.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop knowledge in macroeconomic statistics that helps clarify some of the policy issues. A2: Understand and interpret economic events for better understanding of business cycles. A3: Gain knowledge of the standard aggregate demand and aggregate supply model.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Recognise, compare, and contrast different ways of analysing business case studies within the Arabian region and other material about contemporary business practice. B2: Apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business problems and issues. B3: Analyse different interpretations of and approaches to practical business problems and issues.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Reflect on the short-run relationship between spending and production. C2: Developing a good understanding of the international trading and financial systems to understand the macroeconomics.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire transferable skills such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. D2: Effective communication skills – both written and oral – of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for business context and audience.
|
ECO340 Managerial Economics
(4) Credit Hours
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice.
Course Code |
ECO340 |
Course Title |
Managerial Economics |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice. |
Course Objectives |
ECO340's academic aim is to introduce students to number of managerial concepts and theories of economics in order to understand and explain the behavior decision and decision-making of business firms and aspects of the market economy. It also develops the students' knowledge of economics as well as skills in problem-solving, decision making, and written and oral communication. ECO340 also aims to prepares students for business-economics concepts and making sense of the business-world. Thus, after studying the course, the students should be able to: - Understand and apply a toolbox of fundamental concepts and theories of economics to guide managerial decision-making by individuals and business units.
- Explain the nature and role of models and theories in economic analysis.
- Explain the concepts of supply/demand/market equilibrium and their determinants.
- Identify the main characteristics of different market types (perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly) and predict price and output outcomes.
- Apply economic models to for production and cost estimation.
- Identify and explain the challenges and opportunities for today's managers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1 : Understand the economic environment that affect business
strategies, business behaviour and managerial decisions in order to realize
firms’ goals and objectives. A2 : Identify the determinants and variation of supply and demand
and their impact in the context of local economy. A3: Understand the importance of production functions in
managerial decisions. A4:
Understand the importance of cost in managerial decisions. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Identify economic factors determining the firms’ decisions. B2: Evaluate and interpret economic ideas, views and evidence. B3: Analyse demand estimation and forecasting B4: Identify the relation between production and cost B5: Identify and explain issues related to pricing and output
decisions C. Practical and professional skills C1: apply the economic way of thinking in order to identify
microeconomic problems (market resources allocation, prices rise and fall,
budgets allocation, production decisions...) C2: Implement managerial decisions in high-risks environment and
turbulent economies C3: Apply key concepts and theories of economics to managerial
decision making C4: Implement appropriate pricing strategies and output decisions
in different market types C5: Use tools and techniques of economics to improve managerial
decision making D. Key transferable skills. D1: Develop a broad and inclusive understanding of how the
economic environment affects business strategies and decision making in
domestic and global economy. D2: Develop effective communication, both in speaking and writing
to convey solid arguments while adapting the language approach to the relevant
business situation and audience. D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own
learning and recognize opportunities to address these. D4: Effectively use
information and communication technologies when analysing economic situations
and using appropriate tools for managers’ decision-making.
|
ECO341 Economic Development
(8) Credit Hours
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation.
Course Code |
ECO341 |
Course Title |
Economic Development |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce students to 1. the theoretical foundations of development economics and also to
recent advances in the use of empirical methods in the study of developing
countries. 2. apply the tools of economic analysis to problems of growth,
poverty, and environmental sustainability in developing countries. 3. analyze the economic, social, and environmental impacts of
specific initiatives and promote development through policies and investment
projects 4. use economic data to conduct development analyses such as growth
diagnostics, poverty assessments, impact analysis of development projects, and
environmental impact assessments
5. prepare the corresponding reports for
international development agencies and policy makers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and Understanding A1. Gain knowledge and understanding of the
theories,
principles, historical trends, current issues and practices
relevant to economic development. A2.
Understand measurement of economic growth, poverty and inequality, agriculture and industrialization,
population, education and human capital, health and
nutrition, savings and credits; and trade and
development. A3. Understand what affects economic growth, inequality and poverty. A4. Understand why do some countries achieve
high levels of economic development and others do not. A5. Understand the policies that
government can implement to change the growth path of their countries
B. Cognitive
skills B1.
Learn how to think systematically and strategically about aspects of economic
development B2. Reflect on and begin to critically evaluate the aspects that affect economic development. B3. Use conceptual frameworks to describe economic development and economic development policies and what needs to be done to implement these policies and to achieve development; particularly for developing countries.
B4. Critically evaluate theories in relation to economic development and international setting with which they are familiar and the relative standpoints of others within different contexts;
C.
Practical and professional skills
C1. Evaluate the impact of economic development on the country prosperity and international stand. C2. Demonstrate advanced professional and educational capabilities using appropriate interpersonal, written communication and critical thinking skills that are required for economic development policies .C3. Apply theories and concepts relevant to economic development in all its dimension within local, regional and international contexts. C4. Develop knowledge, skills, attitudes and values necessary for economic development policies implementation particularly in developing struggling
countries.
D.
Key/transferable skills D1.Be creative and assertive in presenting ideas related to economic development and economic development policies. D2.Articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate theories pertinent to the concept of economic development in general and in particular economic development in developing countries. D3.Communicate effectively, using economic vocabulary, both orally and in writing and listen actively; D4.Conduct research into economic development issues related to the course topics, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an evaluative approach to a range of economic data, sources of information and appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning process.
D5.Self-reflection and criticality including self-awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of various aspects related to and affecting economic development; particularly in developing countries
|
ECO342 Economic Development & Contemporary Issues
(8) Credit Hours
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low-income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation.
Course Code |
ECO342 |
Course Title |
Economic Development & Contemporary Issues |
Pre-requisite |
DD209B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material well-being of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low-income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include deep-rooted and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course is to introduce students to 1. The theoretical foundations of development economics and also to recent advances in the use of empirical methods in the study of developing countries. 2. Apply the tools of economic analysis to problems of growth, poverty, and environmental sustainability in developing countries. 3. Analyze the economic, social, and environmental impacts of specific initiatives and promote development through policies and investment projects 4. Use economic data to conduct development analyses such as growth diagnostics, poverty assessments, impact analysis of development projects, and environmental impact assessments 5. Prepare the corresponding reports for international development agencies and policy makers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to economic development. A2. Demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of measurement of economic growth, poverty and inequality, agriculture and industrialization, population, education and human capital, health and nutrition, savings and credits; and trade and development. A3. Demonstrate critical understanding of the policies that government can implement to change the growth path of their countries.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in aspects of economic development. B2. Critically evaluate the aspects that affect economic development. B3. Apply conceptual frameworks to describe economic development and economic development policies and what needs to be done to implement these policies and to achieve development; particularly for developing countries.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to
C1. As an independent learner, evaluate the impact of economic development on the country prosperity and international stand. C2. Demonstrate advanced professional and educational capabilities using appropriate interpersonal, written communication and critical thinking skills that are required or economic development policies .C3. Apply theories and concepts relevant to economic development in all its dimension within local, regional and international contexts. D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Create and evaluate ideas related to economic development and economic development policies. D2. Independently, articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate theories pertinent to the concept of economic development in general and in particular economic development in developing countries. D3. Communicate effectively, using economic vocabulary, both orally and in writing and listen actively.
|
ECO370 Managerial Economics
(4) Credit Hours
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. BS330 module is a compulsory course for Level 3 business students. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in
other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice.
Course Code |
ECO370 |
Course Title |
Managerial Economics |
Pre-requisite |
TBA |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business entities operate in economic turbulent environments. Under these constraints, decisions taken by managers of business units can vary and differ depending on the manager’s and the company’s pursuit of goals and objectives. Proper economic analysis and use of appropriate techniques and tools are therefore mandatory for managers and decision makers. BS330 module is a compulsory course for Level 3 business students. This module highlights the role of economics in business decision-making and how economics is relevant in
other areas of management such as marketing and operations management. The module can be used to understand economic aspects of business problems and business environment using theories, tools, techniques and relevant case studies and examples. Basic skills of quantitative proficiency is required in order to understand pricing decisions techniques, variation of supply and demand, risk analysis, investment and the growth of the firm. This module provides students with a solid base of managerial economics study and practice.
|
Course Objectives |
BS330 academic aim is to introduce students to number of fundamental concepts and theories of economics in order to understand and explain the behavior decision and decision-making of business firms and aspects of the market economy. It also develops the students’ knowledge of economics as well as skills in problem-solving, decision making, and written and oral communication. BS330 also prepares students for advanced economics concepts and making sense of the world as an observer of economic and business events taught in MBA programs. After studying the course, the students should be able to: 1. Understand and apply a toolbox of fundamental concepts and theories of economics to guide managerial decision-making by individuals and business units. 2. Explain the nature and role of models and theories in economic analysis. 3. Explain the concepts of supply/demand/market equilibrium and their determinants. 4. Identify the main characteristics of different market types (perfect competition, monopoly and oligopoly) and predict price and output outcomes. 5. Apply economic models to for production and cost estimation. 6. Identify and explain the challenges and opportunities for today’s managers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1 : Understand the economic environment that affect business strategies, business behaviour and managerial decisions in order to realize firms' goals and objectives.
A2 : Identify the determinants and variation of supply and demand and their impact in the context of local economy.
A3: Understand the importance of production functions in managerial decisions. A4: Understand the importance of cost in managerial decisions
B. Cognitive skills
B1: Identify economic factors determining the firms' decisions.
B2: Evaluate and interpret economic ideas, views and evidence.
B3: Analyse demand estimation and forecasting
B4: Identify the relation between production and cost
B5: Identify and explain issues related to pricing and output decisions
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: apply the economic way of thinking in order to identify microeconomic problems (market resources allocation, prices rise and fall, budgets allocation, production decisions...)
C2: Implement managerial decisions in high-risks environment and turbulent economies
C3: Apply key concepts and theories of economics to managerial decision making
C4: Implement appropriate pricing strategies and output decisions in different market types
C5: Use tools and techniques of economics to improve managerial decision making
D. Key transferable skills.
D1: Develop a broad and inclusive understanding of how the economic environment affects business strategies and decision making in domestic and global economy.
D2: Develop effective communication, both in speaking and writing to convey solid arguments while adapting the language approach to the relevant business situation and audience.
D3: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and recognize opportunities to address these.
D4: Effectively use information and communication technologies when analysing economic situations and using appropriate tools for managers' decision-making.
|
ECO371 Economic Development
(4) Credit Hours
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material wellbeing of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include old and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation.
Course Code |
ECO371 |
Course Title |
Economic Development |
Pre-requisite |
Macro-economics and micro-economics |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Economic development is the process of gradual improvement in the material wellbeing of individuals. At the macro level, development economics studies why some countries have high standards of living, while others do not. At the micro level, development studies the functioning of markets in low income countries, with the ultimate goal of addressing market failures and lifting individuals out of poverty. Almost all topics in economics have a counterpart in development economics. The context of developing countries proves to be challenging for conventional economic models due to the prevalence of market failures. The situation often requires a careful investigation of the plausibility of assumptions in a developing context. Based on that, the course will cover mainly, among other topics, analytical approaches to the economic problems of developing nations. Topics include old and new directions in development economics thinking, the welfare economics of poverty and inequality, empirical evidence on who benefits from economic development, labour market models, and public policy evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this course
is to introduce students to the theoretical foundations of development
economics and also to recent advances in the use of empirical methods in the
study of developing countries. Students will also be introduced to several
selected topics of contemporary research in development economics in order to
acquaint them with the art of designing and carrying out their own research. It
will help students learn how to apply the tools of economic analysis to
problems of growth, poverty, and environmental sustainability in developing
countries. It will help them as well to understand why some poor countries have
been successful in catching up with the industrialized countries in per capita
income, while others are increasingly lagging behind; why half of humanity
remains poor; and why environmental degradation and resource exhaustion are
commonly associated with income growth, and what are the implications of
degradation and exhaustion on growth and poverty. The course will also help
students to understand what can be done to promote development through policies
and investment projects, and learn to analyze the economic, social, and
environmental impacts of specific initiatives. It will teach the students to
use data to conduct development analyses such as growth diagnostics, poverty
assessments, impact analysis of development projects, and environmental impact
assessments; and learn to prepare the corresponding reports for international
development agencies and policy makers. Topics will be approached from both a
macroeconomic and microeconomic perspectives.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. Gain
knowledge and understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends,
current issues and practices relevant to economic development. A2. Understand measurement of economic growth,
poverty and inequality, agriculture and industrialization, population,
education and human capital, health and nutrition, savings and credits; and
trade and development. A3.
Understand what affects economic growth, inequality and poverty. A4.
Understand why some countries achieve high levels of economic development and
others do not. A5.
Understand the policies that government can implement to change the growth path
of their countries. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Learn how to think systematically and strategically about
aspects of economic development. B2.
Reflect on and begin to critically evaluate the aspects that affect economic
development. B3. Use conceptual frameworks to describe economic development and
economic development policies and what needs to be done to implement these
policies and to achieve development; particularly for developing countries. B4. Critically evaluate theories in relation to economic
development and international setting with which they are familiar and the
relative standpoints of others within different contexts; C. Practical and professional skills C1. Evaluate the impact of economic development on the country prosperity and international
stand. C2. Demonstrate advanced professional and educational capabilities
using appropriate interpersonal, written communication and critical thinking
skills that are required for economic development policies. C3. Apply theories and
concepts relevant to economic development in all its dimension within local,
regional and international contexts. C4. Develop knowledge, skills, attitudes and values necessary for
economic development policies implementation particularly in developing
struggling countries. D. Key transferable skills. D1. Be creative and assertive in presenting ideas related to
economic development and economic development policies. D2. Articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate
theories pertinent to the concept of economic development in general and in particular
economic development in developing countries.
D3. Communicate effectively, using economic vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen
actively; D4. Conduct research into economic development issues related to
the course topics, either individually or as part of a team for
projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an
evaluative approach to a range of economic data, sources of information and
appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning
process.
|
FIN240 Microfinance Theory and Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This course will use information economics to understand microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. The rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations amidst difficulties of accessing financial services from banks shall be explored. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered.
Course Code |
FIN240 |
Course Title |
Microfinance Theory and Practice |
Pre-requisite |
B124 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course will use information economics to understand microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. The rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations amidst difficulties of accessing financial services from banks shall be explored. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered. |
Course Objectives |
Microfinance theory and Practice is to make students understand the
economic theory behind the rise of microfinance and how microfinance
institutions contribute to economic development. It also aims to make students
understand current trends in microfinance and challenges of managing
microfinance institutions. This shall help in integrating theoretical knowledge
and practice as a way of preparing students to be future professionals in
microfinance institutions.
Students are expected to gain in-depth knowledge
about micro-finance and how they contribute to the economic development.
Analytical skills in credits appraisals, monitoring and evaluation of loan
performance are expected to be gained. Field studies in microfinance institutions
shall make students gain experience of practical microfinance operations.
Students will be introduced to mix of lectures, seminars, case studies and
student presentations. The seminar case method encourages collaborative
learning by working in groups to expand insights and cover more perspectives.
It helps articulate arguments based on facts through presentation of investment
conviction. It enhances analytical capabilities through expressing opinions
based on multiple resources.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
FIN241 Microfinance
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on the role of microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. It will explore the difficulties of accessing financial services from banks during the rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self-sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered.
Course Code |
FIN241 |
Course Title |
Microfinance |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module focuses on the role of microfinance as an alternate source of financing for the poor. It will explore the difficulties of accessing financial services from banks during the rise of informal credit markets and cooperative savings and credit cooperatives organizations. The problems of adverse selection and moral hazards in commercial banking and how microfinance institutions use local information and group lending to circumvent these problems shall be considered. Competition, profitability versus poverty reduction as objectives of microfinance institutions. Management and self-sustainability of MFI and crosscutting issues on microfinance gender and education among others shall be covered. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to provide students with the basic knowledge of the role of microfinance institutions (MFIs) and banks in providing financial services to poor and low-income customers in developing countries. Students will learn how the microfinance industry evolved and how it works. Students will be encouraged to develop an understanding of the skills and techniques used by microfinance analysts, managers, and investors. Students also will explore how governments and central banks can support the growing microfinance industry, and what are the current challenges facing microfinance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the contemporary issues and trends in microfinance. A2: Develop an understanding to the implications of sustainability for financial tools and techniques and investment opportunities. A3: Develop an understand to Financial services, Financial service providers and Delivery Channels in microfinance A4: Demonstrate the ability to identify the challenges of implementing new financial initiatives.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to identify assumptions, evaluate statements in terms of evidence, to detect false logic or reasoning, to identify implicit values, and to define terms adequately and to generalize appropriately;
B2: Be able to create, evaluate and access a range of options, together with the capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to a range of business and other situations;
B3: Acquire generic intellectual skills such as literacy and information-processing skills, interpersonal and presentational skills;
B4: Develop effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behavior, motivation, self-starting, individual initiative and enterprise;
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyze and appraise alternatives and make decisions based on evidence. C2: Perform effective written communication skills, particularly in explaining and justifying choices. C3: Perform effective debating and presentation skills. C4: Perform effective skills in independent private study.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Ability to present the argument clearly and in an appropriate academic style and format D2: Evaluate and identify the relevance of information from a variety of sources D3: Ability to understand categorical or earmarked funds whereby governments specifically target one or various institution(s) based on predetermined criteria.
|
FIN242 Financial Technology
(4) Credit Hours
FinTech has seen a dramatic increase of popularity in terms of both business applications and academic research in the last decade. Importantly, FinTech has the potential not only to improve profit margins of financial service companies but also to democratize finance, help unbanked individuals and support responsible financial enterprises. The course will equip students with a sound understanding of the technology underlying FinTech by introducing topics in block chain, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Building on this technological basis, the course will provide an overview of key trends and discuss the impact of FinTech on financial services such as payments, investing, lending, borrowing and spending.
Course Code |
FIN242 |
Course Title |
Financial Technology |
Pre-requisite |
ACT112 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
FinTech has seen a dramatic increase of popularity in terms of both business applications and academic research in the last decade. Importantly, FinTech has the potential not only to improve profit margins of financial service companies but also to democratize finance, help unbanked individuals and support responsible financial enterprises. The course will equip students with a sound understanding of the technology underlying FinTech by introducing topics in block chain, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Building on this technological basis, the course will provide an overview of key trends and discuss the impact of FinTech on financial services such as payments, investing, lending, borrowing and spending. |
Course Objectives |
FinTech has seen a dramatic increase of popularity in terms both of business applications and academic research in the last decade. Importantly, FinTech has the potential not only to improve profit-margins of financial service companies but also to democratise finance, help unbanked individuals and support responsible financial enterprises. The course will equip students with a sound understanding of the technology underlying FinTech by introducing topics in block chain, machine learning and artificial intelligence. Building on this technological basis, the course will provide an overview of key trends and discuss the impact of FinTech on financial services such as payments, investing, lending, borrowing and spending.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate an advanced knowledge of the Fintech A2: Understand the importance of financial intermediation and the use of money in financial technology. A3: Understand current trends in FinTech, including the importance of block chain and electronic currencies
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Demonstrate an appreciation of the social dimensions of technology use in financial markets. B2: Critically compare, contrast and evaluate the different machine learning techniques in terms of their applicability to solving problems in finance, this can be demonstrated by students using appropriate software to apply techniques to a given set of data. B3: Critically evaluate markets by being able to competently present arguments on the criticisms of the current set up and offer the basis for the development of alternative technology-based markets and financial services product
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Understand how FinTech can help democratise banking and help unbanked individuals C2: Recognise the relevance of capital and investment processes within FinTech, especially in terms of equity crowdfunding and peer-to-peer platforms
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Knowledge of the current FinTech start-ups and FinTech hubs landscape and recognise the role of emerging markets in, and social impact of, FinTech.
|
FIN301- 2022 Plan Financial and Securities Markets
(4) Credit Hours
The aims of the module are to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options, bonds, warrants and convertibles, yield curves and the term structure of interest rates, currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The course provides a thorough understanding of international portfolio diversification and the principles behind financial derivative markets.
Course Code |
FIN301- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Financial and Securities Markets |
Pre-requisite |
FIN241 and FIN242 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The aims of the module are to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options, bonds, warrants and convertibles, yield curves and the term structure of interest rates, currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The course provides a thorough understanding of international portfolio diversification and the principles behind financial derivative markets. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of the module are to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options, bonds, warrants and convertibles, yield curves & the term structure of interest rates, currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The course provides a thorough understanding of international portfolio diversification and the principles behind financial derivative markets.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the financial system, function and structure, money and capital market instruments, function and types of financial intermediaries. A2: Awareness and understanding of the commodities Market: physical Trading, derivative trading & world exchanges, Bonds, Bond Yields, Prices and Bond Swaps and Bond Price Sensitivity A3: Awareness and understanding of Yield Curves and the Term Structure of Interest Rates and Currency Exchange Rates, International Exchange Rate Parity Theories A4: Develop an understanding of the Economic Logic of Derivative Markets, Forward Contracts and Markets, Futures Markets
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand how financial & securities markets work and what functions they fulfil in market economy & how they promote economic efficiency. B2: Acquire knowledge on how to assess risk & return & liquidity of different investment instruments in addition to acquiring the ability to valuate stocks & bonds by applying procedures and models of fundamental analysis. B3: Understand & compare how markets function & the instruments traded. B4: Be able to develop & demonstrate knowledge in derivative markets, forward contracts, future markets, options, warrants and convertibles. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Perform empirical analysis employing statistical and financial tools, and report on the empirical findings; C2. Critically engage with the range of (inter-related) theoretical concepts as they relate to the subject area; C3. Establish a well-structured and well-argued report on a specialist topic in the area of Financial Markets and Derivatives.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Ability to develop many transferable skills that are highly valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand, evaluate and use the various financial concepts. |
FIN302- 2022 Plan Portfolio Theory
(4) Credit Hours
This course provides in-depth study of investment portfolios: the theory behind them, construction techniques, asset classes employed and their management.
Students will re-examine and enhance their understanding and knowledge of the theoretical foundations of asset pricing, market efficiency and the Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT).
Students will be able to provide a “Statement of Advice” for an institutional investor, quantitatively forecast characteristics of various asset classes in an economy, and then create an investment portfolio to satisfy the investment requirements.
Students will learn various strategies to test the portfolio constructed, issues that impact portfolio performance in achieving investment objectives, and finally evaluate its performance.
Course Code |
FIN302- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Portfolio Theory |
Pre-requisite |
FIN301 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course provides in-depth study of investment portfolios: the theory behind them, construction techniques, asset classes employed and their management.
Students will re-examine and enhance their understanding and knowledge of the theoretical foundations of asset pricing, market efficiency and the Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT).
Students will be able to provide a “Statement of Advice” for an institutional investor, quantitatively forecast characteristics of various asset classes in an economy, and then create an investment portfolio to satisfy the investment requirements.
Students will learn various strategies to test the portfolio constructed, issues that impact portfolio performance in achieving investment objectives, and finally evaluate its performance.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of the course is to provide students with a critical understanding of the game of returns and risk in portfolio theory, and to facilitate the application of standardized portfolio selection techniques in real-life while guiding them in critical-thinking with regard to recent advances in portfolio selection process.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the subject. A2: Engage with different traditions of thought. A3: Apply their knowledge in practice including in multi-disciplinary or multi-professional contexts. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Acquire an effective problems-solving skills. B2:Be able to apply critical, creative and evidence-based thinking to conceive innovative responses to future challenges. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Engage in professional behaviour and have the potential to be entrepreneurial. C2. Establish leadership roles in their chosen occupations or careers and communities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Evaluate and convey ideas and information effectively to a range of audiences for a variety of purposes and contribute in a positive and collaborative manner to achieving common goals.
|
FIN340 Corporate Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course is aimed at students who are interested in understanding asset pricing and corporate finance. It provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments.
Course Code |
FIN340 |
Course Title |
Corporate Finance |
Pre-requisite |
FIN240 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is aimed at students who are interested in understanding asset pricing and corporate finance. It provides a theoretical framework used to address issues in project appraisal and financing, the pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions. It provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments. |
Course Objectives |
- Providing the theoretical framework that used to address issues in project appraisal and financing,
- Advancing the concepts of Pricing of risk, securities valuation, market efficiency, capital structure, and mergers and acquisitions
- Provides students with the tools required for further studies in financial intermediation and investments.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
understand the mathematics of portfolios and how risk affects the value of the
asset in equilibrium under the fundaments asset pricing paradigms A2 Understand
how Managerial Incentives Affect Financial Decisions A3: explain
the characteristics of derivative assets (forwards, futures and options), and
how to use the main pricing techniques. A4:
understand and explain the capital structure theory, and how information
asymmetries affect it. A5:
understand how corporate governance can contribute to firm value A6: discuss
why merger and acquisition activities exist.
B. Cognitive
skills B1: analytical skills based on using the key capital budgeting
techniques B2: Critical thinking, analysis and synthesis: ability to
understand and use financial information and to critically analyze corporate
performance based on financial information. B3: valuating risk effects on assets using asset pricing. C. Practical and professional skills C1 : evaluating projects through capital budgeting techniques C2: enabling students to do
problem-solving and risk valuation using appropriate quantitative and
qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. C3: explaining the
characteristics of derivative assets (forwards, Futures and options). D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D3: Effective performance in a team environment
both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: Develop an appropriate understanding of the
student’s needs to develop as a learner and devise strategies to address
these.
|
FIN340- 2022 Plan Corporate Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course is designed to provide students with the necessary skills that are required in the market place especially in the field of corporate finance, will help students acquire fundamental knowledge required to make financial sound decisions using tools that will guide them to solve real world financial problems at both individual and corporate levels. The course is a blend of theory and practice that will build on previous acquired skills in B124A/B: financial and managerial accounting respectively and a financial strong conceptual base covered in FIN241 on Financial Theory and Practice.
Course Code |
FIN340- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Corporate Finance |
Pre-requisite |
FIN241 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to provide students with the necessary skills that are required in the market place especially in the field of corporate finance, will help students acquire fundamental knowledge required to make financial sound decisions using tools that will guide them to solve real world financial problems at both individual and corporate levels. The course is a blend of theory and practice that will build on previous acquired skills in B124A/B: financial and managerial accounting respectively and a financial strong conceptual base covered in FIN241 on Financial Theory and Practice. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are; 1. Introduces students to the field of corporate finance, financial decision making and challenges that managers face in reaching sound financial decisions: 2. Equips students with the necessary skills to read, analyse and interpret financial statements to investigate a company’s financial health: 3. Informs students on the tools used to decide on the sources of finance to resort to: 4. Educates students on some of the investment evaluation methods such as: 5. Teaches students about the several financing options investors resort: 6. Explains how corporation maintain sound debt levels and the policies used to manage corporations’ capital structure:
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of how Agency Theory and Managerial Incentives Affect Financial Decisions A2: Develop an understanding and explanation of the Capital Structure Theory, its application and impact on corporate financial health A3: Develop an understanding of how corporate governance can contribute to firm value
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to critical discuss, analyse and synthesise corporate performance based on financial information. B2: Acquire understanding of valuating risk effects on assets using asset pricing.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform problem-solving using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Select appropriate effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas. D2: Acquire skills to problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. |
FIN341 Islamic Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course is aimed to introduce students to the Principles of Islamic Finance, Islamic banks; Risk management of Islamic institutions, globalization and challenges for Islamic finance.
Course Code |
FIN341 |
Course Title |
Islamic Finance |
Pre-requisite |
FIN340 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is aimed to introduce students to the Principles of Islamic Finance, Islamic banks; Risk management of Islamic institutions, globalization and challenges for Islamic finance. |
Course Objectives |
This course provides an
overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic
Finance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: The Economic System, Financial Contracting and Riba (interest). The Islamic Financial System. Islamic Financial Services Industry. A2: Risk Management of Islamic Financial Institutions, A3: Regulation of Islamic Financial Institutions. A4: Globalization and Challenges for Islamic Finance B. Cognitive skills B1: Understanding the Islamic Financial System C. Practical and professional skills C1: The ability to work in any financial institution following the Islamic Finance rules and regulations. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Students develop many transferable skills that are highly valued by employers such as time management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand and evaluate new concepts, and prioritising effectively. Skills required include: - Engagement, as appropriate, with corporate finance tools and techniques. Understand and explain the relevance, facts and role of dividend policy
- Effective communication skills – both written and oral (These are extremely important, as is the ability to work well as part of a team.)
- creativity in presenting ideas i
- time management both inside and outside the classroom
|
FIN341- 2022 Plan Islamic Finance
(4) Credit Hours
This course aim to introduce students to the Principles of Islamic Finance, Islamic banks; Risk management of Islamic institutions, globalization and challenges for Islamic finance. This course provides an overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic Finance.
Course Code |
FIN341- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Islamic Finance |
Pre-requisite |
FIN241 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course aim to introduce students to the Principles of Islamic Finance, Islamic banks; Risk management of Islamic institutions, globalization and challenges for Islamic finance. This course provides an overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic Finance. |
Course Objectives |
This course provides an overview and understanding to the main concepts and theories of Islamic Finance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the Economic System, Financial Contracting, Riba (interest). The Islamic Financial System. Islamic Financial Services Industry. A2: Develop an understanding of Risk Management of Islamic Financial Institutions, A3: Develop an understanding of Regulation of Islamic Financial Institutions. A4: Awareness and understanding of Globalization and Challenges for Islamic Finance. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Acquire understanding of the Islamic Financial System. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: The ability to work in any financial institution following the Islamic Finance rules and regulations.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Critical engagement with corporate finance tools and techniques. Understand and explain the relevance, facts and role of dividend policy D2: Effective communication skills – both written and oral (These are extremely important, as is the ability to work well as part of a team.) D3: Select appropriate procedures in presenting ideas. |
FIN342 Financial & Securities Markets
(8) Credit Hours
Acquire knowledge in financial markets and instruments, and in financial engineering together with the quantitative tools essential for understanding modern finance. The module provides thorough understanding of the reason financial markets are crucial to promoting greater economic efficiency. It shows that well-functioning financial markets are a key factor in producing high economic growth & poorly performing financial markets are one reason that many parts of the world remain desperately poor. The module further shows how activities in the financial and securities markets have direct effects on personal wealth, behaviour of businesses and consumers and the cyclical performance of the economy. The module develops an advanced understanding of the financial and securities markets, how it works, the debt and equity markets and intermediaries.
It aims to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options ,Bonds , warrants and convertibles, Yield curves & the term structure of interest rates , currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The module further enhances student’s knowledge & practices of how the stock and commodities markets function.
Course Code |
FIN342 |
Course Title |
Financial & Securities Markets |
Pre-requisite |
FIN340: Corporate Finance |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Acquire knowledge in financial markets and instruments, and in financial engineering together with the quantitative tools essential for understanding modern finance. The module provides thorough understanding of the reason financial markets are crucial to promoting greater economic efficiency. It shows that well-functioning financial markets are a key factor in producing high economic growth & poorly performing financial markets are one reason that many parts of the world remain desperately poor. The module further shows how activities in the financial and securities markets have direct effects on personal wealth, behaviour of businesses and consumers and the cyclical performance of the economy. The module develops an advanced understanding of the financial and securities markets, how it works, the debt and equity markets and intermediaries.
It aims to promote the student understanding of derivative markets, options ,Bonds , warrants and convertibles, Yield curves & the term structure of interest rates , currency exchange rate and the international exchange rate parity, portfolio risk and diversification, risk and return. The module further enhances student’s knowledge & practices of how the stock and commodities markets function.
|
Course Objectives |
To develop a thorough
understanding of bonds, interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange rate
parity theories, international portfolio diversification and the principles
behind financial derivative markets.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: An
overview of the financial system, function and structure, money and capital
market instruments, function and types of financial intermediaries. A2: An
overview of the commodities Market: physical Trading, derivative trading &
world exchanges. A3: Bonds,
Bond Yields, Prices and Bond Swaps, Bond Price Sensitivity A4: Yield
Curves and the Term Structure of Interest Rates A5: Currency
Exchange Rates, International Exchange Rate Parity Theories A6:
International Portfolio Diversification, Measuring Portfolio Risk, Return and
Performance A7:
Introduction, Definitions, and the Economic Logic of Derivative Markets,
Forward Contracts and Markets, Futures Markets A8:
Introduction to Options, The Binomial Model and the Factors Affecting Option
Prices, Black-Scholes Model, Using Options A9: Warrants
and Convertibles B. Cognitive
skills B1: understand how financial & securities markets work and
what functions they fulfil in market economy & how they promote economic
efficiency. B2: How to assess risk & return & liquidity of different
investment instruments in addition to acquiring the ability to valuate stocks
& bonds by applying procedures and models of fundamental analysis. B3: Understand & analyse interest rates & their behaviour,
currency exchange rates & analysis of international exchange parity. B4: Describe & compare selected world exchanges. B5: Understand & compare how markets function & the
instruments traded. B6: Students will be enabled to apply instruments & principles
of technical psychological analysis on the capital markets. B7: Students will be expected to develop & demonstrate
knowledge in derivative markets, forward contracts, future markets, options,
warrants and convertibles. B8: Students will be able to review and assess key trends in the
financial and securities markets. C. Practical and professional skills C1. undertake empirical analysis employing statistical and
financial tools, and report on the empirical findings; C2. set up and manage a project; C3. deal appropriately with the range of (inter-related)
theoretical concepts as they relate to the subject area; C4. Produce a well-structured and well-argued report on a
specialist topic in the area of Financial Markets and Derivatives. D. Key transferable skills.
D1. Students develop
many transferable skills that are highly valued by employers such as time
management, self-reliance, problem-solving, the ability to understand, evaluate
and use the various financial concepts
|
HRM111 Principles of Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
HRM111: Principles of Human Resource Management is a level 1 elective module, rationale is to educate students with the basic principles and techniques of human resource management. The module takes a practical view that integrates the contributions of the behavioral sciences with the technical aspects of implementing the HR function in the ‘real world.’ This module mainly provides a foundation for students who intend to specialize in the field of human resources management. It introduces them to the main human resource theories, concepts, functions, and recent trends and prepares them along with the other common level 1 modules and skills needed for advanced levels of specialization.
Course Code |
HRM111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
EL111: English Communication Skills (I) |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM111: Principles of Human Resource Management is a level 1 elective module, rationale is to educate students with the basic principles and techniques of human resource management. The module takes a practical view that integrates the contributions of the behavioral sciences with the technical aspects of implementing the HR function in the ‘real world.’ This module mainly provides a foundation for students who intend to specialize in the field of human resources management. It introduces them to the main human resource theories, concepts, functions, and recent trends and prepares them along with the other common level 1 modules and skills needed for advanced levels of specialization. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to provide students with a complete, concise introduction to human resource management theories, elements of the HR function and key concepts of each function, together with improving their critical thinking, analytical and evaluation skills The objectives of this module are to educate students to appreciate the importance of human resource management as a field of study and as a central management function, understand the implications for human resource management of the behavioral sciences. Students will be encouraged to apply the principles and techniques of human resource management gained through this course to the discussion of major personnel issues and the solution of typical case problems.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define HRM and explain how HRM contributes to an organization's performance and discuss the significance for HRM A2: Discuss how to plan for Human Resources needed to carry out the organization's strategy and how to link training programs to organizational needs. A3: Identify the activities involved in performance management. A4: Explain how organization contribute to employees' job satisfaction and retain key employees.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse the types of competencies needed for HRM B2: Apply conceptual knowledge of job analysis, description and specification, and compare the common methods used for selecting human resources. B3: Knowledge to design motivating jobs through different approached, and the criteria to measure the effectiveness of performance management system.
C. Practical and professional skills
C1: Reflect on the responsibility of HR department
C2: Manage to obtain information for job analysis and analyse ways to measure the success of a selection method. C3: Analyse the demand for workers in various job categories and how dissatisfaction can affect the behaviour of employers.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Acquire skills to problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative approaches including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Gain skills to effective performance in a team environment together with self-appraisal and reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection.
|
HRM205 Employment and Labor Law
(4) Credit Hours
HR205 is to be taken by students of human resources (HR) track after HR100 Introduction to Human Resources Management(pre-requisite). In this course students are introduced to the principles of employment and labor laws, so that they are better prepared for the challenges in the contemporary workplace. It will examine the key field of employment/labor law. This course encompasses two key areas for study: the first is employment law and the second, namely focused on the national/local context, is labor and social security laws. In the former, the student will learn the basics of employment laws and how employment laws work in practice. The latter will explain the principles and rules governing the labor/employment relationships in the national context.
Course Code |
HRM205 |
Course Title |
Employment and Labor Law |
Pre-requisite |
B123 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HR205 is to be taken by students of human resources (HR) track after HR100 Introduction to Human Resources Management(pre-requisite). In this course students are introduced to the principles of employment and labor laws, so that they are better prepared for the challenges in the contemporary workplace. It will examine the key field of employment/labor law. This course encompasses two key areas for study: the first is employment law and the second, namely focused on the national/local context, is labor and social security laws. In the former, the student will learn the basics of employment laws and how employment laws work in practice. The latter will explain the principles and rules governing the labor/employment relationships in the national context. |
Course Objectives |
The course introduces students to the
relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law. It
will cover the most common laws and how they affect organizations. It will
familiarize students with the legal principles applicable to a wide range of
work-related concerns. Topics covered include employment contracts,
discrimination, termination of employment, unfair dismissal, family
(maternity/paternity/parental) rights, employer unfair labor practices. As for
the part of the course on labor and social security law, this area of law
addresses many problems/concerns which will influence most people throughout
their working lives. Essentially, labor law must balance the rights of
employees with those of employers. Topics covered include the concept of
enterprise and its legal nature, the scope and historical evolution of labor
law, the individual and collective labor relationships, characteristics and
sources of labor law, the fundamentals and systems of social security law.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Understand and articulate the basic legal
terminology/principles of employment and labor law and social security law A2: exhibit good understanding of key concepts, regulations and
framework sustaining labor and equality rules and regulations A3: Identify different kinds of legal problems when encountering
them at work A4: Recognize forms of legal remedies available under employment
and labor laws B. Cognitive
skills B1: Assess situations that frequently present legal issues
affecting the employment relationship B2: Appreciate the nature, form and content of the employment
contracts B3: Discuss the diverse statutory entitlements available to
employees, including maternity and paternity leave B4: Recognize the individual legal obligations of managers in
confronting legal problems at work. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Demonstrate and use the legal principles of employment/labor
for a more successful employment relationship at work C2: Apply principles and regulations governing the
employer-employee relationship to workplace issues and formulate solutions C3: Examine and distinguish the individual and collective labour
relationships C4: Establish and promote the right principles, practices and
environment in the workplace as per employment, labor and social security laws D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a
business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Effective performance
in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: Develop
critical thinking, self-appraisal and reflective thinking ability in the areas
of Employment, social security and Labor Laws
D5: Synthesize and
organise information from a range of sources. Manage own learning and reflect
on their development as an independent learner.
|
HRM205- 2022 Plan Employment Law
(4) Credit Hours
Employment Law is a level 5 module that focuses on the principles of employment and labour laws, the challenges in the contemporary workplace and the national/local context of labour and social security laws. As well as explaining the principles and rules governing the labour/employment relationships in the national context. The goals of this course is to provide the students with relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law, the most common laws and how they affect organizations and the legal principles applicable to a wide range of work-related concerns.
Course Code |
HRM205- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Employment Law |
Pre-requisite |
ECO101 and ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Employment Law is a level 5 module that focuses on the principles of employment and labour laws, the challenges in the contemporary workplace and the national/local context of labour and social security laws. As well as explaining the principles and rules governing the labour/employment relationships in the national context. The goals of this course is to provide the students with relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law, the most common laws and how they affect organizations and the legal principles applicable to a wide range of work-related concerns. |
Course Objectives |
The goals of this course is to provide the students with relevant information on the nature and legal terminology of employment law, the most common laws and how they affect organizations and the legal principles applicable to a wide range of work-related concerns. On successful completion of this course students are expected to be able to: - Determine an understanding of employment contracts, labour and social security law.
- Understand that labour law is a must to balance the rights of employees with those of employers.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the scope and historical evolution of labour law, the individual and collective labour relationships, the characteristics and sources of labour law, and the fundamentals and systems of social security law.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand and articulate the basic legal terminology/principles of employment and labor law and social security law. A2: Demonstrate good understanding of key concepts, regulations and framework sustaining labor and equality rules and regulations. A3: Develop an understanding to identify different kinds of legal problems when encountering them at work, and legal remedies available under employment and labor laws.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to assess situations that frequently present legal issues affecting the employment relationship. B2: Acquire understanding of the nature, form and content of the employment contracts. B3: Discuss the diverse statutory entitlements available to employees, including maternity and paternity leave. B4: Understand the individual legal obligations of managers in confronting legal problems at work.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform the legal principles of employment/labor for a more successful employment relationship at work. C2: Perform principles and regulations governing the employer-employee relationship to workplace issues and formulate solutions. C3: Establish and promote the right principles, practices and environment in the workplace as per employment, labor and social security laws.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Select effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Ability to develop critical thinking, self-appraisal and reflective thinking ability in the areas of Employment, social security and Labor Laws. D4: Evaluate and organise information from a range of sources. Manage own learning and reflect on their development as an independent learner.
|
HRM206 Strategic Staffing
(4) Credit Hours
This module explores both strategic and operational issues involved in staffing organisations. It focuses particularly on the essentials of human resources functions related to staffing. It examines the design and management of successful staffing practices used to build and retain a quality workforce in order to achieve both organizational effectiveness and individual job satisfaction. Students will study key topics in staffing and strategic planning including: business and staffing strategies, the legal context, strategic job analysis and competency modeling, forecasting and planning, sourcing: identifying recruits, recruiting, measurement, assessing external and internal candidates, choosing and hiring candidates, managing workforce flow, and staffing system evaluation and technology. And this module will provide students with an understanding of the links between staffing activities and the organisation’s strategic objectives. Furthermore, students will be developing their skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication, since this module will engage them in business activities in a disciplined and ethical manner. This will help them pursue personal development of knowledge and skills related to a management career.
Course Code |
HRM206 |
Course Title |
Strategic Staffing |
Pre-requisite |
HRM205 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module explores both strategic and operational issues involved in staffing organisations. It focuses particularly on the essentials of human resources functions related to staffing. It examines the design and management of successful staffing practices used to build and retain a quality workforce in order to achieve both organizational effectiveness and individual job satisfaction. Students will study key topics in staffing and strategic planning including: business and staffing strategies, the legal context, strategic job analysis and competency modeling, forecasting and planning, sourcing: identifying recruits, recruiting, measurement, assessing external and internal candidates, choosing and hiring candidates, managing workforce flow, and staffing system evaluation and technology. And this module will provide students with an understanding of the links between staffing activities and the organisation’s strategic objectives. Furthermore, students will be developing their skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication, since this module will engage them in business activities in a disciplined and ethical manner. This will help them pursue personal development of knowledge and skills related to a management career. |
Course Objectives |
The module will prepare students with practical skills in HR that are in line with the Quality Assurance Agency's benchmark statement expectations for business studies. It provides students with an understanding of main concepts of organizations' strategic staffing, enabling them to apply ideas, perspectives and concepts to help firms better manage their human resources. In this module, staffing is treated as an integrated process that begins with an understanding of a company's business strategy and continues through planning, sourcing, recruiting, selecting, negotiating, socializing, career planning, retaining, and transitioning the workforce. These stages enable organizations to meet hiring objectives and ensure that talent is in the right place at the right time.
The focus will be on specific areas in order to take an in-depth look at different concepts and theories of staffing systems. Upon the completion of this module, students are expected to develop: - An understanding of different staffing models and staffing strategies
- A conceptualization of staffing activities that exit in firms and their impact on strategic human resources management
- A capability of dealing with issues of equal opportunities and staffing of human resources in organizations
- An overview of processes like job analysis in line with competency analysis, HR planning, sources of recruitment and selection, staffing decision-making reliability as well as validity of employee-assessment methods.
- A self-appraisal and reflective thinking in creativity, teamwork, career selection and learning to learn .
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: The importance for an organization to view
all components of staffing functions including recruitment, selection, managing
workforce flow A2: The
difference between the internal selection decisions and external selection
decisions and identification of different recruitment methods and sources for
both internal and external recruitment A3: The
different approaches to decision making in the context of staffing policies and
staffing practices A4: The
concept and principles of performance management and the importance of
communicating them to employees A5: The
dimensions of employee relations and cultural differences A6: The
perspective of career development and succession management as a retention tool
B. Cognitive
skills B1: Distinguish external and environmental influences on staffing B2: Contrast job analysis, job description and job specification
and relate between the three of them B3: Analyse a position requirements in order to establish
appropriate selection criteria B4: Identify ethical issues pertaining to recruitment, selection
and staffing decisions and their impact on firm performance B5: Relate employee performance assessment to rewards and benefits
B6: Evaluate and handle situations of disputes and complaints C. Practical and professional skills C1: Find sources for qualified candidates and demonstrate ability
to interview and select applicants C2: Design a job description and relate it to a job specifications
based on job analysis C3: Use HR information systems for tracking applicants and other
functionalities C4: Design appropriate assessment methods to evaluate employee
performance and take corrective actions D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a
business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D3: Effective performance in a team environment
both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts D4: self-appraisal and reflective
thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection
|
HRM206- 2022 Plan Staffing Organizations
(4) Credit Hours
HRM206 is the next course to be taken by students of HR track, after HRM205 – Employment and Labour Law. This module explores both strategic and operational issues involved in staffing organizations. It focuses particularly on the essentials of human resources functions related to staffing. It examines the design and management of successful staffing practices used to build and retain a quality workforce in order to achieve both organizational effectiveness and individual job satisfaction. Students will study key topics in staffing and strategic planning: job analysis and job design, recruitment, selection and retention, orientation, induction, all within a decision-making and legal framework. And this module will provide them with an understanding of the links between staffing activities and the organization’s strategic objectives. On another hand, students will be developing their skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication, since this module will engage them in business activities in a disciplined and ethical manner. This will help them pursue personal development of knowledge and skills related to a management career
Course Code |
HRM206- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Staffing Organizations |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112 and ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM206 is the next course to be taken by students of HR track, after HRM205 – Employment and Labour Law. This module explores both strategic and operational issues involved in staffing organizations. It focuses particularly on the essentials of human resources functions related to staffing. It examines the design and management of successful staffing practices used to build and retain a quality workforce in order to achieve both organizational effectiveness and individual job satisfaction. Students will study key topics in staffing and strategic planning: job analysis and job design, recruitment, selection and retention, orientation, induction, all within a decision-making and legal framework. And this module will provide them with an understanding of the links between staffing activities and the organization’s strategic objectives. On another hand, students will be developing their skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication, since this module will engage them in business activities in a disciplined and ethical manner. This will help them pursue personal development of knowledge and skills related to a management career |
Course Objectives |
In this module, staffing is treated as an integrated process that begins with an understanding of a company's business strategy and continues through planning, sourcing, recruiting, selecting, negotiating, socializing, career planning, retaining, and transitioning the workforce. These stages enable organizations to meet hiring objectives and ensure that talent is in the right place at the right time. On successful completion of this module, students are expected to: - Determine an understanding of different staffing models and staffing strategies
- Apply a conceptualization of staffing activities that exit in firms and their impact on strategic human resources management
- Demonstrate a capability of dealing with issues of equal opportunities and staffing of human resources in organizations
- Demonstrate an overview understanding of processes like job analysis in line with competency analysis, HR planning, sources of recruitment and selection, staffing decision-making reliability as well as validity of employee-assessment methods.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding: A1: Develop an understanding of the importance for an organization to view all components of staffing functions including recruitment, selection anA2: Aware and understand the difference between the internal selection decisions and external selection decisions and identification of different recruitment methods and sources for both internal and external recruitment, and the different approaches to decision making in the context of staffing policies and staffing practices A3: Identify the concept and principles of performance management and the importance of communicating them to employees and the dimensions of employee relations and cultural differences managing workforce flow.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Distinguish external and environmental influences on staffing and Identify ethical issues pertaining to recruitment, selection and staffing decisions and their impact on firm performance B2: Acquire understanding of job analysis, job description and job specification B3: Be able to evaluate and handle situations of disputes and complaints and relate employee performance assessment to reward and benefits. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Enquire the ability to find sources for qualified candidates and demonstrate ability to interview and select applicants C2: Establish an appropriate assessment method to evaluate employee performance and take corrective actions C3: Perform ability to Use HR information systems for tracking applicants and other functionalities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Select effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Ability to problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: self-appraisal and reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection. |
HRM210 Training & Development
(4) Credit Hours
This course is an intermediate level 5 course. It is compulsory for students enrolled in the Human Resource track. HR 210 follows HR 100, the introductory course. This module builds on knowledge gained in HR 100, to introduce related topics and tackle them at a more advanced level. The module is designed around the needs of students already familiar with the basic concepts but requiring a more advanced tuition to develop and complement their knowledge. Developments in work requirements and practices gave the HR function prominence. Developing HR skills should not be underestimated on the contrary it should be regularly improved and developed. Thus, the importance of an effective training and development program.
Having a well-organized human capital management is the primary source of competitiveness and sustainability for organizations. Furthermore, the ever-changing global, political, social, economic, technological, and organizational forces require a regular strategic evolution of the competencies of employees in an organization. Therefore, result-oriented trainings are critical to achieve the main goals of HRM, i.e., acquire, amplify, support and maintain human capital high performance.
Course Code |
HRM210 |
Course Title |
Training & Development |
Pre-requisite |
HRM205 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course is an intermediate level 5 course. It is compulsory for students enrolled in the Human Resource track. HR 210 follows HR 100, the introductory course. This module builds on knowledge gained in HR 100, to introduce related topics and tackle them at a more advanced level. The module is designed around the needs of students already familiar with the basic concepts but requiring a more advanced tuition to develop and complement their knowledge. Developments in work requirements and practices gave the HR function prominence. Developing HR skills should not be underestimated on the contrary it should be regularly improved and developed. Thus, the importance of an effective training and development program.
Having a well-organized human capital management is the primary source of competitiveness and sustainability for organizations. Furthermore, the ever-changing global, political, social, economic, technological, and organizational forces require a regular strategic evolution of the competencies of employees in an organization. Therefore, result-oriented trainings are critical to achieve the main goals of HRM, i.e., acquire, amplify, support and maintain human capital high performance.
|
Course Objectives |
The aims of the HR 210 module include the
development of students’ knowledge of the skills, competencies, and practical
elements for employee development and performance enhancement in organizations.
The module begins by introducing the
training and development concepts reflecting on their importance for
organizational growth and success. It focuses on how those concepts are
integrated in organizational strategy and how these are considered among the
main sources of competitive advantage for companies. Furthermore, it highlights the necessity of
conducting employees’ needs assessments (including job analysis, person
analysis, and organization analysis) and SWOT analysis in order to choose the
appropriate training program that will fill employees’ weaknesses. It aims also to provide students with the
skills to develop training programs starting from assessing needs, setting
objectives, establishing the principles of learning, making proper selection
and using effective training methods which includes methods of management development,
techniques of career development, ways to transfer training to the job. It
emphasizes as well on training evaluation and training programs cost. This module helps the students in
addressing the main components of training evaluation, including the estimation
of training costs and benefits, the ability to develop training assessment
guidelines and to capitalize on results to further improve the quality and
outcomes of training programs. It also helps decisions making process
concerning the training and development function.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
Theoretical framework, models, concepts, and debates about employees training
and development in organizations which lead to organizational success and
performance improvement. A2: Learning
Theories and principles and their implications for the effectiveness of
training programs. A3: The key
processes, practices and stages for involved in designing, developing and
implementing a training program A4: The
interrelationships between theory and practice. A5: Ways to
evaluate the effectiveness of training programs in terms of training criteria
and evaluation designs. A6: Various
approaches to training, different kinds of training programs, and topical
issues concerning the training function A7:
Approaches used in training management and development while linking its
function to organizational objectives and bottom-line. A8:
Identifying training programs usefulness, including determination of training
costs and resources and quantifying benefits of training in order to give
pertinent feedback/data to corporate management and contribute to
decision-making process. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Describe the field of Training and Development and its role in
optimizing performance. B2: Identify training needs and objectives before training
programs development and assess to what extent the training fulfils its
performance objectives. B3: Evaluate learning theories and principles and their
implications for the effectiveness of training programs. B4: Assess training programs usefulness, including determination
of training costs and resources and quantifying benefits of training in order
to give pertinent feedback/data to corporate management and contribute to
decision-making process. B5: Explain the link between organizational strategy and training
and development strategies B6: Link employees' performance and career development needs to
training B7: Select appropriate training methods based on training
objectives, trainee characteristics, and organizational constraints. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Utilize a working knowledge of Human Resource Training and
Development theory and practices C2: Formulate measurable training objectives taking into
consideration expected learning outcomes C3: Apply theoretical concepts and models to training design. C4: Conduct training needs assessments and SWOT analysis in order
to find and implement the training program that suits the most with varied
organizational situations C5: Develop a detailed performance-based training filling
employee's gaps and deficiencies extracted from training needs
assessments. C6: Assess; implement; evaluate and design training interventions
using a variety of methodologies. C7: Calculate training return on investment C8: The application of course ideas to students’ own interactions
with organisations and life experiences. C9: Provide pragmatic
guidelines and develop relevant competences for analyzing and addressing
problems/opportunities situations. D. Key transferable skills.
D1: A comprehensive
background in the functions of Human Resources training and development from
both theoretical and practical perspectives, including training as an
organization’s main competitive advantage, ways to conduct training needs
assessments and SWOT analysis, importance of learning styles and training assessment, design, development,
implementation and evaluation. D2:
Examine and analyze the concepts and training techniques involved in filling
human resource deficiencies through different performance-based training
methods and approaches. D3: Discuss the purposes and importance of employees
training needs assessments in order to design and implement the appropriate
training sessions. D4: An understanding of appropriate ways to evaluate
training outcomes while linking it to employee performance and career
development. D5: Effective
communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas
using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience.
D6: Problem-solving and decision-making
using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis,
interpretation and extrapolation. D7:
Effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or
virtual contexts. D8: Efficient ways to conduct training evaluate its linkage
to organizational objectives achievement and calculate its return on investment
(ROI).
|
HRM210- 2022 Plan Training and development
(4) Credit Hours
HRM210 Module is developed to provide students with a basic knowledge and understanding of training process with a detailed explanation of each phase of the process. It demonstrates how training should be aligned with organization strategy. It elucidates main motivation, learning and development theories while showing how these theories influence training design, development, implementation and evaluation. Accordingly, HRM210 covers training needs assessment, training design, training methods, training evaluation, adult learning theory, management development, organizational learning, and knowledge management. The course is mainly designed for undergraduate Business majors who wish to specialize in HR, yet will also help any business major who is seeking to understand the strategic role of training, development, and OL in corporations.
Course Code |
HRM210- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Training and development |
Pre-requisite |
HRM205 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM210 Module is developed to provide students with a basic knowledge and understanding of training process with a detailed explanation of each phase of the process. It demonstrates how training should be aligned with organization strategy. It elucidates main motivation, learning and development theories while showing how these theories influence training design, development, implementation and evaluation. Accordingly, HRM210 covers training needs assessment, training design, training methods, training evaluation, adult learning theory, management development, organizational learning, and knowledge management. The course is mainly designed for undergraduate Business majors who wish to specialize in HR, yet will also help any business major who is seeking to understand the strategic role of training, development, and OL in corporations. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of the HRM 210 module include the development of students’ knowledge of the skills, competencies, and practical elements for employee development and performance enhancement in organizations. This module helps the students in addressing the main components of training evaluation, including the estimation of training costs and benefits, the ability to develop training assessment guidelines and to capitalize on results to further improve the quality and outcomes of training programs. It also helps decisions making process concerning the training and development function.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop an understanding to theoretical framework, models, concepts, and debates about employees training and development in organizations. A2: Awareness and understanding of the key processes, practices and stages for designing, developing and implementing a training program. A3: Demonstrate the ability to evaluate the effectiveness of training programs in terms of training criteria and evaluation designs, and training management and development.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand the field of Training and Development including: training needs, objectives and methods, assessment of training programs its role in optimizing performance. B2: Be able to evaluate learning theories and principles and their implications for the effectiveness of training programs. B3: Acquire understanding of the link between organizational strategy and training and development strategies
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Apply theoretical concepts and models to training design C2: Perform training needs assessments according to varied organizational situations. C3: Establish technique to calculate training return on investment.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to develop: D1: Select appropriate procedures for Human resources training and development. D2: Examine and analyze training techniques through different performance-based training methods and approaches. D3: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D4: Problem-solving and decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. |
HRM215 Employment Compensation and benefits
(4) Credit Hours
HRM215 is the next course to be taken by students of HR track, after they completed Level 5 courses. Employee compensation is a major factor to consider for a candidate decision-making on whether to accept a job position or not. It is also a deciding factor in whether a company can afford to hire additional employees. Compensation and benefits specialists are in charge of ensuring fair and equitable pay rates to employees, based on job evaluation, wage surveys, incentives, pay equity and compensation strategy. This module focuses on the essential of financial reward systems in the organization. Students will examine key topics in compensation and benefits. They will also develop skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication.
Course Code |
HRM215 |
Course Title |
Employment Compensation and benefits |
Pre-requisite |
HRM206 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HRM215 is the next course to be taken by students of HR track, after they completed Level 5 courses. Employee compensation is a major factor to consider for a candidate decision-making on whether to accept a job position or not. It is also a deciding factor in whether a company can afford to hire additional employees. Compensation and benefits specialists are in charge of ensuring fair and equitable pay rates to employees, based on job evaluation, wage surveys, incentives, pay equity and compensation strategy. This module focuses on the essential of financial reward systems in the organization. Students will examine key topics in compensation and benefits. They will also develop skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication. |
Course Objectives |
The course will prepare
students with practical skills in examining the financial reward systems of
organizations. These skills are in line with the Quality Assurance Agency’s
benchmark statement expectations for business studies. It provides students
with an understanding of basic compensation concepts and the context of
compensation practices, research techniques and the necessity of statistics in
human resources and the role of job analysis/job design in compensation
decisions. Specific areas in managing employee benefits are also included in
the course i.e. paid time off, retirement plans, health and wellness benefits.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Different
compensation philosophies A2: Legal
aspects that influence compensation and benefit systems A3: Basis for
calculating pay increases related to merit pay, pay-forperformance, incentives
and bonuses, group incentives A4:
Market-based strategies in order for the company to match market pay rates A5: The
difference between statutory and voluntary benefits A6: Basis for
retirement plans and different types of health-care plans and other benefits A7: How
different incentive plans contribute to differentiation and lower cost
corporate competitive strategies
B. Cognitive
skills B1: Differentiate between different pay systems and levels B2: Analyse job requirements and design in order to take
appropriate decisions in pay and compensations B3: Identify market factors and labour unions that have direct
influence on a company’s compensation practices B4: compare between statutory and voluntary benefits B5: design systems for paid time off, retirement plans and health
and wellness benefits B6: link between employee performance aspects and employee
compensations B7: identify situations where outsourcing benefits administration
and management is necessary C. Practical and professional skills C1: Create and communicate a compensation philosophy of a company C2: Design a base for pay systems and increase calculations: :
merit pay, payfor-performance, incentives/bonuses, profit sharing, group
incentives C3: Set market-based strategies in order to match market pay rates
C4: Apply federal insurance programs regulations C5: Evaluate employee performance and apply compensations
accordingly C6: Manage employee benefits in terms of cost control, action
planning and strategic planning D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas, using language and styles appropriate for a
business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Effective performance
in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: Effective use of information and
communication technologies for business purposes
D5: Self-appraisal and
reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career
selection.
|
HRM215- 2022 Plan Training and development
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on employee compensations. Compensation and benefits specialists are in charge of ensuring fair and equitable pay rates to employees, based on job evaluation, wage surveys, incentives, pay equity and compensation strategy. This module provides students with a sound understanding of the essential of financial reward systems in the organization. Students will examine key topics in compensation and benefits. They will also develop skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication.
Course Code |
HRM215- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Training and development |
Pre-requisite |
HRM206 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module focuses on employee compensations. Compensation and benefits specialists are in charge of ensuring fair and equitable pay rates to employees, based on job evaluation, wage surveys, incentives, pay equity and compensation strategy. This module provides students with a sound understanding of the essential of financial reward systems in the organization. Students will examine key topics in compensation and benefits. They will also develop skills in critical thinking, problem solving and written and oral communication. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to a variety of models and theories of compensation practice and its role in promoting competitive advantage for the companies. The objectives of the module are to provide students with knowledge to examine the context of compensation practice, design and challenges facing compensation professionals.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand different compensation philosophies for all type of employees A2: Understand legal aspects that influence compensation and benefit systems A3: Identify principals of merit pay, pay-for-performance, individual incentives, bonuses, and group incentives and their contribution to differentiation and lower cost corporate competitive strategies A4: Critical understanding of building market competitive compensation systems and Market-based strategies to establish pay level policies
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse different pay systems and the link between employee performance aspects and employee compensations B2: Apply job requirements and design in order to take appropriate decisions in pay and compensations B3: Knowledge to design systems for compensating executives, contingent workers, and the flexible workforce. B4: Identify market factors and labour unions that have direct influence on a company’s compensation practices
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Create and communicate a compensation philosophy of a company C2: Design a base for pay systems: merit pay, pay-for-performance, incentives/bonuses, profit sharing, group incentives C3: Establish market-based strategies in order to match market pay rates and manage employee benefits in terms of cost control, action planning, and strategic planning C4: Reflect on skills needed to evaluate employee performance and apply compensations accordingly
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas, using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Acquire skills to effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D3: Effective use of information and communication technologies for business purposes D4: Self-appraisal and reflective thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection. |
HRM320 Workplace Health and Safety
(4) Credit Hours
HR320 is to be taken by students of human resources (HR) track after B203B [Business Functions in Context–II] and HR205 (Employment and Labor Law) (pre-requisites). In numerous organizations health and safety is the responsibility of the Human Resources (HR) function. This module sheds light on the association with workplace/occupational health and safety and human resources management (HRM). It covers major elements of occupational safety and health in the contemporary global workplace. HR professionals need to be knowledgeable about existing workplace health and safety issues/concerns including regulations, equipment/process safety, behavioural aspects of safety, and ways to avert and reduce hazards in the workplace. This course will provide students with an understanding of the legal regulations of occupational safety, especially the employer's duties to uphold a safe workplace and the employer's obligations under occupational health and safety laws.
Course Code |
HRM320 |
Course Title |
Workplace Health and Safety |
Pre-requisite |
HRM215 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
HR320 is to be taken by students of human resources (HR) track after B203B [Business Functions in Context–II] and HR205 (Employment and Labor Law) (pre-requisites). In numerous organizations health and safety is the responsibility of the Human Resources (HR) function. This module sheds light on the association with workplace/occupational health and safety and human resources management (HRM). It covers major elements of occupational safety and health in the contemporary global workplace. HR professionals need to be knowledgeable about existing workplace health and safety issues/concerns including regulations, equipment/process safety, behavioural aspects of safety, and ways to avert and reduce hazards in the workplace. This course will provide students with an understanding of the legal regulations of occupational safety, especially the employer's duties to uphold a safe workplace and the employer's obligations under occupational health and safety laws. |
Course Objectives |
The module introduces students to the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) and its regulations. It provides student with adequate understanding of how to prevent/reduce problems or hazards associated with the workplace. The module explains the nature of occupational safety, why it is important and how it affects an organization. It explains precautionary measures to facilitate generating a safer work environment. Common issues in occupational health and safety areas are considered in this course, including laws and regulations, employee health, safety management, security concerns at work, ergonomics, data protection/security, monitoring, surveillance, privacy and inspection.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Understand
the nature and importance of occupational health and safety and its impact on
workplace safety nowadays A2: Describe
the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) and its rules/regulations A3: Explain
occupational safety, health and inspection and describe routine inspection
practices A4: Discuss occupational health matters, including mental health in
the workplace A5:
Articulate the harmful effects of certain significant environmental and
occupational hazards on human health B. Cognitive
skills B1: Recognize and assess occupational hazards, accidents and risks
and evaluate their causes B2: Analyze information and data to identify trends and issues in
the workplace B3: Use conceptual frameworks to describe methods for risk
reduction & control for workplace hazards
B4: Design and evaluate health and safety programs and procedures B5: Differentiate between health and safety in the workplace C. Practical and professional skills C1: Recognize the human element problems in the workplace (e.g.
violence and harassment) and use conflict resolution approaches to resolve them
as OHSA C2: Apply industry standards, and best practices in work
settings C3: Use realistic evaluation tools, interpret their findings and
develop sensible solutions for the organization C4: Apply principles of ergonomic workplace design and demonstrate
the use of exposure assessment tools for ergonomic hazards C5: Devise preventive action methods and apply them at work, as
well as carry out hazard analysis and risk appraisals to guarantee occupational
health and safety best practices D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a
business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D3: Effective performance
in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: Develop
critical thinking, self-appraisal and reflective thinking ability in the areas
of Workplace Health and Safety.
D5: Synthesize and
organise information from a range of sources. Manage own learning and reflect
on development as an independent learner
|
HRM320- 2022 Plan Work Place Health & Safety
(4) Credit Hours
This module focuses on the association with workplace health and safety and human resources management (HRM). It covers major elements of Workplace safety and health in the contemporary global workplace. HRM professionals need to be knowledgeable about existing workplace health and safety issues including regulations, equipment/process safety, behavioral aspects of safety, and ways to avert and reduce hazards in the workplace. Accordingly, this course will provide students with an understanding of the legal regulations of occupational safety, duties and obligations to uphold a safe workplace.
Course Code |
HRM320- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Work Place Health & Safety |
Pre-requisite |
HRM215 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module focuses on the association with workplace health and safety and human resources management (HRM). It covers major elements of Workplace safety and health in the contemporary global workplace. HRM professionals need to be knowledgeable about existing workplace health and safety issues including regulations, equipment/process safety, behavioral aspects of safety, and ways to avert and reduce hazards in the workplace. Accordingly, this course will provide students with an understanding of the legal regulations of occupational safety, duties and obligations to uphold a safe workplace. |
Course Objectives |
The module introduces students to the Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) and its regulations. It provides student with adequate understanding of how to prevent/reduce problems or hazards associated with the workplace. The module explains the nature of workplace safety, why it is important and how it affects an organization. It explains precautionary measures to facilitate generating a safer work environment. Common issues in workplace health and safety areas are considered in this course, including laws and regulations, employee health, safety management, the audit process, hazard identification, risk management, incident reporting, incident management, and incident investigation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of the Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) and its rules/regulations A2: Demonstrate the ability to explain the auditing/ inspection process and describe incident management and the investigation process of a workplace accident A3: Develop un understanding to articulate the harmful effects of certain significant environmental and occupational hazards on human health A4: Critical understanding of work health matters, including mental health in the workplace. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Be able to recognize and assess workplace hazards, accidents and risks and evaluate their causes B2: Analyse information and data to identify trends and issues in the workplace B3: Acquire understanding to describe methods for risk reduction & control for workplace hazards B4: Conduct and evaluate WHS training for all staff and design Return to work rehabilitation programs. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform industry standards, and best practices in work settings C2: Perform realistic evaluation tools, interpret their findings and develop sensible solutions for the organization C3: Apply principles of ergonomic workplace design and demonstrate the use of exposure assessment tools for ergonomic hazards C4: Establish preventive action methods and apply them at work, as well as carry out hazard analysis and risk appraisals to guarantee work health and safety best practices.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of information, arguments and ideas using language and styles appropriate for a business context and audience. D2: Effective performance in a team environment both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D3: Develop critical thinking, self-appraisal and reflective thinking ability in the areas of Workplace Health and Safety. D4: Synthesize and organise information from a range of sources. Manage own learning and reflect on development as an independent learner. |
HRM330 Strategic Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
The HR 330 is a compulsory level 6 module on Strategic Human Resource Management within the HR track. It provides students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to human resource management strategy in organisations. This module will support the development of students’ subject specific knowledge and key transferable skills necessary for employment in roles which require the effective management of both human and knowledge capital within the organisation. By exploring the shifting of roles from process manager or administrator to strategic business advisor and partner, students will understand the unique strategic positioning of contemporary human resource management and the subsequent demands placed on professionals working in this area. The module will serve as an intellectual platform to proceed to further modules of study.
Course Code |
HRM330 |
Course Title |
Strategic Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
B301B (Making Sense of Strategy) ; HR310 (Leadership and Organizational Management) |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The HR 330 is a compulsory level 6 module on Strategic Human Resource Management within the HR track. It provides students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to human resource management strategy in organisations. This module will support the development of students’ subject specific knowledge and key transferable skills necessary for employment in roles which require the effective management of both human and knowledge capital within the organisation. By exploring the shifting of roles from process manager or administrator to strategic business advisor and partner, students will understand the unique strategic positioning of contemporary human resource management and the subsequent demands placed on professionals working in this area. The module will serve as an intellectual platform to proceed to further modules of study. |
Course Objectives |
Of the theories,
principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to human
resource management strategy in organisations; enable students to recognise the
opportunities and challenges facing contemporary human resource management;
encourage an approach which views human resource management as a core element
of the overall organisational strategy rather than a purely procedural or
reactive activity; and develop knowledge of the skills required by
organisational leaders for successfully managing human and knowledge
capital.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. The theories, principles, historical trends, current issues
and practices relevant to human resource management strategy in organisations. A2. How human resource management strategy is Developed in
response to internal and external environmental factors. A3. The key
issues and challenges relating to HRM processes and practices (e.g. recruitment
and selection, learning and development, performance management, and reward
management). A4.
Understand various functions of the HR (including reward systems, performance
management, high-performance human resource systems, training and development,
recruitment, retention, equal employment opportunity laws, work-force
diversity, and union-management relationships) from a strategic
perspective. A5.
Understand the relationship between human resource management strategy and
organisational performance B. Cognitive
skills B1.Think systematically and strategically about aspects of
managing the organization’s human assets.
B2. Reflect on and begin to critically evaluate the evidence of
own and organization’s practice in light of the theoretical knowledge. B3. Use conceptual frameworks to describe functions of the
strategic management of human resource and what needs to be done to implement
these policies and to achieve competitive advantage. B4.Critically evaluate theories in relation to personal
experiences, organizational, inter-organizational and international setting
with which they are familiar and the relative standpoints of others within
different contexts. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Evaluate the impact of human resource management strategies, concepts and values upon
organisation’s success. C2. Demonstrate advanced professional and educational capabilities
using appropriate interpersonal, written communication and critical thinking
skills that are required for successful performance and progress in an
organization. C3. Develop skills in communicating, influencing and negotiating
with peers, subordinates and senior managers.
C4. Apply theories and
concepts relevant to strategic Human
Resource management in contemporary organisations. C5. Develop knowledge, skills, attitudes and values necessary for
success in human resource management positions in a variety of business,
governmental education and non-profit settings. D. Key transferable skills. D1. Be creative and assertive in presenting ideas and leading
teams. D2. Articulate ideas and communicate effectively using appropriate
theories pertinent to the concept of human resource management in general and
in particular strategic human resource management. D3. Communicate effectively, using management vocabulary, both
orally and in writing and listen
actively; D4. Conduct research into business and management issues related
to the course topics, either individually or as part of a team for
projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an
evaluative approach to a range of business data, sources of information and
appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning process;
including the development of personal and team attributes and capabilities for
entrepreneurial success;
D5. Use Self-reflection
and criticality including selfawareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity
in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues.
|
HRM330- 2022 Plan Strategic Human Resource Management
(4) Credit Hours
This module provides students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, current issues and practices relevant to strategic human resource management. It allows understanding the requirements of effective management of both human and knowledge capital within the organization. Students will be as well introduced to international human resource management (IHRM) and how culture affects strategic practices of HRM.
Course Code |
HRM330- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Strategic Human Resource Management |
Pre-requisite |
HRM210 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, current issues and practices relevant to strategic human resource management. It allows understanding the requirements of effective management of both human and knowledge capital within the organization. Students will be as well introduced to international human resource management (IHRM) and how culture affects strategic practices of HRM. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objective of this course is to provide students with a critical understanding of the theories, principles, historical trends, current issues and practices relevant to human resource management strategy in organisations. On successful completion of this course students will be able to recognise the opportunities and challenges facing contemporary human resource management; encourage an approach which views strategic human resource management as a core element of the overall organisational strategy rather than a purely procedural or reactive activity; and develop knowledge of the skills required by organisational leaders for successfully managing human and knowledge capital.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Awareness and understanding of strategic human resource management A2: Demonstrate the ability to recognize SHRM tools. A3: Acquire knowledge about human resource management and its effect on performance. A4: Acquire knowledge about recruitment, talent management, compensation and employee participation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Understand drivers of strategic human resource management. B2: Examine different practices related to strategic human resource management. B3: Be able to distinguish and evaluate the role strategic human resource management in adding value and achieving competitive advantage. B4: Acquire understand the link between strategic human resource management and international human resource management.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Perform strategic human resource management to impact the competitive advantage of the company. C2: Analyse how and why strategic human resource management is important to consider particularly in recruitment, selection, talent management, employee participation, etc. C3: Identify the importance of cross cultural differences in HRM strategies.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills to critical thinking about strategic human resource management. D2: Gain knowledge and skills to strategic human resource management and the related concepts to different audiences (academic, professional, the general public). D3: Recognize building SHRM strategies and communicate ideas clearly to convince others and responsibly challenge their classmates. |
LB170 Communication Skills for Business and Management
(8) Credit Hours
Personal and corporate success in business relies on effective communication. Communication Skills for Business and Management will help you acquire skills to distinguish you from your peers. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower you to undertake more insightful case-study analysis, write successful essays, and produce powerful reports. From proposals to emails, you’ll work with a wide range of texts from business studies courses and the wider business world, deepening your knowledge and developing your written communication skills - helping you to succeed in both business studies and business generally.
Course Code |
LB170 |
Course Title |
Communication Skills for Business and Management |
Pre-requisite |
EL 122: Intermediate English |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Personal and corporate success in business relies on effective communication. Communication Skills for Business and Management will help you acquire skills to distinguish you from your peers. This key introductory Level 1 course is practical and will empower you to undertake more insightful case-study analysis, write successful essays, and produce powerful reports. From proposals to emails, you’ll work with a wide range of texts from business studies courses and the wider business world, deepening your knowledge and developing your written communication skills - helping you to succeed in both business studies and business generally. |
Course Objectives |
LB170’s design will be
relevant for students from OUBS Openings to Level 2 courses. Students’ confidence, performance and
progression potentials will be enhanced and ultimately academic standards will
be positively influenced as well as widening participation, retention and
completion rates. The emphasis in the
course is on processes and practices (the ‘skills’) of communication rather
than on content in a ‘traditional’ academic sense. As such the course reverses
the balance present in other OUBS courses where communication skills are fore
grounded but are always at the service of the course content and consequently
occupy a less significant position in the learning outcomes. The model of communication skill
development outlined above is a positive rather than a deficit model. It draws
on current thinking about literacy development in which a more traditional
skills development model which treats communication as an all-purpose set of
skills with universal application is overlain, firstly, with a model that
places literacy in context and sees literacy practices as situated within particular
spheres of activity (in this case, business, broadly, and business studies more
specifically). Secondly it draws on a model that highlights the ideological and
personal investment that come into play when individuals and organisations
engage in communicative acts.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Can understand and use familiar everyday expressions and
Phrases aimed at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type.The internal and
external factors affecting business organisations and their stakeholders. A2: understand sentences and frequently used expressions related
to areas of most immediate relevance in one’s major such as the operation and
management of the HR function of a business organisation. A3: Can produce clear, detailed text on a wide range of subjects
and explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the advantages and
disadvantages of various options. A4: Can
understand a wide range of demanding, longer texts, and recognize implicit
meaning. Such as the operation and management of the marketing function of a
business organisation. B. Cognitive
skills B1 After studying the course, the student will have developed the
language they need to exercise the following thinking and communication skills
and have developed a critical perspective on this language in the light of a
range of alternative, available language and communication practices: B2: recognize, compare and contrast different ways of analysing
business case studies and other material about contemporary business practice. B3: apply their knowledge in the analysis of practical business
problems and issues. B4: recognize, compare and contrast different interpretations of
and approaches to practical business problems and issues. C. Practical and professional skills C1: analyse work-related cases and situations to identify problems
in the organization and management of a functional area. C2: identify and communicate potential solutions based on
knowledge of theory and apply it to their own work situation. C3: related the communication skills needed for academic study to
those needed in the workplace. D. Key transferable skills. D1: Read and précis written text materials for key salient points.
D2: communicate effectively
in writing, showing recognition of audience and purpose. D3: select data, information and ideas from different sources and
present in an appropriate fashion to support an argument.
D4: identify some of the
key strengths and needs of their own communication skills development and
identify opportunities to address these in the light of their critique of the
language and literacy practices they have encountered.
|
MGT111 Principles of Management I
(4) Credit Hours
MGT111: Principles of Management I is a level 1 common introductory module –for all tracks- rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including evolution of management, organization environment and culture, also the main functions of management; planning, organizing, leading and control, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of management topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization.
Course Code |
MGT111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Management I |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MGT111: Principles of Management I is a level 1 common introductory module –for all tracks- rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including evolution of management, organization environment and culture, also the main functions of management; planning, organizing, leading and control, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of management topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to a variety of management models and theories, as well as to begin to improve their critical thinking abilities, while aiding in acquiring strong investigation, analytical, and evaluation skills. The module's objectives are to educate students to alternative psychological and social science theories as well as key arguments in understanding traditional and modern organizations. Students will be encouraged to consider and evaluate various methods to comprehending work and organizational procedures.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe the functions of management and how to be an effective manager. A2: Understand the elements of organizational environments and its challenges, organisational structure and culture. A3: Identify keys of strategic management planning, principles of setting goals, and achieving competitive advantages. A4: Explain how and why companies develop control systems and how teams and teamwork can contribute to organisation effectiveness.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Knowledge of ways managers can manage different organisation levels and respond to challenges. B2: Analyse how companies plan, coordinate and control effectively and achieve competitive advantages. B3: Apply conceptual knowledge of managing human resource, leading and effectivity control people and processes.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Reflect on skills needed to be an effective manager. C2: Analyse keys to effective implementation of strategies, mechanisms for coordinating work tasks and leading. C3: Manage teams how to motivate people and develop control systems.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to communicate effectively about ethical issues and implications of management practices surrounding corporate social responsibility. D2: Recognize how successful managers achieve competitive advantages and how to use organisation culture to overcome challenge and achieve the desired outcome. D3: Acquire skills to be effective decision maker and how to be a better leader.
|
MGT112 Principles of Management II
(4) Credit Hours
MGT112: Principles of Management II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Management track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including organizational behaviour, globalization, international trade, and global monetary systems, these topics along with MGT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for management specialisation.
Course Code |
MGT112 |
Course Title |
Principles of Management II |
Pre-requisite |
MGT111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MGT112: Principles of Management II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Management track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in management including organizational behaviour, globalization, international trade, and global monetary systems, these topics along with MGT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for management specialisation. |
Course Objectives |
The aim for this module is:
To educate about what is meant by organization and human behaviour and its importance.
To be able to use valuable information especially in the human behaviour to the benefit of the organization and the human resource.
To be able to analyse the various situations where human interaction exists and influence the outcome in local and global markets.
To be able to describe how people behave under different conditions and understand why people behave as they do.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the concepts of organization and employee behaviour and team dynamics. A2: Gain knowledge of negotiation techniques and how to resolve conflicts and the importance of organizational culture. A3: recognize the main drivers of globalization and international trade theories. A4: identify the different theories of foreign direct investment and explain exporting, importing, and countertrade.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Describe factors that directly influence employee's behaviour and performance, how it affects teamwork. B2: Understand the importance of organizational culture, negotiation, and how to resolve conflicts. B3: Articulate the changing nature of globalization, how to benefit of international trade theories and foreign direct investment tools.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse team processes influence team effectiveness and structural approaches to conflict management. C2: Compare and contrast strategies for merging organization cultures and how it is affected by globalization. C3: Analyse implications that international trade theory holds for management practices.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills to identify the implications for managers’ foreign direct investment, exporting, importing, and countertrade. D2: Gain skills of managing teams, negotiation, and resolving conflicts in the workplace. |
MIS111 Introduction to Management Information System I
(4) Credit Hours
Introduction to Management Information System will educate students how technology and development in information and data are fundamentally changing business. It also helps student to identify organisation’s strengths and weaknesses to enable operational efficiency and business decision making using management information systems methods and techniques. In data driven world, this model is essential for business students because it enables them to solve problems and create new opportunities using technology and data. Additionally, it prepares students, alongside other common level 4 modules, for acquiring advanced knowledge and skills required for further specialisation.
Course Code |
MIS111 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Management Information System I |
Pre-requisite |
El111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Introduction to Management Information System will educate students how technology and development in information and data are fundamentally changing business. It also helps student to identify organisation’s strengths and weaknesses to enable operational efficiency and business decision making using management information systems methods and techniques. In data driven world, this model is essential for business students because it enables them to solve problems and create new opportunities using technology and data. Additionally, it prepares students, alongside other common level 4 modules, for acquiring advanced knowledge and skills required for further specialisation. |
Course Objectives |
The objective of this module is to highlight the importance of Management Information Systems (MIS) in shaping business processes, formulating development strategies, and creating competitive advantages. It covers a range of MIS aspects, including business values, concerns, and ethics, to enhance critical thinking, evaluation skills, and decision-making abilities. Topics covered include the challenges companies face with MIS solutions, the role of MIS in enabling business communication, decision support systems, executive information systems, e-business models, information ethics, and information security. The module aims to develop students' knowledge and skills in MIS, decision-making, problem-solving, e-business, and information ethics and security principles.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe the information age, strategic analysis, and competitive advantage within a business context. A2: Understand decision-making process, measuring MIS project success, utilising support systems, business processes, and process modelling. A3: Understand business intelligence, data base and information management, the advantages of e-business, the e-business models, and the e-business tools for connecting and communicating. A4: Explain relationships, information security policies' role, and examples of primary security areas. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Identify Information Systems in Global Business Today and Global E-Business and Collaboration. B2: Acquire detailed knowledge of various types of information systems and their role in Collaboration and Organisation Strategy. B3: Evaluate the impact of disruptive technologies, the internet, and e-business processes, organisational structures, and opportunities. B4: Differentiate between the various categories of wireless networks and identify the associated security challenges
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Reflect on different operational, managerial, and strategic support systems. C2: Distinguish critical success factors and how to use them to measure the success of MIS projects. C3: Compare types of Business Intelligence. C4: Analyse how managers can use strategic support systems for E-Business and Collaboration.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge on conducting Organisation Strategies and utilising value chain analysis for adding value in business contexts. D2: Acquire skills on how to explain the value of business processes for a company and differentiate between customer-facing and business-facing processes. D3: Describe the e-business tools for connecting and communicating. D4: Recognise understanding and skills of the policies an organization should implement to protect themselves.
|
MIS112 Introduction to Management Information System II
(4) Credit Hours
MIS112 module: This module aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the advantages of the application of MIS in Business world, its significance in supporting operational efficiency and driving agile transformations. Additionally, it emphasises the importance of constructing sustainable MIS infrastructures that align with environmental goals and introduces the concept of utility computing. The objectives include acquiring knowledge in data quality management, leveraging relational databases for business advantages, exploring business intelligence techniques, delving into data warehousing principles, and examining the potential of blockchain technology. Furthermore, the module covers key aspects such as supply chain management and its technological implications, the benefits of Operational Excellence and Customer Intimacy and Enterprise Applications, Enhancing Decision Making, project management methodologies, Building Information Systems, E-Commerce: Digital Markets, Digital Goods and Ethical and Social Issues in Information Systems.
Course Code |
MIS112 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Management Information System II |
Pre-requisite |
MIS111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MIS112 module: This module aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the advantages of the application of MIS in Business world, its significance in supporting operational efficiency and driving agile transformations. Additionally, it emphasises the importance of constructing sustainable MIS infrastructures that align with environmental goals and introduces the concept of utility computing. The objectives include acquiring knowledge in data quality management, leveraging relational databases for business advantages, exploring business intelligence techniques, delving into data warehousing principles, and examining the potential of blockchain technology. Furthermore, the module covers key aspects such as supply chain management and its technological implications, the benefits of Operational Excellence and Customer Intimacy and Enterprise Applications, Enhancing Decision Making, project management methodologies, Building Information Systems, E-Commerce: Digital Markets, Digital Goods and Ethical and Social Issues in Information Systems. |
Course Objectives |
MIS112 module: This module aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the advantages of the application of MIS in Business world, its significance in supporting operational efficiency and driving agile transformations. Additionally, it emphasises the importance of constructing sustainable MIS infrastructures that align with environmental goals and introduces the concept of utility computing. The objectives include acquiring knowledge in data quality management, leveraging relational databases for business advantages, exploring business intelligence techniques, delving into data warehousing principles, and examining the potential of blockchain technology. Furthermore, the module covers key aspects such as supply chain management and its technological implications, the benefits of Operational Excellence and Customer Intimacy and Enterprise Applications, Enhancing Decision Making, project management methodologies, Building Information Systems, E-Commerce: Digital Markets, Digital Goods and Ethical and Social Issues in Information Systems.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the significance of a solid MIS infrastructure, its role in supporting operations and facilitating change, as well as the importance of building sustainable MIS infrastructures and the concept of utility computing. A2: Explain data quality, relational database management systems, and their advantages for businesses. Additionally, gain knowledge about business intelligence, , and blockchain in distributed computing. A3: Illustrate supply chain management, technological advancements in the field, customer intimacy, and its integration with organization decision making. A4: Understand the systems development life cycle, software development methodologies (waterfall and agile), project management, and outsourcing projects.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Distinguish the types and components of MIS infrastructures, illustrate the environmental impacts of MIS, and discuss the factors involved in building sustainable MIS infrastructures. B2: Explain the core and extended areas of managing project. B3: Comprehend the system development life cycle and different development methodologies. B4: Differentiate ethical principles, security policy planning, and knowledge of primary security areas.
C. Practical and professional skillsAt the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse the characteristics of an agile MIS infrastructure. C2: Distinguish practical and professional skills in the primary business applications E-commerce and digital markets. C3: Analyse the current technologies integrated by organizations and their impact on Ethical and Social Issues in Information Systems. C4: Depict the primary project managing and identify the different types of Knowledge management.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to understand MIS infrastructure types, identify areas of information MIS infrastructure, describe characteristics of agile MIS infrastructure, recognise environmental impacts of MIS, and explain components of sustainable MIS infrastructures.
D2: Recognize and describe how to enhance Decision Making. Acquire knowledge and skills in manipulating data using a relational database system and utilising it for business intelligence. D3: Acquire skills to analyse and evaluate information system and assess decision making and critical analysis. D4: Describe the phases of the systems development life cycle, software development methodologies, and project management, including reasons for project failure and success.
|
MIS200 Relational database Management Systems
(4) Credit Hours
Relational Database Management Systems is a level 5 course that provides students with a comprehensive understanding of relational database management systems, which is the main part of information systems and mandatory for various business processes, which makes the module mandatory for MIS studies.
Course Code |
MIS200 |
Course Title |
Relational database Management Systems |
Pre-requisite |
SYS210 & BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Relational Database Management Systems is a level 5 course that provides students with a comprehensive understanding of relational database management systems, which is the main part of information systems and mandatory for various business processes, which makes the module mandatory for MIS studies. |
Course Objectives |
This course aims provide relational database skills and theories understanding. The course cover topics like: - Relational model.
- Structured Query Language (SQL).
- Database design and Entity Relationship diagram (E-R Diagram).
- Indexing and Hashing.
- Application design and development.
Upon the completion of the course student will understand database theory and practice. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Obtain knowledge of the purpose of database systems and their history. A2: Understanding of the fundamentals and techniques associated with relational database management. A3: Understand principles of data management to database design, implementation and administration. A4: Build knowledge of the process of development of relational database. A5: Demonstrate understanding of the Structured Query Language (SQL), SQL data definition and basic structure of SQL queries. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Build queries that retrieve and manipulate data stored in database. B2. Design databases using the entity relationship (E-R) model and diagram. B3. Distinguishes between basic objects, called entities, and relationships among these objects.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Create and manage relational database including extracting and manipulating data from the database content. C2. Analyse database designing issues and provide solutions through suitable design techniques. C3. Transfer developed relational model and E-R diagrams into a practical database using RDBMs
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Ability to understand business requirements to build a solution using relational database management knowledge. D2. Ability to learn from external resources and software documentation to develop a database solution. D3. Communicate effectively in writing about databases technologies, using appropriate notations and terminology.
|
MIS201 Programming for Business Studies
(4) Credit Hours
Programming for Business Studies is a level 5 model that provides students with the understanding and basic skills that enable them to use Python programming language to solve business problem. Programming knowledge and skills using language like python is also important for MIS student in the development of systems or processing and analysing data.
This module is a key to many other topics that will be handled in next levels, such as business intelligence and system analysis and design. It also complements other topics at the same level, like the database management system.
Course Code |
MIS201 |
Course Title |
Programming for Business Studies |
Pre-requisite |
MIS200 & BUS102 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Programming for Business Studies is a level 5 model that provides students with the understanding and basic skills that enable them to use Python programming language to solve business problem. Programming knowledge and skills using language like python is also important for MIS student in the development of systems or processing and analysing data.
This module is a key to many other topics that will be handled in next levels, such as business intelligence and system analysis and design. It also complements other topics at the same level, like the database management system.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to: - Introduce the students to beginner level of programming.
- Learn the importance of Python programming language in business application.
- Describe how Python will be part of further levels of study and career.
- Develop the knowledge and skills that enable the students to use Python programming language to solve problems.
- Learn problem-solving skills: understanding problem requirements, dividing problems into smaller pieces, developing algorithms to solve problems and implementing those algorithms in code.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Gain knowledge of computers, development environments, programming languages and the importance of python for business studies. A2: Develop understanding for basics of Python programming language. A3: Understand flow control and control statements like if, if...else and if...elif...else and iteration in python using for and while statements and where to use them. A4: Understand the basic python data structures, lists, tuples, dictionaries, and sets. A5: Understand the notions of data files and sources of data. A6: Demonstrate understating for the concepts of Object-Oriented Programming and its importance.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Utilise obtained problem-solving skills: understanding problem requirements, dividing problems into smaller pieces, developing algorithms to solve problems, and implementing those algorithms in code. B2: Demonstrate conceptual understanding of use case of Python programming language to support business. B3: Understand the data hierarchy from bits to databases.
C. Practical and professional skillsAt the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Understand the fundamentals of Python, including data types, arithmetic operators, comparison operators, and functions. C2: Execute statements to control the flow of the program. C3: Create, store, retrieve and manipulate data using Python basic data structures. C4: Read, write and update files from common formats like CSV and JSON. C5: Create custom classes and objects of those classes. D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Understand how to resolve development issues through reading external resources like Python documentation. D2: Solve problems and demonstrate critical thinking. D3: Ability to self-learning to improve obtained programming skills and knowledge.
|
MIS300- 2022 Plan Project Management
(8) Credit Hours
This Module is a socio-technical view of project management. The Module provides a holistic view that focuses on both technical and social dimension and how they interact to determine the fate of projects. The Module develops the knowledge of various types of projects practiced in business environment including the concepts, tools and techniques, which are useful in a new-project situations and formal project management process to gain a competitive advantage. This module provides a valuable guide and reference when dealing with typical problems that arise in the course of a project. The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills. Significant amount of the right balance of real-world examples, cutting-edge theory, and practical exercises have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical, problem-solving skills and effective project managers’ skills.
Course Code |
MIS300- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Project Management |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This Module is a socio-technical view of project management. The Module provides a holistic view that focuses on both technical and social dimension and how they interact to determine the fate of projects. The Module develops the knowledge of various types of projects practiced in business environment including the concepts, tools and techniques, which are useful in a new-project situations and formal project management process to gain a competitive advantage. This module provides a valuable guide and reference when dealing with typical problems that arise in the course of a project. The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills. Significant amount of the right balance of real-world examples, cutting-edge theory, and practical exercises have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical, problem-solving skills and effective project managers’ skills. |
Course Objectives |
This Module aims to develop knowledge of various types of projects in current business organisations. The students will learn the different stages involved in the conception and implementation of projects, writing project proposals, carry out feasibility studies, organising and managing project teams, understand the role of project management in business organisations, project planning and scheduling, project finance, effective information and stakeholder management, contractual arrangements, and project supervision
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
A1. Demonstrate the ability to manage scope, schedule, cost, and quality for successful project outcomes. A2. Apply the principles of effective management to manage projects and project teams. A3. Analyse the effectiveness and appropriateness of planning and control tools. A4. Analyse the importance of project management in business organizations A5. Demonstrate critical understanding of the different types of projects and apply appropriate project management techniques.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Appreciate the potential uncertainty, ambiguity and limits of knowledge in business studies. B2. Synthesise material from a variety of sources, analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions. B3. Classify, recognise, and organise material in distinct and relevant categories. B4. Construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence, giving reasons for conclusions. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Transfer and use relevant key professional project managers’ skills to workplace context. C2. As an independent learner, use specific knowledge, analytic skills, and methods, rooted in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions. C3. Critically engage with the underlying challenges and problems facing a business. C4. Recognise and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising the significance of different value positions in these
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Acquire interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation. D2. Independently conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. D3. Collaborate with others, self-awareness, openness, and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues. D4. Acquire skills of learning ,developing a continuing appetite for reflective, adaptive, and collaborative learning.
|
MIS330 Business Data Management
(4) Credit Hours
Business Data Management discusses general topics related to data management in business organisation. It allows student to understand new raising role in business organisation, which is the Chief Data Officer (CDO) role. In data driven world, students must be educated to appreciate the value of data and understand how it can be used to find answers, make decisions, and gather knowledge. MIS330: Data Management for Business Studies is a level 6 course that allows students to explore how they can use their skill set obtained in establishing data supply chain and extract value from data.
Course Code |
MIS330 |
Course Title |
Business Data Management |
Pre-requisite |
MIS200 & MIS201 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business Data Management discusses general topics related to data management in business organisation. It allows student to understand new raising role in business organisation, which is the Chief Data Officer (CDO) role. In data driven world, students must be educated to appreciate the value of data and understand how it can be used to find answers, make decisions, and gather knowledge. MIS330: Data Management for Business Studies is a level 6 course that allows students to explore how they can use their skill set obtained in establishing data supply chain and extract value from data. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to cultivate a data-driven mindset among business students. The module explores various data management topics that are important for business students, such as data governance, data quality, and effective data management techniques. The module is oriented to enable students to understand the essential concepts when handling data. It also aims to build an understanding about ways of developing data supply chain for business. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the importance of building data strategy and data management functions for business organisations. A2: Comprehend the aspects of effective data management. A3: Understand Corporate data model (CDM) and its importance for organisations. A4: Define data processes and processes development aspects. A5: Learn about the ethical considerations and compliance requirements when collecting and using data for business purposes.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Learn data governance principles and its critical role in in ensuring data security, privacy, reliability and availability. B2: Learn to define responsibilities based on data processes and shape roles accordingly. B3: Use data management knowledge to shape data team in business organisation.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Apply important elements of effective data management C2: Investigate the sources of data, its value to the organisation and the ways to establish data supply chain. C3: Ensure the efficiency, credibility and quality of data. C4: Define data vision, mission and strategy of the organisation. C5: Define data rules and standards for business organisation.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Establish the foundation of data-driven mindset for learners. D2: Identify and critically analyse data from a various of sources.
|
MIS331 Business Intelligence
(4) Credit Hours
Business Intelligence: In data driven markets, it is critical for business graduates to understand how business leaders make decisions through data analysis using technology. MIS331 is a level 6 module that study Business intelligence, which is using technology to gather, store and analyse data to build knowledge that enable executives and managers to predict the future of business and industry and making informed decisions.
During their education on the MIS track, students collected business knowledge in fields like marketing and economics, besides technical skills like programming and database design and management.
Course Code |
MIS331 |
Course Title |
Business Intelligence |
Pre-requisite |
MIS201 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Business Intelligence: In data driven markets, it is critical for business graduates to understand how business leaders make decisions through data analysis using technology. MIS331 is a level 6 module that study Business intelligence, which is using technology to gather, store and analyse data to build knowledge that enable executives and managers to predict the future of business and industry and making informed decisions.
During their education on the MIS track, students collected business knowledge in fields like marketing and economics, besides technical skills like programming and database design and management.
|
Course Objectives |
This course discusses a collection of computer technologies that support managerial work mainly, decision making. These technologies have had a profound impact on corporate strategy, performance, and competitiveness. Collectively, these technologies are called business intelligence, business analytics, and data science. This course aim to explain how managers and executives are employing their techniques to improve business performance and services. This course also aims to enable learners to understand the role of information technology in decision making. It also explains the evolution of business intelligence, analytics, and data science. From the perspective of MIS, this course bridge the business knowledge with the technical skills and provides the use case where the two domains come together.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the need for computerised support of managerial decision making and its evolution A2: Describe the business intelligence (BI) methodology and concepts A3: Understand the different types of analytics and the analytics ecosystem A4: Understand the basic definitions and concepts of data warehousing and its role in decision support A5: Describe text analytics and its application areas and understand the need for text mining A6: Learn what Big Data is and how it is changing the world of analytics A7: Comprehend Future Trends, Privacy and Managerial Considerations in Analytics
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse the nature of data as it relates to business intelligence (BI) and analytics. B2: Utilities data integration and the extraction, transformation, and load (ETL) processes. B3: Interpret the methods of Descriptive Analytics, Predictive Analytics and Perspective Analytics and how they integrate with each other. B4: Identify key characteristics of a successful data science professional.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Utilise the tools and methods of business intelligence and analytics on real world data to extract knowledge and support decision making. C2: Learn methods of data gathering and data preparation. C3: Perform business performance management (BPM). C4: Know the process of carrying out a text mining project. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Ability to expand knowledge based on external resources. D2: Ability to integrate skilled and knowledge gained from other courses. D3: Describe the organisational impacts of analytics applications. D4: Communicate business reports clearly in verbally, written or visualised.
|
MIS332 System analysis and design
(8) Credit Hours
System Analysis & Design introduces the students to the principles and practices of system analysis and design. Students will be presented with the methods used by experts to maintain information systems that perform business function. This course also explains the role of the systems analyst in the process and provides an overview of the various methodologies, tools, and techniques used in the process. MIS332: System analysis and design is a level 6 module. Students will build on previous knowledge and combine what they learned during their studies on MIS track.
Course Code |
MIS332 |
Course Title |
System analysis and design |
Pre-requisite |
MIS330 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
System Analysis & Design introduces the students to the principles and practices of system analysis and design. Students will be presented with the methods used by experts to maintain information systems that perform business function. This course also explains the role of the systems analyst in the process and provides an overview of the various methodologies, tools, and techniques used in the process. MIS332: System analysis and design is a level 6 module. Students will build on previous knowledge and combine what they learned during their studies on MIS track. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with a framework for defining and meeting business requirements with technological solution. The module will take students through sufficient concepts that bases on each other to build information systems. Also, the module will put together previous concepts from the MIS track. For instance, students will discover how programming skills or database design and management knowledge take a part in the process of systems design and implementation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Define information systems analysis and design, the system development life cycle (SDLC) and the role of systems analyst. A2: Explain outsourcing and the different sources of software. A3: Understand the process and requirements of managing information systems project. A4: Understand the logical modelling of processes through studying examples of data-flow diagrams. A5: Concisely understand each of the following data-modelling concepts: conceptual data model, entity-relationship diagram, entity type, entity instance, attribute, candidate key, multivalued attribute, relationship, degree, cardinality, and associative entity. A6: Understand the importance of databases and the principles of database design. A7: Describe the processes and methods of system implementation and operation such as coding, testing, and installing an organisational information system and outline the deliverables and outcomes of the process.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation, project planning, project execution, and project closedown. B2: apprehend the process of identifying and selecting the project and its scope and asses its feasibility. B3: Explain the process of designing interfaces and dialogues, and the deliverables for their creation.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Define system requirements according to business needed and problems to solve using different tools and methods. C2: Draw data-flow diagrams following specific rules and guidelines that lead to accurate and well-structured process models. C3: Ask the right kinds of questions to determine data requirements for an information system. C4: Apply the general guidelines for interface design, including guidelines for layout design, structuring data-entry fields, providing feedback, and system help.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Build a framework to understand the business requirement and solve them using technology. D2: Communicate to define business problem and system requirements.
|
MKT111 Principles of Marketing I
(4) Credit Hours
MKT111: Principles of Marketing I is a level 1 common–for all tracks-introductory module rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including evolution and role of marketing, analysing the marketing environment, also the main functions of marketing; segmentation, targeting and positioning, also marketing tools such as the 7 Ps, supply chain, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of marketing topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization.
Course Code |
MKT111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Marketing I |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MKT111: Principles of Marketing I is a level 1 common–for all tracks-introductory module rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including evolution and role of marketing, analysing the marketing environment, also the main functions of marketing; segmentation, targeting and positioning, also marketing tools such as the 7 Ps, supply chain, this will aid in laying down the foundation for business students to firstly, understand a variety of marketing topics and functions, secondly to prepare students along with all other common level 1 modules for more advanced knowledge and skills needed for next levels of specialization. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to a variety of marketing models and theories, as well as to begin to improve their critical thinking abilities, while aiding in acquiring strong investigation, analytical, and evaluation skills. The module's objectives are to educate students to alternative psychological and social science theories as well as key arguments in understanding traditional and modern organizations and how it works in the market. Students will be encouraged to consider and evaluate various methods to comprehending work and organizational procedures. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the role of marketing and how it engages in the micro and macro environment A2: Describe how marketers segment the market, target customers, and position the company in the market. (product, price/promotion, and place). A3: Understand the marketing mix and how to be used as a tool to market products or services.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Gain knowledge of how marketers create value for customers through products and services while identifying various social trends and technologies. B2: Articulate the differences among targeting strategies and value propositions. B3: Distinguish between the different consumer's products/services, pricing strategies, direct and indirect marketing channels, and various integrative communication channels.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse the marketing environment, how firms determine segments, and its attractiveness. C2: Apply the marketing mix including product mix, pricing concepts for capturing value, supply chain management, and marketing communication channels.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain the skill of analysing the market, components, environment, and its impact. D2: Acquire the skills of implementing various strategies of positioning a product/service, pricing, and communicating with customers.
|
MKT112 Principles of Marketing II
(4) Credit Hours
MKT112: Principles of Marketing II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Marketing track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including digital marketing, conscious marketing, corporate social responsibility, ethics, consumer behaviour, global marketing, marketing research, and these topics along with MKT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for marketing specialisation.
Course Code |
MKT112 |
Course Title |
Principles of Marketing II |
Pre-requisite |
MKT111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MKT112: Principles of Marketing II is a level 1 common introductory module –for Marketing track- elective for all other tracks. Rationale is to educate student with the basic information and principles of different topics in marketing including digital marketing, conscious marketing, corporate social responsibility, ethics, consumer behaviour, global marketing, marketing research, and these topics along with MKT111 will prepare students with fundamental and foundational basis for marketing specialisation. |
Course Objectives |
The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to a variety of marketing models and theories, as well as to begin to improve their critical thinking abilities, while aiding in acquiring strong investigation, analytical, and evaluation skills. The module's objectives are to educate students to alternative psychological and social science theories as well as key arguments in understanding traditional and modern organizations, as well as consumers and how all stakeholders trade in the market. Students will be encouraged to consider and evaluate various methods to comprehending work and organizational procedures.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand digital marketing, its framework, corporate social responsibility, and ethics. A2: Gain knowledge about consumer behaviour, the buying process, and factors affecting the consumer decision process. A3: Understand global marketing various market entry strategies and identify the steps of marketing research processes. A4: Describe how the marketing of services defers from the marketing of products and its strategies.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Describe of drives of social medial engagements and what constitutes marketing/s greater purposes. B2: Articulate the differences between functional and psychological needs and their effect on consumers. B3: Identify similarities and differences between domestic marketing strategy and global marketing strategy while examining characteristics of marketing analytics.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyse drivers to digital marketing, how it helps various stakeholders and how it affects their buying process. C2: Apply conceptual knowledge of domestic and global marketing strategies through marketing research processes and use of marketing mix.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Acquire skills of digitalizing marketing strategies and how to influence consumer buying decisions. D2: Gain the skills of applying domestic and global marketers strategies and how to analyse markets.
|
MKT331 Digital Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
The proliferation of the internet across the globe has increased the use of mobile internet devices, tablets, smart phones etc., and improved customer reach, therefore increasing the importance and relevancy of E-marketing for marketing managers. The internet produced many interesting and innovative methods to offer better customer value. This includes Web sites for marketing communication and customer support; one-to-one communication to many different receiving devices; and consumer behavior insights based on offline and online data combination and inventory optimization through CRM-SCM integration. More recently the development of different social media outlets provided perfect platforms for connecting with today’s consumer: High readership blogs, social networks (such as Facebook and LinkedIn), and online communities (such as YouTube, Twitter and Second Life). Such mediums offer consumers in groups a platform to voice their needs, concerns, and feedback. Intelligent marketers have learned how to take advantage of the great access enabled through social media to improve their products and marketing communication. Today, a balanced and effective marketing strategy must rely greatly upon- online marketing and social media.
Electronic Marketing (E- Marketing) involves the use of electronic means to reach marketing objectives. Since the 1980s, this has included database marketing, Customer Relationship Management, and loyalty programs. In addition, the increased reliance of consumers on the internet for their purchases and for information gathering has transformed the direction towards online marketing and social media strategy.
In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses.
Course Code |
MKT331 |
Course Title |
Digital Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
B 120: An Introduction to Business Study |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The proliferation of the internet across the globe has increased the use of mobile internet devices, tablets, smart phones etc., and improved customer reach, therefore increasing the importance and relevancy of E-marketing for marketing managers. The internet produced many interesting and innovative methods to offer better customer value. This includes Web sites for marketing communication and customer support; one-to-one communication to many different receiving devices; and consumer behavior insights based on offline and online data combination and inventory optimization through CRM-SCM integration. More recently the development of different social media outlets provided perfect platforms for connecting with today’s consumer: High readership blogs, social networks (such as Facebook and LinkedIn), and online communities (such as YouTube, Twitter and Second Life). Such mediums offer consumers in groups a platform to voice their needs, concerns, and feedback. Intelligent marketers have learned how to take advantage of the great access enabled through social media to improve their products and marketing communication. Today, a balanced and effective marketing strategy must rely greatly upon- online marketing and social media.
Electronic Marketing (E- Marketing) involves the use of electronic means to reach marketing objectives. Since the 1980s, this has included database marketing, Customer Relationship Management, and loyalty programs. In addition, the increased reliance of consumers on the internet for their purchases and for information gathering has transformed the direction towards online marketing and social media strategy.
In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses.
|
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the Marketing track. This course provides students with a comprehensive introduction into the field of online marketing. It is designed in a way, which builds on students' pre-existing knowledge in general marketing management to elaborate the concepts of digital marketing. After completing this course students should be able to: - Understand the nature and concepts of online marketing and apply online marketing tools, instruments and principles through theory and case studies.
- Understand the importance of online marketing and social media to a company's' overall marketing plan in contemporary marketing.
- Understand internet users and identify profitable E-Marketing strategies.
- Understand the design and evaluation of multimedia applications for marketing strategy.
- Review current practices in electronic marketing. Understand the marketing effectiveness of web-based marketing approaches.
- Learn how to use the internet as a research method and learn and practice how to publish information on the internet.
- Be able to develop effective strategies for generating traffic, optimizing conversion, achieving customer satisfaction, optimizing profitability, generating social media strategies and continuous innovation within online marketing environment.
- Understand the E-Marketing context: e-business models, performance metrics, and role of strategic planning.
- Describe E-marketing strategies of segmenting, targeting, positioning, and differentiation.
- Know how to use marketing functions of product, pricing, distribution, and marketing communication for a firm's E-Marketing strategy.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Evaluate
the role and implications of digital methods within marketing. A2: Evaluate
examples of contemporary electronic marketing methods such as microsites and
banner ads and compare them to conventional approaches. A3:
Appreciate the marketing implications of the design and application of
multimedia/Web based products and evaluate them from an e- marketing
perspective. A4: Evaluate
the advantages and limitations of different approaches to Web based marketing
including text and information based pages, virtual worlds, interactive
graphics and animation A5: Evaluate
the impact of web based innovations on marketing and consumer behavior. A6: Consider
the impact that modern technology has (Internet, social media, etc.) on
marketing innovation. A7: Consider
what new ways of thinking are needed in E-marketing B. Cognitive
skills B1: Use critical analysis to evaluate e-marketing tactics within a
business perspective B2: Provide a theoretical and practical basis for critically
assessing the range of e-marketing tools as well as their advantages and
disadvantages B3: Explore the impact of online communities and evaluate their
uses in E-marketing. B4: Evaluate the utility of concepts, tools and frameworks to
solve ebusiness problems. B5: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of virtual worlds,
interactive graphics, animations and social media. B6: Evaluate the impact of digital marketing strategies on
consumer decision making. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Have developed market awareness of E-marketing issues C2: Analyse e-marketing cases and identify organizational
challenges in developing responses relevant to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with
organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills
(e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through
cooperative learning activities C5: Appreciate multicultural influences on the e-marketplace, on
ebusiness ethics, and on socially responsible E-marketing. D Key transferable skills D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach
engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning,
monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning. D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources,
using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information,
arguments and ideas. D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
MKT331- 2022 Plan Digital Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the Digital Marketing in a variety of modern business. In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses.
Course Code |
MKT331- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Digital Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the Digital Marketing in a variety of modern business. In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses. |
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the Marketing track. This course provides students with a comprehensive introduction into the field of online marketing. It is designed in a way, which builds on students’ pre-existing knowledge in general marketing management to elaborate the concepts of digital marketing; • Understand the nature and concepts of Digital marketing and apply online marketing tools, instruments and principles through theory and case studies. • Understand the importance of online marketing and social media to a company’s’ overall marketing plan in contemporary marketing. • Understand the importance of Content management in case of digital marketing. • Understand internet users and identify profitable E-Marketing strategies, Such as (mobile marketing , social media marketing , Digital transformation and mobile marketing) • Review current practices in electronic marketing especially after COVID-19 Speeded up the digital transformation and digital education. • Understand the marketing effectiveness of web based marketing approaches. • Learn how to use the internet as a research method and learn and practice how to publish information on the internet. • Be able to develop effective strategies for generating traffic, optimizing conversion, achieving customer satisfaction, optimizing profitability, generating social media strategies and continuous innovation within online marketing environment. • Understand the E-Marketing context: e-business models, performance metrics, and role of strategic planning. • Describe E-marketing strategies of segmenting, targeting, positioning, and differentiation. Know how to use marketing functions of product, pricing, distribution, and marketing communication for a firm's E-Marketing strategy.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following knowledge and understanding:
A1: Evaluate the role and implications of digital methods within marketing. A2: Evaluate examples of contemporary electronic marketing methods such as Social media , mobile application , search engine and websites. A3: Appreciate the marketing implications of Creating and managing the visual content from e- marketing perspective. A4: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of different approaches to Web based marketing including text and information based pages, virtual worlds, interactive graphics and animation.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Provide a theoretical and practical basis for critically assessing the range of e-marketing tools as well as their advantages and disadvantages. B2: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of virtual worlds, interactive graphics, animations and social media.
B3: Evaluate the impact of digital marketing strategies on consumer decision making.
B4: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of digital transformation in Business.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Have developed market awareness of E-marketing issues C2: Analyse e-marketing cases and identify organizational challenges in developing responses relevant to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning activities
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning.
D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas.
D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these
|
MKT331- 2022 Plan Digital Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the Digital Marketing in a variety of modern business. In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses.
Course Code |
MKT331- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Digital Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the Digital Marketing in a variety of modern business. In this course, students get an introduction to the fundamental principles of online marketing (e marketing and social-media) both with theory and with practical trainings. Students will build upon pre-acquired knowledge from other marketing courses. |
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the Marketing track. This course provides students with a comprehensive introduction into the field of online marketing. It is designed in a way, which builds on students’ pre-existing knowledge in general marketing management to elaborate the concepts of digital marketing; • Understand the nature and concepts of Digital marketing and apply online marketing tools, instruments and principles through theory and case studies. • Understand the importance of online marketing and social media to a company’s’ overall marketing plan in contemporary marketing. • Understand the importance of Content management in case of digital marketing. • Understand internet users and identify profitable E-Marketing strategies, Such as (mobile marketing , social media marketing , Digital transformation and mobile marketing) • Review current practices in electronic marketing especially after COVID-19 Speeded up the digital transformation and digital education. • Understand the marketing effectiveness of web based marketing approaches. • Learn how to use the internet as a research method and learn and practice how to publish information on the internet. • Be able to develop effective strategies for generating traffic, optimizing conversion, achieving customer satisfaction, optimizing profitability, generating social media strategies and continuous innovation within online marketing environment. • Understand the E-Marketing context: e-business models, performance metrics, and role of strategic planning. • Describe E-marketing strategies of segmenting, targeting, positioning, and differentiation. Know how to use marketing functions of product, pricing, distribution, and marketing communication for a firm's E-Marketing strategy.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following knowledge and understanding:
A1: Evaluate the role and implications of digital methods within marketing. A2: Evaluate examples of contemporary electronic marketing methods such as Social media , mobile application , search engine and websites. A3: Appreciate the marketing implications of Creating and managing the visual content from e- marketing perspective. A4: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of different approaches to Web based marketing including text and information based pages, virtual worlds, interactive graphics and animation. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Provide a theoretical and practical basis for critically assessing the range of e-marketing tools as well as their advantages and disadvantages. B2: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of virtual worlds, interactive graphics, animations and social media.
B3: Evaluate the impact of digital marketing strategies on consumer decision making.
B4: Evaluate the advantages and limitations of digital transformation in Business.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Have developed market awareness of E-marketing issues C2: Analyse e-marketing cases and identify organizational challenges in developing responses relevant to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning activities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning.
D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas.
D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
MKT332 Service Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
The services sector is gaining increased importance as a contributor to GDP and employment growth in both developed and developing countries. Developments in information technology and innovation are leading to the creation of new services and opportunities continuously, to offer better value to clients and at affordable prices. In addition, organizations from all sectors
including technological and industrial are realizing the importance of providing distinguished quality services to gain competitive advantage. Consequently, learning about services marketing has become essential despite the sector of employment one chooses to follow, since services have infiltrated the world around us. The majority of business activity today relates to services. This has changed the marketing worldview. This module builds on the concepts covered in the basic marketing courses. It addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business
Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered.
Course Code |
MKT332 |
Course Title |
Service Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
B324 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The services sector is gaining increased importance as a contributor to GDP and employment growth in both developed and developing countries. Developments in information technology and innovation are leading to the creation of new services and opportunities continuously, to offer better value to clients and at affordable prices. In addition, organizations from all sectors
including technological and industrial are realizing the importance of providing distinguished quality services to gain competitive advantage. Consequently, learning about services marketing has become essential despite the sector of employment one chooses to follow, since services have infiltrated the world around us. The majority of business activity today relates to services. This has changed the marketing worldview. This module builds on the concepts covered in the basic marketing courses. It addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business
Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered.
|
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the marketing track. The module is designed to give learners a broad understanding of the key concepts and business practices in service marketing. The module provides an overview of the nature and scope of services marketing and its role in achieving business objectives. The module aims to:
- Provide learners with a clear understanding of the concepts and business functions of services marketing
- Give learners an overview of the environmental factors which influence services marketing decisions
- Introduce learners to the need to develop an appropriate services marketing mix and identify and analyze the various components of the services marketing mix
- Familiarize learners with the role of marketing to service providers.
- Appreciate the challenges embedded in marketing and managing services and study the tools and processes to respond to these challenges.
- Evaluate the key issues required in managing customer satisfaction and service quality
- Appreciate the role of employees and customers in service delivery, customer satisfaction and service quality.
- Understand the critical aspects of service businesses such as managing supply and demand, relationship management, and the overlap in marketing/operations/human resource systems.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1.
Differentiate between product and service characteristics, and know how this
can be used to establish competitive advantage for a firm. A2.
Understand why the application of the marketing mix in a service environment is
built up from the interaction between customers and their suppliers. A3. Develop
an understanding of the links between the service providers (people), the
procedures (processes), and the physical evidence of the service offering. A4.
Understand service quality management as the basis for developing customer
satisfaction and develop skills in service quality problem diagnosis and
service improvement. A5.
Understand the importance of customer retention, service recovery, relationship
development, and the role of internal marketing. A6. Consider
the impact that modern technology has (Internet, social media, etc.) on
service(s) marketing innovation. A7. Consider
what new ways of marketing thinking are needed in service dominant modern
economies. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Use critical analysis to perceive service shortcomings in
reference to create service excellence; B2. Provide a theoretical and practical basis for assessing
service performance using company examples;
B3. Identify and discuss characteristics and challenges of
managing service firms in the modern world using cultural implications; B4. Discuss key linkages between marketing and other business
functions in the context of designing and operating an effective service
system. B5. Explain the unique challenges of services marketing, including
the elements of product, price, place, promotion, processes, physical evidence,
and people. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Integrate course concepts into individual performance to
become better customer service representatives in the service environment. C2: Analyse work-related cases and situations and identify
organizational challenges in developing responses related to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with
organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative,
teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning
activities C5: Discuss the influences of the multicultural marketplace,
business ethics, and socially responsible marketing on services marketing C6: Describe how customer relationship marketing (CRM), including
retention strategies, creates an environment that achieves excellence in
customer service D. Key transferable skills. D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach
engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning,
monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources,
using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information,
arguments and ideas. D4: Identify some of the
key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to
address these
|
MKT332- 2022 Plan Service Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business. Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered.
Course Code |
MKT332- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Service Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business. Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered. |
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the marketing track. The module is designed to give learners a broad understanding of the key concepts and business practices in service marketing. The module provides an overview of the nature and scope of services marketing and its role in achieving business objectives. The module aims to: Provide learners with a clear understanding of the concepts and business functions of services marketing Give learners an overview of the environmental factors which influence services marketing decisions Introduce learners to the need to develop an appropriate services marketing mix and identify and analyze the various components of the services marketing mix Familiarize learners with the role of marketing to service providers. Appreciate the challenges embedded in marketing and managing services and study the tools and processes to respond to these challenges. Evaluate the key issues required in managing customer satisfaction and service quality Appreciate the role of employees and customers in service delivery, customer satisfaction and service quality. Understand the critical aspects of service businesses such as managing supply and demand, relationship management, and the overlap in marketing/operations/human resource systems. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding : A1. Differentiate between product and service characteristics, and know how this can be used to establish competitive advantage for a firm. A2. Understand why the application of the marketing mix in a service environment is built up from the interaction between customers and their suppliers. A3. Develop an understanding of the links between the service providers (people), the procedures (processes), and the physical evidence of the service offering. A4. Understand service quality management as the basis for developing customer satisfaction and develop skills in service quality problem diagnosis and service improvement.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Use critical analysis to perceive service shortcomings in reference to create service excellence; B2. Provide a theoretical and practical basis for assessing service performance using company examples; B3.Identify and discuss characteristics and challenges of managing service firms in the modern world using cultural implications; B4. Discuss key linkages between marketing and other business functions in the context of designing and operating an effective service system. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Integrate course concepts into individual performance to become better customer service representatives in the service environment. C2: Analyse work-related cases and situations and identify organizational challenges in developing responses related to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning activities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas. D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
MKT332- 2022 Plan Service Marketing
(4) Credit Hours
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business. Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered.
Course Code |
MKT332- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Service Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
BUS208 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module addresses the distinctive challenges integral to the marketing of services in a variety of modern business. Settings emphasis on distinctive features of service management and marketing, in addition to the theories, instruments, and strategies required to tackle them. Aspects of relationship marketing and the new service‐dominant logic of marketing will also be covered. |
Course Objectives |
This is a compulsory module in the marketing track. The module is designed to give learners a broad understanding of the key concepts and business practices in service marketing. The module provides an overview of the nature and scope of services marketing and its role in achieving business objectives. The module aims to: Provide learners with a clear understanding of the concepts and business functions of services marketing Give learners an overview of the environmental factors which influence services marketing decisions Introduce learners to the need to develop an appropriate services marketing mix and identify and analyze the various components of the services marketing mix Familiarize learners with the role of marketing to service providers. Appreciate the challenges embedded in marketing and managing services and study the tools and processes to respond to these challenges. Evaluate the key issues required in managing customer satisfaction and service quality Appreciate the role of employees and customers in service delivery, customer satisfaction and service quality. Understand the critical aspects of service businesses such as managing supply and demand, relationship management, and the overlap in marketing/operations/human resource systems.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding : A1. Differentiate between product and service characteristics, and know how this can be used to establish competitive advantage for a firm. A2. Understand why the application of the marketing mix in a service environment is built up from the interaction between customers and their suppliers. A3. Develop an understanding of the links between the service providers (people), the procedures (processes), and the physical evidence of the service offering. A4. Understand service quality management as the basis for developing customer satisfaction and develop skills in service quality problem diagnosis and service improvement. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Use critical analysis to perceive service shortcomings in reference to create service excellence; B2. Provide a theoretical and practical basis for assessing service performance using company examples; B3.Identify and discuss characteristics and challenges of managing service firms in the modern world using cultural implications; B4. Discuss key linkages between marketing and other business functions in the context of designing and operating an effective service system. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Integrate course concepts into individual performance to become better customer service representatives in the service environment. C2: Analyse work-related cases and situations and identify organizational challenges in developing responses related to the environment. C3: Apply course concepts to students’ own interactions with organisations and life experiences. C4: Build upon important workplace skills (e.g. cooperative, teamwork, meeting deadlines, report writing) through cooperative learning activities.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make Decisions and solve problems in a viable approach engaging with data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation. D2: Work independently, communicate effectively, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D3: Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary Immerse in related information, arguments and ideas. D4: Identify some of the key strengths and needs of their own learning and identify opportunities to address these. |
SYS111 Principles of Technology Ventures
(4) Credit Hours
SYS111 is a level 1 introductory module for business students to provide them with a comprehensive guide to high-growth entrepreneurship. Technology ventures is the leading resource for analysing opportunities and building new enterprises. This module explains the principles of technology entrepreneurship, a contemporary global phenomenon that has sparked significant social change by empowering individuals to seek opportunity in technological and business solutions.
Course Code |
SYS111 |
Course Title |
Principles of Technology Ventures |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
SYS111 is a level 1 introductory module for business students to provide them with a comprehensive guide to high-growth entrepreneurship. Technology ventures is the leading resource for analysing opportunities and building new enterprises. This module explains the principles of technology entrepreneurship, a contemporary global phenomenon that has sparked significant social change by empowering individuals to seek opportunity in technological and business solutions. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to introduce students to the fundamentals of technology entrepreneurship and the process of launching a new technology venture, while exposing students to the challenges and opportunities of technology entrepreneurship. On successful competition of this course, students should have a firm understanding of the role and promise of Entrepreneurship, Business opportunities, Vision and the business model, Competitive strategy, Innovation strategies, Marketing and sales.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Describe technology entrepreneurship and Innovation. A2: Understand opportunities recognition and evaluation. A3: Identify marketing and Competitive strategy.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply the skills important for 21st-century technology entrepreneurs and innovators. B2: Knowledge how to set the business vision, mission and model. B3: Analyse the different strategies of: Ventures, Innovation and marketing.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Analyze the entrepreneurial idea generation and decision-making skills by analyzing situations and formulating strategies for complex entrepreneurial cases. C2: Mange continuous learning and personal reflection regarding entrepreneurial leadership and student future.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Gain knowledge and skills to assess innovative ideas and analyse situations in an academic manner D2: Acquire skills to manage and organize their time to meet module assessment deadlines.
|
SYS210 Managing Technologies and Innovation
(8) Credit Hours
Technology plays a significant and invaluable role in the different aspects of human societies. It is a key resource of profound importance for a nation’s security and economic development. In addition, it is viewed as an important strategic factor and fundamental element for economic growth and as an instrumental means of controlling nature and resources. It also exerts a powerful influence on standards of living and quality of life. New knowledge, innovations and professional skills are an intrinsic part of new technology. Because technology is continuously changing, with new processes and products being developed or improved regularly, the need to manage technology is also continuous, and one that grows with the expansion of economic activities. Management of technology is a difficult and complex process, but it is an issue that faces all firms today. It involves the handling of technical and social issues in a broad spectrum of functional areas including manufacturing, design, development, information, processing, construction, pollution, violence, and so forth. Management of technology and innovation is concerned with developing and enhancing the capabilities of individuals and the characteristics of institutions to match the potential benefits, to contain the hazards resulting from technological change and also to find new ways to compete and survive. The role of MTI (Managing Technology and Innovation) is to ensure the proper execution of the following functions:
Selection of technology, or rather technological products
Effective negotiation and contracting for their acquisition
To integrate strategy and technology
Adaptation to local conditions (environmental, human, etc.).
Insights into MTI (Managing Technology and Innovation)
Course Code |
SYS210 |
Course Title |
Managing Technologies and Innovation |
Pre-requisite |
B123 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Technology plays a significant and invaluable role in the different aspects of human societies. It is a key resource of profound importance for a nation’s security and economic development. In addition, it is viewed as an important strategic factor and fundamental element for economic growth and as an instrumental means of controlling nature and resources. It also exerts a powerful influence on standards of living and quality of life. New knowledge, innovations and professional skills are an intrinsic part of new technology. Because technology is continuously changing, with new processes and products being developed or improved regularly, the need to manage technology is also continuous, and one that grows with the expansion of economic activities. Management of technology is a difficult and complex process, but it is an issue that faces all firms today. It involves the handling of technical and social issues in a broad spectrum of functional areas including manufacturing, design, development, information, processing, construction, pollution, violence, and so forth. Management of technology and innovation is concerned with developing and enhancing the capabilities of individuals and the characteristics of institutions to match the potential benefits, to contain the hazards resulting from technological change and also to find new ways to compete and survive. The role of MTI (Managing Technology and Innovation) is to ensure the proper execution of the following functions:
Selection of technology, or rather technological products
Effective negotiation and contracting for their acquisition
To integrate strategy and technology
Adaptation to local conditions (environmental, human, etc.).
Insights into MTI (Managing Technology and Innovation)
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of this
module, after accomplishing both parts of it, is to familiarize students with
an integrative approach to the management of technology and innovation. It introduces the concept of MTI and examines
internal innovation planning, implementation and evaluation and control. It
also introduces building the capabilities necessary for MTI success. At the end of
both parts of the module, students are expected to attain the following
objectives: Understand the significance of technology, innovation and their
management Identify the key MTI concerns in strategy Understand both product and process innovation Recognize the foundations of internal innovation and its
implementation Determine if the firm has achieved the desired outcomes and design a
proper tool for evaluation and control Identify elements for planning for acquiring, implementing and
evaluating technology Understand the core capabilities for a sustainable competitive
advantage Determine what information the firm actually has and to turn this
information into knowledge
The course will prepare students with practical
skills through numerous realistic settings that are in line with the Quality
Assurance Agency’s benchmark statement expectations for business studies. It
also aims to enhance employability as the curriculum is of benefit to students
in the employment market and also relevant to many studying for their own
personal development. In so doing, the course provides students with a clear
understanding and appreciation of innovation dynamics both within and across
firm’s boundaries. By drawing from state of the art innovation literatures as
well as the extensive use of in-depth case study materials, the course analyses
opportunities and challenges related to creating, sustaining , managing
innovation and most of all integrating strategy and technology, with a specific
focus on technology-based organizations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1:
Understand how organisations manage the internal process of innovation,
including effective search and knowledge acquisition, implementation, learning
and re–innovation A2:
Appreciate the links between Innovation and competitive advantage, the different
kinds of innovations (radical vs. incremental, continuous vs. discontinuous,
etc.) A3:
Understand innovation as a core business process and how it can be managed. A4:
Information gathering, Analyzing the external environment using management
models A5:
Conducting proper evaluation and control in innovation B. Cognitive
skills B1: Develop an awareness of the range, scope, and complexity of
the issues and problems related to the strategic management of technology and
innovation. B2: Develop an understanding of the “state of the art’ of the
strategic management of technology and innovation. B3: Expose students to tools and concepts used by organisations
engaged in technology intensive industries. B4: Designing Organizational structure based on the degree of
innovation needed B5: Develop appropriate capabilities for a sustainable
competitive advantage C. Practical and professional skills C1: Learn the basic skills necessary to construct a technology
strategy for an organisation. C2: Offer some practice in defining and working out strategic
management problems related to technological innovation and corporate
entrepreneurship. C3: Develop skills in leadership and engagement for a proper
implementation of an innovation strategy D. Key transferable skills. D1: Effective communication, both orally and in writing, of
information, arguments and ideas, using language and styles appropriate for a
business context and audience. D2: Problem-solving and
decision-making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills including
data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation.
D3: Effective performance in a team environment
both in face-to-face and/or virtual contexts. D4: self-appraisal and reflective
thinking in the areas of creativity, teamwork, leadership, career selection.
|
SYS210- 2022 Plan Managing Technology & Innovation
(8) Credit Hours
Management of technology is a difficult and complex process, but it is an issue that faces all firms today. It involves the handling of technical and social issues in a broad spectrum of functional areas including manufacturing, design, development, information, processing, construction, pollution, violence, and so forth. Management of technology and innovation is concerned with developing and enhancing the capabilities of individuals and the characteristics of institutions to match the potential benefits, to contain the hazards resulting from technological change and also to find new ways to compete and survive.
Course Code |
SYS210- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Managing Technology & Innovation |
Pre-requisite |
BUC112 and ACT112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Management of technology is a difficult and complex process, but it is an issue that faces all firms today. It involves the handling of technical and social issues in a broad spectrum of functional areas including manufacturing, design, development, information, processing, construction, pollution, violence, and so forth. Management of technology and innovation is concerned with developing and enhancing the capabilities of individuals and the characteristics of institutions to match the potential benefits, to contain the hazards resulting from technological change and also to find new ways to compete and survive. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to familiarize students with an integrative approach to the management of technology and innovation. It introduces the concept of MTI and examines internal innovation planning, implementation and evaluation and control. It also introduces building the capabilities necessary for MTI success. The course provides students as well with a clear understanding and appreciation of innovation dynamics both within and across firm’s boundaries. By drawing from state-of-the-art innovation literatures as well as the extensive use of in-depth case study materials, the course analyses opportunities and challenges related to creating, sustaining, managing innovation and most of all integrating strategy and technology, with a specific focus on technology-based organizations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate critical understanding of the mission and purpose of the workplace and the environment in which it operates A2: Demonstrate previous knowledge and understanding gained from workplace practice and relate this to relevant management theory. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply appropriate technology and/or MIS tools and techniques to engage with business strategy, allowing organization to achieve their goals. B2: Appreciate the technical, economic, commercial, social, political, ethical and other factors that influence decisions and decision making.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, apply the principles, concepts and techniques of technology and innovation for understanding and managing business strategy which will allow organization to reach their objectives. C2: Recognize and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information technology.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Independently find, critically evaluate and use information technology accurately based on experience of using different strategy-framing techniques appropriately;
D2: Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes. |
SYS280 Principles and Practice of Systems’ Thinking
(8) Credit Hours
Traditionally, problems are frequently tackled by employing simple and convenient methods to achieve simple solutions. Such simple and popular approaches are not effective in solving complex, dynamic and diverse problems. Regardless of the preliminary seemingly simple and easy application, the emphasis seems to be on the elements of the problem, rather than the “bigger picture”. Thus, no attention is given to the interaction between the elements, with the belief that there is one best solution. As program failures intensify there is a growing need to develop and generate improved outcomes through systems thinking. Systems’ thinking is a discipline of seeing the “whole”, recognizing patterns and interrelationships, and learning how to innovate a more effective, efficient and creative system/holistic solution(s).
Holistic Systems Thinking considers the interdependent, inter-relational, and contextual aspects of phenomena and applies an integrated, inclusive mindset to problem solving. Holistic approaches are preoccupied with the assumptions, knowledge, methods, and implications of various disciplines and treats them as an integrated whole, or system. Systems can be ecological, social, institutional, or a combination of all three, and relationships, within and between systems are recognized as complex with cyclical interdependencies, or feedbacks. Higher-order, or emergent, properties become evident when systems are considered in this integrated fashion.
A holistic systems world-view is grounded in people taking responsibility for their own actions and being receptive to transformational change. Fundamental to this philosophy are personal beliefs that sustainability is a conscious choice by people to aspire to a purposeful and equitable integration of a systems view of life. Holism can be referred to using different terminology including ecological systems thinking, and ‘joined-up’ mindset.
This course will acquaint students with the basic concepts of systems thinking. The primary emphasis will be the introduction of basic systems thinking fundamentals, i.e. defining a systems perspective about any situation or problem, solving problems with that perspective, drawing appropriate diagrams to illustrate the problem, describing and modeling a problem, and designing and improving upon system solutions.
Course Code |
SYS280 |
Course Title |
Principles and Practice of Systems’ Thinking |
Pre-requisite |
B207B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Traditionally, problems are frequently tackled by employing simple and convenient methods to achieve simple solutions. Such simple and popular approaches are not effective in solving complex, dynamic and diverse problems. Regardless of the preliminary seemingly simple and easy application, the emphasis seems to be on the elements of the problem, rather than the “bigger picture”. Thus, no attention is given to the interaction between the elements, with the belief that there is one best solution. As program failures intensify there is a growing need to develop and generate improved outcomes through systems thinking. Systems’ thinking is a discipline of seeing the “whole”, recognizing patterns and interrelationships, and learning how to innovate a more effective, efficient and creative system/holistic solution(s).
Holistic Systems Thinking considers the interdependent, inter-relational, and contextual aspects of phenomena and applies an integrated, inclusive mindset to problem solving. Holistic approaches are preoccupied with the assumptions, knowledge, methods, and implications of various disciplines and treats them as an integrated whole, or system. Systems can be ecological, social, institutional, or a combination of all three, and relationships, within and between systems are recognized as complex with cyclical interdependencies, or feedbacks. Higher-order, or emergent, properties become evident when systems are considered in this integrated fashion.
A holistic systems world-view is grounded in people taking responsibility for their own actions and being receptive to transformational change. Fundamental to this philosophy are personal beliefs that sustainability is a conscious choice by people to aspire to a purposeful and equitable integration of a systems view of life. Holism can be referred to using different terminology including ecological systems thinking, and ‘joined-up’ mindset.
This course will acquaint students with the basic concepts of systems thinking. The primary emphasis will be the introduction of basic systems thinking fundamentals, i.e. defining a systems perspective about any situation or problem, solving problems with that perspective, drawing appropriate diagrams to illustrate the problem, describing and modeling a problem, and designing and improving upon system solutions.
|
Course Objectives |
SYS280 is a compulsory course in Business Studies/Systems' track. Systems thinking is an inquiry-based method of learning that uses the technique of perspective-taking, fosters holistic thinking, and engages in belief-testing. Systems theory identifies and analyzes the linkages among various elements in a system. For those new to systems theory, it is important to note that “systems" is plural. Thus, systems theory does not presume that there is one grand system to be studied. One intellectual thread of systems theory is the field of systems thinking. Systems thinking is a methodology for understanding and managing complex feedback systems such as the ones at work in business and other social systems. Systems thinking uses mapping of interrelationships as a mean to improve decision-maker understanding of how to intervene and improve system performance.
Understanding the interworking of a system, or the relationships between the various actors of a system, is useful because it improves understanding of the outcomes of the system. For example, to understand why communities experience traffic congestion in a road system despite extensive road building requires an understanding of the relationships between the actors in the system. Students must understand how governments decide where to build or expand roads and how individuals select driving routes. If a government widens a congested road, it is likely to become congested again even if the destinations of current drivers, employment patterns, location of entertainment and service venues, and other determinants of driving patterns have not changed. The systems thinking approach builds theories for how the system works and uses them to develop insights about the behavior of the system over time, with the goal of improving system performance. The primary tools of systems thinking include system diagramming. After completing this course student will have opportunities to conduct inquire into, and represent their learning about holistic systems. Learning objectives might include: - Provide an overview of the history, research and perspectives into systems thinking.
- Understand and document system thinking objectives.
- Demonstrate a capacity to appreciate that all actions have consequences within, between and among systems.
- Establish a basic understanding of systems thinking terminology, theories, processes, methods, language and tools.
- Understand how tipping points, interdependencies, feedback loops, and emergent properties impact a variety of social, economic and ecological systems.
- Describe and model solutions that will enable system thinking ex. (mind maps, feedback & causal loops, behavior over time diagrams, etc.)
- Apply systems analysis to various problems (socio - technical, supply chain, value chain / lean, etc.).
- Comprehend systemic limits such as carrying capacity and the ways humans can and do impact ecological systems.
- Develop a set of diagramming techniques. This help in exploring your perceptions and understanding of a situation and in communicating this understanding to others. Specifically, you will:
- Recognize how diagrams can be used to support thinking about complex situations.
- Understand how diagrams can be used to develop and represent systems of interest within a complex situation.
- Know the main types of diagrams which are most frequently used in systems thinking and practice, the purpose they serve and the conventions they use.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1: Systemic thinking and the systems concepts
and language. A2: The
various ways to think about the messes they are analyzing, helping them
understand one another, appreciate one another’s viewpoints and reduce
conflicts and misapprehensions. A3: How they
might function more effectively in a group by improving their working
relationships. A4: Different
diagrams that are mostly used in systems thinking and practice. B. Cognitive
skills B1: Critically assess the differences between being a manager and
a systems practitioner. B2: Better think about their relationships with others and thus
better understand the dynamics of these relationships. B3. Develop a mentality to work as systems practitioners B4. Recognize the importance of building explicit and implicit
models and drawing diagrams to facilitate the understanding of complex
situations. C. Practical and professional skills C1: Learn how to learn and reflect on their learning journey. C2: Develop techniques and practical skills that can often help to
improve relationships and understandings with other people. C3: Develop teamwork and leadership skills C4: Become a systems thinker and practitioner who is able to link
theory to practice focusing on the context.
D. Key transferable skills. D1: Better handle complex and messy situations. D2: Develop their learning abilities and reflection skills D3: Hone their critical and systemic skills and thus be able to
have a helicopter view of each situation and thus better understand it and
better cope with it.
D4: Understand people
and some aspects of organizational behaviour.
|
SYS280- 2022 Plan Systems’ Thinking & Practice
(8) Credit Hours
Systems theory identifies and analyses the linkages among various elements in a system. It is important to note that “systems” is plural. Thus, systems theory does not presume that there is one grand system to be studied. One intellectual thread of systems theory is the field of systems thinking. Systems' thinking is a methodology for understanding and managing complex feedback systems such as the ones at work in business and other social systems
Course Code |
SYS280- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Systems’ Thinking & Practice |
Pre-requisite |
SYS210 and ECO101 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Systems theory identifies and analyses the linkages among various elements in a system. It is important to note that “systems” is plural. Thus, systems theory does not presume that there is one grand system to be studied. One intellectual thread of systems theory is the field of systems thinking. Systems' thinking is a methodology for understanding and managing complex feedback systems such as the ones at work in business and other social systems |
Course Objectives |
This course introduces students to system dynamics modelling for the analysis of business policy and strategy. Students will learn to visualize a business organization in terms of the structures and policies that create dynamics and regulate performance. The principal purpose of this module is to improve students understanding of the ways in which an organization's performance is related to its internal structure and operating policies as well as those of customers, competitors, and suppliers. Students will learn to recognize and deal with situations where policy interventions are likely to be delayed, diluted, or defeated by unanticipated reactions and side effects. They will have a chance to use state of the art software for computer simulation and gaming. Assignments give hands-on experience in developing and testing computer simulation models in diverse settings.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1: Demonstrate systemic knowledge and understanding of systems concepts and language. A2: Demonstrate systemic extensive understanding of the various ways to think about the messes they are analysing, helping them understand one another, appreciate one another’s viewpoints and reduce conflicts and misapprehensions. A3: Demonstrate critical understanding of how they might function more effectively in a group by improving their working relationships. A4: Conduct extensive and appropriate different diagrams that are mostly used in systems thinking and practice.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Apply appropriate professional skills to use systems diagramming and/or modelling tools and techniques to engage with messes and perceived complexity for understanding and managing change.
B2: Appreciate the nature of problems where a systemic intervention can help and apply conceptual skills to analyze situations and formulate systems of interest.
B3: Evaluate and critically assess different approaches and techniques; interpret and critically analyses literature from a systems perspective and extract relevant information.
B4: Demonstrate conceptual understanding of their own worldviews, values and epistemology.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: As an independent learner, apply the principles, concepts and techniques of systems thinking for understanding and managing in professional and personal situations of perceived complexity; C2: Establish practical skills in the use of systems methodologies, methods, techniques and tools to understand and improve a range of problem/opportunity situations.
C3: Critically engage with the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information systems
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Critically evaluate and exercise initiative and personal responsibility, decision making in complex and unpredictable contexts. D2: Independently develop their learning abilities and reflection skills D3: Collaborate with others to achieve joint outcomes. |
SYS380 Managing Systems Complexity
(8) Credit Hours
Engage students with an awareness of the issues involved in managing change, moving them beyond "one-best way" approaches and providing them with access to multiple perspectives that they can draw upon in order to enhance their success in producing organizational change. These multiple perspectives provide a theme for the text as well as a framework for the way each chapter outlines different options open to managers in helping them to identify, in a reflective way, the actions and choices open to them. Multiple perspectives ensure that change managers are not trapped by a "one-best way" of approaching change that limits their options for action. Changing organizations is as messy as it is exhilarating, as frustrating as it is satisfying, as muddling-through and creative a process as it is a rational one. The module provides the student with an exploration into the tensions for those involved in managing organizational change. Rather than pretend that they do not exist it confronts them head on, identifying why they are there, how they can be managed and the limits they create for what the manager of organizational change can achieve.
Course Code |
SYS380 |
Course Title |
Managing Systems Complexity |
Pre-requisite |
SYS280 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Engage students with an awareness of the issues involved in managing change, moving them beyond "one-best way" approaches and providing them with access to multiple perspectives that they can draw upon in order to enhance their success in producing organizational change. These multiple perspectives provide a theme for the text as well as a framework for the way each chapter outlines different options open to managers in helping them to identify, in a reflective way, the actions and choices open to them. Multiple perspectives ensure that change managers are not trapped by a "one-best way" of approaching change that limits their options for action. Changing organizations is as messy as it is exhilarating, as frustrating as it is satisfying, as muddling-through and creative a process as it is a rational one. The module provides the student with an exploration into the tensions for those involved in managing organizational change. Rather than pretend that they do not exist it confronts them head on, identifying why they are there, how they can be managed and the limits they create for what the manager of organizational change can achieve.
|
Course Objectives |
- Develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change
- Recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions
- Reinforce students approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts
- Introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding A1. Modern
trends in information systems and systems practice A2. The key concepts of
software development and maintenance, including principles of design, and the
representation and meaning of data A3.
Systemic methods of analysis, based on diagramming, modelling and other tools,
and how these can be used to improve computing practice and management decision
making A4. The range
of situations in which information systems are used, the ways in which people
interact with them and the ethical, social and legal problems that information
systems can create. B. Cognitive
skills B1. Apply systems thinking to academic literature and to
organisations, identifying suitable areas for systemic analysis and
appreciating the technical, economic and other factors at work B2. Analyse complex systems, and design and evaluate strategies or
software solutions for improving them B3. Describe, compare and contrast a variety of methods and tools,
identifying the best choices and applying them to specific problems B4. Develop and apply suitable analytical and management
techniques B5. Explain the various roles, functions and interactions of
Members of a workplace team. C. Practical and professional skills C1. Design, test and evaluate information systems C2. Use modern approaches and tools C3. Identify and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that
may arise during the design and use of information systems C4. Use diagramming and modelling tools to analyse complex
Systems. D. Key transferable skills. D1. Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and
improving their own learning D2. Work in a group, communicating effectively D3. Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources,
using information technology where necessary
D4. Use numerical and
analytical techniques to solve problems.
|
SYS380- 2022 Plan Managing Systems Complexity
(8) Credit Hours
SYS380 module develops skills of thinking systemically and creatively about issues of complexity. It also appreciates and manages these issues in ways that can lead to improving a situation or case.
This course aims to develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change, recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions, reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts, and introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions.
Course Code |
SYS380- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Managing Systems Complexity |
Pre-requisite |
SYS280 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
SYS380 module develops skills of thinking systemically and creatively about issues of complexity. It also appreciates and manages these issues in ways that can lead to improving a situation or case.
This course aims to develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change, recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions, reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts, and introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions.
|
Course Objectives |
This course aims to achieve varied, multiple, and wide range objectives, which include: 1. Develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change 2. Recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions 3. Reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts 4. Introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module learners will be expected to: A1. Understand how stories of change can contribute to our knowledge of theory and practice. A2. Explain why managing organizational change is both a creative and rational process. A3. Identify the main tensions and paradoxes in managing organizational change. A4. Evaluate the strengths and limitations of our current understanding of this field. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Apply different images of managing change and change manager's tools to academic literature and to organisations, appreciating the technical, economic and other factors at work B2. Analyse complex change management system, and design and evaluate strategies for improving them B3. Describe, compare and contrast a variety of methods and tools, identifying the best choices and applying them to specific change management problems B4. Develop and apply suitable analytical and management techniques B5. Explain the various roles, functions, and interactions of Members of a workplace team. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Design, , test and evaluate information systems C2. Use modern approaches and tools C3. Identify and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information systems C4. Use OD or Organizational Change modelling tools to analyse change situation.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D2. Work in a group, communicating effectively D3. Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary D4. Use analytical techniques to solve problems. |
SYS380- 2022 Plan Managing Systems Complexity
(8) Credit Hours
SYS380 module develops skills of thinking systemically and creatively about issues of complexity. It also appreciates and manages these issues in ways that can lead to improving a situation or case.
This course aims to develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change, recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions, reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts, and introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions.
Course Code |
SYS380- 2022 Plan |
Course Title |
Managing Systems Complexity |
Pre-requisite |
SYS280 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
SYS380 module develops skills of thinking systemically and creatively about issues of complexity. It also appreciates and manages these issues in ways that can lead to improving a situation or case.
This course aims to develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change, recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions, reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts, and introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions.
|
Course Objectives |
This course aims to achieve varied, multiple, and wide range objectives, which include: 1. Develop students with a multiple perspectives approach to managing change 2. Recognizes the variety of strategies to facilitate change interventions 3. Reinforce students’ approach for the need for a tailored and creative approach to fit different contexts 4. Introduce the student to new and emerging trends, developments, themes, debates, and practices in organizational development and change interventions. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module learners will be expected to: A1. Understand how stories of change can contribute to our knowledge of theory and practice. A2. Explain why managing organizational change is both a creative and rational process. A3. Identify the main tensions and paradoxes in managing organizational change. A4. Evaluate the strengths and limitations of our current understanding of this field..
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Apply different images of managing change and change manager's tools to academic literature and to organisations, appreciating the technical, economic and other factors at work B2. Analyse complex change management system, and design and evaluate strategies for improving them B3. Describe, compare and contrast a variety of methods and tools, identifying the best choices and applying them to specific change management problems B4. Develop and apply suitable analytical and management techniques B5. Explain the various roles, functions, and interactions of Members of a workplace team.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Design, , test and evaluate information systems C2. Use modern approaches and tools C3. Identify and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the design and use of information systems C4. Use OD or Organizational Change modelling tools to analyse change situation.
D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving their own learning D2. Work in a group, communicating effectively D3. Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary D4. Use analytical techniques to solve problems. |
B207-A Shaping Business Opportunities
(8) Credit Hours
B207A is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of BUS110. The B207 module in this new study plan is an OU updated version of its equivalent B203A module.
Course Code |
B207-A |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207A is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of BUS110. The B207 module in this new study plan is an OU updated version of its equivalent B203A module. |
Course Objectives |
This
module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to
students in operations management, marketing and human resource management. The
module comprises 16 study weeks (including final assessment).
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation.
- Develop a critical understanding of why new products and services are imperative to contemporary business practice. Also to develop knowledge and understanding of external issues affecting the successful running of organizations, including how they compete in a global context.
- Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation.
- develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions (operations management, marketing and human resource management).
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management.
- Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations
- Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner, including a focus on personal skills development.
- Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials.
- Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection.
- Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
B207-B Shaping Business Opportunities
(8) Credit Hours
B207B is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of B207A.
Course Code |
B207-B |
Course Title |
Shaping Business Opportunities |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
B207B is an 8-credit (30 points), Level 5 UK-OU based course offered through the Business Program at the Arab Open University as a compulsory course for all students enrolled in all tracks in the program. Entry into this course is contingent upon the successful completion of B207A. |
Course Objectives |
This module is designed to provide intermediate conceptual and practical learning to students in management and accounting. The module comprises 16 study weeks (including final assessment).
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Develop a critical appreciation of the interactions between various business functions (management and accounting) and the integrative complexity that shapes business innovation.
- Develop knowledge and understanding of the elements required to build long-term success in organizations, and how students can contribute to the fostering of long-term value creation.
- develop knowledge and critical understanding of the theories, concepts and models of different business functions.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Select and critically analyse information relevant to a particular problem or issue related to business and management.
- Evaluate and compare competing perspectives, theoretical models and concepts in the context of practical situations
- Gather and synthesise material from a variety of sources in constructing arguments applied to business and management
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Communicate in a professional manner in written work, face to face and online. Plan, monitor and review progress as independent learner, including a focus on personal skills development.
- Develop an awareness of ethical issues and professional standards relevant to business and management
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Search for and use relevant digital and non-digital information from sources other than the module materials.
- Compare critically and use different approaches to issues and problems within business management. Engage in critical reflection.
- Consolidate an understanding of academic language and literacy practices in order to effectively engage with the academic knowledge and skills of Level 5 study.
|
BUS110 Introduction to Business
(8) Credit Hours
"Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues.
Course Code |
BUS110 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Business |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
"Introduction to Business” is an introductory course, which surveys the role of business in society. At its simplest level, business is the exchange of goods and services for mutual benefit or profit. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of topics including the terms, trends, organizational structure and opportunities inherent in this exchange, the course introduces the student to the contemporary business world, the business of managing, people in organizations, the principles of marketing, managing information, and financial issues. |
Course Objectives |
The primary objective is to give the student an understanding of basic business principles. Global business, entrepreneurship, management, marketing, information technology, and financial management will be discussed. Another purpose of this course is to build a foundation of knowledge on the different theoretical approaches to management and decision making • develop analytical skills to identify the links between the functional areas in management, organisations, management practices and the business environment.
Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the course students will have a firm understanding of the following business topics: - The relationship between business and society in a free market economy
- Common forms of business ownership
- Business ethics and social responsibility
- International business and the global economy
- Fundamentals of business management
- Business organization and structure
- Human resources, motivation and productivity
- Marketing, accounting, finance, operations management and other business specialties
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Identify business functions
- Recognize different business models and forms
- Acquire knowledge of business ethics and social responsibility
- Be aquatinted with the fundamentals of management.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Differentiate between business structures and business forms.
- Examine different models and theories and its effect in business life
- analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions in different models and forms of businesses.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Analyse different business-related situations and forms.
- Deduce problems and solutions and its pathways
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Read financial and business related reports
- Communicate knowledge and understanding of business issues to different stakeholders.
- Analyse situations in an academic manner.
|
BUS310 Strategic Management
(8) Credit Hours
Strategic Management: This module examines concepts and the different approaches to - and techniques of - strategic management including analysis of the external and internal environments, the nature of competitive advantage, development of the organization and how they make strategic choices as to where and how to position themselves in relation to their customers and competitors.
The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills especially at level 3. Significant amount of ‘case study’ work have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical and problem solving skills.
Course Code |
BUS310 |
Course Title |
Strategic Management |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Strategic Management: This module examines concepts and the different approaches to - and techniques of - strategic management including analysis of the external and internal environments, the nature of competitive advantage, development of the organization and how they make strategic choices as to where and how to position themselves in relation to their customers and competitors.
The module has been designed to encourage and develop greater critical analytical skills especially at level 3. Significant amount of ‘case study’ work have been embedded to develop the students’ analytical and problem solving skills.
|
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with concepts and tangible strategic skills that can readily be put into practice in often changing business environments.
- Present the 21st century competitive/business landscape from a strategic management perspective and to assess how global and technological influences shape it
- Provide students with a critical overview of the main tools of contemporary strategic practice in organizations in a way which is relevant to their professional needs
- Achieving the intended learning outcomes (covering both knowledge and skills) fully supports this aim.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: develop and demonstrate the following Knowledge and understanding: - The structure and dynamics of business environments; how businesses seek to track and analyse their environments;
- Markets, market economies and how they function; how consumers, firms and governments behave as economic agents; why and how markets fail and how this failure is managed;
- Business processes and how they operate; the nature, structure and functioning of organisations; how and why organisations are changing;
- Key business functions such as Marketing, Human Resources, Information Management, Accounting & Finance, Operations – their nature and contribution to organisational success, their historic origins and their interactions;
- How businesses develop strategies; the different forms and theories of strategy;
- How organisations make decisions and organise decision-making processes; the various sources of decision-making irrationality; the nature, role and implications of governmental, regional and supranational business policy on businesses;
- How to apply key ideas in mathematics, including some statistics, and algebra.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Read material questioningly, identifying and recording key ideas and concepts in business studies;
- Synthesise material from a variety of sources, analysing and evaluating different perspectives, identifying biases and hidden assumptions;
- Classify, recognise and organise material in distinct and relevant categories;
- Construct, defend and evaluate an argument, using relevant evidence, giving reasons for conclusions.
C. Practical and
professional
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Transfer and use relevant key skills in the workplace context;
- Use the more specific knowledge, analytic skills and methods, rooted in the different disciplines as a strong basis for work in many professions; Students will have become better informed, more active and questioning members of an organisation by:
- The ability to engage critically with the underlying challenges and problems facing a business;
- The ability to identify and evaluate conflicting arguments, including recognising the significance of different value positions in these arguments.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation;
- Ability to conduct research into business and management issues, either individually or as part of a team for projects/dissertations/presentations. This requires familiarity with and an evaluative approach to a range of business data, sources of information and appropriate methodologies, and for such to inform the overall learning process; including the development of personal and team attributes and capabilities for entrepreneurial success;
- Self reflection and criticality including self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues;
- Skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning.
|
GD111 Introduction to Visual Perception
(4) Credit Hours
The course introduces the student to the translation of perception through delineation, drawing, and other descriptive media from a design perspective. Emphasis of the course is on the development of students' motor control by means of freehand and mechanical drawing and by development of analytical and objective observation from life and three-dimensional objects. Also, the course will help the student to learn
The basic principles of design, composition, Lines and shapes as mediums.
Application is by problem-solving and exploration of the elements and principles in two dimensional means and in a contemporary mode of expression and sketching technique from body figures to industrial representation. This studio introduces the student to the elements and concepts of two dimensional design compositions. Formal and relational properties of line, shape, form, value, and texture are studied. Studio exercises using various media explore concepts of balance, harmony, repetition, rhythm, scale, proportion, time and motion in 2-dimensional compositions.
1. The courses "Digital Visualization Studio" (5VC017) and "Visual Narrative" (5VC012) will build on the design basics concepts and skills acquired from this course "Introduction to Art and Design in Context".
2. Illustration:
This course introduces students to illustration as an art and design form of visual communication. It emphasizes the development of problem solving skills from the initial stage to the final implementation stage of image making. It uses drawing techniques such as black and white.
Course Code |
GD111 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Visual Perception |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The course introduces the student to the translation of perception through delineation, drawing, and other descriptive media from a design perspective. Emphasis of the course is on the development of students' motor control by means of freehand and mechanical drawing and by development of analytical and objective observation from life and three-dimensional objects. Also, the course will help the student to learn
The basic principles of design, composition, Lines and shapes as mediums.
Application is by problem-solving and exploration of the elements and principles in two dimensional means and in a contemporary mode of expression and sketching technique from body figures to industrial representation. This studio introduces the student to the elements and concepts of two dimensional design compositions. Formal and relational properties of line, shape, form, value, and texture are studied. Studio exercises using various media explore concepts of balance, harmony, repetition, rhythm, scale, proportion, time and motion in 2-dimensional compositions.
1. The courses "Digital Visualization Studio" (5VC017) and "Visual Narrative" (5VC012) will build on the design basics concepts and skills acquired from this course "Introduction to Art and Design in Context".
2. Illustration:
This course introduces students to illustration as an art and design form of visual communication. It emphasizes the development of problem solving skills from the initial stage to the final implementation stage of image making. It uses drawing techniques such as black and white.
|
Course Objectives |
The aims of the art and design in context are: - Acquire the theory necessary for the practice of drawing for designers
- Discern the drawing component
- Recognize and appreciate design in nature and all creation
- Acquire the basic terminology of the design profession
- Develop an understanding of "why to do it" as well as "how to do it"
- Acquire technical proficiency in the use of the tools and materials of design
- Apply the elements of design to exploit their use through one's own perception.
- Master the essential drawing skills and techniques such as gestalt, light and shadow, relationship, spaces and edges.
- Acquire a comprehensive knowledge, theories, and concepts about illustration and its major roles as an artistic form and visual communication tool.
- Develop substance knowledge of drawing techniques, art styles, drawing mediums and craftsmanship needed for image making.
- Acquire a competency with the tools and techniques associated with the art of illustration.
- Explore interdisciplinary forms of art making such as drawings, collage and mixed media.
- Develop an appreciation and tolerance of diverse perspectives dealing with art and culture.
- Become involved in collaborative art experiences.
- Use the elements of design in creative manners to produce aesthetically pleasing compositions.
- Develop self-expression and effective visual communication.
- Use appropriate critical vocabulary to describe
and analyse works of art.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: On completion of the course students will be able to: - Get familiar with the drawing elements: colour, shape, line, tone, texture, form, etc.
- Define the visual rolls of design principles: balance, contrast, cropping, etc. in design.
- Identify the design elements and principles that satisfy the stated purpose.
- Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the role of perception as a communication tool in graphic and multimedia design.
- Research, analyse, identify, and apply key aspects of the subject matter, the artistic techniques and the principles of drawing.
- Use appropriate terminology to describe illustration types, styles, mediums, techniques and processes.
- Explain, discuss and critique illustration art work, including some reference to the art historical, social, and cultural context.
B. Cognitive skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Enrich skills of combining manual methodologies and materials in order to fulfil certain function.
- Read text materials and identify key points and concepts that should or could be communicated through an illustration.
- Select data and information from various sources and analyse and present them on an appropriate manner to support a project and its solution.
- Communicate effectively visual concepts showing recognition of the target audience and the purpose of the illustrations.
- Identify key elements of the subject matter needed to be illustrated and its purpose and identify the appropriate artistic techniques and methods for producing illustration projects.
C. Practical and professional skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop the ability to synthesize into a coherent point of view and communicate it through 2D and 3D formats.
- Employ technical and artistic skills needed to create highly crafted illustration projects that communicate ideas for specific target audience and for various design applications.
- Use effectively and creatively elements and principles of design in the creation of illustration projects.
- Identify and communicate visually alternative solutions.
- Create effective art composition by applying design principles and appropriate rules of composition.
D. Key transferable skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Translate verbal meanings into design forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
- Discuss your work and the work of others with confidence and to offer critical feedback to their classmates.
- Design, illustrate, and complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in effective and creative manner.
- Create a portfolio of graphic design and multimedia projects and display finished works in a professional manner.
- Classify illustrations according to types of design problems, subject matter and applications.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the demands and expectations of the illustration profession.
|
GD124 Digital Photography I
(4) Credit Hours
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them the manipulation of photographic tools and different kinds of lighting.
This course focuses on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion) and by emphasizing on composition, appropriate lighting, timing of picture and messages in artistic photos.
Course Code |
GD124 |
Course Title |
Digital Photography I |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them the manipulation of photographic tools and different kinds of lighting.
This course focuses on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion) and by emphasizing on composition, appropriate lighting, timing of picture and messages in artistic photos.
|
Course Objectives |
- Understand the history of photography
- Become proficient at the technical aspect of photographing with a camera
- Use camera manually (Aperture, Shutter Speed, ISO, White Balance, Focus)
- Understand the relationship between ISO, Shutter Speed and Aperture (Exposure triangle)
- Understand the difference between quantity and color of the light (white balance, kelvin)
- Recognition and manipulation of the direction of light (6 key directions: Frontal, 45degree, 90 degree, Zenithal, Diabolic, Back light)
- Construct the proper lighting and acknowledge the importance of the light and reflections (key light, fill light, back light, background light)
- Understand the rules of image composition
- Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes of photography
- Conceptual thinking and visualizing concepts via images
- Studying the work of great photographers (Ansel Adams, Henri Cartier Bresson…)
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Understand camera controls: shutter speed, aperture, ISO...
- Capture well framed and exposed images
- Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the role of photography in these times.
- Recognize and manipulate the direction of light.
- Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes and fields of photography.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop skills of combining manual methodologies and materials in order to fulfil certain functions.
- Read text materials and identify key points and concepts that should or could be communicated through a photo.
- Select data and information from various sources and analyse and present them on an appropriate manner to support a project and its solution.
- Communicate effectively visual concepts showing recognition of the target audience and the purpose of the photo.
- Identify key elements of the subject matter needed to be photographed and its purpose and identify the appropriate artistic techniques and methods for producing image projects.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop the ability to synthesize coherent creative thoughts and communicate them through images.
- Employ technical and artistic skills needed to create beautiful photo projects that communicate specific concepts and ideas to the target audience.
- Use effectively and creatively elements and principles of photography in the creation of a narrative.
- Identify and communicate visually alternative solutions.
- Create effective art photos by applying principles and appropriate rules of composition.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of the course students will be able to: - Translate verbal meanings into photo forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
- Discuss their work and the work of others with confidence and to offer critical feedback to their classmates.
- Use photos to complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in an effective and creative manner.
- Create a portfolio of visually and conceptually strong photographs and display these finished works in a professional manner.
- Classify photography according to types, subjects and applications.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the demands and expectations of the photography profession.
|
GD126 Introduction to Multimedia Design
(4) Credit Hours
The Objective of this course is to familiarise the students with all aspects of Multimedia, whether be it a brief look into the history of Cinema, TV, and Social Media or the manipulation of Audio, Video and light equipment and tools of the trade including a brief overview on editing. How to address every job title and learn how a basic shoot works.
This course will also cover famous directors, great scenes, how to breakdown a commercial or a video clip and to be able to think creatively and reproduce any Multimedia project the student desires.
The course is also designed to enrich the students with a vast knowledge and by the end they will be able to view TV and Cinema while having a critic’s point of view.
The students will also see how Multimedia came to be from the Film reels of Cinema to the Modern day age of Digital shooting.
Course Code |
GD126 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Multimedia Design |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The Objective of this course is to familiarise the students with all aspects of Multimedia, whether be it a brief look into the history of Cinema, TV, and Social Media or the manipulation of Audio, Video and light equipment and tools of the trade including a brief overview on editing. How to address every job title and learn how a basic shoot works.
This course will also cover famous directors, great scenes, how to breakdown a commercial or a video clip and to be able to think creatively and reproduce any Multimedia project the student desires.
The course is also designed to enrich the students with a vast knowledge and by the end they will be able to view TV and Cinema while having a critic’s point of view.
The students will also see how Multimedia came to be from the Film reels of Cinema to the Modern day age of Digital shooting.
|
Course Objectives |
- The aim of the course is to start by focusing on the audio aspect of Multimedia alone such as the manipulation of Microphones and the correct way of recording then to move on to learning about video alone through the manipulation of a digital camera and correct capturing.
- The integration of both mentioned items above into one consolidated form which is a single line of short film with an editing tool.
- Learning about audio and video imports and exports
- Learning basic special effects in editing
- An introduction into script writing
- Understanding the in-depth of the work that goes through in making TVC, Clips and Movies.
- To learn the proper wording used on sets for camera movements and the proper etiquette for each set.
- To learn about lighting equipment and indoor VS Outdoor shootings.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of this course the student will be able to: - Get familiar with Microphones, Cameras, Lighting equipment, Grip and editing tools.
- Recognize and manipulate the indoor v/s Outdoor lighting correctly.
- See Artistically the movies and clips and be able to criticise the image in front of them.
- Learn the basics in Video effects.
- Brief history of Multimedia.
B. Cognitive skills
On Completion of this course the student will be able to : - Read through a Video and avoid making industry mistakes.
- Learn how to make and read storyboards.
- Be able to calculate frame rate and make high speed and low speed movies.
- Understand how the Multimedia made the world smaller and that every person can become a director.
- Understand the meaning of resolutions in Multimedia and how to convert formats.
C. Practical and professional skills
On Completion of this course the student will be able to : - Manipulate Microphones and record sound correctly.
- Manipulate Cameras and capture video correctly.
- Audio and Video integration into and editing program.
- Manipulate light equipment correctly.
- Import Export Audios and Videos into a short TVC or Clip or Short Movie.
- Breakdown a movie into parts and put it all on paper.
D. Key transferable skills
On Completion of this course the student will be able to : - Understand how to read a breakdown and make one from a scene.
- Understand the Multimedia Market.
- Open a YouTube channel
- the student will be able to make a project quotation from zero.
- On set etiquette and understanding the job of every person on the shooting team
|
GD211 Digital Photography 2
(4) Credit Hours
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them the manipulation of photographic tool and different kind of lighting.
This course focuses more on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion – illustration) and by emphasizing on composition, beautiful lighting ,timing of picture and messages in an artistic photo.
Course Code |
GD211 |
Course Title |
Digital Photography 2 |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The objective of this course is to teach the students basic technical photography in a simple and interesting way as well as to teach them the manipulation of photographic tool and different kind of lighting.
This course focuses more on the artistic importance of photography by studying different themes (landscape – portrait – fashion – illustration) and by emphasizing on composition, beautiful lighting ,timing of picture and messages in an artistic photo.
|
Course Objectives |
- Become proficient at the technical aspect of photographing with the camera. Use camera manually (iris, shutter, ASA, WB, focus)
- Understand the relationship between ISO, shutter speed and aperture(quantity of light)
- Understand the difference between quantity and color of the light (white balance, kelvin)
- Recognition and manipulation of the direction of the light(6 key directions: Frontal, 45degree, 90 degree, Zenithal, Diabolic, Back light.
- Construct the proper lighting and acknowledge the importance of the light and reflections (key light, fill light, back light, background light).
- Work with the contrast and direction of the light.
- Basic knowledge of image composition
- Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes of photography
- Be more aware of the correct composition by analyzing the shapes and lines inside the image.
- The 3rd dimension in photography.
- Be more sensible to the direction of the light, its contrast and color.
- Working with concept images and being able to deliver a message
- Studying the work of great photographer (Ansel Adams, Henri Cartier Bresson…)
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Get familiar with camera elements: shutter, iris, asa, wb, etc.
- Define the photographic element of an image
- Identify,technic,composition,special,moment,light.
- Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the role of photography in these times.
- Recognition and manipulation of the direction of the light.
- Emphasize on the artistic part of the image and different themes of photography.
- The 3rd dimension in photography.
B. Cognitive skills
On completion of the course students will be able to:
- Enrich skills of combining manual methodologies and materials in order to fulfil certain function.
- Read text materials and identify key points and concepts that should or could be communicated through a photo.
- Select data and information from various sources and analyse and present them on an appropriate manner to support a project and its solution.
- Communicate effectively visual concepts showing recognition of the target audience and the purpose of the photo.
- Identify key elements of the subject matter needed to be photographed and its purpose and identify the appropriate artistic techniques and methods for producing image projects.
C. Practical and professional skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Develop the ability to synthesize into a coherent point of view and communicate it through 2D and 3D formats.
- Employ technical and artistic skills needed to create beautiful photo projects that communicate ideas for specific target audience and applications.
- Use effectively and creatively elements and principles of photo in the creation of small stories.
- Identify and communicate visually alternative solutions.
- Create effective art photos by applying principles and appropriate rules of composition.
D. Key transferable skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Translate verbal meanings into photo forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
- Discuss your work and the work of others with confidence and to offer critical feedback to their classmates.
- Photo, complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in effective and creative manner.
- Create a portfolio of photos projects and display finished works in a professional manner.
- Classify photography according to types, subjects and applications.
- Demonstrate an understanding of the demands and expectations of photography profession.
|
GD212 Critical and Contextual Issues in Art and Design
(4) Credit Hours
This course consists of two complementary parts: semiotics through media aesthetics and general design culture.
The Semiotic part of the course provides substantial knowledge about applied media aesthetics, relationship between a number of aesthetics phenomena, including image elements, light, color, space, time/motion, sound, image and our perceptual reaction to them. It explains how the applied media such as video, film, and computer imaging play an important part in shaping the message, and how media aesthetics can be applied to both analysis and synthesis production. The course provides students with knowledge for future work in media productions, media studies and in other communications related fields. It provides a knowledge and thinking skills not only essential for fulfilling the objectives of this module, but, also, contributes to other modules of the curriculum, such as Visual Narrative, Digital Photography 1and 2 and Media Production, Visual Effects, Compositing and Mixed Media Production, 3D Modeling and Animation Techniques, Digital and Emerging Media Design.
General design culture:
Know who you are. Be what you know. Koan #4
This introduction to design culture is a critical unit demonstrating the emphasis of the design process on the development of visual language. It takes the student through a brief journey exploring the historic, scientific, economic, technical and cultural influences on the development of visual languages.
Course Code |
GD212 |
Course Title |
Critical and Contextual Issues in Art and Design |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course consists of two complementary parts: semiotics through media aesthetics and general design culture.
The Semiotic part of the course provides substantial knowledge about applied media aesthetics, relationship between a number of aesthetics phenomena, including image elements, light, color, space, time/motion, sound, image and our perceptual reaction to them. It explains how the applied media such as video, film, and computer imaging play an important part in shaping the message, and how media aesthetics can be applied to both analysis and synthesis production. The course provides students with knowledge for future work in media productions, media studies and in other communications related fields. It provides a knowledge and thinking skills not only essential for fulfilling the objectives of this module, but, also, contributes to other modules of the curriculum, such as Visual Narrative, Digital Photography 1and 2 and Media Production, Visual Effects, Compositing and Mixed Media Production, 3D Modeling and Animation Techniques, Digital and Emerging Media Design.
General design culture:
Know who you are. Be what you know. Koan #4
This introduction to design culture is a critical unit demonstrating the emphasis of the design process on the development of visual language. It takes the student through a brief journey exploring the historic, scientific, economic, technical and cultural influences on the development of visual languages. |
Course Objectives |
This course is aimed at the students who wish to complete the Arab Open University's degree in Graphic and Multimedia Design program. The purpose of this course is related to its two academic sub components: semiotics and applied media aesthetics as well as general design culture. In the first part the aim is to introduce students to the formal elements of semiotics through composition and structure. In this course students develop a language to help them articulate what films, photographs, or advertisements look like, what formal or stylistic choices were made in their production, and what distinguishes one media artifact from another. This part of the course describes the fundamental aesthetic elements of applied media aesthetics such as, light and color, two-dimensional space, three-dimensional space, time-motion, sound, and how they can serve as basic criteria for analysis of video and film. It also explains how these elements can be structured and applied to produce maximally effective visual and sound images in video and film. By placing these essential image elements into their particular contextual fields, their interdependence and structural potential in aesthetic synthesis, the clarification, interpretation, and communication of significant experiences are made clear. This part of the course will enable the students to: - Learn and understand the basic principles of semiotics via examples from photography, film, audio and video.
- Identify the importance, influence, relationship and meaning of visual images.
- Understand the influence of historical development of aesthetic concepts of beauty, art and
- design for digital screens.
- Understand the context of marketing strategy, branding and identity development.
- Think critically about design choices used in applied media production.
General Design Culture: Studying the design process develop the convergence of diverse skills as well as the theoretical knowledge, which are necessary for reaching the right outcomes for any given design project. This module covers the design process' different layers: research, decoding, encoding, narrative, content development, experimentation and concept driven outcomes. Every area is explored both horizontally and vertically with a main focus on the transitions between the steps linking those areas.
|
Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of the principles of semiotics and media aesthetics.
- Recognize the aesthetics elements of film, video and electronic productions.
- Identify the theoretical and practical terminology associated with semiotics and its applications.
- Apply various visual communication approaches to solve given problems in specific areas of activity.
- Apply the required knowledge of every particular characteristic for each of the required design activities.
- Apply the means of expression of design language: form, balance, texture, composition, content, culture, etc., and to have the resources for creation in any of the fields of design.
- Apply the techniques of visual communication representation required in a project's process.
B.
Cognitive skills
- On completion of the course students will be able to:
- Critically analyze design for digital screens using semiotics and aesthetic terms and evaluation criteria.
- dentify design elements and principles used in designs for applied media production.
- Appreciate the impact of social context, interaction, social connection and communication on design.
- Integrate knowledge and skills from the design process into other subject areas as essential parts of the practice of visual communication design.
- Develop their research skill covering both visual and analytical methods
C.
Practical and professional skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Apply semiotic design concepts to create original design for various digital media formats.
- Explain, illustrate and evaluate formal aesthetic in video and film productions.
- Continue the development of their creative skills and have knowledge related to professional design business culture.
- Identify fundamental aspects of applied design process in professional design organization.
- Learn to develop and write conceptual narratives that feed directly into concept driven ideas.
D.
Key transferable skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Demonstrate competence over semiotcs via the practical application of theories to film, video production and essay writing.
- Incorporate visual dimensions of light, color, space, and the dimensions of time, motion, and sound concepts into effective forms of communication in a digital media display.
- Master the knowledge necessary to make informed aesthetic choices and detailed production plans for audio visual projects.
- Apply storytelling techniques that involve the relationship of media aesthetic principles and the effects and perceptions of the audience.
- Recognize various design elements, their content and visual organization in any design composition.
- Narrative building skills that can be applied in any other module where a concept is needed to be at core of the visual development.
- Visual experimentations in different directions and analyze the difference in those directions based on required components.
- Repetition of the process to finally achieve what is known as the creative habit.
|
GT101 Learning and Information Technology
(3) Credit Hours
Learning and Information Technology is a fundamental module for all students enrolled in Arab Open University. It provides students a college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. It also provides students with a broad introduction to computing and Information Technology concepts and principles.
Course Code |
GT101 |
Course Title |
Learning and Information Technology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Learning and Information Technology is a fundamental module for all students enrolled in Arab Open University. It provides students a college level academic experiences that develop self-learning skills. It also provides students with a broad introduction to computing and Information Technology concepts and principles. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
- Introduce e-Learning concepts such as meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources.
- Help students to develop their understanding about flexible learning.
- Prepare the student for further academic studies by helping them develop their study skills.
- Enhance student’s knowledge about basic computer system applications, big data, IoT and AI.
- Familiarize with the basic concepts of Information Technology: Internet, Web, and Systems.
- Introduce students to the concepts of security and ethics.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to:
- Define the different learning styles.
- Describe the differences between conventional and blended-learning education systems.
- Understand how to create learning opportunities that are adapted to learners.
- Understand the development of learning strategies to promote effective learning.
- Explain the Web and Internet inventions.
- Explain different parts in computer system.
- Explain different terms in digital communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, server, client and IoT.
- Describe the e-commerce and big data.
- Understand clearly the difference between privacy and security.
- Describe what are computer ethics and computer crime.
B. Cognitive skills
Students will be able to: - Learn by themselves and describe the difference between learning styles.
- Apply problem-solving techniques.
- Compare different learning strategies.
- Apply skills needed for effective learning.
- Use an understanding of individual and group behavior to create an active learning environment.
- Deal with computer problems.
- Describe the Web and search engines.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students will be able to:
- Read analytically and critically for learning and avoid plagiarisms.
- Connect and surf the internet, search using the search engines and send and receive email, and share files in a secure way, and avoid computer crime and use computer ethically.
- Organize and manage a plan for optimal learning.
- Enhance the learning environment by incorporating the use of technological equipment.
- Operate the computer system properly and interact with applications and programs confidently.
- Communicate with others electronically (Email, instant messaging, blogs, microblogs and wikis) and Initiate a transaction electronically (e-commerce) in a secure way and use the social media in the process of learning and communication with others.
D. Key transferable skills
Students will be able to:
- Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques.
- Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online and contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging.
- Improve own learning and performance.
- Work independently, scheduling (schedule) tasks and mange time effectively.
- Utilize effective environments for learning.
- Take responsibility for personal and professional learning.
- Manage learning time effectively.
|
M109 .NET Programming
(3) Credit Hours
This module is intended to introduce and present the fundamental skills that are required to design and develop object-oriented programs and applications in .NET Framework
Course Code |
M109 |
Course Title |
.NET Programming |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This module is intended to introduce and present the fundamental skills that are required to design and develop object-oriented programs and applications in .NET Framework |
Course Objectives |
- To understand the .NET framework architecture.
- To provide students with a range of skills to analyze a problem and construct a .NET program that solves it.
- To provide the principles of object oriented programming.
- To implement object-oriented concepts in .NET environment.
- To understand the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment
- To develop .NET applications using the selected programming language.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Explain .NET Platform.
- Describe data types, variables, constants, operators and built-in functions in the selected .NET programming language.
- Discuss decision-making and looping statements.
- Explain object oriented concepts such as classes, objects and methods.
- Describe the features of object oriented programming such as Inheritance and Polymorphism.
- Explain the concept of arrays.
- Identify errors and different types of exceptions in a .NET program.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Develop appropriate programs in .NET framework.
- Apply object oriented concepts in .NET framework.
- Test and debug a .NET program
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Develop programming skills in .NET platform.
- Use variables, constants, operators, built-in functions, methods and arrays in a .NET program.
- Write codes in a .NET programming language that make use of structured programming constructs of sequence, selection and repetition.
- Apply classes, objects and other object oriented concepts such as inheritance and polymorphism in a .NET program.
- Test and debug .NET programs.
- Use the Visual Studio IDE to build .NET applications using the selected .NET programming language.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Collaborate effectively within a group using electronic conferencing techniques.
- Facilitate discussions in a conference.
- Develop self- learning and performance.
- Discuss about testing strategies, design, and code.
- Use electronic media (the web and electronic conferencing) for information retrieval and communication.
|
M110 Python Programming
(8) Credit Hours
This module is an introductory level programming module that is meant to provide a foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve problems. Thereafter, students will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Python). This module serves as the foundation for higher-level modules.
Course Code |
M110 |
Course Title |
Python Programming |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module is an introductory level programming module that is meant to provide a foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve problems. Thereafter, students will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Python). This module serves as the foundation for higher-level modules. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to: • Help student to develop their understanding of the available techniques of designing / solving different problems using pseudocode. • Explore a variety of algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life. • Enhance student’s knowledge about implementing solutions to problems in a visual programming using Python. • Provide the students with the required skills to possess the programming skills. • Prepare the student for further academic study by helping him develop his study skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding | After studying the module, learners will be able to: - Understand the design and programming processes.
- Know how to implement solutions to problems using Python programming language.
- Understand the techniques used in developing a medium Python application.
- Understand of the basic data structures.
- Appreciate the implications of object-oriented software analysis and design.
| B. Cognitive skills | At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development.
- Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it.
- Deal professionally with the basic data structures.
- Carry out a project in computing and IT that applies and extends student's knowledge and understanding, and critically reflect on the processes involved and the outcomes of learner's work
| C. Practical and professional skills | At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Assemble, program, develop, and evaluate software systems.
- Use software tools for good design and programming practice.
- Use appropriate numerical and mathematical skills to carry out calculations and analyze data.
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving learner's own learning.
| D Key transferable skills | At the end of the module, learners will be able to: - Evaluate computing and IT systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate
- Use a range of resources to help him develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, computers, and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills.
|
|
M115 Python for ML and DS
(3) Credit Hours
Python is a powerful cross-platform and open-source programming language that is very popular in the fields of data analysis and machine learning, finance, and web development. It is a versatile language and platform that contains the most mature package libraries around. This module is intended to provide students with a good understanding of Python programming language starting from understanding the fundamental features of the Python programming language and writing procedural, object oriented and functional programs, covering main Python packages (Built in, imported) for data science and Machine learning. Students will learn how to use Python to solve real world data science problems including statistical analysis and computational techniques. Students will be shown the special features of Python that makes it especially useful and productive to support the full pipeline of Machine Learning and Data Analysis Scientist.
Course Code |
M115 |
Course Title |
Python for ML and DS |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Python is a powerful cross-platform and open-source programming language that is very popular in the fields of data analysis and machine learning, finance, and web development. It is a versatile language and platform that contains the most mature package libraries around. This module is intended to provide students with a good understanding of Python programming language starting from understanding the fundamental features of the Python programming language and writing procedural, object oriented and functional programs, covering main Python packages (Built in, imported) for data science and Machine learning. Students will learn how to use Python to solve real world data science problems including statistical analysis and computational techniques. Students will be shown the special features of Python that makes it especially useful and productive to support the full pipeline of Machine Learning and Data Analysis Scientist.
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to enable the students to:
• Explore the Python packages and to develop new specially designed libraries.
• Use the power of Python to gather data, discover data, analyse data, create beautiful visualizations. And use powerful machine learning algorithms including training, tuning, validation, testing and launching.
• Developing methods of recording, storing, and analysing data to effectively extract useful information and to explore some basic machine learning concepts and load data to make predictions
• Demonstrate skills in technical report writing for data analysis and machine learning models and projects.
• Work with different data representations including basic data sources and formats, xlsx., CSV, XML, JSON, Databases using Python packages.
• Be confident working with data of different types and representing data for analysis and applying machine learning models through the forms of statistics, visualisations and storytelling.
• Feel comfortable to develop well-designed non-trivial Python applications to solve real life problems that use the available data in the age of communication and big data.
• Gain career skills in one of the world’s most popular programming languages |
Course Outcomes |
|
M140 Python Programming
(8) Credit Hours
"This module emphasizes the practical side of the subject introduction to statistics, along with the theoretical principles. Open sources software and calculators are used to analyze data and develop students’ understanding of statistical concepts. The module covers exploratory methods for summarising data, examining relationships, randomness and sampling distributions, probability, testing hypotheses, and estimation. Students are assumed to have mathematical competencies at the beginners’ level.
Course Code |
M140 |
Course Title |
Python Programming |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
"This module emphasizes the practical side of the subject introduction to statistics, along with the theoretical principles. Open sources software and calculators are used to analyze data and develop students’ understanding of statistical concepts. The module covers exploratory methods for summarising data, examining relationships, randomness and sampling distributions, probability, testing hypotheses, and estimation. Students are assumed to have mathematical competencies at the beginners’ level.
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to: • Provide students with a framework that will help them choose the appropriate descriptive methods in various data analysis situations. • Analyse distributive and relationship of real-time data. • Make acquainted with concepts of random variables and find appropriate distribution for analyzing data specific to an experiment. • Develop an understanding of mathematical expectations and moment-generating functions. • Impart knowledge and understanding of discrete and continuous probability distributions. • Ensure the understanding of testing hypotheses, and estimation. • Demonstrate R programming statistical data.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
M218 Relational Databases
(4) Credit Hours
Database technologies are integral part of most information systems and hence their study is of paramount importance. SQL (or Structured Query Language) is a powerful language which is used for communicating with and extracting data from databases. To become a data scientist, a working knowledge of databases and SQL is a requirement. The course aims to develop database skills based on a sound understanding and appropriate application of the underpinning theory. On completing the course students will understand database theory and practice when implementing a database to meet stated requirements.
Course Code |
M218 |
Course Title |
Relational Databases |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Database technologies are integral part of most information systems and hence their study is of paramount importance. SQL (or Structured Query Language) is a powerful language which is used for communicating with and extracting data from databases. To become a data scientist, a working knowledge of databases and SQL is a requirement. The course aims to develop database skills based on a sound understanding and appropriate application of the underpinning theory. On completing the course students will understand database theory and practice when implementing a database to meet stated requirements.
|
Course Objectives |
In order to achieve this, the course aims to
- provide an explanation of the concepts underlying all relational databases as well as practical experience in applying the concepts in different situations.
- provide a theoretical basis for relations underpinning their application in relational databases.
- Design a conceptual data model using an entity-relationship diagram
- Convert the conceptual model to a valid relational representation
- Implement a data model in a RDBMS using standard SQL
- Develop an understanding of the database language SQL and ability to make complex queries.
- Develop an understanding of SQL security model and be able to implement security requirements.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
M238 Data Visualization
(4) Credit Hours
Data Visualisation is an important aspect of Data Science that enables the extraction of useful and meaningful insights from data. All Data Science projects should use data visualisations to enrich them. All types of data visualisation techniques are important and help students and learners to extract better insights about the data. Applying data visualization techniques to difficult and challenging data analysis problems help in better understanding of these problems. This is a mandatory module in the Data Science programme.
Course Code |
M238 |
Course Title |
Data Visualization |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Data Visualisation is an important aspect of Data Science that enables the extraction of useful and meaningful insights from data. All Data Science projects should use data visualisations to enrich them. All types of data visualisation techniques are important and help students and learners to extract better insights about the data. Applying data visualization techniques to difficult and challenging data analysis problems help in better understanding of these problems. This is a mandatory module in the Data Science programme.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to give students:
• The skills necessary to be effective Data Storytellers. They will learn how to locate and download datasets, extract insights from that data and present their findings in a variety of different visual formats. Students will learn how to “connect the dots” in a dataset through visual data analysis and find the narrative thread that both explains what’s going on and engages their audience in a story about the data.
• The principles of how to tell data stories in different ways for different audiences and stakeholders.
• The key techniques and theory used in visualization, including data models, graphical perception and techniques for visual encoding and interaction.
• Exposure to a number of common data domains and corresponding analysis tasks, including multivariate data, networks, text and cartography.
• Practical experience building and evaluating visualization systems. |
Course Outcomes |
|
M251 Object Oriented Programming using Java
(8) Credit Hours
This module is intended to provide students a good understanding of object-oriented principles, including inheritance, polymorphism, class libraries, interacting objects, and the unified modelling language (UML). It uses the JAVA language to illustrate theses principles.
Course Code |
M251 |
Course Title |
Object Oriented Programming using Java |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module is intended to provide students a good understanding of object-oriented principles, including inheritance, polymorphism, class libraries, interacting objects, and the unified modelling language (UML). It uses the JAVA language to illustrate theses principles. |
Course Objectives |
- Introduce all aspects of object-oriented principles
- Identifying and implementing class relationships using abstract classes, interfaces and inheritance
- Provide knowledge in using simple UML class diagrams
- Describe how these concepts are implemented in java
- Provide knowledge in how to explore the JAVA API and to develop your own
- Provide the knowledge necessary to construct java programs
- Describe a number of the advanced facilities of java including exceptions
- Show how java can be used in developing non-trivial programs
- Introduce good design and programming practice
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module, the student will be able to demonstrate: - An understanding of the object-oriented principles
- Some knowledge of the main constructs and mechanisms in Java
- An appreciation of the implications of object oriented software analysis and design
- An understanding of the techniques used in developing a large Java program
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development
- Analyze and abstract away from the details of a problem
- Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Assemble, program, develop, debug, test and evaluate software systems
- Use software tools such as a Java IDE
- Use good design and programming practice
- Develop and implement class relationships
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Find information from a range of sources to support a task
- Plan complex tasks
- Use new Java libraries
- Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills
- Progress to more advanced level studies
|
M252 Internet Programming
(8) Credit Hours
The World Wide Web continues to serve as a foundation for the advancement of a wide range of increasingly influential and strategic technologies, supporting a wide range of private and public-sector applications and services. Hence, it is important to know how browsers, computers, and mobile devices interact with the web. The response to the question is your first step toward a deeper understanding of the internet and learning a new set of internet skills, with billions of websites now available. This module will foster web and mobile developing skills to design, create, and maintain appropriate solutions that meet the needs in our fast changing digital world. The module aims to equip students with the practical skills to integrate and implement client-side scripting language JavaScript, server–side PHP scripting language along with MySQL database system and hybrid mobile application development tools to create secure, dynamic web/mobile applications and master the web technologies necessary to develop a complete e-commerce solution.
Course Code |
M252 |
Course Title |
Internet Programming |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The World Wide Web continues to serve as a foundation for the advancement of a wide range of increasingly influential and strategic technologies, supporting a wide range of private and public-sector applications and services. Hence, it is important to know how browsers, computers, and mobile devices interact with the web. The response to the question is your first step toward a deeper understanding of the internet and learning a new set of internet skills, with billions of websites now available. This module will foster web and mobile developing skills to design, create, and maintain appropriate solutions that meet the needs in our fast changing digital world. The module aims to equip students with the practical skills to integrate and implement client-side scripting language JavaScript, server–side PHP scripting language along with MySQL database system and hybrid mobile application development tools to create secure, dynamic web/mobile applications and master the web technologies necessary to develop a complete e-commerce solution. |
Course Objectives |
In more detail, the aims are to:
• build and deploy a website on a web server using standard mark-up, styling techniques, visual elements, and development tools.
• design and implement dynamic web pages including validation using JavaScript objects and by applying different event handling mechanisms.
• develop dynamic web applications using open source software tools such as PHP and MySQL.
• make use of industry standard components and frameworks in the design and implementation of mobile applications. • train the learners to take responsibility for identifying and engaging with opportunities to develop knowledge of emerging application development techniques and tools
• facilitate the learner’s further study in technological subjects.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
M269 Algorithms, Data structures and Computability.
(8) Credit Hours
One of the basic pillars of advanced computing projects consists of the set of proper algorithms used to solve not only traditional but also unconventional IT problems. With the huge amount of data embedding the new data science, being skilled in setting proper data structure, managing and understanding computability techniques become a must nowadays. M269 is one of the most important modules for information technologies and computing related majors and tracks. The underlying concepts of this module are implemented using the python programming language.
Course Code |
M269 |
Course Title |
Algorithms, Data structures and Computability. |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
One of the basic pillars of advanced computing projects consists of the set of proper algorithms used to solve not only traditional but also unconventional IT problems. With the huge amount of data embedding the new data science, being skilled in setting proper data structure, managing and understanding computability techniques become a must nowadays. M269 is one of the most important modules for information technologies and computing related majors and tracks. The underlying concepts of this module are implemented using the python programming language. |
Course Objectives |
- Provide the students with the required skills to possess the computational thinking. These skills start by proper understanding and analyzing the problems to be solved and end by providing computer programs that solve these problems.
- One of the important aspects of this module is to provide the students with the awareness of the limits of computation and the ability to decide which problems can and which cannot be solved efficiently with computers.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Identify and define the sets, functions and logic, and their application in the design, implementation and analysis of computer-based systems.
- Define and recognize Data structure and computational problematic.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Explain, construct and use algorithms and data structures to solve computational problems.
- Describe and assess the difficulty of computational problems.
- Analyse algorithms and computational problems making use of several informal proof techniques
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Use the Python programming language to implement algorithms.
- Write a short report which is based on one or more sources and which has a well-argued conclusion.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply appropriate computational problem-solving techniques to a range of problems;
- Apply computational thinking skills to solve problems across a range of application areas.
- Discuss the questions 'What is computation?' and 'What are its limits?', and explain how the answers to these questions have important implications for the practical use of computer-based systems.
|
M348 Applied statistical modelling
(8) Credit Hours
This 30 point level 3 module is designed to build on the statistical modelling taught at L1 (in M140) and L2 (in MT248). Whilst M348 is intended to be a replacement for M346 Linear statistical modelling, it will have a new focus and serve a broader range of students. The main statistical theme running throughout M346 is that of linear and generalised linear modelling. These statistical modelling techniques are widely used by statisticians and are of utmost importance to anyone modelling and analysing large and complex datasets. In M348 the software package will be R. R is a popular statistical software package used around the world in academia and in industry, particularly by data scientists. R is a command line based package and hence is associated with steeper learning curve than GUI-based packages such as GenStat. To mitigate this it is planned to mediate the use of R through Jupyter notebooks. These electronic documents allow executable R code to be embedded amongst explanatory text. Furthermore this executable code can either be set to be modifiable by students, enabling them to learn by adapting examples, or to be locked (and if desired hidden) thus not distracting students with code extraneous to a teaching point but nevertheless required. Also by providing a means for students to present results and conclusions alongside the code used to generate them they provide a means for tutors to gain a greater understanding of what a student is trying to do and hence put tutors in a better position to give appropriate feedback.
Course Code |
M348 |
Course Title |
Applied statistical modelling |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This 30 point level 3 module is designed to build on the statistical modelling taught at L1 (in M140) and L2 (in MT248). Whilst M348 is intended to be a replacement for M346 Linear statistical modelling, it will have a new focus and serve a broader range of students. The main statistical theme running throughout M346 is that of linear and generalised linear modelling. These statistical modelling techniques are widely used by statisticians and are of utmost importance to anyone modelling and analysing large and complex datasets. In M348 the software package will be R. R is a popular statistical software package used around the world in academia and in industry, particularly by data scientists. R is a command line based package and hence is associated with steeper learning curve than GUI-based packages such as GenStat. To mitigate this it is planned to mediate the use of R through Jupyter notebooks. These electronic documents allow executable R code to be embedded amongst explanatory text. Furthermore this executable code can either be set to be modifiable by students, enabling them to learn by adapting examples, or to be locked (and if desired hidden) thus not distracting students with code extraneous to a teaching point but nevertheless required. Also by providing a means for students to present results and conclusions alongside the code used to generate them they provide a means for tutors to gain a greater understanding of what a student is trying to do and hence put tutors in a better position to give appropriate feedback. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Enable students to be familiar with the concept of statistical modelling and be able to put this into practise by fitting simple linear regression models.
• Expand students’ knowledge of statistical modelling to a framework that encompasses simple linear regression as a special case: linear models and, beyond them, generalised linear models. In doing so it will vastly increase the range of models that students are able to fit to data.
• Develop students’ more general modelling skills such as describing and interpreting models using non-technical language; selecting appropriate models from a wide range of possibilities; model checking and model comparison. The module will also look to develop students’ communication skills to prepare them for the role as the data analyst in a multidisciplinary team.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and
understanding of: A.1. A range of advanced data analysis techniques, building
on those introduced at level 2.
A.2. Normal linear models (including analysis of variance,
multiple regression and enhanced knowledge of simple
regression). A.3. Generalized linear modelling (including logistic, Poisson
and loglinear models for contingency tables as special
cases). A.4. Residual and influence diagnostics for linear and
generalized linear models. A.5. An appreciation of techniques in one of two specialisms:
econometrics or data science (including legal and
ethical issues).
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B.1. Formulate real-world data analysis problems in a linear
or generalized linear modelling framework. B.2. Interpret and critically evaluate the outcomes of
statistical data analysis in terms of the real-world
problem from which the data arose. B.3. Compare and contrast alternative models for the same
data.
B.4. Use a modern statistical software package (in particular,
R) to analyse data using linear and generalized linear
models (including data exploration and the use of
diagnostics).
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C.1. Fit and critically evaluate for linear and generalized
linear modelling C.2. Use R to build suitable statistical models C.3. Understand the requirements of a statistical analysis
that is given using non-technical language and
communicate the results of that analysis in a similarly
non-technical way. C.4. Analyse, evaluate problems and plan strategies for their
solution
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D.1. Organise study time, study independently, act on
feedback, and meet deadlines D.2. Communicate solutions to problems and the outcomes
of statistical data analyses clearly and coherently, and
to comment critically on statistical analyses, using
appropriate language for specialists and nonspecialists.
D.3. Select, and use accurately, appropriate data analytic
approaches. D.4. Develop the ability for dealing with problems given in
an open-ended way.
|
M811-A Information Security A
(4) Credit Hours
M811 A- Information Security A - course introduces the concepts and issues related to securing the information. Topics include the historical view of IT Governance, security issues, trends, security resources and risk analysis.
Course Code |
M811-A |
Course Title |
Information Security A |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M811 A- Information Security A - course introduces the concepts and issues related to securing the information. Topics include the historical view of IT Governance, security issues, trends, security resources and risk analysis. |
Course Objectives |
M811-part A aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop and run a practical information security management system, in accordance with current international standards. In particular, it aims to: - provide student with an understanding of current issues in information security and its management;
- Teach student a variety of techniques for information security management, including risk assessment and management, and to provide practice in their use;
- Provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to choose between different development techniques, tools and process models for a given information security context;
- Make student aware of the policy and technology trade-offs involved in developing information security management systems of sufficient quality;
- Give student an understanding of the importance to information security management of risk assessment and management, impact assessment, human factors, and legal and ethical issues.
- Equip student with the skills and tools necessary to audit his/her home computer and/or network for information security risk.
Additionally, M811 aims to - provide student with an understanding of the information security risks that he/she faces as an individual;
- provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to manage those risks to be less threatening
- provide student with an ability to evaluate current practice within the discipline of information security against legal, regulatory and commercial expectations;
- provide student with an understanding of the workings of the profession in terms of progression through professional qualifications;
-
provide student with the
research skills to stay at the leading edge of information security
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define the principles of information security in various contexts
- Describe an information security management system appropriate to a particular organisational context
- Identify the strengths and weaknesses of different types of information security mechanisms in various contexts.
- Identify the role of technology in Information Security in various contexts and be able to assess, using technology, the deficiencies of a simple information system and design solutions for its protection.
- Describe the management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security
B. Cognitive skills
- Critically evaluate the information security
management system of an organisation.
- Integrate knowledge and skills from a range of
approaches to information security and its management
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply the principles, concepts and techniques of the course in the workplace.
- Classify the various requirements and the incentives for organizations to implement information security
- Support management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security.
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to information security.
- Provide appropriate, effective documentation throughout the information security life-cycle.
- Critically evaluate information about the development of information security management systems from a variety of sources.
|
M811-B Information Security- Part B
(4) Credit Hours
M811 B- This course builds on Information Security A course and introduces deep information related to information risk management and the development of polices to implement information security controls. Topics include the risk analysis and management, the role of policy, people and processes in information security.
Course Code |
M811-B |
Course Title |
Information Security- Part B |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M811 B- This course builds on Information Security A course and introduces deep information related to information risk management and the development of polices to implement information security controls. Topics include the risk analysis and management, the role of policy, people and processes in information security.
|
Course Objectives |
M811-part B aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop and run a practical information security management system, in accordance with current international standards. In particular, it aims to: - Provide student with an understanding of current issues in information security and its management;
- Teach student a variety of techniques for information security management, including risk assessment and management, and to provide practice in their use;
- Provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to choose between different development techniques, tools and process models for a given information security context;
- Make student aware of the policy and technology trade-offs involved in developing information security management systems of sufficient quality;
- Give student an understanding of the importance to information security management of risk assessment and management, impact assessment, human factors, and legal and ethical issues.
- Equip student with the skills and tools necessary to audit his/her home computer and/or network for information security risk.
Additionally, M811 aims to:
- provide student with an understanding of the information security risks that he/she faces as an individual;
- provide student with sufficient knowledge to be able to manage those risks to be less threatening
- provide student with an ability to evaluate current practice within the discipline of information security against legal, regulatory and commercial expectations;
- provide student with an understanding of the workings of the profession in terms of progression through professional qualifications;
- provide student with the research skills to stay at the leading edge of information security
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define the principles of information security in various contexts
- Describe an information security management system appropriate to a particular organisational context
- Describe the provenance of threats, their impact and outline appropriate countermeasures to protect information assets against threats
- Identify the strengths and weaknesses of different types of information security mechanisms in various contexts.
- Identify the role of technology in Information Security in various contexts and be able to assess, using technology, the deficiencies of a simple information system and design solutions for its protection.
- Describe the management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Associate a fit-for-purpose information security management system to the management of information security risks
- Explain how to be systematic in the choice of controls that treat specific risks, and how to produce the documentation required by the relevant standards
- Integrate knowledge and skills from a range of approaches to information security and its management
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Apply a fit-for-purpose information security management system to the management of information security risks
- Show how to be systematic in the choice of controls that treat specific risks, and how to produce the documentation required by the relevant standards
- Support management roles in defining, enforcing and validating information security
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to information security.
- Provide appropriate, effective documentation throughout the info sec life-cycle.
- Critically evaluate information about the development of info sec management systems from a variety of sources.
|
M812-A Digital Forensics A
(4) Credit Hours
M812- Digital Forensics (A & B) will help students understand how to conduct investigations to correctly gather, analyse and present digital evidence to both business and legal audiences.
Digital evidence features in just about every part of our personal and business lives. Legal and business decisions hinge on having timely data about what people have actually done. M812 (A& B) covers a gap in the Middle Eastern (ME) market for courses in the subject of Computer Digital Forensics. M812 actually has a role to play in seeking to refresh and invigorate the curriculum of PG Computing and thereby increase the University’s market share. This course will address the strategic priority of AOU of increasing new student numbers.
Course Code |
M812-A |
Course Title |
Digital Forensics A |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M812- Digital Forensics (A & B) will help students understand how to conduct investigations to correctly gather, analyse and present digital evidence to both business and legal audiences.
Digital evidence features in just about every part of our personal and business lives. Legal and business decisions hinge on having timely data about what people have actually done. M812 (A& B) covers a gap in the Middle Eastern (ME) market for courses in the subject of Computer Digital Forensics. M812 actually has a role to play in seeking to refresh and invigorate the curriculum of PG Computing and thereby increase the University’s market share. This course will address the strategic priority of AOU of increasing new student numbers. |
Course Objectives |
- provide students with a broad and practical introduction to the fundamentals of digital forensics, including how general forensic principles and techniques apply to digital investigations
- provide students with sufficient knowledge to be able to conduct digital investigation procedures, and skills including evidence handling, note taking and report writing
- provide students with an understanding of how to keep up to date with changing technologies, laws and regulations in digital forensics
- guide students through English and Welsh civil and criminal laws particularly relevant to digital forensic investigations and teach him/her how to find the law in other jurisdictions (national and international)
- present students with the principles of legal report writing
- provide students with an opportunity to answer questions from reviewers of the legal report orally
- Equip students with resources to access templates and documents from professional bodies and industrial practices, and stay at the leading edge of digital forensics.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define the role of digital forensics within the larger discipline of forensic science and the appropriate use of scientific methods.
- Identify the range of applications of digital forensics across ordinary organizations from disciplinary hearings and employment tribunals to civil and even criminal cases.
- Identify and explain relevant International legislation and understand how to find relevant legislation.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Select and use appropriate concepts, methods, tools and techniques for a given digital forensics event and analyze the results.
- Analyze a given forensic investigation scenario to identify risks and relevant legislation
- Detect how given forensic could affect an organization.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Demonstrate awareness and understanding of prevailing standards applicable to digital evidence (e.g. ACPO Good Practice Guide for Computer Based Electronic Evidence, Forensic Science Regulator's Standards, and ISO standards) and be able to demonstrate their application in a given context.
- Explain the relevance of digital forensics within both society and an organization as well as the legal and ethical responsibilities of the digital forensic professional.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Demonstrate good oral and written communication skills appropriate for reporting and defending digital forensics results to both legal and business audiences.
- Reporting and defending digital forensics results to both legal and business audiences using evidence instead of subjective opinions, even in the presence of incomplete information.
|
M812-B Digital Forensics B
(4) Credit Hours
M812- Digital Forensics (A & B) will help students understand how to conduct investigations to correctly gather, analyse and present digital evidence to both business and legal audiences.
Digital evidence features in just about every part of our personal and business lives. Legal and business decisions hinge on having timely data about what people have actually done. M812 (A& B) covers a gap in the Middle Eastern (ME) market for courses in the subject of Computer Digital Forensics. M812 actually has a role to play in seeking to refresh and invigorate the curriculum of PG Computing and thereby increase the University’s market share. This course will address the strategic priority of AOU of increasing new student numbers.
Course Code |
M812-B |
Course Title |
Digital Forensics B |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M812- Digital Forensics (A & B) will help students understand how to conduct investigations to correctly gather, analyse and present digital evidence to both business and legal audiences.
Digital evidence features in just about every part of our personal and business lives. Legal and business decisions hinge on having timely data about what people have actually done. M812 (A& B) covers a gap in the Middle Eastern (ME) market for courses in the subject of Computer Digital Forensics. M812 actually has a role to play in seeking to refresh and invigorate the curriculum of PG Computing and thereby increase the University’s market share. This course will address the strategic priority of AOU of increasing new student numbers. |
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with a broad and practical introduction to the fundamentals of digital forensics, including how general forensic principles and techniques apply to digital investigations
- Provide students with sufficient knowledge to be able to conduct digital investigation procedures, and skills including evidence handling, note taking and report writing
- Provide students with an understanding of how to keep up to date with changing technologies, laws and regulations in digital forensics
- Guide students through English and Welsh civil and criminal laws particularly relevant to digital forensic investigations and teach them how to find the law in other jurisdictions (national and international)
- Present students with the principles of legal report writing
- Provide students with an opportunity to answer questions from reviewers of the legal report orally
- Equip students with resources to access templates and documents from professional bodies and industrial practices, and stay at the leading edge of digital forensics.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Describe how to collect and safely store digital forensic evidence and ensure its integrity to a criminal evidence standard using appropriate concepts, tools, techniques and methods for a given situation.
- Define how operating system, application software and user controlled behaviours as well as the actions of other investigators can affect the results of an investigation and how these effects can be minimised or avoided.
- Describe the storage formats and basic physical and logical characteristics of modern computing hardware, software and networks sufficient to identify where forensic artefacts may be found. Identify the rights and responsibilities of all of the parties in a digital forensics investigation, the range of commercial and open source digital forensic tools available and how to find and evaluate new tools.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
- Critically evaluate digital forensic tools and describe their applicability and limitations.
- Assess the risks of new digital technologies and describe the attributes of a tool required to complete a forensic examination on it.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply the development in new digital forensics technology including the identification of limitations and risks in applying the new technique and the associated new legal issues with respect to the cultural and ethnical impact and societal/business needs.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Demonstrate good oral and written communication skills appropriate for reporting and defending digital forensics results to both legal and business audiences.
- Reporting and defending digital forensics results to both legal and business audiences using evidence instead of subjective opinions, even in the presence of incomplete information.
- Demonstrate the use of digital forensic imaging and analysis tools and scientific methods as part of a larger investigation.
- Demonstrate working with others to collect and analyze digital forensic data.
|
M813-A Software Development- Part A
(4) Credit Hours
This module gives the students the fundamental knowledge, understanding, analysis and synthesis that they need to develop fit-for-purpose software in an organisational context. Students will also have an opportunity to investigate emerging trends in software development.
Course Code |
M813-A |
Course Title |
Software Development- Part A |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module gives the students the fundamental knowledge, understanding, analysis and synthesis that they need to develop fit-for-purpose software in an organisational context. Students will also have an opportunity to investigate emerging trends in software development. |
Course Objectives |
M813-Part A is the first part of the M813 course, a core module of the MSc award in Computing/ software development. M813 aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop software in accordance with current professional practice, approaches and techniques. In particular, it aims to: - teach students a variety of fundamental techniques for software development across the software life-cycle, and to provide practice in the use of these techniques
- give students enough knowledge to be able to choose between different development techniques appropriate for a software development context
- make students aware of design and technology trade-offs involved in developing enterprise software systems
- enable students to evaluate current software development practices
- give students an understanding of current and emerging issues in software development
- give students the research skills needed to stay at the leading edge of software development.
This course is a pre-requisite to the M813-part B where the focus is on the testing, software architectures and system integration.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to have the knowledge and understanding of the following:
- Identify the scope and domain of business problems, including the importance of stakeholders.
- Define the essential principles and practice associated with requirements and domain analysis.
- Describe the techniques and technologies of using systems integration to construct software.
- Identify the concepts and techniques associated with software validation, verification and testing.
- Describe the important crosscutting concepts such as modelling and reuse.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Analyse a business problem and identify the requirements for the computer software that could be part of the solution to the problem.
- Apply object-oriented analysis and design techniques to given requirements with an appropriate use of UML.
- Develop strategies for the validation and verification of software systems.
- Evaluate different approaches to software development and justify a chosen approach.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Apply the principles, concepts and techniques taught in the module in the development of software in the workplace.
- Extend the concepts and techniques taught in the module to more open-ended software development problems.
- Situate novel software development techniques within established software development practices.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning in the context of professional practice.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Discuss competently a variety of topics related to software development technologies and practice.
- Provide appropriate, effective documentation throughout software development.
- Critically evaluate information about the development of software systems from a variety of sources
|
M813-B Software Development-Part B
(4) Credit Hours
This module gives the students the fundamental knowledge, understanding, analysis and synthesis that they need to practice the principles of software design and construction via patterns. Also, it provides the students with the required skills to understand, compare, use and apply diverse software architectures in the context of enterprise.
Course Code |
M813-B |
Course Title |
Software Development-Part B |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module gives the students the fundamental knowledge, understanding, analysis and synthesis that they need to practice the principles of software design and construction via patterns. Also, it provides the students with the required skills to understand, compare, use and apply diverse software architectures in the context of enterprise. |
Course Objectives |
M813-Part B is the second part of the M813 course, a core module of the MSc award in Computing / software development. M813 aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop software in accordance with current professional practice, approaches and techniques. In particular, it aims to: - teach students a variety of fundamental techniques for software development across the software life-cycle, and to provide practice in the use of these techniques
- give students enough knowledge to be able to choose between different development techniques appropriate for a software development context
- make students aware of design and technology trade-offs involved in developing enterprise software systems
- enable students to evaluate current software development practices
- give students an understanding of current and emerging issues in software development
- give students the research skills needed to stay at the leading edge of software development.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to have the knowledge and understanding of the: - Identify alternative methods of software design and construction..
- Define principles and techniques of object-oriented analysis, design and construction
- Identify techniques and technologies of using systems integration to construct software.
- Define the important crosscutting concepts such as modelling and reuse.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Analyse a business problem and identify the requirements for the computer software that could be part of the solution to the problem.
- Develop strategies for the validation and verification of software systems.
- Evaluate different approaches to software development and justify a chosen approach.
- Apply software development techniques and technologies to solve given business problems.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Extend the concepts and techniques taught in the module to more open-ended software development problems.
- Situate novel software development techniques within established software development practices.
- Demonstrate awareness of a variety of software development tools used in industry and their intended use.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning in the context of professional practice.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Discuss competently a variety of topics related to software development technologies and practice.
- Provide appropriate, effective documentation throughout software development.
- Critically evaluate information about the development of software systems from a variety of sources.
|
M814-A Software Engineering – Part A
(4) Credit Hours
This module explores the advanced concepts and techniques used throughout the software life cycle, for the effective production and management of large, complex, and long-lived software systems. It provides a holistic perspective of technical and non-technical factors involved in developing useful and safe software systems in complex social and organisational contexts. Student will gain hands-on experience of software engineering practices, in both individual and team-working contexts.
M813 (A & B) and M814 (A & B) modules in combination provide a coherent coverage of basic and advanced topics in Software Engineering.
Course Code |
M814-A |
Course Title |
Software Engineering – Part A |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module explores the advanced concepts and techniques used throughout the software life cycle, for the effective production and management of large, complex, and long-lived software systems. It provides a holistic perspective of technical and non-technical factors involved in developing useful and safe software systems in complex social and organisational contexts. Student will gain hands-on experience of software engineering practices, in both individual and team-working contexts.
M813 (A & B) and M814 (A & B) modules in combination provide a coherent coverage of basic and advanced topics in Software Engineering. |
Course Objectives |
M814-Part A is the first part of the M814 course, a core module of the MSc award in Computing/ software development. M813 aims to provide students with a holistic perspective of technical and non-technical factors involved in developing useful and safe software systems in complex social and organisational contexts. In particular it aims to: - Make students aware of current issues, key concepts, terminology and techniques in software engineering
- Enable students to apply, evaluate and compare key principles, concepts and techniques in software engineering
- Enable students to discuss competently a variety of topics related to software engineering
- provide a system perspective to students by examining software's role in organizations from human, social, knowledge, business, and domain problem (requirements) perspectives.
- provide students an in-depth exploration of the requirements engineering process
- give students an understanding of current and emerging issues in software engineering
- give student the research skills needed to stay at the leading edge of software engineering.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define advanced concepts and techniques for requirements engineering, software maintenance and software configuration management.
- Identify different processes for organising software engineering activities.
- Describe Social, economic, legal and regulatory context in which software is developed and deployed.
- Identify issues relating to ethical and professional conduct for software engineers.
- Define the basic concepts and techniques of software project management.
- Define the principles of managing risk in software engineering projects.
- Identify the software engineering standards and related frameworks, including those for quality management.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Compare and evaluate different software engineering methods and approaches.
- Apply chosen software engineering methods and approaches to new situations.
- Choose and justify an appropriate strategy for organising software engineering activities.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Critically evaluate software engineering and project management practices, justify and apply chosen techniques the development of industrial software.
- Understand the applicability of professional codes of practice and conduct to identify and analyse ethical issues that arise in software engineering practice.
- Demonstrate an awareness of key regulations and laws that are relevant to software development and use.
- Appraise new developments in software technologies and software engineering practice, situating them within established software development practices.
- Demonstrate awareness of a variety of software development tools used in industry and their intended use.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: - Formulate solutions to novel problems using software engineering tools and techniques.
- Communicate ideas and solutions in writing, using standard conventions of software engineering.
- Critically appraise information on software engineering that is expressed in different styles, including new developments that are described in research papers.
|
M814-B Software Engineering – B
(4) Credit Hours
This module explores the advanced concepts and techniques used throughout the software life cycle, for the effective production and management of large, complex, and long-lived software systems. It provides a holistic perspective of technical and non-technical factors involved in developing useful and safe software systems in complex social and organisational contexts. Student will gain hands-on experience of software engineering practices, in both individual and team-working contexts.
M813 (A & B) and M814 (A & B) modules in combination provide a coherent coverage of basic and advanced topics in Software Engineering.
Course Code |
M814-B |
Course Title |
Software Engineering – B |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module explores the advanced concepts and techniques used throughout the software life cycle, for the effective production and management of large, complex, and long-lived software systems. It provides a holistic perspective of technical and non-technical factors involved in developing useful and safe software systems in complex social and organisational contexts. Student will gain hands-on experience of software engineering practices, in both individual and team-working contexts.
M813 (A & B) and M814 (A & B) modules in combination provide a coherent coverage of basic and advanced topics in Software Engineering. |
Course Objectives |
M814-Part B is the second part of the M814 course, a core module of the MSc award in Computing/ software development. M813 aims to provide students with a holistic perspective of technical and non-technical factors involved in developing useful and safe software systems in complex social and organisational contexts. In particular it aims to: - Make students aware of current issues, key concepts, terminology and techniques in software engineering
- Enable students to apply, evaluate and compare key principles, concepts and techniques in software engineering
- Enable students to discuss competently a variety of topics related to software engineering
- provide a system perspective to students by examining software's role in organizations from human, social, knowledge, business, and domain problem (requirements) perspectives.
- provide students an in-depth exploration of the requirements engineering process
- give students an understanding of current and emerging issues in software engineering
- give student the research skills needed to stay at the leading edge of software engineering.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Define advanced concepts and techniques for requirements engineering, software maintenance and software configuration management.
- Identify different processes for organising software engineering activities.
- Describe Social, economic, legal and regulatory context in which software is developed and deployed.
- Identify issues relating to ethical and professional conduct for software engineers.
- Describe basic concepts and techniques of software project management.
- Define principles of managing risk in software engineering projects.
- Identify software engineering standards and related frameworks, including those for quality management.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: - Compare and evaluate different software engineering methods and approaches.
- Apply chosen software engineering methods and approaches to new situations.
- Choose and justify an appropriate strategy for organising software engineering activities.
- Apply a variety of techniques for requirements elicitation to new situations, synthesising and reconciling the requirements of different stakeholders
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Critically evaluate software engineering and project management practices, justify and apply chosen techniques the development of industrial software.
- Understand the applicability of professional codes of practice and conduct to identify and analyse ethical issues that arise in software engineering practice.
- Demonstrate an awareness of key regulations and laws that are relevant to software development and use.
- Appraise new developments in software technologies and software engineering practice, situating them within established software development practices.
- Demonstrate awareness of a variety of software development tools used in industry and their intended use.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
- Formulate solutions to novel problems using software engineering tools and techniques.
- Communicate ideas and solutions in writing, using standard conventions of software engineering.
- Critically appraise information on software engineering that is expressed in different styles, including new developments that are described in research papers.
- Work Collaboratively on different software engineering activities
|
M815-A Project Management-A
(4) Credit Hours
This course will introduce students to the basic concepts of project management. It’s suitable for people in any field of work but especially one that has a high technological content. Students will study about project lifecycle concepts, feasibility studies, evaluating/developing project proposals and success factors. Students will also study about various project frameworks including agile project management.
Course Code |
M815-A |
Course Title |
Project Management-A |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course will introduce students to the basic concepts of project management. It’s suitable for people in any field of work but especially one that has a high technological content. Students will study about project lifecycle concepts, feasibility studies, evaluating/developing project proposals and success factors. Students will also study about various project frameworks including agile project management.
|
Course Objectives |
This main aim of this module is to introduce students to the basic concepts of Project Management methods and techniques across the standard and extended lifecycle. Students will be taught about various project concepts and definitions. Emphasis will be placed on - Finding and using information from a range of sources, selecting those that are appropriate for the context;
- Reviewing and learning from experience of self and others;
- Skills for effective communication with stakeholders, together with communication and collaboration within the project team.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Define the basic concepts related to project management, project proposals and frameworks.
- Describe the concepts and theories associated with the lifecycle of projects, including initiation, planning, requirements and project administration.
- Describe the various techniques in standard project management methodologies, such as Prince2; International Standards relating to Project Management and Methods and techniques for project management as articulated in Body of Knowledge of national and international professional bodies
- Describe in detail the tendering and contracting.
B. Cognitive skills
- Investigate,
analyze, evaluate and synthesize information relating to project management
from a range of appropriate sources.
- Ability to integrate knowledge and information from various sources and to use this in investigating project management issues and develop responses to those issues.
- Awareness of resource scheduling concepts, Gantt charts and network diagrams.
C. Practical and
professional skills - Select the most appropriate methods and techniques throughout the project lifecycle. Identify issues and make recommendations to support the successful completion of projects.
- Recognise and respond to opportunities for improvement and innovation in a project management context.
- Awareness of the professional, legal and ethical frameworks for project managers.
D. Key transferable skills
- Communicate effectively with technical and non-technical audiences using written, numerical and graphical presentations as appropriate.
- Produce analyses of situations and identify appropriate techniques to ensure the successful completion of projects, taking resource constraints into account.
- Draw lessons from recognised published sources and own experience in problem solving and decision making
- Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback
|
M815-B Project Management-B
(4) Credit Hours
This course will equip students with general project management skills to help them to deal with problems that can occur during undertaking of projects. It’s suitable for people in any field of work but especially one that has a high technological content. Students will study about project execution, risk analysis, Project monitoring and control. Students will also study about project handover, closure and techniques and tools needed to perform project management.
Course Code |
M815-B |
Course Title |
Project Management-B |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course will equip students with general project management skills to help them to deal with problems that can occur during undertaking of projects. It’s suitable for people in any field of work but especially one that has a high technological content. Students will study about project execution, risk analysis, Project monitoring and control. Students will also study about project handover, closure and techniques and tools needed to perform project management. |
Course Objectives |
This main aim of this module is to develop effective professional project management practitioners through rigorous teaching of Project Management methods and techniques across the standard and extended lifecycle. Students will be taught how to analyse data and situations, select appropriate techniques and apply them in a technological project management context. Emphasis will be placed on - Finding and using information from a range of sources, selecting those that are appropriate for the context;
- Reviewing and learning from experience of self and others;
- Skills for effective communication with stakeholders, together with communication and collaboration within the project team.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Define the skills and techniques required by project management professionals working on technological projects.
- Describe concepts and techniques associated with project execution, monitoring and control.
- Describe in detail the project closure, review and project handover.
B. Cognitive skills
- Investigate, analyze, think critically, evaluate and synthesize information relating to project management from a range of appropriate sources.
- Ability to integrate knowledge and information from various sources and to use this in investigating complex project management issues and develop responses to those issues.
- Awareness of software tools for project management and factors which influence the choice of tools and effectiveness of tools.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Select the most appropriate methods and techniques throughout the project lifecycle. Identify issues and make recommendations to support the successful completion of projects.
- Recognise and respond to opportunities for improvement and innovation in a project management context.
- Awareness of the professional, legal and ethical frameworks for project managers.
D. Key transferable skills
- Communicate effectively with technical and non-technical audiences using written, numerical and graphical presentations as appropriate.
- Produce detailed analyses of situations and identify appropriate techniques to ensure the successful completion of projects, taking resource constraints into account.
- Draw lessons from recognised published sources and own experience in problem solving and decision making
- Work independently, reflecting on own actions and thoughts, and making effective use of constructive feedback
|
M816-A Data Management-A
(4) Credit Hours
M816 (A & B) covers the data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation’s data asset. Students will acquire practical skills in data, database, repository (meta-data) and business intelligence administration.
Course Code |
M816-A |
Course Title |
Data Management-A |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M816 (A & B) covers the data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation’s data asset. Students will acquire practical skills in data, database, repository (meta-data) and business intelligence administration. |
Course Objectives |
M816 (A & B) aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop data management policies, procedures and systems in accordance with current professional practice, approaches and techniques. In particular, it aims to: - teach students a variety of principles, practices and technologies for data management across the data life-cycle
- give students the ability to evaluate current practices in data management
- give student an understanding of current and emerging issues in data management
- give students the research skills you need to stay at the leading edge of data management
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation's data asset.
- Concepts and techniques associated with data, database, repository and business intelligence administration.
- Issues relating to ethical and professional conduct for data administrators.
- Concepts and techniques associated with data integrity, security, quality and recovery.
- Issues and technologies associated with the use of databases to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications.
B. Cognitive skills
- Analyse an organisation's data asset, and develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of the data asset.
- Apply techniques associated with data, database, repository and business intelligence administration.
- Choose and justify appropriate strategies for data integrity, security, quality and recovery.
- Evaluate different approaches to using databases to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications.
- Choose and justify appropriate techniques and technologies to develop database
C. Practical and
professional skills
- Apply the data management principles, practices and technologies taught in the module to develop policies, procedures and systems for managing data resources in the workplace.
- Practise basic data, database, repository and business intelligence administration skills in the workplace.
- Critically evaluate developments in data management practices and technologies.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to data management policies, procedures and technologies.
- Critically evaluate information about data management from a variety of sources.
- Communicate effectively in writing about approaches to managing data.
|
M816-B Data Management-B
(4) Credit Hours
M816 (A & B) covers the data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation’s data asset. Students will acquire practical skills in data, database, repository (meta-data) and business intelligence administration.
Course Code |
M816-B |
Course Title |
Data Management-B |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M816 (A & B) covers the data management principles, practices and technologies required to develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of an organisation’s data asset. Students will acquire practical skills in data, database, repository (meta-data) and business intelligence administration. |
Course Objectives |
M816 (A & B) aims to provide the skills and knowledge necessary to develop data management policies, procedures and systems in accordance with current professional practice, approaches and techniques. In particular, it aims to: - teach students a variety of principles, practices and technologies for data management across the data life-cycle
- give students the ability to evaluate current practices in data management
- give student an understanding of current and emerging issues in data management
- give students the research skills you need to stay at the leading edge of data management
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Concepts and techniques associated with data integrity, security, quality and recovery.
- Issues relating to distributed and cloud databases.
- Concepts and techniques associated with data warehousing: data extraction, change detection and propagation, data cleaning, data integration, and view selection, maintenance and use.
- Principle data mining techniques and their application.
- Issues and technologies associated with 'Big data'.
B. Cognitive skills
- Analyse an organisation's data asset, and develop policies, procedures and systems that control, protect, deliver and enhance the value of the data asset.
- Apply techniques associated with data, database, repository and business intelligence administration.
- Choose and justify appropriate strategies for data integrity, security, quality and recovery.
- Evaluate different approaches to using databases to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications.
- Choose and justify appropriate techniques and technologies to develop database and data warehouse systems.
C. Practical and
professional skills
- Apply the data management principles, practices and technologies taught in the module to develop policies, procedures and systems for managing data resources in the workplace.
- Practise basic data, database, repository and business intelligence administration skills in the workplace.
- Critically evaluate developments in data management practices and technologies.
- Develop a reflective approach to learning.
D. Key transferable
skills
- Discuss competently a variety of topics related to data management policies, procedures and technologies.
- Critically evaluate information about data management from a variety of sources.
- Communicate effectively in writing about approaches to managing data.
|
M888 Databases in Enterprise systems
(4) Credit Hours
M888 is a new course and forms part of the regular refreshment of the Postgraduate ICT & Computing curriculum, one of a group of courses focussing on software development.
M888 will describe how relational databases are employed to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications. Topics will include databases APIs (ODBC, JDBC), persistence frameworks (Java EE, .NET), SQL/J and web application frameworks (ASP.NET, PHP). The course will ‘follow-on’ from M885 (Analysis and
Design of Enterprise Systems) but also requires knowledge of databases gained by studying M876 (Relational Database Systems). The course will use the same case studies as M885.
The course is intended for system architects rather than programmers. The focus of the course will be the fundamentals of the various technologies taught by the course and their associated issues. Like M885, course text and TMA questions will be ‘paper and pencil’ exercises based on the case studies. The course text will also develop outline implementations to satisfy given requirements and the course will also provide an opportunity to students, if they wish, to engage in optional programming activities to deploy the outline implementations developed.
M888 will be presented fully online within the VLE. There will be no printed texts; all the materials needed to undertake this course will be made available from the course website, both online and downloadable as PDFs. We plan to make extensive use of OU Library, both journal articles and books, in particular, Safari Online Books.
We plan to present the course as a Study Guide comprising a series of weekly study notes, each of which give an overview/review and self-assessment of a topic. Each study note will direct students to essential and optional reading of articles/books, mainly via the Library and vendors’ websites. We intend to keep the course up-to-date/relevant and respond to student
Course Code |
M888 |
Course Title |
Databases in Enterprise systems |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
M888 is a new course and forms part of the regular refreshment of the Postgraduate ICT & Computing curriculum, one of a group of courses focussing on software development.
M888 will describe how relational databases are employed to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications. Topics will include databases APIs (ODBC, JDBC), persistence frameworks (Java EE, .NET), SQL/J and web application frameworks (ASP.NET, PHP). The course will ‘follow-on’ from M885 (Analysis and
Design of Enterprise Systems) but also requires knowledge of databases gained by studying M876 (Relational Database Systems). The course will use the same case studies as M885.
The course is intended for system architects rather than programmers. The focus of the course will be the fundamentals of the various technologies taught by the course and their associated issues. Like M885, course text and TMA questions will be ‘paper and pencil’ exercises based on the case studies. The course text will also develop outline implementations to satisfy given requirements and the course will also provide an opportunity to students, if they wish, to engage in optional programming activities to deploy the outline implementations developed.
M888 will be presented fully online within the VLE. There will be no printed texts; all the materials needed to undertake this course will be made available from the course website, both online and downloadable as PDFs. We plan to make extensive use of OU Library, both journal articles and books, in particular, Safari Online Books.
We plan to present the course as a Study Guide comprising a series of weekly study notes, each of which give an overview/review and self-assessment of a topic. Each study note will direct students to essential and optional reading of articles/books, mainly via the Library and vendors’ websites. We intend to keep the course up-to-date/relevant and respond to student |
Course Objectives |
- To acquaint students with the concept of transparent persistence and the use of persistence frameworks.
- To provide students with an understanding of how the services provided by DBMSs are made available through APIs and persistence frameworks.
- To acquaint students with the need for object-relational mapping, how it is achieved, and the criteria to select the appropriate approach to use in a particular situation.
- To acquaint students with how SQL supports Java technologies.
- To acquaint students with web application frameworks.
After completing the course, the student will be able to: - Explain the concept of transparent persistence and the use of persistence frameworks.
- Describe how the services provided by DBMSs are made available through APIs and persistence frameworks.
- Explain the need for object-relational mapping, describe how it is achieved, and select the appropriate approach to use in a particular situation.
- Apply design patterns and persistence frameworks during the development of a software system.
- Apply the principles, concepts and techniques of the course in the use of database APIs and persistence frameworks to manage shared persistent data in software systems in the workplace.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding
Students will be able to: - Describe how relational databases are employed to maintain persistent data in software systems including web applications.
- Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of transparent persistence and the use of persistence frameworks such as those provided by Java EE and .NET.
- Describe how DBMS services are made available through persistence frameworks via APIs such as ODBC and JDBC.
- Explain the need for object-relational mapping, describe how it is achieved, and select the appropriate approach to use in a particular situation.
B. Cognitive skills
Students will be able to: - Analyse the requirements for the management of shared persistent data in software systems.
- Apply design patterns and persistence frameworks during the development of a software system.
C. Practical and
professional skills
Students will be able to: - Apply the principles, concepts and techniques of the course in the use of database APIs and persistence frameworks to manage shared persistent data in software systems in the workplace.
D.
Key transferable skills
After completing the module, you should be able to: - learn through the use of online resources – articles, journal papers and books;
- critically evaluate information from a variety of sources on the management of shared persistent data in software systems;
- communicate effectively in writing about approaches to managing shared persistent data in software systems.
|
M890 Artificial Intelligence Algorithms
(4) Credit Hours
Nature can be a great source of inspiration for artificial intelligence algorithms because its technology is considerably more advanced than our own. Among its wonders are strong AI, nanotechnology, and advanced robotics. Nature can therefore serve as a guide for real-life problem solving. In this course, you will encounter algorithms influenced by ants, bees, genomes, birds, and cells that provide practical methods for many types of AI situations. The complex behaviors in nature merely provide inspiration in our quest to gain new insights about data.
Course Code |
M890 |
Course Title |
Artificial Intelligence Algorithms |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Nature can be a great source of inspiration for artificial intelligence algorithms because its technology is considerably more advanced than our own. Among its wonders are strong AI, nanotechnology, and advanced robotics. Nature can therefore serve as a guide for real-life problem solving. In this course, you will encounter algorithms influenced by ants, bees, genomes, birds, and cells that provide practical methods for many types of AI situations. The complex behaviors in nature merely provide inspiration in our quest to gain new insights about data. |
Course Objectives |
Having studied this course you will: - Understand the basic principles of nature inspired AI algorithms.
- Deeply understand the concepts of populations, scoring and selections.
- Develop deep understanding of Evolutionary and Genetic algorithms.
- Deeply understand Particle Swarm Optimisation and Ant colony optimisation.
- Develop understanding of Cellular Automata, Modelling and Data Science.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding - Describe the principles and techniques of Artificial Intelligence.
- Identify the various AI algorithms and their applications in intelligent software development.
- Identify the nature inspired AI algorithms and techniques.
- The current research problems and cutting edge developments of artificial intelligence areas.
B. Cognitive skills
- Integrate knowledge and skills from different AI techniques into coherent whole, making the appropriate abstractions.
- Critically evaluate a range of possible options or solutions using appropriate proven methods.
- Demonstrate competence, creativity and innovation in solving unfamiliar problems
- Deal with complex intelligent algorithms design issues in the absence of complete data
- Demonstrate self-direction and originality in tackling and solving research problems related to artificial intelligence.
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon own work to technical and non-technical audiences.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Select and apply relevant knowledge and skills to solve real world problems by implementing selected AI and machine learning algorithms.
- Identify and make effective and systematic use of a range of suitable techniques for developing solutions to complex data and analytical problems
- Create relevant software solutions for computational intelligence methods applicable to real world problems demonstrating business aptitude, curiosity and entrepreneurship.
D. Key transferable skills
- Retrieve and manipulate information
- Communicate clearly knowledge, ideas, and conclusions about intelligent systems using appropriate media, for specialist and non-specialist audiences.
- Develop problem-solving skills and apply them independently to professional or equivalent level tasks/projects/functions.
|
MS102 Physics
(3) Credit Hours
An understanding of the physical phenomena underlying the operation of devices involved in information processing and transmission can lead to better understanding of those devices. In addition, software developers of computer games frequently require knowledge of the behavior of physical objects in order to produce realistic games. Finally, as a fundamental science, a good understanding of physics and its techniques will help students develop a better understanding of nature and how to approach studying it. The module has implicit links to computer communication and software development modules, in addition to the final year project.
Course Code |
MS102 |
Course Title |
Physics |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
An understanding of the physical phenomena underlying the operation of devices involved in information processing and transmission can lead to better understanding of those devices. In addition, software developers of computer games frequently require knowledge of the behavior of physical objects in order to produce realistic games. Finally, as a fundamental science, a good understanding of physics and its techniques will help students develop a better understanding of nature and how to approach studying it. The module has implicit links to computer communication and software development modules, in addition to the final year project. |
Course Objectives |
- To impart knowledge and understanding of fundamental concepts of physics likely to be needed by the students for later modules and future careers.
- To develop an appreciation of physics' tools and techniques for understanding the real world.
- To develop transferrable problem-solving skills that can be applied in other areas.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Explain the various important units of physics and the concept of dimensional analysis and the representation and manipulation of physical quantities
- Outline the laws of classical mechanics
- Contrast and differentiate among the different types of waves and summarize their properties
- Explain electric forces and fields and summarize their properties
- Illustrate and explain basic passive electric circuits
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Identify concepts and quantities in physics precisely beyond what is used in everyday language.
- Apply strategies for solving problems in physics in different situations.
- Use vector algebra to the study of mechanics in two dimensions.
- Analyze passive electric circuits.
- Analyze wave propagation in different materials.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Use and interpret different types of graphs to display the relationship between variables
- Analyze the forces of static and dynamic bodies in simple mechanical systems
- Calculate the velocity and acceleration of bodies in different types of plane motion
- Determine basic parameters of waves propagating in different materials
- Calculate voltages and currents in passive electric circuits
D. Key transferable skills
Use the learning Management System (LMS) effectively to improve own learning performance. - Demonstrate active participation and contribution to classroom discussions.
- Improve own learning and performance through self-reflection.
- Demonstrate effective communicate about technical matters.
|
MST129 Applied Calculus
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces some fundamental topics of differential and integral calculus, with an emphasis on applications. Among the topics covered are functions (including exponential and logarithmic), limits, the concept of derivative, computing the derivative, maxima and minima of functions, and integration. Emphasis will be placed upon the use of calculus in defining and solving problems from areas including computing, data science and natural sciences
Course Code |
MST129 |
Course Title |
Applied Calculus |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module introduces some fundamental topics of differential and integral calculus, with an emphasis on applications. Among the topics covered are functions (including exponential and logarithmic), limits, the concept of derivative, computing the derivative, maxima and minima of functions, and integration. Emphasis will be placed upon the use of calculus in defining and solving problems from areas including computing, data science and natural sciences
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Provide the knowledge of elementary functions to calculus concepts for students in all of the ITC programs.
• Use mathematical techniques to find solutions to simple optimization problems.
• Increase academic proficiency in expression of mathematical solutions.
• Introduce definition of the derivative and make students acquainted with computing the derivative of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
• Make students acquainted with evaluating the integrals of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
• Introduces applications of integrals such as area, average value of a function.
• Enable students to compute the partial derivatives of several variable functions.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MST224 Mathematical methods
(8) Credit Hours
This module introduces a variety of mathematical methods, which are used in modelling through their application to solving real world problems. These methods include first and second order differential equations, calculus of functions of several variables, vector calculus, Fourier series and partial differential equations. The module gives a good foundation for higher-level study and is essential preparation for most level 2 and level 3 mathematics and statistics modules. The module needs a sound knowledge of algebra, trigonometry, calculus, linear algebra, and geometry as provided by the appropriate level 1 study.
Course Code |
MST224 |
Course Title |
Mathematical methods |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module introduces a variety of mathematical methods, which are used in modelling through their application to solving real world problems. These methods include first and second order differential equations, calculus of functions of several variables, vector calculus, Fourier series and partial differential equations. The module gives a good foundation for higher-level study and is essential preparation for most level 2 and level 3 mathematics and statistics modules. The module needs a sound knowledge of algebra, trigonometry, calculus, linear algebra, and geometry as provided by the appropriate level 1 study.
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Enable students to work with a variety of applications, using appropriate models, and analyse the validity of the solutions obtained.
• Introduce ODEs and discuss graphical, numerical, and analytical solution methods.
• Provide the understanding of existence and uniqueness of solutions of ODEs.
• Visualise functions of several variables and introduce periodic functions.
• Compute the partial derivatives, the gradient vector, line integrals of vector functions, classifying stationary points and Fourier coefficients.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A.1. Solve a constant coefficient second order linear
initial value problem with driving term exponential
time’s polynomial. A.2. Perform calculus operations on vector-valued
functions, including derivatives, integrals, curvature,
displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion. A.3. Compute Fourier coefficients, and find periodic
solutions of linear ODEs by means of Fourier series.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B.1. Judge if the results of ODEs solutions are
reasonable, and then interpret and clearly
communicate the results. B.2. Think critically by setting up and solving application
problems involving double and triple integrals. B.3. Demonstrate ability to think effectively to interpret
and use functions of several variables.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C.1. Utilize Delta functions to model abrupt phenomena,
compute the unit impulse response, and express the
system response to a general signal by means of the
convolution integral. C.2. Locate and use information to solve calculus
problems in several variables. C.3. Competence in solving problems related to vectors in
2- and 3- dimensions and their applications. C.4. Work effectively with others to complete homework
and class assignments. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D.1. Analyse real world scenarios to recognize when
ordinary differential equations (ODEs) or systems of
ODEs are appropriate. D.2. Demonstrate the ability to communicate with
colleagues on the topics of ODEs and systems of
ODEs D.3. Formulate problems about the scenarios, creatively
model these scenarios (using technology, if
appropriate) in order to solve the problems using
multiple approaches. D.4. Apply the computational and conceptual principles
of calculus to the solutions of real-world problems. D.5. Recognize ODEs and system of ODEs concepts that
are encountered in the real world, understand and be able to communicate the underlying mathematics involved to help another person gain
insight into the situation
|
MT110 Software Print Design
(4) Credit Hours
This studio course is composed of two parts, starting with a basic exposure to computer platforms and the primary software used in computer graphics application. The first part addresses the basics of generating and manipulating images using digital media, and covers monochrome patterns, control and mix of colours, raster images, scanning, pixel, and vector graphics. The second part introduces the basic concepts of two-dimensional design, in which vectors drawing properties are explored. A range of print-based media is addressed from computer-driven technologies including photo manipulation.
Course Code |
MT110 |
Course Title |
Software Print Design |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This studio course is composed of two parts, starting with a basic exposure to computer platforms and the primary software used in computer graphics application. The first part addresses the basics of generating and manipulating images using digital media, and covers monochrome patterns, control and mix of colours, raster images, scanning, pixel, and vector graphics. The second part introduces the basic concepts of two-dimensional design, in which vectors drawing properties are explored. A range of print-based media is addressed from computer-driven technologies including photo manipulation.
|
Course Objectives |
The aims of the course in context are: - Provide basic understanding of graphics software literacy.
- Gain a fundamental knowledge of Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Indesign software.
- Learn the difference between vector and raster design.
- Give exposure to digital media in relation to print design.
- Enrich students' analytical thinking and design problem solving capacities through digital media.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Provide basic understanding of graphics software literacy.
- Give students exposure to digital media in relation to various print design applications.
- Learn the difference between vector and raster design.
- Gain a fundamental
knowledge of Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Indesign software.
B. Cognitive skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Enrich students' analytical thinking and design problem solving capacities.
- Acquire the understanding that software are digital aided tools meant to fulfil predefined designs and concepts.
- Acquire the skill to make use of all the digital aided software to execute a design.
- Research data and information from various sources to analyse, and present them in an appropriate and clear manner.
C. Practical and professional skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Learn the difference between vector and raster design.
- Image manipulation, correction, and retouch.
- Use of color text and shapes.
- Using tools.
- Preparing a file for print publication.
D. Key transferable skills
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Translate verbal meanings into design forms, by using different materials and methodologies.
- Offer constructive feedback to their classmates.
- Design, illustrate, and complete individual projects for various purposes and audience in effective and creative manner.
- Display finished work in a professional manner.
|
MT120 Software screen design
(4) Credit Hours
This course trains the student on the advanced technologies needed to use reliable programs in the world of production and is complementary to what they have previously studied of the technical programs. It also opens the door to become an artist with comprehensive experience which would qualify him or her to be part of the work teams in media and technical organizations
Course Code |
MT120 |
Course Title |
Software screen design |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course trains the student on the advanced technologies needed to use reliable programs in the world of production and is complementary to what they have previously studied of the technical programs. It also opens the door to become an artist with comprehensive experience which would qualify him or her to be part of the work teams in media and technical organizations
|
Course Objectives |
This course provides a thorough overview of the interface, tools, features, and production flow for using Premiere Pro. The course is an ideal combination of instructor-led demonstration and hands-on practice for getting to know this revolutionary nonlinear video-editing application. The course focuses on the basic editing functions while familiarizing the students with the user interface. It also allows them to use Premiere Pro's powerful real-time video and audio editing tools to give them precise control over virtually every aspect of the production.
The second part of the course is full hands-on practice of Adobe after effects which would allow the students to deliver cinematic, visual effects and motion graphics faster than ever before with new Global Performance Cache, extend their creativity with built-in text and shape extrusion, new mask feathering options, and get into motion graphics.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding
On completion of the course students will be able to: - Be familiar with the standard digital video workflow
- Enhance the workflow with high-level features
- Incorporate Adobe® Creative Cloud into the post production workflow
- Understand the Adobe Creative Cloud workflow
- Have a good understanding of the Nonlinear editing workflow in Premiere Pro CC
- Be familiar with the interface, tools, features, and production flow for Premiere Pro CC and all other production applications from Adobe.
- Know a powerful real-time video and audio editing tools that gives precise control over virtually every aspect of any production.
- Freely combine any type of video media, from video shot on a phone to raw 5K.
- Perform an advanced editing techniques
- Add video effects and transitions to the production.
- Have a good understanding of color grading and color correction with adobe premiere pro CC.
- Have a good understanding and practice of the compositing techniques
- Know exporting techniques
B. Cognitive skills
- Creating a storyboard (i.e. a visual map for your digital video project).
- Importing multimedia elements into a digital video project.
- Adding multimedia elements to the timeline.
- Splitting/cutting video clips.
- Extending frame rate duration of video/picture portions.
- Combining/joining different video clips.
- Synchronizing audio clips with a recorded video lesson.
- Changing videos appearance using video effects and transitions.
- Publishing videos in a format playable in media players.
- Understand the Fundamentals of Motion Graphics
- Getting to Know the Workflow of Motion graphics and visual effects production
C. Practical and
professional skills
Adobe Premiere pro - Touring Adobe Premiere Pro Creative Cloud
- Setting up a Project
- Importing Media
- Organizing Media
- Mastering the Essentials of Video Editing
- Working with Clips and Markers
- Adding Transitions
- Performing Advanced Editing Techniques
- Putting Clips in Motion
- Multicamera Editing
- Editing and Mixing Audio
- Sweetening Sound
- Adding Video Effects
- Improving Clips with Color Correction and Grading
- Exploring Compositing Techniques
- Creating Titles
- Managing Your Projects
- Exporting Frames, Clips, and Sequences
After effects - Animating Text
- Working with Shape Layers
- Animating Multimedia Presentation
- Working with Masks
- Distorting Objects with the Puppet Tools
- Other Effects
- Rendering and Outputting
D. Key transferable
skills
- Cutting shot sequences into different angles at specific points in scenes; making sure each individual cuts as fluid and seamless as possible.
- Studying scripts to become familiar with Pre production-Production and post production concepts and requirements.
- Selecting and combining the most effective shots of each scene in order to form a logical and smoothly running story.
- Determining the specific audio and visual effects and music necessary to complete films.
- Verifying key numbers and time codes on materials.
- Reviewing assembled films or edited videotapes on screens or monitors in order to determine if corrections are necessary.
- Setting up and operating computer editing systems, electronic titling systems, video switching equipment, and digital video effects units in order to produce a final product.
- Recording needed sounds, or obtaining them from sound effects libraries.
- Conferring with producers and directors concerning layout or editing approaches needed to increase dramatic or entertainment value of productions.
- Manipulating plot, score, sound, and graphics to integrate the parts into a continuous whole as well as working closely with people in audio, visual, music, optical and/or special effects departments.
- Supervising and coordinating activities of workers engaged in film editing, assembling, and recording activities.
- Developing post-production models for films.
- Piecing sounds together to develop film soundtracks.
- Conducting film screenings for directors and members of production staffs.
- Collaborating with music editors to select appropriate passages of music and develop production scores.
- Discussing the sound requirements of pictures with sound effects editors.
- Informative information on how the animation is produced
|
MT129 Calculus and Probability
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces the concepts of differentiation and integration as well as some applications of differential and integral calculus. Moreover, the module offers a clear and comprehensive survey of the of data sampling, measurements of central tendency and spread, organizing and visualizing categorical and numerical data. It also includes topics in the basic probability such as events, simple probability, conditional probability, and Bayes’ rule. Finally, it provides an introduction to fundamental basis and concepts of statistical inferences, normal distribution. The module has direct links to computing, programming and communication modules, in addition to the numerical analysis module.
Course Code |
MT129 |
Course Title |
Calculus and Probability |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module introduces the concepts of differentiation and integration as well as some applications of differential and integral calculus. Moreover, the module offers a clear and comprehensive survey of the of data sampling, measurements of central tendency and spread, organizing and visualizing categorical and numerical data. It also includes topics in the basic probability such as events, simple probability, conditional probability, and Bayes’ rule. Finally, it provides an introduction to fundamental basis and concepts of statistical inferences, normal distribution. The module has direct links to computing, programming and communication modules, in addition to the numerical analysis module. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to: - Apply the knowledge of elementary functions to calculus concepts.
- To compute the derivative of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
- Evaluate the integrals of polynomials, rational, radical, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
- Introduce the terms and concept of probability, and the idea of discrete and continuous random variables.
- Ensure the understanding of mathematical expectations and moment generating functions concepts.
- Equip students with some important discrete and continuous probability distributions in technology and communication modules.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to: - Use derivative rule to find derivatives of power, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions.
- Solve simple definite and indefinite integrals.
- Use applications of differentiation and integration in sketching graphs, obtain area between curves and average value of functions.
- Define and identify random variables for any well- defined probability problems.
- Realize mathematical expectations and variances for different continuous and discrete distribution
B. Cognitive skills
Students should be able to: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the different types of elementary functions and apply their understanding of the studied functions to information systems.
- Display deep knowledge gained from the course and use it to solve optimization problems.
- Utilize knowledge gained from the course to help them to understand new unfamiliar probability distributions.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students will be able to: - Apply the practical skills gained from differential and integral calculus ITC problems.
- Cultivate the capacity to be leaders in their professional and personal communities.
- Develop some technical statistical materials; effectively present and objectively evaluate them.
- Deal with statistical computer applications such as spread sheets and MATLAB statistics toolbox.
D. Key transferable skills
Students will be able to: - Be aware of the implications of information technology in daily lives and on society as a whole, and the ability to utilize IT to communicate and solve problems.
- Use information, reasoning, and creative processes to solve problems and achieve goals.
- Implement global issues gained from module and their implications on their daily lives.
|
MT131 Discrete Mathematics
(4) Credit Hours
This is an elementary level module which introduces various topics in discrete mathematics. It offers a clear and comprehensive survey of logic operations, predicates, quantifiers, sets, functions, relations. Also, the module provides the concept of permutations, combinations and counting techniques which are needed as prerequisite in most of technology and communication modules. Moreover, the module gives some knowledge of relevant algorithmic ideas in number theory and cryptography that are widely used in data structure, data base, programming, data communication and in scientific research.
Course Code |
MT131 |
Course Title |
Discrete Mathematics |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This is an elementary level module which introduces various topics in discrete mathematics. It offers a clear and comprehensive survey of logic operations, predicates, quantifiers, sets, functions, relations. Also, the module provides the concept of permutations, combinations and counting techniques which are needed as prerequisite in most of technology and communication modules. Moreover, the module gives some knowledge of relevant algorithmic ideas in number theory and cryptography that are widely used in data structure, data base, programming, data communication and in scientific research. |
Course Objectives |
The course aims to:
- Introduce basic notations used in discrete Mathematics associated with information and communication technology
- Teach the rudiments of elementary mathematical reasoning.
- Prepare students for the theoretical parts of further courses in information technology.
- Explain logic from a mathematical perspective and relating it to computer applications.
- Introduce set theory, relations, functions, graphs, equivalence relations, and partial orderings.
- Provide concepts of permutation, combination and any other counting techniques.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to: - Identify propositional logic, logical equivalence, predicates and quantifiers.
- Describe the Integers and division functions, prime number and prime factorization, least common multiple and highest common factors.
- Define sets, functions and binary relations, their properties and representations. Know the major types of binary relations on a set, equivalence relations and partial orderings.
- Use matrices to represent relations, graphs and trees.
- Recognize basic properties of counting techniques using permutation and combination properties.
B. Cognitive skills
Students will be able to: - Deal with mathematical and logical arguments and carry out mathematical and logical manipulations.
- Acquire a good understanding of the concepts and methods of discrete mathematics described in detail in the syllabus.
- Be familiar with mathematical notations related to computer science.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students will be able to: - Prove any simple mathematical theory using logic laws
- Use any or all of the previous tools in a significant information and communication technology application such as cryptography.
- Apply combinatorial principles and discrete mathematical structures that are central to mathematics and information technology.
D. Key transferable skills
Students will be able to: - Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as timetabling study; read critically for meaning and take effective notes; and use study aids such as dictionaries and glossaries;
- Present and communicate basic mathematical and logical arguments; communicate appropriately with their tutor and other students using email and online conferences;
- Locate information on a given subject from the World Wide Web
|
MT132 Linear Algebra
(4) Credit Hours
The course introduces a range of ideas concerning matrices and its applications, matrix operations that are widely used in data structure, programming, data communication, digital signal processing and in scientific research. The course shows algorithmic method to solve systems of linear equations. Moreover, it includes concept of vector spaces and subspace that are used to construct algebraic codes. Also, it introduces the meaning of basis and dimension of a subspace the vector space Rn. The concept of linear transformation between two vector spaces together with null space and rank are also included. Finally, the course introduce the idea of characteristic values/vectors and diagonalization.
Course Code |
MT132 |
Course Title |
Linear Algebra |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The course introduces a range of ideas concerning matrices and its applications, matrix operations that are widely used in data structure, programming, data communication, digital signal processing and in scientific research. The course shows algorithmic method to solve systems of linear equations. Moreover, it includes concept of vector spaces and subspace that are used to construct algebraic codes. Also, it introduces the meaning of basis and dimension of a subspace the vector space Rn. The concept of linear transformation between two vector spaces together with null space and rank are also included. Finally, the course introduce the idea of characteristic values/vectors and diagonalization. |
Course Objectives |
The course aims to: - Extend the students' basic mathematical awareness and skills in matrices and matrix operations.
- Give the study skills necessary for students to be able to solve system of linear equations.
- Provide a range of useful ideas such as linear combinations and linear independence.
- Present some important mathematical terms such as span, basis and dimensions.
- Upgrade the concept of linear transformation necessary for other compulsory technology and communication modules.
- Give a feeling for the mathematical approach to the study of computer science.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Student will be able to: - Define and classify type of matrices and perform matrix operations.
- Solve problems in information systems and communication using matrix techniques.
- Use and apply linear algebra knowledge and concepts to information technologies and computing.
- Be familiar with different terminologies in linear algebra and matrix transformation.
- Acquire technical material, effectively present it and objectively evaluate other technical materials in linear algebra.
B. Cognitive skills
Students should be able to demonstrate that they can: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the different types of matrices and linear operations.
- Apply their understanding of the studied ideas in linear algebra to coding problems, encryption and decryption.
- Use knowledge gained from the module to help them to understand new unfamiliar matrix operations.
C. Practical and professional skills
Students should be able to: - Communicate effectively in English and Arabic in a variety of contexts and media.
- Analyze a mass of information and carry out an appropriate analysis of the problem material.
- Express a problem in mathematical terms and carry out an appropriate analysis.
- Reason critically and interpret information in a manner that can be communicated effectively.
- Integrate and link information across course components.
D. Key transferable skills
Students should be able to demonstrate that they can: - Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively and without plagiarism on a range of topics relating to linear operations.
- Perform calculations to find inverse of a matrix, use and manipulate simple algebraic calculations to solve linear system of equations.
- Use technology to find a span and a basis for a vector space.
- Enhance existing numerical ability.
- Work effectively as part of a group in solving any complicated mathematical problems.
|
MT141 Introduction to Probability and Statistics
(4) Credit Hours
MT141 is an introductory module in probability and statistics. It is designed to provide Artificial Intelligence students with the basic concepts of data analysis and statistical computing. Topics covered include basic descriptive measures, measures of association, probability theory, measurement error, random variables, probability distributions, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. To study this module, students should have a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132.
Course Code |
MT141 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Probability and Statistics |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
MT141 is an introductory module in probability and statistics. It is designed to provide Artificial Intelligence students with the basic concepts of data analysis and statistical computing. Topics covered include basic descriptive measures, measures of association, probability theory, measurement error, random variables, probability distributions, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. To study this module, students should have a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Provide students with a framework that will help them choose the appropriate descriptive methods in various statistical data analysis situations.
• Make acquainted with concepts of random variables and finding appropriate distribution for interpreting data specific to an experiment.
• Impart knowledge and understanding of discrete and continuous probability distributions.
• Develop the understanding of mathematical expectations and moment generating functions.
• Ensure the understanding of testing hypotheses, and estimation.
• Enable students to understand the role of statistics in doing the research.
• Help students to read and understand the statistical concepts from reports and papers.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MT248 Analysing data
(4) Credit Hours
The statistical analysis of data is usually based on some kind of modelling of the situation of interest. In this module, students will use the commercial statistical software package Minitab to help them with analysing data. Such statistical modelling with large amounts of data and realistic models together lead to many and difficult calculations. Therefore, the module requires a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132.
Course Code |
MT248 |
Course Title |
Analysing data |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The statistical analysis of data is usually based on some kind of modelling of the situation of interest. In this module, students will use the commercial statistical software package Minitab to help them with analysing data. Such statistical modelling with large amounts of data and realistic models together lead to many and difficult calculations. Therefore, the module requires a sound knowledge of level 1 mathematics modules MST129, MT131 and MT132. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Provide students with a framework that will help them choose the appropriate descriptive methods in various statistical data analysis situations.
• Make acquainted with concepts of random variables and finding appropriate distribution for interpreting data specific to an experiment.
• Impart knowledge and understanding of discrete and continuous probability distributions.
• Develop the understanding of mathematical expectations and moment generating functions.
• Ensure the understanding of testing hypotheses, and estimation.
• Introduce linear and multiple regressions.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A.1. Have knowledge and understanding of basic probability models and their use for modelling discrete and continuous data.
A.2. Have knowledge and understanding of basic statistical inference, including point estimation, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing
A.3. Introduction to the use of calculus in statistics.
A.4. Have knowledge and understanding of data analysis techniques using a commercial statistical software package, including methods for exploring data and writing statistical reports.
A.5. Have knowledge and understanding of basic regression techniques for modelling two or more dependent variables
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
B.1. Solve practical problems by formulating problems in a statistical framework and applying appropriate statistical techniques.
B.2. Interpret the results of a statistical data analysis and evaluate statistical evidence.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C.1. Understand the importance and relevance of random variation and statistics in the modern world.
C.2. Use a commercial statistical software package to analyse data and use statistical techniques
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D.1. Communicate solutions to problems clearly and coherently
D.2. Solve problems and demonstrate critical quantitative thinking
D.3. Organise your study time, study independently, exploit feedback and meet deadline
|
MT249 Practical modern statistics
(4) Credit Hours
This module introduces major topics of modern applied statistics: time series, multivariate analysis, and Bayesian statistics. The module emphasises underlying principles and practical applications rather than technical details. Use of a computer is an essential component – the module includes SPSS and WinBUGS software, which students will use to analyse data and develop their understanding of statistics.
Course Code |
MT249 |
Course Title |
Practical modern statistics |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module introduces major topics of modern applied statistics: time series, multivariate analysis, and Bayesian statistics. The module emphasises underlying principles and practical applications rather than technical details. Use of a computer is an essential component – the module includes SPSS and WinBUGS software, which students will use to analyse data and develop their understanding of statistics. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
• Improve skills in analysing and interpreting data, communicating statistical ideas clearly and succinctly.
• Analyse data collected over time, and forecasting future values using exponential smoothing and ARIMA models.
• Present and analyse data on several variables, with sections on principal component analysis and discrimination.
• Introduce the Bayesian approach to statistics, in which expert knowledge can be incorporated into statistical models.
• Present and use special statistical software such as WinBUGS.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: A.1. Demonstrate understanding of techniques for
analysing and interpreting data. A.2. Realize time series data, trend and seasonality,
additive and multiplicative models,
transforming time series, moving averages,
estimating the trend, seasonal and irregular
components. A.3. Define the concepts of multivariate data,
scatterplots, matrix scatterplots and profile
plots, mean vectors and the covariance matrix,
standardisation and the correlation matrix.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: B.1. Apply mathematical and statistical
manipulation and calculation on choices of
model and analyses resulting from them. B.2. Assemble relevant information for proofs and
construct appropriate mathematical
arguments, and exercise judgment in selection
and application of a wide range of mathematical and statistical tools and
techniques. B.3. Represent groups in multivariate data and
measure the separation between and withingroups covariance matrices
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: C.1. Apply Markov chain simulation, burn-in,
practical Bayesian data analysis with MCMC;
and interpret MCMC output. C.2. Analyse objective and subjective probability,
Bayes’ theorem. Prior distributions, the
likelihood, posterior distributions. C.3. Gain membership of the Royal Statistical
Society and the Institute of Mathematics such
as London Mathematical Society. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected
to: D.1. Apply statistical modelling and analysis
techniques to a wide range of practical problem
such as simple, Holt and Holt-Winters exponential smoothing, autocorrelation and
prediction, the correlogram, tests for zero
autocorrelation, prediction errors. D.2. Analyse and evaluate practical problems
involving statistical data and plan strategies for
their solution. D.3. Use professional mathematical and statistical
software with confidence. D.4. Communicating statistical ideas clearly and
succinctly. D.5. Acquire further knowledge with little guidance
or support.
|
MT372 Parallel Computing
(3) Credit Hours
The module is a comprehensive study of parallel computing techniques, parallel programming and performance tuning. Topics covered include: fundamentals of parallel, concurrent and distributed computing systems, performance and limitations of these systems, and parallelism paradigms. In addition to these topics the software needs and support for parallel processor systems are covered in details. This includes programming languages, simulation and tracing tools. Students will examine a range of topics involved in using parallel operations to improve computational performance, parallel architectures, parallel algorithms and parallel programming languages; Architectures covered include vector computers, multiprocessors, network computers, and data flow machines.
Course Code |
MT372 |
Course Title |
Parallel Computing |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The module is a comprehensive study of parallel computing techniques, parallel programming and performance tuning. Topics covered include: fundamentals of parallel, concurrent and distributed computing systems, performance and limitations of these systems, and parallelism paradigms. In addition to these topics the software needs and support for parallel processor systems are covered in details. This includes programming languages, simulation and tracing tools. Students will examine a range of topics involved in using parallel operations to improve computational performance, parallel architectures, parallel algorithms and parallel programming languages; Architectures covered include vector computers, multiprocessors, network computers, and data flow machines. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to give solid understanding about the following: - The fundamentals of parallel computing.
- Parallel operation.
- The different core concepts behind the hardware layer of a computer system.
- Performance and limitations of parallel systems
- The processor's architecture of parallel systems and its interconnection networks.
- The parallel algorithms.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Understand of the fundamental concept and issues of parallel computing
- Recognize parallel programming experience solving computationally intensive problems in a variety of disciplines
- Understand the related implementations and measurements of performance and constraints of parallel computing
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Practice Parallel programming platforms
- Apply Principles of parallel algorithm design
- Illustrate Basic communication operations
- Perform Analytical modelling of parallel programs
- Develop Programming using the message-passing paradigm (MPI)
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply the techniques and theorems in real applications.
- Analyze specific data and information to build the parallel models
- Apply the tools studied concerning parallel computing to solve a real problem.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Gather data from various sources, including the electronic media, such as internet.
- Choose a case study from the real world and apply the techniques studied.
- Show responsibility for the preparation of the case study and manage the presentation schedule of his/her work.
- Exercise research skills, such as data collection, tabulation, analysis, report presentation and class discussions.
|
MT380 Service oriented architecture
(3) Credit Hours
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) intends to explain the SOA and the related topics including Web Services and Cloud Computing. Web Services (such as KSOAP, REST) make use of the notion of a service- oriented architecture, they are independent of specific programming languages or operating systems. They rely on existing transport technologies, such as HTTP, and XML, for invoking the implementation. This outlines a range of new technologies for designing and implementing service-oriented applications that support machine-to-machine collaboration. It illustrates the rational of SOA in how to construct and to build web service oriented applications, such as ASP.NET Web Service, Windows Communication Foundation (WCF), etc. to make use of knowledge about the research topics in SOA, and to discover future development trends.
Course Code |
MT380 |
Course Title |
Service oriented architecture |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) intends to explain the SOA and the related topics including Web Services and Cloud Computing. Web Services (such as KSOAP, REST) make use of the notion of a service- oriented architecture, they are independent of specific programming languages or operating systems. They rely on existing transport technologies, such as HTTP, and XML, for invoking the implementation. This outlines a range of new technologies for designing and implementing service-oriented applications that support machine-to-machine collaboration. It illustrates the rational of SOA in how to construct and to build web service oriented applications, such as ASP.NET Web Service, Windows Communication Foundation (WCF), etc. to make use of knowledge about the research topics in SOA, and to discover future development trends. |
Course Objectives |
This Module discovers the concepts and technologies for the state of art topics: Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) and Cloud Computing. It identify a comprehensive and systematic understanding to the latest SOA and Cloud Computing technologies. Moreover, it examine practical experience in designing large-scale composite web service applications. After finishing successfully this Module you should be able to:
- Discover the benefit of using Service-Oriented Architecture to design modern software systems
- Interpret the key features and building blocks of Web Service including WSDL, SOAP and UDDI
- Develop programs using Microsoft .NET and C# language
- Apply service-based web application using ASP.NET and AJAX
- Create service-oriented application using Windows Communication Foundation
build RESTful web service using Windows Communication Foundation - Outline the relationship between Cloud Computing and SOA; compare different cloud computing services
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to have: - Construct a well-founded knowledge in the field of study.
- Compare other disciplines that are related to the field of study.
- Develop international perspective on the field of study.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to:
- Collect, analyse and organise information and ideas and to convey those ideas clearly and fluently, in both written and spoken forms.
- Interact effectively with others in order to work towards a common outcome.
- Select and use the appropriate level, style and means of communication.
- Engage effectively and appropriately with information and communication technologies.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to: - Develop programs using Microsoft .NET and C# and service-based web application using ASP.NET and AJAX
- Build service-oriented application using Windows Communication Foundation
- Build RESTful web service using Windows Communication Foundation
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this Module, students will be able to: - Work and learn independently.
- Generate ideas and adapt innovatively to changing environments.
- Identify problems creates solutions, innovate and improve current practices
|
MT390 Image Processing
(3) Credit Hours
Image Processing is an important field of study and MT390 is meant to provide students with the basic knowledge of this field. Along with the importance of Image Processing in traditional areas such as Medical Diagnosis, Industrial Inspections, Security Systems, Robotics etc., the pervasiveness of smart phones equipped with powerful cameras has increased the need for Image Processing due to the availability of large amount of image data. This module is intended to provide students the opportunity to study the basics of the important field of Image Processing.
Course Code |
MT390 |
Course Title |
Image Processing |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Image Processing is an important field of study and MT390 is meant to provide students with the basic knowledge of this field. Along with the importance of Image Processing in traditional areas such as Medical Diagnosis, Industrial Inspections, Security Systems, Robotics etc., the pervasiveness of smart phones equipped with powerful cameras has increased the need for Image Processing due to the availability of large amount of image data. This module is intended to provide students the opportunity to study the basics of the important field of Image Processing. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are to:
- Introduce students to the important field of Image Processing.
- Teach students the fundamental concepts related to image Representations and Enhancements.
- Impart to the students knowledge about Intensity Transformations and Spatial Domain Filtering.
- Introduce students to the concepts of 2-D Fourier Transform and the basics of Frequency Domain Filtering.
- Introduce students to the topics of Image Segmentation, Image Coding and their related techniques.
- Enable students to implement basic image processing algorithms using the Matlab Programming environment.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of: - Basic image representation concepts.
- Spatial domain image processing techniques of intensity transformation and filtering.
- Frequency domain image processing techniques of filtering and masking.
- Data reduction and image coding methods.
- Basic image segmentation concepts and techniques.
B. Cognitive skills
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
- Critically evaluate and suggest spatial domain processing techniques for image enhancement purposes.
- Analyse and suggest appropriate frequency domain filtering techniques suitable for image processing tasks.
- Critically interpret histogram data of images and suggest appropriate image processing techniques for image enhancement.
- Analyze various image coding techniques and select the appropriate one for a particular task.
- Evaluate and interpret image segmentation results.
C. Practical and professional skills
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: - Apply skills and concepts from the course to develop practical image processing projects.
- Develop, Interpret and Implement image enhancement techniques both in the spatial and frequency domains.
- Perform Matlab simulations of practical image processing algorithms including image enhancement, coding and segmentation.
D. Key transferable skills
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: - Apply the mathematical and algorithmic skills acquired in this course to other areas of study and work.
- Carry out independent learning on topics related to image processing and computing.
- Communicate ideas and concepts about image processing techniques effectively both in writing as well as in any group discussion or environment.
|
MT395 Applied Cyber Security
(3) Credit Hours
In today’s world, organizations must be prepared to defend against threats in cyberspace. Decision makers must be familiar with the basic principles and best practices of cyber security to best protect their enterprises.
Course Code |
MT395 |
Course Title |
Applied Cyber Security |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
In today’s world, organizations must be prepared to defend against threats in cyberspace. Decision makers must be familiar with the basic principles and best practices of cyber security to best protect their enterprises. |
Course Objectives |
The aims and objectives of this module are to:
- Describe and discuss a range of topics in cyber security management.
- Describe cyber security governance and the implementation of an integrated security mechanism.
- Identify cyber security threats and explain risk analysis and management.
- Allow students to perform independent research in the area and to critically read and analyse third party material.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module you will be able to:
- Describe cyber security fundamentals
- Explain cyber security management and its importance to organizations
- Evaluate the principles of cyber security governance to sustain and improve the security posture of an organisation
- Interpret the importance of risk analysis and management in protecting an organization from cyber threats
- Evaluate cyber security management policies, standards, and processes
- Define the most common cyber security threats and analyse appropriate countermeasures
- Describe and discuss the application of an integrated security mechanism
B. Cognitive skills
- Recognise and define the main issues and challenges related to protecting and safeguarding organisations from cyber security risks
- Read, evaluate, and critically review technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on topics related to cyber security, risk management, threat detection and countermeasures
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module you will be able to: - Use the studied concepts to analyse and assess the cyber security risks
- Identify the threats to information security and take appropriate countermeasures
D. Key transferable skills- Demonstrate independent self-learning capabilities in order to tackle more advanced topics and remain up-to-date in the field of cyber security
- Employ your technical writing skills on topics related to cyber security and cyber security management
|
T215A Communication and Information Technologies A
(8) Credit Hours
Students will begin with Communication and information technologies (T215) – learning about the core principles upon which new technologies are built. They will gain an understanding of the ways in which data is stored, manipulated and transmitted; and discover how new processes and services are transforming our lives.
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play.
This module will help students learn more about these developments, and will equip them with the understanding and skills to continue learning about new developments in the future. Students will study the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
After studying this module, students will be in a better position to appreciate the potential of developments in communication and information technologies.
Course Code |
T215A |
Course Title |
Communication and Information Technologies A |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Students will begin with Communication and information technologies (T215) – learning about the core principles upon which new technologies are built. They will gain an understanding of the ways in which data is stored, manipulated and transmitted; and discover how new processes and services are transforming our lives.
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play.
This module will help students learn more about these developments, and will equip them with the understanding and skills to continue learning about new developments in the future. Students will study the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
After studying this module, students will be in a better position to appreciate the potential of developments in communication and information technologies.
|
Course Objectives |
- To introduce students to modern topics in ICTs.
- To develop student's skills in managing technologies of data storage and computer networks.
- To develop students skills in the technologies of mobile communication systems with an emphasis on mobile telephony.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Describe key principles and concepts of digital communication and information systems and their component devices, including such topics as LANs, WLANs, mobile communication networks, encoding, modulation, multiplexing, routing, and standards.
- Explain key principles and concepts relating to digital data including the storage, manipulation and transmission of digital data.
- Identify major trends in communication and information technologies.
- Enhance their scientific reading and writing skills for writing short reports.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the communication and information systems that feature in the module and of their underlying technologies and component devices
- Apply their understanding of the communication and information systems that feature in the module, their underlying technologies and component devices in specified contexts, updating themselves about the systems, technologies and devices as necessary.
- Use knowledge gained from the module to help them to figure out new or unfamiliar communication and information systems in specified situations; describe and explain such systems and their technologies and devices; apply their understanding in specified contexts.
- Analyze and discuss some of the technological, social, legal, ethical and personal issues that relate to communication and information systems, technologies and devices.
- Realize an overview of the way in which mobile telephone systems have developed from its first generation till LTE stage.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Critique draft materials in order to improve them
- Use standard office and communication software effectively to support their work
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively and without plagiarism on a range of topics relating to communication and information systems through a variety of different media, using styles, language and images appropriate to purpose, audience and medium
- Perform simple calculations relating to communication and information systems, use and manipulate simple algebraic equations and interpret and produce graphical and tabular data
- Use information technology to find information from various sources and evaluate that information
- Develop a range of skills as an independent learner to support them in learning through the module materials and through other resources that they seek out for themselves.
|
T215B Communication and Information Technologies B
(8) Credit Hours
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play. This module will help you to learn more about these developments through studying the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
This module will also help you to raise students’ awareness of some of the technologies and issues associated with safeguarding the privacy of digital information and the people who are affected by its use – hence the themes ‘protecting’ and ‘prying’.
These themes are explored through case studies and practical examples. A recurring approach is the use of an analytical framework that uses five themes to examine the technologies and issues: convenience, identity, reliability, acceptability and consequences.
Course Code |
T215B |
Course Title |
Communication and Information Technologies B |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Digital communication and information technologies have become fundamental to the operation of modern societies. New products and services are rapidly transforming our lives, both at work and at play. This module will help you to learn more about these developments through studying the core principles on which the technologies are built and, through a range of online and offline activities, investigate new topics and technologies.
This module will also help you to raise students’ awareness of some of the technologies and issues associated with safeguarding the privacy of digital information and the people who are affected by its use – hence the themes ‘protecting’ and ‘prying’.
These themes are explored through case studies and practical examples. A recurring approach is the use of an analytical framework that uses five themes to examine the technologies and issues: convenience, identity, reliability, acceptability and consequences.
|
Course Objectives |
- Increase the knowledge of the basic principles of communication and information systems and technologies, and the issues relating to their use
- Develop the ability to apply the understanding of communication and information technologies to learn about new or unfamiliar systems and technologies
- Enable students to explore how personal and private data can be protected.
- Help students develop an understanding of audio and video encoding and editing.
- Develop a variety of skills appropriate to a practitioner in communication and information technologies.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Describe key principles and concepts relating to digital data including the availability of, mechanisms for protecting digital personal data, and the associated privacy and security issues related to it.
- Explain major trends of the fastest expanding areas of ICT, that of audio and video production and its potential for entertaining us.
- Understand key concepts, issues and technologies associated with online communication.
- Enhance the scientific reading and writing skills for writing long reports.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Produce descriptions and explanations of the fundamental building block of all modern security systems which is encryption.
- Apply their understanding of the themes of security framework for communication and information systems that feature in the module, their underlying technologies and component devices for applying biometrics as a measurement of human beings used to identify them in the context of authentication.
- Use knowledge gained from the module to help them to figure out new or unfamiliar topics; conveying information in audio and visual format, introduction for some tools that will assist in obtaining a simple digital video from a number of digital still images.
- Describe and discuss some of the technological, social, legal, ethical and personal issues that relate to securing personal data like preventing unauthorized people from having access to private information.
- Evaluate or compare communication and information systems suggested for a particular need and give a justified recommendation on their appropriateness
C. Practical and professional skills
- Upon completing this module, students should be able to:
- Critique draft materials in order to improve them
- Experiment with some fingerprint recognition tools and evaluate the system using the given data set.
- Use specialised software tools as AviSynth script language to provide the students with basic skills required to produce video from still images.
|
T216A Cisco networking (CCNA)-A
(8) Credit Hours
Students will begin with Cisco networking (CCNA) (T216). This will give them
the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment (which should also leave you well prepared for the industry-standard CCNA certification examination) They will also gain hands-on practical experience of configuring networks at four compulsory day schools.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND1) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Introduction to Networks
• Routing and switching essentials
Course Code |
T216A |
Course Title |
Cisco networking (CCNA)-A |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Students will begin with Cisco networking (CCNA) (T216). This will give them
the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment (which should also leave you well prepared for the industry-standard CCNA certification examination) They will also gain hands-on practical experience of configuring networks at four compulsory day schools.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND1) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Introduction to Networks
• Routing and switching essentials |
Course Objectives |
- Provide the student with the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
- Provide the student with hands-on experience of configuring networks.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module the student will be able to:
- Describe the role of protocol layers in data networks, and describe the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- Describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments
- Describe Ethernet and basic switching concepts, as well as the operation of Cisco switches
- Explain enhanced switching technologies such as VLANs, VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Per VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol (PVSTP), and 802.1q
- Describe the purpose, nature, and operations of a router, routing tables, and the route lookup process
- Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and how routing occurs between them
- Describe dynamic routing protocols, distance vector routing protocols, and link-state routing protocols
- Describe the operations and benefits of access control lists (ACLs) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS), and Network Address Translation (NAT)
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfil given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6 network
- Build simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
- Troubleshoot and monitor networks
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Build a simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
- Use Cisco command-line interface (CLI) commands to perform basic router and switch configurations
- Utilize common network utilities to verify small network operations and analyze data traffic
- Configure, monitor and troubleshoot: basic operations of a small switched network, static routing, default routing, basic operations of routers in a small routed network (RIPv1, RIPv2 and OSPF protocols (single-area OSPF)), VLANs, inter-VLAN routing, ACLs for IPv4 and IPv6, and NAT
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Build simple LANs, perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and implement IP addressing schemes.
- Configure and troubleshoot routers and switches, and resolve common issues with RIPv1, RIPv2, virtual LANs, and inter-VLAN routing in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.
|
T216B Cisco networking (CCNA)-B
(8) Credit Hours
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND2) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Scaling Networks
• Connecting networks
Course Code |
T216B |
Course Title |
Cisco networking (CCNA)-B |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational programme for network professionals.
The Arab Open University offers the Cisco Certified Network Associate “CCNA” (ICND2) Version 5 curriculum, which provides the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
The module is composed of two modules:
• Scaling Networks
• Connecting networks
|
Course Objectives |
- Provide the student with knowledge, understanding, and skills needed to configure a LAN/WAN using Cisco equipment.
- Provide the student with hands-on experience of configuring networks.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module the student will be able to: - Describe the operations and benefits of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
- Describe the operations and benefits of link aggregation and Cisco VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP)
- Describe the operations and benefits of EtherChannel and HSRP.
- Explain the operations and benefits of Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol (single-area OSPF and multi-area OSPF)
- Explain the operations and benefits of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)
- Describe the different WAN technologies and their benefits
- Explain the operations and benefits of Standard and Extended Access control list (ACL).
- xplain the common LAN security threats and how to mitigate them
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module the student will be able to:
- Troubleshoot networks
- Design network architectures for borderless networks, data centers and virtualization, and collaboration technology and solutions.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Configure and troubleshoot STP, RSTP, VTP, Extended VLAN, DTP, EtherChannel, HSRP, First Hop Redundancy Protocol, basic operations of routers in a complex routed network for IPv4 and IPv6, advanced operations of routers for IPv4 and IPv6, OSPF, and EIGRP .
- Configure and troubleshoot serial connections, broadband connections, ACL and IPSec tunnelling operations
- Monitor and troubleshoot network operations using syslog, SNMP, and NetFlow
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module the student will be able to: - Configure and troubleshoot routers and switches. He will also resolve common issues with OSPF, EIGRP, STP, and VTP in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. In addition, he will also develop the knowledge and skills needed to implement an EtherChannel.
- Understand the selection criteria of network devices and WAN technologies to meet network requirements. Furthermore, he will learn how to configure and troubleshoot network devices and resolve common issues with data link protocols. Finally, he will also develop the knowledge and skills needed to implement IPSec and virtual private network (VPN) operations in a complex network.
|
T227 Change, strategy and projects at work
(8) Credit Hours
This module will improve students’ understanding of the origins, nature and consequences of change in the workplace. It also equips them with the knowledge, skills and competencies needed to successfully plan real practical projects. Besides, it allows students to gain an understanding of how ICTs both drive and enable change in the workplace. Moreover, it develops their knowledge, understanding and skills in project working and helps them to apply their new skills and knowledge to the planning of their own project involving the use of ICTs and associated business systems in their workplace.
Course Code |
T227 |
Course Title |
Change, strategy and projects at work |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module will improve students’ understanding of the origins, nature and consequences of change in the workplace. It also equips them with the knowledge, skills and competencies needed to successfully plan real practical projects. Besides, it allows students to gain an understanding of how ICTs both drive and enable change in the workplace. Moreover, it develops their knowledge, understanding and skills in project working and helps them to apply their new skills and knowledge to the planning of their own project involving the use of ICTs and associated business systems in their workplace. |
Course Objectives |
- Gain an understanding of how social, technological, economic, environmental, political, legislative and ethical factors drive and enable change in the workplace.
- Develop knowledge, understanding, confidence and competence in project working and related employability skills
- Evaluate, develop and review personal, academic and professional skills
- Apply skills and knowledge to planning and presenting a project proposal that is capable of being implemented in their workplace.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Identify, analyse and explain the factors driving change in the workplace and the opportunities for introducing change, along with the associated challenges and consequences in terms of human and other factors.
- Understand and explain the processes involved in designing, planning, monitoring, implementing and reviewing work-based projects.
- Make effective use of appropriate information and communication technologies, and understand and explain their role in planning and communicating information relating to a work-based project designed to implement some aspect of workplace change.
B. Cognitive skills
- Apply knowledge and understanding effectively to a range of issues, questions and problems arising from the planning of a work-based project.
- Explore, analyse and evaluate practical ways of improving workplace practices using appropriate information and communication technologies to develop components of a personal work-based project.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Use the workplace to learn, practise and develop your professional competence.
- Use appropriate information and communication technologies in a professional context.
- Plan, organise your time and work effectively.
- Review, analyse and record ongoing learning needs to maintain and develop skills in the context of the workplace using appropriate information and communication technologies.
- Develop an awareness of ethical issues relevant to the workplace.
D. Key transferable skills
- Plan, monitor and evaluate your study as an independent learner.
- Use appropriate information and communication technologies to support your own learning.
- Identify, critically assess and use information or data accurately in a range of contexts.
- Communicate information, arguments and ideas effectively using technologies, styles and language appropriate to purpose and audience.
- Critically compare, analyse and use a variety of approaches appropriate to understanding issues or problems arising in the context of workplace change and projects.
|
T316 Advanced Networking
(8) Credit Hours
With the continuous advancements in the networking field, the need arises for teaching advanced networking concepts. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing advanced networking topics complementing those introduced in T216A/B.
Course Code |
T316 |
Course Title |
Advanced Networking |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
With the continuous advancements in the networking field, the need arises for teaching advanced networking concepts. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing advanced networking topics complementing those introduced in T216A/B. |
Course Objectives |
- Describe the various wireless networks along with their coexistence, cooperation, and interaction, while introducing a system level approach and providing an overview of recent research topics.
- Describe the concepts of sensor networks along with their underlying challenges, including power efficiency, routing, and multihop communications
- Discuss the challenges related to massive machine type communications inherent in large sensor networks deployments under the internet of things (IoT) paradigm).
- Explain the concepts of software defined networks (SDN) and network function virtualization (NFV).
- Define big data and describe its use in cloud computing.
- Discuss cloud computing issues, and analyse the role of mobile clouds.
- Define and discuss quality of experience (QoE) requirements, and compare and contrast QoE with quality of service (QoS).
- Teach students the concepts of large data centres, data mining, their relation to big data, and explain data management and backup techniques.
- Explain advanced network management and administration topics, such as: self-organizing networks, network planning and design, and advanced routing.
- Equip students with advanced skills in personal updating and researching in the field of advanced networking. Students will be taught how to use third-party material in order to extract useful information for their personal and professional development
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Describe and analyse the operation of co-existing wireless networks and the possibilities of cooperation and interaction between these networks
- Discuss the role of sensor networks and machine-to-machine communications (M2M) in the internet of things (IoT) and describe the underlying challenges
- Describe the concepts of software defined networks (SDN) and network function virtualization (NFV), and discuss their role in advanced network management and administration
- Discuss advanced routing concepts, such as the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
- Discuss Cloud Computing and Big Data concepts
- Differentiate between QoE and QoS, and discuss QoE metrics for specific applications, e.g. voice (VoIP) and video
- Describe the operation of self-organizing networks (SON), and differentiate between self-configuration, self-optimization, and self-healing
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course you will be able to: - Analyse the interaction between different technologies and networks in a complex setup involving multiple networks
- Analyse the challenges faced by the different networks and assess the required techniques for enhancing the performance metrics (QoS, QoE, energy efficiency, security, etc.) of the various network types studied in the course
- Read, evaluate, and critically review advanced technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on a specific networking topic
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Use the studied concepts to analyse and assess the operation of complex networks
- Design and plan basic implementations of the advanced networks studied, and assess the management and operation of these networks, including the use of self-organization techniques
- Design QoE measurement and resource allocation techniques for enhancing QoE performance of networks using the studied concepts
- Be ready to tackle complex
networking scenarios through self-learning and research skills coupled with the
learned course material
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Become an independent self-learner in order to remain up-to-date with the continuous advancements in the field of advanced networking
- Improve your technical writing skills on topics related to networking and advanced networking
|
T318 Applied Network Security
(8) Credit Hours
People, organizations, and enterprises are becoming increasingly dependent on digital services. Therefore, the need arises to protect information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused.
Course Code |
T318 |
Course Title |
Applied Network Security |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
People, organizations, and enterprises are becoming increasingly dependent on digital services. Therefore, the need arises to protect information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused. |
Course Objectives |
- Define the threats to network security, and describe the differences between them.
- Describe encryption techniques, including symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods.
- Explain the most widely used encryption algorithms and standards, with focus on wireless, cloud, and internet security.
- Equip students to be able to assess and manage network security risks, and implement appropriate countermeasures.
- Allow students to perform independent research in the area and to critically read and analyse third party material.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Describe the operation of encryption techniques: symmetric and asymmetric ciphers, block and stream ciphers
- Define and explain the differences between different encryption algorithms and standards
- Analyse and compare the performance of different encryption methods
- Design and implement encryption algorithms
- Describe the protocols for physical, network, and transport level security
- Define the most common threats to network and internet security, explain their operation, and discuss their differences
- Describe the protocols and countermeasures used for protecting network and internet traffic
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Recognise the threats to network security and assess their inherent risks
- Read, evaluate, and critically review technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on topics related to network security and cryptography algorithms
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Use the studied concepts to implement, analyse, and assess different encryption algorithms and techniques
- Identify the threats to network security and take appropriate countermeasures
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the course you will be able to:
- Become an independent self-learner in order to tackle more advanced topics and remain up-to-date in the field of network security
- Improve your technical writing skills on topics related to cryptography and network security
|
T321 Operating System Server Administration
(8) Credit Hours
The recent advancements and development in the field of information and communication technology required in depth knowledge of Operating Systems along with the management of Servers hosting various services required for smooth operation of the network. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing the various roles of the Operating Systems and its implementation in forming the advanced networks.
Course Code |
T321 |
Course Title |
Operating System Server Administration |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The recent advancements and development in the field of information and communication technology required in depth knowledge of Operating Systems along with the management of Servers hosting various services required for smooth operation of the network. This advanced undergraduate course aims to meet this objective by discussing the various roles of the Operating Systems and its implementation in forming the advanced networks.
|
Course Objectives |
The aims and objectives of this course are to:
• Discuss the various parts of Linux. Identifying the major components of Linux Operating System. Describing different type of Linux distributions and identifying the steps for Linux Installation.
• Explain the concepts of User and Group accounts, how to secure them and what are the consequences on the systems security.
• Discuss the features of filesystems and how to make use of tools to secure the data stored on the filesystem.
• Discuss the goal of automation and how to make the process easier and more fool proof to make the system more secure.
• Discuss the role of networking which is the key component in the modern-day operating systems. Also, how to implement features to protect systems from network-based attacks.
• Teach students the concepts of process in Linux environment, its importance and how it impacts on overall systems health and security.
• Explain how to manage the growing software requirements of Linux, such as various distributions diverge and use of series of commands and utilities.
• Equip students with advanced skills related to large number of Linux Security features. Students will be taught mitigating techniques such as “Footprinting”, used by hackers to discover information about systems. Also, the role of Firewalls and Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), including additional security tasks. |
Course Outcomes |
|
T802 Research Project
(16) Credit Hours
T802 is a Research Project course, with individual research topics selected by the students related to their pathway of study. (i.e. either Software Development of Information Security and Forensics) Teaching material therefore consists of guidance on research, data analysis, project report structure and writing.
Course Code |
T802 |
Course Title |
Research Project |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
16 |
Course Description |
T802 is a Research Project course, with individual research topics selected by the students related to their pathway of study. (i.e. either Software Development of Information Security and Forensics) Teaching material therefore consists of guidance on research, data analysis, project report structure and writing. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of T802 is to enable students to carry out a significant piece of research in the subject area of their degree, and to write up the research and conclusions in a formal dissertation. The research will have professional relevance, but may or may not be directly associated with a company or other organization. In the process of following the module, students will: - Investigate in depth an issue or problem that is of professional relevance and/or personal interest to them, which may also be of relevance to an organization with which they have links – such as an employer, charity or non-governmental organization – and is of interest to the wider academic, business or professional community
- Develop their knowledge of recent research in their chosen topic, and its implications and application in different organizations
- Become competent in research methods:
- Develop the capacity to plan, organize and carry out an extended independent study at masters level
- Demonstrate self-direction and originality in tackling and solving problems
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon their own work
- Develop skills in the written communication of research work at masters level.
Students will learn how to develop a research proposal; carry out a literature search and write a critical review of the literature; select suitable research methods and integrate them within a research methodology; carry out research processes; analyze results to draw conclusions; and write up their research in the form of a dissertation. The students' research work will be related to their individual pathway of study (i.e. either the Software Development pathway or the Information Security and Forensics pathway).
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Knowledge and understanding of the conduct of research processes at MSc
level, from problem definition through defining, planning and carrying out a
research, to final academic writing, in a selected field relevant to the
qualification sought.
B. Cognitive skills
- Analyse complex situations in order to select issues or problem situations suitable for research
- Evaluate other research by comparing and contrasting findings in technical journals, proceedings and reports, in order to
- Establish the wider context of the issues or problems selected, and
- Derive research questions to be answered and/or hypotheses to be tested
- Select appropriate research methods and techniques l plan a programme of research
- Carry out a research programme involving the processes of observing, measuring and other forms of data collection as appropriate, making informed judgments in the absence of complete data
- Deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively taking account of legal and ethical issues
- Summarise and interpret observations and results, in order to produce information relevant to the research questions/hypotheses
- Synthesise arguments and draw conclusions from the information obtained
- Identify gaps in theory and specify further work to be carried out.
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon own work.
C. Practical and professional skills
- select appropriate texts, journals and reports, and assess applicability to a particular workplace scenario or area of academic or professional interest
- evaluate the work of other researchers and appraise new developments in the area of interest
- identify and define problems and issues in a professional context
- select appropriate research methods
- advocating the appropriate use of technologies and/or problem solving techniques
- Design and develop a research plan
- Carry out research without supervision
- observe and assess results
- draw conclusions
- Write detailed reports
- Operate within the legal and ethical constraints and procedures relevant to the area of research.
D. Key transferable skills
- Explore the demands of the work and formulate viable proposals for meeting those demands
- Plan to manage the work, and meet personal skill-development needs
- Advance own knowledge and understanding through independent learning
- Manage the work, adapting strategy to resolve a major complex problem and achieve the quality of outcomes required
- Communicate clearly knowledge, ideas, and conclusions about the students chosen specialist area using appropriate media, for specialist and non-specialist audiences and present research outcomes in a written dissertation.
|
T828-A Network Security-A
(4) Credit Hours
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles
Course Code |
T828-A |
Course Title |
Network Security-A |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles |
Course Objectives |
The T828 (parts A and B) module aims to give students a holistic understanding of the fundamentals of network security together with the skills required by a network security professional. In particular, it aims to: - Provide an in-depth, theoretical understanding of network security management
- Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design and support network security
- Provide an experience-oriented course that employs industry-relevant instructional approaches to prepare students for associate-level jobs in the industry
Enable students to have significant hands-on interaction with IT equipment to prepare them for certification exams and career opportunities
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have knowledge and understanding of: - Network security threats
- Operations, Physical and Environmental Security
- Network infrastructure and devices
- Security Architecture and Design
- Authentication, Authorisation and Auditing
- Firewalls, Intrusion prevention
B. Cognitive skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the ability to: - Integrate knowledge and skills from various sources into a coherent whole, making the appropriate abstractions
- Deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, making informed judgements in the absence of complete data
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon your own work
- Solve problems using network modelling tools and real equipment.
C. Practical and professional skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the professional skills to: - Prepare cases advocating the appropriate use of advanced security technologies
- Prepare to gain industry-recognised certification.
D. Key transferable skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will also be able to: - Develop your problem-solving skills and apply them independently to professional or equivalent level tasks/projects/functions
- Work with others to refine your ideas, leading to an improved understanding of key concepts within the computing systems context
- Build and maintain advanced networks using Cisco equipment.
|
T828-B Network Security-B
(4) Credit Hours
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles.
Course Code |
T828-B |
Course Title |
Network Security-B |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
With organisations increasingly dependent on their information systems, there is a greater need to ensure that the underlying network infrastructure being used by these systems is secure. This module will provide students with the knowledge, understanding and practical experience of managing secure communication across a large-scale inter-network; the practical aspects of the course will be provided using Cisco network equipment and simulators.
Cisco Systems are market leaders in supplying networking equipment for the internet. They also have a well-established educational program for network professionals. T828 (parts A and B) is meant to provide students opportunity to study the important field of network security. Student will also be expected to undertake individual research to contextualise the Cisco studies in the broader security management environment, which will be accomplished in tandem with CISSP (certified information systems security professional) principles. |
Course Objectives |
The T828 (parts A and B) module aims to give students a holistic understanding of the fundamentals of network security together with the skills required by a network security professional. In particular, it aims to: - Provide an in-depth, theoretical understanding of network security management.
- Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design and support network security
- Provide an experience-oriented course that employs industry-relevant instructional approaches to prepare students for associate-level jobs in the industry
Enable students to have significant hands-on interaction with IT equipment to prepare them for certification exams and career opportunities
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have knowledge and understanding of: - Network security threats
- Network infrastructure and devices
- Cryptography and virtual private networks
- Information security risk management
B. Cognitive skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the ability to: - Integrate knowledge and skills from various sources into a coherent whole, making the appropriate abstractions
- Deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, making informed judgements in the absence of complete data
- Critically evaluate and reflect upon your own work
- Solve problems using network modelling tools and real equipment.
C. Practical and professional skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will have the professional skills to: - Prepare cases advocating the appropriate use of advanced security technologies
- Prepare to gain industry-recognised certification.
D. Key transferable skills
Once you have completed your study of this module, you will also be able to: - Develop your problem-solving skills and apply them independently to professional or equivalent level tasks/projects/functions
- Work with others to refine your ideas, leading to an improved understanding of key concepts within the computing systems context
- Build and maintain advanced networks using Cisco equipment.
|
TM103 Computer Organization and Architecture
(4) Credit Hours
This module offers a clear and comprehensive survey about computer organization and architecture. It introduces the inner workings of a modern digital computer through an integrated presentation of fundamental concepts and principles
Course Code |
TM103 |
Course Title |
Computer Organization and Architecture |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module offers a clear and comprehensive survey about computer organization and architecture. It introduces the inner workings of a modern digital computer through an integrated presentation of fundamental concepts and principles |
Course Objectives |
To emphasize on the concept of computer organization.
To emphasize on the concept computer architecture. To comprehend the different core concepts behind the hardware layer of a computer system. To recognize the mathematical concepts of the low level computer structure (circuits and gates). To know the processor's instruction sets architecture and implementation. To recognize the memory organization concept and methods
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
The module provides student with an understanding of: - Historical developments of computers.
- The Von-Neumann Model.
- Data representation and arithmetic in Computer Systems.
- Boolean Algebra and Digital Logic.
- Assembly language of an intuitive architecture (MARIE).
- Memory organization and addressing modes.
- Cache memory mapping Schemes.
B. Cognitive skills
To be able to
- Identify the different parts of any computer system and understand their roles.
- Understand the instruction set of any modern computer system.
- Evaluate the performance of modern computer systems.
C. Practical and professional skills
To be able to
- Have an awareness of the process of designing, writing and testing MARIE assembly programs.
- Use low level programming skills appropriate to a task.
- Ability to use the MARIE and data path simulator software.
D. Key transferable skills
To be able to - Interact effectively within a group using electronic conferencing techniques.
- Contribute to discussions on a conference.
- Improve own learning and performance.
- Communicate effectively about testing strategies, design and low level codes.
- Use electronic media (the web and electronic conferencing) for information retrieval and communication.
|
TM105 Introduction to Programming
(4) Credit Hours
This module is an introductory level programming module and it is meant to provide basic foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve simple problems. Thereafter, they will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Java). This module serves as foundation for second level programming modules.
Course Code |
TM105 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Programming |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module is an introductory level programming module and it is meant to provide basic foundation in computer programming to students. Students will learn how to develop solutions (algorithms) using pseudocode to solve simple problems. Thereafter, they will learn how to implement these solutions using a programming language (Java). This module serves as foundation for second level programming modules. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to: - Introduce the technique of solving simple problems using pseudocode.
- Introduce Java programming via writing, compiling and executing simple programs.
- Present how to store and deal with data including variables, constants, and expressions.
- Cover deeply the concepts of program control structure and illustrate each concept with a diagrammatic notation using UML.
- Present how these concepts are implemented in Java.
- Introduce the concept of modularization and how to write Java methods.
- Present how to deal with basic data structures like strings, arrays and two dimensional arrays.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module, the student will be able to: - Understanding of the design and programming processes
- Knowledge of the main constructs and mechanisms in programming using Java language.
- Understanding of the techniques used in developing a medium Java application.
- Understanding of the basic data structures like strings, arrays and two dimensional arrays.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module, the student should be able to: - Describe and apply key concepts and techniques in software design and development.
- Analyse and abstract away from the details of a problem.
- Design and formulate an appropriate solution to a problem and evaluate it.
- Deal professionally with the basic data structures.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module, the student should be able to: - Create, develop and trace Java programs.
- Use software tools such as a Java IDE and an On-line Java compiler.
- Use appropriate programming skills.
- Traverse data in the basic data structures in a professional way.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module, the student should be able to: - Find information from a range of sources to support a task.
- Plan medium tasks.
- Use Java libraries.
- Use appropriate numerical, mathematical and abstraction skills.
|
TM111 Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 1
(8) Credit Hours
This is an introductory level 1 module, which provides students with a broad introduction to Computing and Information Technology concepts, principles and theories.
Course Code |
TM111 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 1 |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This is an introductory level 1 module, which provides students with a broad introduction to Computing and Information Technology concepts, principles and theories. |
Course Objectives |
- Help students to develop their understanding about the significant role of computers in our lives.
- Explore some processes by which sound and images in the real world are captured and stored and may be shared with peers and the wider world through social networking sites.
- Introduce students to algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life.
- Enhance student's knowledge about implementing solutions to simple problems in a visual programming.
- Introduce students to the key concepts and technologies underpinning the communication networks.
- Prepare the student for further academic study by helping him develop his study skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Understand the fundamental principles, concepts and techniques underlying Computing and IT.
- Explore various situations in which Computing and IT systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the possibilities and limitations of such systems
- Be aware of the ethical, social and legal issues that can be associated with the development and deployment of Computing & IT systems.
- Demonstrate an understanding of algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life.
- Understand the general principles, roles of various components, and the challenges involved in sending data across communication networks.
- Know how to find, rank and reference information; how to build your information literacy skills and how to interpret data in different forms.
B. Cognitive skills
- Evaluate key computing and IT concepts in a range of contexts.
- Apply appropriate techniques and tools for abstracting, modelling, problem solving, designing and testing computing and IT systems.
- Compare, contrast, critically analyze and refine specifications and implementations of software systems and/or simple hardware systems.
- Identify situations in which different network technologies may be used.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Communicate information, arguments, ideas and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, bearing in mind the audience for and the purpose of your communication.
- Use appropriate numerical and mathematical skills to carry out calculations and analyze data.
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning
- Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as study planning, learning from feedback and reading actively
D Key transferable skills
- Evaluate computing and IT systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate
- Use a range of resources to help you develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, computers and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Communicate appropriately with your tutor and other students using email, online conferences and forums.
|
TM112 Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 2
(8) Credit Hours
This module will further develop and extend the skills and knowledge that students will have built up by studying its partner module TM111. The overall focus of TM112 is on developing the students’ problem solving skills.
Course Code |
TM112 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Computing and Information Technology 2 |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module will further develop and extend the skills and knowledge that students will have built up by studying its partner module TM111. The overall focus of TM112 is on developing the students’ problem solving skills. |
Course Objectives |
- Help students to practice the use of computing and information technologies to solve problems.
- Explore a variety of information technologies, from basic computer architecture, cloud computing, mobile/wireless and location-based computing Introduces the students to algorithmic thinking and problem-solving skills using examples from everyday life.
- Enhance student's knowledge about implementing solutions to simple problems in a visual programming.
- Focus on how to examine computing and information technology problems and solutions in their real-world context, with a focus on information security
- Develop numeracy skills (including algebra) in the context of information technologies and programming activities
- Prepare the student for further academic study by helping him develop his study skills
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
- Understand the fundamental principles, concepts and techniques underlying Computing and IT.
- Identify a range of models to support the analysis and design of Computing and IT systems
- Know how to implement solutions to simple problems using Python programming language.
- Be aware of the of the range of situations in which Computing and IT systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the possibilities and limitations of such systems
- Understand the ethical, social and legal issues that can be associated with the development and deployment of Computing & IT systems
- Describe major trends in Computing and IT and of the implications of these trends
B. Cognitive skills
- Evaluate key computing and IT concepts in a range of contexts.
- Apply appropriate techniques and tools for abstracting, modelling, problem solving, designing and testing computing and IT systems.
- Compare, contrast, critically analyze and refine specifications and implementations of software systems and/or simple hardware systems.
- Carry out a project in computing and IT that applies and extends student's knowledge and understanding, and critically reflect on the processes involved and the outcomes of student's work.
C. Practical and professional skills
- Communicate information, arguments, ideas and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, bearing in mind the audience for and the purpose of your communication.
- Use appropriate numerical and mathematical skills to carry out calculations and analyze data.
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning
- Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as study planning, learning from feedback and reading actively
D. Key transferable skills
- Evaluate computing and IT systems, using appropriate simulation and modelling tools where appropriate
- Use a range of resources to help you develop as an independent learner.
- Use information literacy skills, computers and software packages appropriate to the workplace.
- Communicate appropriately with your tutor and other students using email, online conferences and forums.
|
TM129 Technologies in Practice
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides an opportunity to sample some of the key areas in computing and information technology. Students will be introduced to three subjects as tasters for their future studies and career: robotics, networking and operating systems. Studying these subjects will enable students to develop essential skills if they are considering future employment in the computing and IT industry. Students will also better understand the different routes through the curriculum offered by the faculty of computer studies. They will be applying what they learn to a series of practical activities, to demonstrate their skills and understanding in these areas to potential employers.
Course Code |
TM129 |
Course Title |
Technologies in Practice |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides an opportunity to sample some of the key areas in computing and information technology. Students will be introduced to three subjects as tasters for their future studies and career: robotics, networking and operating systems. Studying these subjects will enable students to develop essential skills if they are considering future employment in the computing and IT industry. Students will also better understand the different routes through the curriculum offered by the faculty of computer studies. They will be applying what they learn to a series of practical activities, to demonstrate their skills and understanding in these areas to potential employers. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to:
• Provides students with an opportunity to sample some key areas in computing and IT –robotics, networking and operating systems.
• Develop essential skills for employment in the computing and IT industry.
• Recognize the professional and ethical issues associated with the deployment of digital systems.
• Gather, evaluate and use different types of information.
• Facilitate the management of students’ self-learning development in term of time management and self-organization skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
TM240 Computer Graphics and Multimedia
(4) Credit Hours
This module targets to cope with the current advances in computer graphics and multimedia and providing clear and concise explanations of the basic concepts of computer graphics and multimedia. This module is expected to enable students to gain understanding of basics of modelling, viewing, animation principles in both 2D and 3D and the impact of such topics on modern multimedia aspects.
Course Code |
TM240 |
Course Title |
Computer Graphics and Multimedia |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module targets to cope with the current advances in computer graphics and multimedia and providing clear and concise explanations of the basic concepts of computer graphics and multimedia. This module is expected to enable students to gain understanding of basics of modelling, viewing, animation principles in both 2D and 3D and the impact of such topics on modern multimedia aspects. |
Course Objectives |
- Introduce all aspects of the hardware and software components of computer graphics.
- Provide Knowledge to perform 2D and 3D geometric transformations.
- Describe the algorithms for projection, viewing and clipping of graphs.
- Identify how to graphics software and hardware.
- Provide Knowledge to evaluate the performance of graphics systems.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Describe the basic principles of computer graphics.
- Explain the different operations in graphics systems such as transformations, projects, views, texturing, lighting, shading, animation and clipping.
- Select the suitable hardware and software of a graphics system for a specific application.
- Explain graphics algorithms.
- Develop graphics applications in Java.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Evaluate graphics hardware and software.
- Compare the different computer graphics applications.
- Select the suitable graphics hardware for different applications.
- Evaluate 3D modelling techniques.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Develop graphics applications using advanced APIs
- Apply computer graphics concepts and techniques to develop graphics and visualization applications
- Model 3D objects.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, student should be able to: - Effectively communicate oral and written.
- Work in a team.
- Effectively manage resources and time.
|
TM254 Managing IT: the why, the what and the how
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a basis for further study of IT management, and introduces the student to many of the concepts that are tested by the BCS Professional Certification in IS Project Management and IT Service Management. In addition, the module will help the student to develop important skills particularly relevant to the workplace, such as written communication skills, information literacy, independent learning, entrepreneurship, critical analysis and team working. In an IT context, the module will provide practitioners with relevant experience, skills and insight into project management and service management. This module aims to
Course Code |
TM254 |
Course Title |
Managing IT: the why, the what and the how |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides a basis for further study of IT management, and introduces the student to many of the concepts that are tested by the BCS Professional Certification in IS Project Management and IT Service Management. In addition, the module will help the student to develop important skills particularly relevant to the workplace, such as written communication skills, information literacy, independent learning, entrepreneurship, critical analysis and team working. In an IT context, the module will provide practitioners with relevant experience, skills and insight into project management and service management. This module aims to
|
Course Objectives |
The overall aim of the module is to give students an introduction to and understanding of the principles, concepts and techniques associated with Project Management and Service Management. The context for the module is Computing and Information Technology, thus project management and service management principles and problems that are specific to this context will be emphasised. Alongside project management and service management will run further strands for database management systems and team working that will be used to illustrate and to put into practice concepts learnt in the other parts of the module. This will provide students with a practical experience of working in a team that is necessary for BCS accreditation and to meet the requirements of the Benchmark Statement in Computing.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and understanding of: A1. Demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the ITIL Service Management terminology, practices and framework; the structure and concepts of ITIL, and the core principles of service management. A2. Demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the principles, concepts and techniques associated with the process of project management.
A3. Describe the various types of project and project lifecycles and apply them in an information technology context. A4. Reflect on the issues and processes that relate to the collaborative planning and execution of an information technology project in a virtual context
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will have developed the following cognitive skills: B1. Apply your knowledge and understanding to a range of issues and problems in Service Management. B2. Use a variety of techniques to draw up a project plan that will meet the competing demands of scope, time, cost and quality. B3. Critically appraise a project and its organisation, management, process and outcomes, and reflect on the experience of working in a small team. B4. Apply your knowledge and understanding to a constrained problem and analyse the outcomes. B5. Analyse and specify requirements B6. Apply the analytical skills of analysis and design B7. Identify key elements of problems and apply problem solving techniques in designing an appropriate model C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to: C1. Communicate effectively about the subject, choosing appropriate media, using appropriate notations, terminology and references for the subject domain C2. Plan and manage your own time to study and to interact electronically with others. C3. Demonstrate numeracy in understanding, reasoning about and presenting project and service management problems from a quantitative perspective e.g. risk management issues that involve resources such as people, time and money. C4. Provide appropriate, effective documentation for the development process D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to: D1. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical issues relevant to project management and service management. D2. Demonstrate an understanding of the professional certification frameworks in Project Management and Service Management. D3. Have an awareness of the software development process D4. Plan a complex task
|
TM255 Communication and Information Technologies
(8) Credit Hours
The module is designed to be a broad level 2 ICT module covering subjects such as wireless communications, collaborative working, interaction design and computer security. It particularly supports the ITC pathway of the IT and Computing qualification. The module is specifically designed to progress students towards their study of level 3 ICT modules such as TM355 Communications technology. This is achieved through the choice of technological topics introduced and the development of appropriate study skills and communication skills.
Course Code |
TM255 |
Course Title |
Communication and Information Technologies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The module is designed to be a broad level 2 ICT module covering subjects such as wireless communications, collaborative working, interaction design and computer security. It particularly supports the ITC pathway of the IT and Computing qualification. The module is specifically designed to progress students towards their study of level 3 ICT modules such as TM355 Communications technology. This is achieved through the choice of technological topics introduced and the development of appropriate study skills and communication skills. |
Course Objectives |
Module basic aims:
• Increase students’ knowledge of the basic principles of communication and information systems and technologies, and the issues relating to their use
• Develop students’ ability to apply their understanding of communication and information technologies to learn about new or unfamiliar systems and technologies
• develop a variety of skills appropriate to a practitioner in information and communication technologies
• teach student work as a group, where the collaboration is via communication technologies.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will have knowledge and
understanding of: A1.Understand the key principles and concepts of digital
communication and information systems and be aware of their
major trends and developments. A2.Have a clear understanding of the key principles of interaction
design, its processes and the importance of user centred
design. A3.Understand the key concepts, issues and technologies
associated with online communication and collaboration. A4.Be able to demonstrate your understanding of the key
principles and methods of securing digital data an
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will have developed the following
cognitive skills: B1.Apply your understanding of the communication and
information systems that feature in the module in specified
contexts and updating yourself about these systems and
technologies as necessary. B2.Use knowledge gained from the module to help you to
describe and explain the technologies of communication and
information systems and to understand new or unfamiliar
communication and information systems in specified
situations B3.Evaluate or compare communication and information systems
suggested for a particular need and give a justified
recommendation on their appropriateness. B4.Select, adapt and apply suitable interaction design
approaches and techniques towards the design of an
interactive product.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
C1.Critique draft materials in order to improve them C2.Use standard office and specialised software effectively to
support your work, both as an individual and in
collaboration with others in a distance setting. C3.Describe and discuss some of the technological, social, legal,
ethical and personal issues that relate to communication and
information systems and technologies
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
D1.Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas
effectively on a range of topics relating to communication and
information systems through a variety of different media, using
styles, language and images appropriate to purpose and
audience. D2.Use numerical skills to perform basic calculations relating to
communication and information systems and analyse data. D3.Work effectively as part of a group in a distance setting where
collaboration is undertaken via computer-mediated
communication. D4.Communicate effectively about requirements, design, and evaluation activities relating to interactive products.
|
TM256 Cyber Security
(8) Credit Hours
TM256 Cyber security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the second level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification include TM112 (Introduction to computing and IT 2); TM129 (Technologies in practice); TT284 (Web technologies); T216A (Cisco networking (CCNA) part 1); TM311 (Information security); TM359 (Systems penetration testing); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on Cyber Security is to address the gap in cyber security content within the qualification based on an analysis of other stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 modules. Areas covered here also includes operating systems security, infrastructure security, application security and foundations of digital forensic.
Course Code |
TM256 |
Course Title |
Cyber Security |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM256 Cyber security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the second level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification include TM112 (Introduction to computing and IT 2); TM129 (Technologies in practice); TT284 (Web technologies); T216A (Cisco networking (CCNA) part 1); TM311 (Information security); TM359 (Systems penetration testing); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on Cyber Security is to address the gap in cyber security content within the qualification based on an analysis of other stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 modules. Areas covered here also includes operating systems security, infrastructure security, application security and foundations of digital forensic.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to introduce and extend certain concepts of each high-level domain such as Systems security, infrastructure, software and platform security, that is not covered in the other modules of the qualification.
Specifically, students completing this module will be able to:
- Demonstrate competence in skills relevant to systems security.
- Understand and apply corresponding legal, social, ethical and professional principles.
- Implement a variety of systems security solutions.
- Become proficient in some areas of systems security.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to: A1. Be aware of the principles, methods and tools relevant to the
technical and human factors of cyber security. A2. Demonstrate techniques and processes involved in
assessment of security infrastructure and related hardware
and software controls. A3. Understand theory and practice of systems security that
includes identifying associated threats, controls and policies. A4. Describe the governing principles of cyber operations,
incident response and management. A5. Discuss of the role of digital forensics within the larger
discipline of forensic science and the appropriate use of
scientific methods, including the legal requirements B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: B1. Recognise threats, vulnerabilities and attack methods and propose
appropriate mitigation and security controls towards the design and
implementation of secure system and infrastructure. B2. Evaluate the key principles involved in operation and management
of cyber incidents.
B3. Select appropriate concepts, tools and techniques for a given digital
forensics event. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: C1. Demonstrate understanding of prevailing standards
applicable to digital forensics and can recognise their
application, in a given context. C2. Undertake ongoing learning to keep up-to-date cyber security
developments within digital systems. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to: D1. Communicate and analyse problems effectively within
computing environments using appropriate personal and
technical skills. D2. Formulate arguments and make informed decisions in
choosing appropriate techniques in solving a range of
technological problems.
|
TM260 Security, ethics and privacy in IT and Computing
(4) Credit Hours
The ITC specialists must conduct ethically by adhering to the ITC code of conduct and understand the social, professional and legal context of IT and computing,
Course Code |
TM260 |
Course Title |
Security, ethics and privacy in IT and Computing |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The ITC specialists must conduct ethically by adhering to the ITC code of conduct and understand the social, professional and legal context of IT and computing, |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to: increase students awareness of the ethical, professional and legal issues of IT and computing and the responsible use of ITC.
Upon the successful completion of this module students will be able to: - Consider the ethical issues related to ITC systems.
- Act ethically while making any profession related decisions.
- Apply all legal principles to intellectual property and ITC related situation.
- understand the emerging issues related to ethics in cyberspace
- Develop a sound methodology in resolving ethical conflicts and crisis.
- Understand the social and ethical issues in the professional practice of computing and technology and their impact on the society..
- Look up relevant ethical standards as developed by the ACM.
- State several examples of important ethical principles as they apply to computer science related situations.
- Identify the ethical issues that relate to computer science in real situations they may encounter and decide whether a given action is ethical as regards computer science professional ethics, and justify that decision.
- Research and write a professional-quality paper about a topic relating to social, legal, and ethical implications of computer science.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Understand how ITC could raise social issues and ethical dilemmas
- Understand the historical background of some social, legal, philosophical, political, constitutional and economical issues related to ITC
- Describe current social and legal developments related to computers and computer crime
- Recognize the existence of computer abuse cases , laws pertaining to them
- Appreciate the value of technology and identify the ethical and moral situations that must be faced and dealt with.
- Deepen their understanding of technology and its effects on society.
B. Cognitive skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Evaluate the legal and professional impact of ITC in real life contexts
- Analyse the effect of ethical issues on IT industry and society
C. Practical and professional skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Effectively identify and analyze professional and legal issues;
- Promote an ethics of computing in practice;
- Resolve dilemmas related to ethical, professional and legal ITC issues
D. Key transferable skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Communicate effectively in writing about ethical, legal and professional issues in the ITC context
- Become an independent learner.
|
TM270 Artificial intelligence
(8) Credit Hours
Artificial intelligence and Machine learning skills are becoming more and more essential in the modern job market. Machine Learning Engineer was ranked as one of the top most demanded employees based on the incredible growth of job openings and the average base salary.
In this module the student will learn what Artificial Intelligence (AI) is, explore use cases and applications of AI, understand AI basic concepts and terms like symbolic AI, optimization and neural networks.
Course Code |
TM270 |
Course Title |
Artificial intelligence |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Artificial intelligence and Machine learning skills are becoming more and more essential in the modern job market. Machine Learning Engineer was ranked as one of the top most demanded employees based on the incredible growth of job openings and the average base salary.
In this module the student will learn what Artificial Intelligence (AI) is, explore use cases and applications of AI, understand AI basic concepts and terms like symbolic AI, optimization and neural networks.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide an introduction to the basic principles, techniques, and applications of Artificial Intelligence. Coverage includes symbolic AI, game playing, planning, optimization and neural networks basics.
Students will refine their programming skills developed during (TM110) using AI libraries as well as experiencing programming in AI language tools. Potential areas of further exploration include robotics, natural language processing, and computer vision.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
TM271 Machine Learning and Deep learning
(8) Credit Hours
TM271 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Artificial Intelligence qualification. Machine Learning and Deep Learning techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module. This module aims to provide students with an in-depth introduction to two main- areas of Machine Learning: supervised and unsupervised. That covers the basics of ML and the deep learning approaches.
Course Code |
TM271 |
Course Title |
Machine Learning and Deep learning |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM271 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Artificial Intelligence qualification. Machine Learning and Deep Learning techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module. This module aims to provide students with an in-depth introduction to two main- areas of Machine Learning: supervised and unsupervised. That covers the basics of ML and the deep learning approaches. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to learn the concepts behind several machine learning algorithms without going deeply into the mathematics and gain practical experience applying them. It will cover main models and algorithms for regression, classification, clustering and probabilistic classification. Topics such as linear and logistic regression, regularization, probabilistic (Bayesian) inference, SVMs and neural networks, clustering, and dimensionality reduction. The module will assume general familiarity with linear algebra, probability theory, statistics, and programming in Python. |
Course Outcomes |
|
TM275 Parallel and Distributed Systems
(4) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the fundamentals and techniques of parallel and distributed computing. Topics to be covered include: parallel and distributed computing, concurrency, distributed computing paradigms, inter-process communications, operating system support, client server model, and models of parallel machines.
This course has either a direct or indirect links with other courses, including: Introduction to computing and information technology (TM112), Computer Architecture and Organization (TM103), and Python Programming (M110). In addition, students will be capable to choose the proper environments of their final year projects based on the knowledge and skills they gain from this course. Understanding issues like processors capabilities and intercommunication between cores and processors are essential for building high performance systems.
Course Code |
TM275 |
Course Title |
Parallel and Distributed Systems |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the fundamentals and techniques of parallel and distributed computing. Topics to be covered include: parallel and distributed computing, concurrency, distributed computing paradigms, inter-process communications, operating system support, client server model, and models of parallel machines.
This course has either a direct or indirect links with other courses, including: Introduction to computing and information technology (TM112), Computer Architecture and Organization (TM103), and Python Programming (M110). In addition, students will be capable to choose the proper environments of their final year projects based on the knowledge and skills they gain from this course. Understanding issues like processors capabilities and intercommunication between cores and processors are essential for building high performance systems.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of thismodule is to:
• Provides students with an opportunity to sample some key areas in parallel and distributed computing.
• Develop critical skills for deployment in the field of computing and IT industry.
• Recognize the professional and ethical issues associated with the deployment of different parallel and distributed methodologies in digital systems.
• Use the application of fundamental Computer Science methods and algorithms in the development of parallel applications.
• Facilitate the management of students’ self-learning development in term of time management and self-organization skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
TM276 Software Development Processes and Methodologies
(4) Credit Hours
Software is quickly becoming integral part of human life as we see more and more automation and technical advancements. Just like we expect car to work all the time and can't afford to break or reboot unexpectedly, software industry needs to continue to learn better way to build software if it were to become integral part of human life.
In this course, you will get an overview of how software teams work? What processes they use? What are some of the industry standard methodologies? What are pros and cons of each? You will learn enough to have meaningful conversation around software development processes.
The module covers the importance of developing software in an iterative process by means of established methods.
Course Code |
TM276 |
Course Title |
Software Development Processes and Methodologies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
Software is quickly becoming integral part of human life as we see more and more automation and technical advancements. Just like we expect car to work all the time and can't afford to break or reboot unexpectedly, software industry needs to continue to learn better way to build software if it were to become integral part of human life.
In this course, you will get an overview of how software teams work? What processes they use? What are some of the industry standard methodologies? What are pros and cons of each? You will learn enough to have meaningful conversation around software development processes.
The module covers the importance of developing software in an iterative process by means of established methods. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to:
• Apply core software engineering practices at conceptual level for a given problem.
• Compare and contrast traditional, agile, and lean development methodologies at high level. These include Waterfall, Rational Unified Process, V model, Incremental, Spiral models and overview of agile mind-set.
• Propose a methodology best suited for a given situation.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
TM280 Smart IoT Systems
(3) Credit Hours
Internet of Things (IoT) is presently a trending technology worldwide. Government, academia, and industry are involved in different aspects of research, implementation, and business with IoT. IoT is taking part of different application domains, including: agriculture, space, healthcare, manufacturing, construction, water, and mining. IoT-based applications such as innovative shopping system, infrastructure management in both urban and rural areas, remote health monitoring and emergency notification systems, and transportation systems, are gradually relying on IoT based systems. Therefore, it is very important to learn the fundamentals of this emerging technology.
Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TM270 (Artificial Intelligence); TM271 (Machine Learning and Deep learning); TM112 (Introduction to computing and information technology) TM471 (The computing and IT project).
Course Code |
TM280 |
Course Title |
Smart IoT Systems |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Internet of Things (IoT) is presently a trending technology worldwide. Government, academia, and industry are involved in different aspects of research, implementation, and business with IoT. IoT is taking part of different application domains, including: agriculture, space, healthcare, manufacturing, construction, water, and mining. IoT-based applications such as innovative shopping system, infrastructure management in both urban and rural areas, remote health monitoring and emergency notification systems, and transportation systems, are gradually relying on IoT based systems. Therefore, it is very important to learn the fundamentals of this emerging technology.
Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TM270 (Artificial Intelligence); TM271 (Machine Learning and Deep learning); TM112 (Introduction to computing and information technology) TM471 (The computing and IT project).
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to achieve the following aims:
• Describe what IoT is and how it works today.
• Recognise the factors that contributed to the emergence of IoT.
• Familiarize students with practical use of hardware, software, communication and computing systems to create components of measurement networks for the IoT.
• Students design and implement a complete IoT measurement network connected to the computing cloud. |
Course Outcomes |
|
TM287 Web Applications Development
(3) Credit Hours
This module provides key skills in using JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, and MySQL through demonstrating the vast possibilities they offer in developing robust code that complies with all modern web browsers. The module clarifies the roles of each of the client vs the server in web development and the importance of being able to have asynchronous calls and information exchange with focus on developing Web 2.0 applications.
Course Code |
TM287 |
Course Title |
Web Applications Development |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This module provides key skills in using JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, and MySQL through demonstrating the vast possibilities they offer in developing robust code that complies with all modern web browsers. The module clarifies the roles of each of the client vs the server in web development and the importance of being able to have asynchronous calls and information exchange with focus on developing Web 2.0 applications. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to:
- Provide students with a full understanding the main components of web applications.
- Introduce key technologies used for building dynamic web 2.0 applications (JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, and MySQL).
- Emphasize the importance of using client-side technology (AJAX) to create asynchronous web applications.
- Prepare the students for further academic study.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Provide a solid understanding of how JavaScript is written and the possibilities it offers.
- Develop the understanding to use JavaScript to improve the user experience.
- Appreciate the importance of data validation before processing it.
- Demonstrate how to use AJAX to post data to servers and process the feedback of the server.
- Construct interactive web applications that integrate client-side and server-side programming using AJAX and PHP.
- Learn the basics of MySQL and how to create tables to store, update and retrieve data that can be presented to the user using web technologies.
- Use PHP on the server side to communicate with MySQL and generate dynamic content for the web.
- Assess basic issues related to web design and how to improve the style of the generated web content.
- Be able to combine all the technologies presented (JavaScript/AJAX, PHP, MySQL) into a single project that integrates all the components into one fully functional interactive web application.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Evaluate websites based on the technologies they employ.
- Analyse the performance of web applications.
- Describe the importance of data validation specifically at the user-interface level of a computer system.
- Describe the roles of each of the client and the server as used for web applications.
- Design and build an appropriate system as a solution to data-centric problems.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Develop robust and compact code that runs reliably in all modern Web browsers.
- Develop the major components required for building modern web applications.
- Demonstrate proficiency in applying the acquired programming skills to develop complex systems.
- Develop simple user interfaces that collect data from the user to be validated and processed by computer systems.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying this module, the student will be able to: - Find, select and use information from a range of resources to support a specific task.
- Develop and improve previously learnt programing skills to solve more complex tasks.
- Plan and produce a modern system to satisfy the user needs whilst making sure to provide good stability and performance.
- Plan and manage effort and progress whilst undertaking a substantial project.
|
TM290 Cryptography and Internet Security
(3) Credit Hours
Nowadays, people shop online, work online, play online. As our lives become increasingly dependent on digital services, the need arises to protect our personal information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused.
Course Code |
TM290 |
Course Title |
Cryptography and Internet Security |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Nowadays, people shop online, work online, play online. As our lives become increasingly dependent on digital services, the need arises to protect our personal information from being maliciously intercepted, disrupted, or misused. |
Course Objectives |
The aims and objectives of this module are to:
- Define the threats to network security, and describe the differences between them.
- Describe encryption techniques, including symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods.
- Explain the most widely used encryption algorithms and standards, with focus on internet security.
- Allow students to perform independent research in the area and to critically read and analyse third party material.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Describe the operation of symmetric ciphers
- Define and explain the differences between different encryption algorithms and standards
- Describe the operation of asymmetric ciphers
- Analyse and compare the performance of different encryption methods
- Design and implement simple encryption algorithms
- Define the most common threats to internet security, explain their operation, and discuss their differences
- Describe the protocols and countermeasures used for protecting internet traffic
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Recognise the threats to online security
- Read, evaluate, and critically review technical documents and extract useful information from these documents on topics related to cryptography and internet security
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Use the studied concepts to analyse and assess the efficiency of different encryption standards
- Identify the threats to internet security and take appropriate countermeasures
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Demonstrate independent self-learning capabilities in order to tackle more advanced topics and remain up-to-date in the field of cryptography and internet security
- Employ your technical writing skills on topics related to cryptography and internet security
|
TM291 Management Information System
(3) Credit Hours
This module introduces the use and relevance of information systems to managers and enterprises. Rather than providing an in depth technological treatment of information systems, this module prepares students as future managers to assess the impact of information systems on a particular enterprise. This module also introduces students to a range of skills required to manage information systems projects. It explores current Information Systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers to plan, control and make decisions.
Course Code |
TM291 |
Course Title |
Management Information System |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This module introduces the use and relevance of information systems to managers and enterprises. Rather than providing an in depth technological treatment of information systems, this module prepares students as future managers to assess the impact of information systems on a particular enterprise. This module also introduces students to a range of skills required to manage information systems projects. It explores current Information Systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers to plan, control and make decisions. |
Course Objectives |
Aspects of business that were once seen in isolation – the people, organisation, process, information and technology – are now expected to operate as part of a seamless whole, both within and across enterprises. Information systems managers are responsible for delivering this seamless integration efficiency. This module aims to:
1. Explain basic concepts for IT/IS management 2. Discuss organizational, business and strategic issues surrounding IT/IS, and 3. Analyse and evaluate uses of strategic IT/IS in practice.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Define information, strategy and customer-facing (user-centred) design theories.
- Compare the impact of different types of information technologies and systems in the enterprise and competitive environment.
- Select information systems as a basis for sustainable competitive advantage.
- Identify the issues that must be addressed in managing information systems projects and processes across various boundaries (organisational, cultural, legal and geographical).
- Describe the life cycle methodologies and methods involved in developing and managing information systems in a global competitive environment.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Demonstrate a conceptual grasp of information, strategy and user-centred (customer-facing) design theories.
- Distinguish between different types of information systems and recognise enterprise-wide, innovative methods of reducing costs and improving service through management information systems.
- Compare and contrast the implications on the efficiency and effectiveness of different IT competitive strategies and their sustainability in the long term.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Reflect, analyse and interpret information on contemporary information systems management issues.
- Debate controversial issues relating to information systems deployment in organisations
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students should be able to: - Develop skills to effectively participate in a group.
- Synthesise data and use application of concepts from other modules.
- Improve case analysis skills.
|
TM295 System Modelling
(3) Credit Hours
System modelling is used as an essential part of the software development process; it also referred to as software modelling in this context. Models are built and analysed prior to the implementation of the system, and are used to direct the subsequent implementation. Modelling can be defined as considering the system from different views (or perspectives) in order to provide a better understanding of it. These views include (among others) requirements models, static models, and dynamic models of the software system. These different views can be further developed, understood, and communicated through the use of graphical modelling languages such as the Unified Modelling Language (UML).
The module focuses on how to use adequate models to express software at all levels of development; from the initial specification to implementation, with a special attention paid to UML.
Course Code |
TM295 |
Course Title |
System Modelling |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
System modelling is used as an essential part of the software development process; it also referred to as software modelling in this context. Models are built and analysed prior to the implementation of the system, and are used to direct the subsequent implementation. Modelling can be defined as considering the system from different views (or perspectives) in order to provide a better understanding of it. These views include (among others) requirements models, static models, and dynamic models of the software system. These different views can be further developed, understood, and communicated through the use of graphical modelling languages such as the Unified Modelling Language (UML).
The module focuses on how to use adequate models to express software at all levels of development; from the initial specification to implementation, with a special attention paid to UML.
|
Course Objectives |
This
module aims to introduce students to the software development process in
general with emphasis on the software modelling and analysis phase. The unified
modelling language is used throughout the module to illustrate the different
models.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Describe the software engineering lifecycle and in particular the role of analysis and design phase in the lifecycle
- Discuss the different software lifecycle models including (e.g., waterfall, agile)
- Define the requirements elicitation and structuring
- Explain how to use the UML models to develop and document software analysis and design artefacts.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Specify, analyse and organise requirements for a software product
- Model, analyse and validate software requirements using UML and set-theoretic notations
- Apply
appropriate UML design patterns and notations to the design of components of a
product
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply an appropriate software engineering process and tools to the task of structuring, modelling and validating requirements for a software product
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning and working practices
- work in a group, communicating computing ideas effectively in speech and in writing
- Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary, in a number of assignments, including at least one significant piece of work
D. Key transferable skills Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Design software systems
- Use modern software tools, both within and outside your workplace
- Communicate effectively about software modelling and design
- Be able to learn independently from third-party materials, in order to keep up to date in software engineering in general and software modelling in particular
|
TM297 Compression Methods for Multimedia
(3) Credit Hours
Data compression aims at finding new ways of representing data so that it takes very little storage, while still being able to reconstruct the original data from the compressed version. Compression is applied namely when storage space is at a premium or when data needs to be transmitted and bandwidth is at a premium (which always is the case). The most important thing about compression is that it is not ``one size fits all'' approach: essentially, compression aims at specifying the characteristics of the data that needs to be compressed (mainly looking for patterns to be explored in order to achieve compact data representation). This module defines a variety of data modeling and representation techniques, which is at the heart of compression. Recently, the convergence in the field of communications, computing and entertainment industries enabled data compression to be a part of everyday life (e.g. MP3, DVD and Digital TV) and has created a number of exciting new opportunities for new applications of compression technologies.
Course Code |
TM297 |
Course Title |
Compression Methods for Multimedia |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Data compression aims at finding new ways of representing data so that it takes very little storage, while still being able to reconstruct the original data from the compressed version. Compression is applied namely when storage space is at a premium or when data needs to be transmitted and bandwidth is at a premium (which always is the case). The most important thing about compression is that it is not ``one size fits all'' approach: essentially, compression aims at specifying the characteristics of the data that needs to be compressed (mainly looking for patterns to be explored in order to achieve compact data representation). This module defines a variety of data modeling and representation techniques, which is at the heart of compression. Recently, the convergence in the field of communications, computing and entertainment industries enabled data compression to be a part of everyday life (e.g. MP3, DVD and Digital TV) and has created a number of exciting new opportunities for new applications of compression technologies. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are to illustrate methods for handling and compressing different kinds of data, such as text, images, audio and video data and show data compression techniques for multimedia and other applications, especially the once used in the Internet.
After finishing successfully this Module you should be able to: - Compute basic statistics of data.
- Apply nontrivial algorithms to real-world problems.
- Outline the principles of data compression.
- Discover different compression methods for text, image, audio, and video data.
- Extend different compression methods and their applications in different aspects of computing.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Develop a well-founded knowledge in the field of study.
- Relate other disciplines to the field of study.
- Develop an international perspective on the field of study.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Analyse and explore information and ideas and to convey those ideas clearly and fluently, in both written and spoken forms.
- Experiment effectively with others in order to work towards a common outcome.
- Select and make use of appropriate level, style and means of communication.
- Experiment appropriately with information and communication technologies.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Apply different compression methods for text, image, audio, and video data
- Examine nontrivial algorithms to real-world problems
- Extend different compression methods and their applications in different aspects of computing.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyse and conclude independently.
- Develop ideas and adapt innovatively to changing environments.
- Identify problems constructs solutions, innovate and improve current practices
|
TM298 Operating Systems
(4) Credit Hours
The study of Operating Systems is essential since these are an integral part of modern IT systems. This is an introductory level module which introduces students to fundamental concepts of a variety of operating systems.
Course Code |
TM298 |
Course Title |
Operating Systems |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The study of Operating Systems is essential since these are an integral part of modern IT systems. This is an introductory level module which introduces students to fundamental concepts of a variety of operating systems. |
Course Objectives |
- Provide students extensive knowledge on OS in general, OS principles and modules and how their internals work and functions.
- Provide key mechanisms in design of operating systems modules.
- Introduce students to definitions of the Operating Systems such as OS control all of a computer's resources and present users with the equivalent of virtual machines that are easier to program than their underlying hardware.
- Teach core operating systems concepts including operating system structure, process management, synchronization and concurrency, threads, memory management techniques, process scheduling and resource management, virtual memory concepts, deadlocks.
- Give an overview of fundamental operating system principles, complemented with discussions of concrete modern systems to help students understand how these principles are applied in real OSs.
- Enable students to compare performance of processor scheduling algorithms.
- Teach students to produce algorithmic solutions to process synchronization problems.
- Provide students with a good grasp of basic abstractions employed in system-level software (such as processes, threads, virtual memory, caching, etc.),
- Teach students to use modern operating system calls such as Linux process and synchronization libraries.
- Develop a sense in understand designing and implementing systems and working as part of a team.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Identify and learn what operating systems are, what they do.
- Describe How the Operating System are designed and constructed.
- Show what the common features of an operating system are.
- Explain what an operating system does for the user, and what it does for the computer-system operator.
B. Cognitive skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyze the operating system design, constructor, building, internal works, usage variety, operations, and functions.
- Demonstrate the basis for future work in other areas of OS: hacking Linux, i.e. contribute to the Open source OS, security and so on
C. Practical and professional skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Implement the design simple of Operating System structures.
- Demonstrate basic skills to enable you to progress to more advanced level studies at the AOU or any other university.
D. Key transferable skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Demonstrate study skills at a level appropriate to higher education, such as timetabling study; read critically for meaning and take effective notes; and use study aids such as dictionaries and glossaries;
- Identify and distinguish between number of concepts that inform the Operating system structure components.
- Communicate appropriately with your tutor and other students using email, online conferences and forums;
- Locate information on a given subject from the World Wide Web.
|
TM311 Information security
(8) Credit Hours
TM311 Information Security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. TM311 is designed with a link to other modules, including: TM129(Technologies in Practice), TM256(Computer Security and Digital Forensics), T318(Applied Network Security). TM311 contributes to student employability by addressing key skills in information literacy, communication, planning and problem solving in the context of Information Security.
A cyber security analyst is responsible for the implementation, maintenance and support of the security controls that protect an organisation’s systems and data assets from threats and hazards.
Course Code |
TM311 |
Course Title |
Information security |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM311 Information Security is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber Security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. TM311 is designed with a link to other modules, including: TM129(Technologies in Practice), TM256(Computer Security and Digital Forensics), T318(Applied Network Security). TM311 contributes to student employability by addressing key skills in information literacy, communication, planning and problem solving in the context of Information Security.
A cyber security analyst is responsible for the implementation, maintenance and support of the security controls that protect an organisation’s systems and data assets from threats and hazards.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to enable the student to:
• Ensure that security technologies and practices are operating in accordance with the organisation’s policies and standards to provide continued protection.
• Understand network infrastructure, software and data to identify where threat and hazard can occur.
• Perform periodic vulnerability assessments to evaluate the organisation’s ongoing security posture and will provide visibility to management of the main risks and control status on an ongoing basis.
• Respond to security incidents and implement resolution activities across the organisation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to:
A1. Understand the types of security (confidentiality, authentication; non-repudiation; service integrity) and security big picture (network security; host OS security; physical security).
A2. Understand the main types of common attack techniques, including phishing, social engineering, malware, network interception, blended techniques, denial of service and theft.
A3. Recognise and assess risk including performing a risk assessment.
A4. Apply the principles of information security in various contexts.
A5. Assess the strengths and weaknesses of different types of information security mechanisms in various contexts.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
B1. Define and justify a user access policy for an information system given knowledge of the system architecture, security requirements and threat/risk environment.
B2. Discuss competently a variety of topics related to information security.
B3. Critically evaluate information about the development of info sec management systems from a variety of sources.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
C1. Perform security risk assessments for a range of information systems and propose solutions.
C2. Analyse and evaluate security threats and vulnerabilities to planned and installed information systems or services.
C3. Develop a security case against recognised security threats, and recommend mitigation, security controls and appropriate processes.
C4. Conduct a range of cyber security audit activities to demonstrate security control effectiveness.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
D1. Communicate and analyse problems effectively within computing environments using appropriate personal and technical skills.
D2. Formulate arguments and make informed decisions in choosing appropriate techniques in solving a range of technological problems.
|
TM338 Data Mining
(3) Credit Hours
TM338 is a data mining course. It imparts essential knowledge about the field of data mining which is also known as knowledge discovery (KDD). It focuses on fundamental data mining concepts and techniques for discovering interesting patterns from data in various applications. Theories and algorithms for data mining and knowledge discovery will be studied. It will also emphasize techniques for developing effective, efficient, and scalable data mining tools.
Course Code |
TM338 |
Course Title |
Data Mining |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
TM338 is a data mining course. It imparts essential knowledge about the field of data mining which is also known as knowledge discovery (KDD). It focuses on fundamental data mining concepts and techniques for discovering interesting patterns from data in various applications. Theories and algorithms for data mining and knowledge discovery will be studied. It will also emphasize techniques for developing effective, efficient, and scalable data mining tools.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to:
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to perform the data preparation tasks and understand the implications.
• Provide the students with the required skills to demonstrate an understanding of the alternative knowledge representations such as rules, decision trees, and decision tables.
• Provide the students with the required skills to manipulate data pre-processing, association, classification, and clustering techniques. |
Course Outcomes |
|
TM339 Big Data Analytics
(3) Credit Hours
TM339 is a Big Data Analytics. The key objective of this course is to familiarize the students with most important information technologies used in manipulating, storing, and analyzing big data. The module will introduce the characteristics and challenges of the Big Data, Hadoop, big data extraction and integration, big data storage, scalable indexing for big data, big graph processing, big data algorithms, big data privacy, big data visualizations, and big data applications.
Course Code |
TM339 |
Course Title |
Big Data Analytics |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
TM339 is a Big Data Analytics. The key objective of this course is to familiarize the students with most important information technologies used in manipulating, storing, and analyzing big data. The module will introduce the characteristics and challenges of the Big Data, Hadoop, big data extraction and integration, big data storage, scalable indexing for big data, big graph processing, big data algorithms, big data privacy, big data visualizations, and big data applications.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to:
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to understand big data collection, integration and storage.
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to use the core techniques of processing big data.
• Provide the students with the required skills to be able to understand different real applications and their techniques that involve big data. |
Course Outcomes |
|
TM340 Natural Language Processing
(8) Credit Hours
Natural Language Processing (NLP) is a cognitive science sub-discipline drawing on linguistics, computer science, and psycholinguistics. Recent strides in this area have already begun to influence how human beings interact with computers. NLP is a field located at the intersection of data science and Artificial Intelligence (AI) that is all about teaching machines how to understand human languages and extract meaning from text. This is also why machine learning is often part of NLP projects.
Course Code |
TM340 |
Course Title |
Natural Language Processing |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Natural Language Processing (NLP) is a cognitive science sub-discipline drawing on linguistics, computer science, and psycholinguistics. Recent strides in this area have already begun to influence how human beings interact with computers. NLP is a field located at the intersection of data science and Artificial Intelligence (AI) that is all about teaching machines how to understand human languages and extract meaning from text. This is also why machine learning is often part of NLP projects. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module are to:
• gain an in-depth understanding of the computational properties of natural languages and the commonly used algorithms for processing linguistic information.
• study computing systems that can process, understand, or communicate in human language.
• Focus on understanding various NLP tasks, algorithms for effectively problems, and methods for evaluating their performance.
• NLP topics including regular expressions, text processing, language parsing, text classification, language modelling and sequence tagging, vector space models of semantics.
• Understand distributed word representations, Relation extraction with distant supervision, natural language inference, supervised sentiment analysis semantic parsing.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
TM341 Computer Vision
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides an introduction to computer vision, including basic methods from image processing techniques and deep learning with neural networks to solve high level vision tasks. It helps to the student to develop the practical skills necessary to build computer vision applications.
Course Code |
TM341 |
Course Title |
Computer Vision |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides an introduction to computer vision, including basic methods from image processing techniques and deep learning with neural networks to solve high level vision tasks. It helps to the student to develop the practical skills necessary to build computer vision applications. |
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to provide students with understanding of the theories and techniques used in computer vision. Topics include fundamentals of computer vision based on image processing techniques as well as machine-learning based computer vision used by new-school vision. |
Course Outcomes |
|
TM351 Data management and analysis
(8) Credit Hours
Data management and analysis (TM351) – an overview of the concepts, techniques, and tools of modern data management and analysis. The requirements of data management continually evolve. Recently those requirements have surpassed the capabilities of traditional data management. So, in order to better prepare our graduates for the new demands of the job market, it is necessary to address both the traditional concepts of data management as well as the increasingly important area of data analytics.
Course Code |
TM351 |
Course Title |
Data management and analysis |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Data management and analysis (TM351) – an overview of the concepts, techniques, and tools of modern data management and analysis. The requirements of data management continually evolve. Recently those requirements have surpassed the capabilities of traditional data management. So, in order to better prepare our graduates for the new demands of the job market, it is necessary to address both the traditional concepts of data management as well as the increasingly important area of data analytics. |
Course Objectives |
This module aims to address some of the key concepts required for the traditionally important area of data management, and the increasingly important area of data analytics. The module will compare traditional relational databases with an alternate model (a NoSQL database), and will enable students to choose between the alternatives to select an appropriate means of storing and managing data, depending on the size and structure of a particular dataset and the use to which that data will be put. Students will be introduced to preliminary techniques in data analysis, starting from the position that data is used to answer a question, and introduced to a range of data visualisation and visual analysis techniques that will instil an understanding of how to start exploring a new data set. To ensure that students are comfortable with handling datasets, they will explore a range of openly licensed real-world datasets (either downloaded from their host websites, or provided as snapshots) to illustrate the key concepts in the course. Sources such as data.gov.uk, the World Bank, and a range of other national and international agencies will be used to provide appropriate data. The module will aim to divide approximately equally between issues in data management (technical and socio-legal issues in storing and maintaining datasets), and issues in data analytics (using data to answer questions). Students are not expected to have a background in statistics, but should be comfortable working with mathematical concepts and will need to be competent programmers. The module will be framed around a narrative that looks at how to manage and extract value and insight from a range of increasingly large data collections. At each stage, a comparison will be drawn between different ways of representing the data (for example, using different sorts of charts or geographical mapping techniques), and limitations of the mechanisms presented. To enable students to get a feel for the use of data, each stage will also include an overview of some data analysis techniques, including summary reporting and exploratory data visualisation. The module will be driven by Richard Hamming's famous quote: The purpose of computing is insight, not numbers. Some of the key ideas are: - Introducing data analysis. Starting with a text based data file such as comma separated variable (CSV) document, this unit will provide a brief introduction to some basic operations on simple data files. This will give an opportunity to provide an outline of the key ideas in the module, to ensure that the students have installed the module software correctly, and to begin to familiarise themselves with that software.
- Concepts in data management. The module will look at three key areas in data management: data architectures and data access (CRUD), data integrity, and transaction management (ACID). Each of these will be illustrated using a relational database, and one non-relational alternative, and the advantages and limitations of each model discussed.
- Legal and ethical issues. The module will consider the legal and ethical issues involved in managing data collections. Students will be required to obtain and read (parts of) the Data Protection Act and the Freedom of Information Act, and demonstrate how these apply to issues in data management. They will also consider privacy, ownership, intellectual property and licensing issues in data collection, management, retrieval and reuse.
Concepts in data analytics. These sections will focus on using data to answer a real question; the focus will be on exploratory techniques (such as visualisation) and formulating a question into a form which can realistically be answered using the data that is available. Issues in processing techniques for large and real-time streamed data collections will also be addressed along with techniques and technologies (such as mapreduce) for handling them. This part will use a statistical package such as the python scientific libraries and/or ggplot to visualise the data and carry out appropriate analyses. It is not anticipated that students will need to understand statistical methods in depth.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Discuss and describe the similarities and differences between at least two different database models, and how they are used to manage data collections.
- Identify and explain the legal issues surrounding data collection, usage and retention.
- Explain the stages and process of database design
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Select an appropriate database model for a data collection.
- Use data to answer a practical question.
- Analyse a simple scenario to produce a conceptual model.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Use a query language to extract information from a database.
- Use a statistical package to explore a data set
- Present an analysis of a dataset to a variety of audiences.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Write a report detailing a systematic approach to analysing a data set.
- Gain Active listening to the stakeholders regarding their data analysis needs
Communicate the results of data analysis to stakeholders at appropriate level
|
TM352 Web, mobile and cloud technologies
(8) Credit Hours
Cloud computing and mobile technologies offer new possibilities for the production and distribution of IT applications and services. Rapid, elastic and scalable provisioning of IT resources allows organisations to be more innovative, agile and cost effective. In our personal lives, cloud and mobile technologies allow us to store, access and share information online. Storing and processing information with no clear physical location or legal authority raises important concerns around governance and security. In this module students will learn about the technical and social aspects of cloud computing and mobile technologies, and they will gain hands-on experience of these technologies.
Course Code |
TM352 |
Course Title |
Web, mobile and cloud technologies |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Cloud computing and mobile technologies offer new possibilities for the production and distribution of IT applications and services. Rapid, elastic and scalable provisioning of IT resources allows organisations to be more innovative, agile and cost effective. In our personal lives, cloud and mobile technologies allow us to store, access and share information online. Storing and processing information with no clear physical location or legal authority raises important concerns around governance and security. In this module students will learn about the technical and social aspects of cloud computing and mobile technologies, and they will gain hands-on experience of these technologies. |
Course Objectives |
- Provide knowledge to students about foundations of the internet and the mechanisms of web services and applications provisioning.
- Teach students about the cloud model and the associated resources of a cloud infrastructure.
- Impart knowledge to students about the business case for cloud and the different ways to distributing the cloud infrastructure.
- Create awareness in students concerning the various challenges involved in mobile application development and the combined use of mobile technology and cloud technology.
- Enable students to develop and deploy web services to an application server and perform exploration of toolkits for developing mobile applications.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Knowledge and understanding of: - The different approaches to providing network applications and services including the architectures and protocols involved.
- The security and legal issues related to the adoption and use of cloud services, data and applications.
- The risks and benefits of adopting cloud and mobile technology for a range of business models.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyse and critique an organisation's approach to IT infrastructure and delivery of applications and services.
- Design an effective approach to IT infrastructure for an organisation utilising cloud technology appropriately.
- Create prototypes of cloud services and mobile applications.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Implement IT solutions to address legal, ethical and security issues related to cloud based resources and access to data, applications and services.
- Deploy, demonstrate and utilise a cloud infrastructure
- Create a mobile application and adapt this to utilise cloud based resources.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Research and analyse an organisation's IT infrastructure and identify opportunities for cloud technology adoption.
- Plan and produce a structured technical report detailing an approach for an organisation which is adopting cloud and mobile technologies.
- Produce a presentation to convey the means, risks and benefits for an organisation to adopt cloud and mobile technologies
|
TM354 Software Engineering
(8) Credit Hours
Software engineering (TM354) – the intellectual tools needed to design, build, and test software systems. This module aims to provide you with an understanding of software engineering concepts and a view of practical software development. It follows a disciplined approach to the development of software systems to meet specified requirements. You will become familiar with a wide range of techniques to support the dialogue between software engineers and an organisation’s stakeholders, and the work of the developers. You will also develop a good understanding of the different approaches to, and practices of, software development, including those followed by agile methods.
Course Code |
TM354 |
Course Title |
Software Engineering |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Software engineering (TM354) – the intellectual tools needed to design, build, and test software systems. This module aims to provide you with an understanding of software engineering concepts and a view of practical software development. It follows a disciplined approach to the development of software systems to meet specified requirements. You will become familiar with a wide range of techniques to support the dialogue between software engineers and an organisation’s stakeholders, and the work of the developers. You will also develop a good understanding of the different approaches to, and practices of, software development, including those followed by agile methods. |
Course Objectives |
- To understand the business domain for a problem requiring a software solution or a change to an existing solution
- To acquire the tools and knowledge to analyse and design such a solution or change
- To understand how any chosen software architecture will impact on the satisfaction of all users requirements and expectations
- To apply and reuse design expertise from a set of design patterns
- To develop the skills for testing outputs of all activities throughout the development process.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Understand concepts of software development and maintenance, specialising in such topics as Web and Internet design and programming, advanced database techniques or human computer interaction
- Acquire the methods and tools used to develop a range of software systems
- Identify a range of situations in which computer systems are used, the ways in which people interact with them, and the ethical, social and legal problems that computer software can create.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to: - Explain advanced software development concepts and apply them to practical problems, including in an extended piece of work
- Analyse problems, and design and evaluate realistic solutions to them
- Compare and contrast a variety of computing methods and tools, identifying the best choices to apply to specific problems
- Explain the various roles, functions and interactions of members of a software development team.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Work independently, planning, monitoring, reflecting on and improving your own learning and working practices
- Work in a group, communicating computing ideas effectively in speech and in writing
- Find, assess and apply information from a variety of sources, using information technology where necessary, in a number of assignments, including at least one significant piece of work
- Use numerical and analytical techniques confidently to solve complex problems.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this module, students will be able to:
- Design, program, test and evaluate software systems
- Use modern software tools, both within and outside your workplace
- Identify and handle the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during software development and use.
|
TM355 Communications Technology
(8) Credit Hours
Communications technology (TM355) – looks at the underlying technologies of modern electronic communications, such as mobile data and telephony, broadband, Wi-Fi, and optical fiber. Electronic communication is ubiquitous in homes, offices and urban environments. This module gives students an insight into these and other questions, by looking at the fundamental principles of communications technologies. Through these principles students will gain an insight into the possibilities and constraints of modern communications technology. This module complements other modules relating to networking (e.g., T215A/B, T216A/B and T316).
Course Code |
TM355 |
Course Title |
Communications Technology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Communications technology (TM355) – looks at the underlying technologies of modern electronic communications, such as mobile data and telephony, broadband, Wi-Fi, and optical fiber. Electronic communication is ubiquitous in homes, offices and urban environments. This module gives students an insight into these and other questions, by looking at the fundamental principles of communications technologies. Through these principles students will gain an insight into the possibilities and constraints of modern communications technology. This module complements other modules relating to networking (e.g., T215A/B, T216A/B and T316). |
Course Objectives |
TM355 is framed fairly precisely by its areas of interest: layers 1 and 2 of the OSI seven-layer model, that is the Physical Layer (layer 1) and the Data Link Layer (layer 2); and the three access technologies of optical fibre, DSL broadband and wireless. Within this framing, TM355 is concerned to reveal and explore commonalities that cut across these technologies, such as Shannon's law, multiple access (which increasingly means orthogonal frequency division multiple access, or OFDMA), modulation techniques (in the digital world, almost synonymous with quadrature amplitude modulation, or QAM), error detection and correction, and coding. A thorough understanding of the principles of these common technologies will equip students to understand a range of communication technologies, and to understand their potential and limitations
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Have a sound grasp of the essential vocabulary of communications technology, be able to deploy it appropriately, and be able to explain them
- Understand the main principles and constraints of digital communications technology at the physical and data link layers, and employ them to analyse and assess communication scenarios.
- Understand the essential limits and trade-offs that are inherent in practical communication systems
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Use relevant data related to a communication system to model its behaviour and assess performance and resource requirements.
- Explain how and why particular communications configurations and systems are used, discuss their potential and limitations.
C. Practical and
professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Write a short report or essay discussing applications of communications technology.
- Be able to use third-party material critically.
- Be able to incorporate copyrighted material appropriately
D Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Assess and synthesise information from a range of sources in order to offer an informed judgement on applications of communication technology.
- Develop your own learning skills in topics related to communications technology.
- Be able to learn independently from third-party materials, in order to keep up to date in communications technology.
|
TM356 Interaction design and user experience
(8) Credit Hours
Interaction design and the user experience (TM356) – in this module the students will learn the importance of user-centred design, and acquire practical skills for designing the interactive products for everyday life.
From apps, phones and business systems to wearables, the web and the Internet of Things, interactive products are the stuff of everyday life. But how can interactions be designed to best meet their purposes, offer good user experiences, and be easy, satisfying and enjoyable to use? How can interactions be evaluated effectively when their users, purposes and contexts of use vary so widely? In this module we take a user-centred approach through which the student will learn about the factors, techniques, tools and theories that affect interaction design and acquire practical skills that will equip the student to analyse, design, and evaluate the interactive products of everyday life. Why are some interactive products so popular? How do you create products that everybody wants? One of the fundamental things the student will learn in this module is the importance of user-centred design. In this context, this module complements the rest of Web Development modules.
Course Code |
TM356 |
Course Title |
Interaction design and user experience |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Interaction design and the user experience (TM356) – in this module the students will learn the importance of user-centred design, and acquire practical skills for designing the interactive products for everyday life.
From apps, phones and business systems to wearables, the web and the Internet of Things, interactive products are the stuff of everyday life. But how can interactions be designed to best meet their purposes, offer good user experiences, and be easy, satisfying and enjoyable to use? How can interactions be evaluated effectively when their users, purposes and contexts of use vary so widely? In this module we take a user-centred approach through which the student will learn about the factors, techniques, tools and theories that affect interaction design and acquire practical skills that will equip the student to analyse, design, and evaluate the interactive products of everyday life. Why are some interactive products so popular? How do you create products that everybody wants? One of the fundamental things the student will learn in this module is the importance of user-centred design. In this context, this module complements the rest of Web Development modules.
|
Course Objectives |
The student will learn the value of moving away from his/her desk and 'stepping out into the world' to involve potential users in his/her early design ideas for interactive products. It is all too easy to assume that other people think, feel and behave in the same way as the designer or developer, do. It is essential to take into account the diversity among users and their different perspectives and getting their feedback will help to avoid any errors and misunderstandings that may not have thought of. Involving users in the process is vital to creating great products and makes good business sense. Through hands-on activities the student will work through the design process on a topic chosen by himself/herself (with tutor's guidance). The student will develop skills that will be important to him/her in a variety of employment settings – whether working as a developer as part of a large software development team, as a partner in a small start-up, or in some other role involved in the managing of, or decision making around interactive products that will be used by people
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the module students will have knowledge and understanding of: - What interaction design is about and the importance of user centred design and methods that take into account activities and tasks, context of use and user experiences;
- The sensory, cognitive and physical capabilities of users and how these inform the design of interactive products;
- The process of interaction design including requirements elicitation, prototyping, evaluation and the need for iteration.
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the module students will be able to: - Analyse and critique the design of interactive products;
- Select, adapt and apply suitable interaction design approaches and techniques towards the design of an interactive product;
- Construct prototypes for diverse purposes using appropriate materials or tools;
- Analyse and critique how interaction design activities have been conducted.
C. Practical and professional skills
After studying the module students will be able to: - Define a suitable programme of user involvement that treats users ethically and fairly.
D. Key transferable skills
After studying the module students will be able to: - Construct and convey an argument from a variety of sources to persuade a non-specialist audience of the importance of user-centred design when designing interactive products;
- Communicate effectively about requirements, design, and evaluation activities relating to interactive products;
- To progress your own learning independently using materials and publications from a wide variety of sources.
|
TM358 Machine learning and artificial intelligence
(8) Credit Hours
TM358 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Data Science programme as well as the Computer Science track of the ITC qualifications. Machine Learning and AI techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module.
Course Code |
TM358 |
Course Title |
Machine learning and artificial intelligence |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM358 is a compulsory module in the BSc (Hons) Data Science programme as well as the Computer Science track of the ITC qualifications. Machine Learning and AI techniques are essential for regression and classification tasks and for extracting meaningful insights from data. Students will also study the important techniques of Deep Learning and the strengths and limitations of Machine Learning and AI systems in this module. |
Course Objectives |
The module will give students and broad understanding of the fields of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML), and a deeper understanding of deep neural learning in particular. Students will be able to select and justify choices of deep learning architecture and describe when such approaches are suitable and effective.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand the context of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and deep learning, including understanding the basic mechanisms and appropriate uses of a range of alternatives to deep learning. A2: Describe the range of situations in which machine learning systems are used and the possibilities and limitations of these systems.
A3: Understand the key elements and mechanisms of deep neural learning systems, together with their strengths and weaknesses. A4: Understand the social, professional, legal, and ethical issues associated with machine learning systems.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Explain the strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of machine learning, and deep learning in particular, including understanding when machine learning techniques are not appropriate. B2: Apply and critically evaluate deep learning tools and techniques to solve real-world problems. B3: Select and apply appropriate techniques and tools for designing, implementing, and testing deep learning systems, and be aware of their limitations. B4: Justify why deep learning tools and
techniques are either suitable or not for a particular problem or domain
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyse and evaluate problems and plan strategies for their solution. C2: Select an appropriate set of machine learning techniques for a given task and dataset, marshal one or more tools into a coherent machine learning system, apply the machine learning system correctly, and evaluate its performance (including limits of applicability). C3: Select and appropriately pre-process a dataset for machine learning and evaluate how biases inherent in the data will affect the reliability and fairness of the trained machine learning system. D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Relate the strengths, weaknesses, and limitations of machine learning to wider social issues, including social justice, privacy and security, and access to resources and services. D2: Communicate information, arguments, ideas, and issues clearly and in appropriate ways, considering the audience and purpose of the communication. D3: Select and use accurately analytical techniques to solve problems.
D4: Develop skills to become an independent lifelong learner, as the field moves on.
|
TM359 System penetration testing
(8) Credit Hours
TM359 (system penetration testing) is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TT284 (Web Technologies); T216A (Cisco Networking (CCNA); TM256 (Computer Security and Digital Forensics); TM311 (Information security); T318 (Applied Network Security); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on penetration testing for system and ethical hacking to provide systems of the highest possible level of security. The aim of this module is to introduce and extend certain concepts of each high-level domain such as Systems security, security testing, and ethical hacking, that is not covered in the other modules of the qualification.
Course Code |
TM359 |
Course Title |
System penetration testing |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM359 (system penetration testing) is a compulsory module in the BSc (Honours) in Cyber security qualification, which is intended one of the third level modules that students on this qualification study. Other modules in the taught module component of the qualification have a relation to this course, including TT284 (Web Technologies); T216A (Cisco Networking (CCNA); TM256 (Computer Security and Digital Forensics); TM311 (Information security); T318 (Applied Network Security); TM471 (The computing and IT project) in stage 3.
The focus of the module on penetration testing for system and ethical hacking to provide systems of the highest possible level of security. The aim of this module is to introduce and extend certain concepts of each high-level domain such as Systems security, security testing, and ethical hacking, that is not covered in the other modules of the qualification.
|
Course Objectives |
The aim of this module is to enable the student to:
• Assess the steps involved in the planning, scoping and reconnaissance phase of a network penetration test.
• Appraise the tools and techniques used for computer network mapping and vulnerability assessment.
• Evaluate exploitation techniques, frameworks and tools.
• Compare post exploitation techniques and tools.
• Compare password hash generation, storage and use for authentication across a network
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding After studying the module, learners will be able to:
A1. Understand technical excellence along with industry-leading methodologies to conduct high-value penetration tests.
A2. discuss how the tools interrelate with each other in an overall testing process.
A3. Gain critical awareness of the professional, ethical, social and legal issues associated with penetration testing of digital systems.
A4. Understand the workflow of professional penetration testers and ethical hackers
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
B1. Critically evaluate different penetration testing methods and techniques.
B2. Select and apply appropriate techniques and tools for network scanning and scanning countermeasures.
B3. Compare, contrast and critically analyse different threats and attacks in the context of cybersecurity.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
C1. Planning, monitor and improving your own learning.
C2. Select appropriate analytical techniques to solve problems.
C3. Recognize and understand a range of cybersecurity threats and select suitable penetration test to apply.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be able to:
D1. Analyse and evaluation different penetration tests and use appropriate modelling tools.
D2. Plan and organise your work using systematic records of work in progress and outcomes.
D3. Identify and address the professional, ethical, social and legal issues in the context of penetration testing and ethical hacking.
|
TM366 Artificial intelligence
(8) Credit Hours
Basic concepts in artificial intelligence are being used in huge research projects all over the world for the last three decades. This includes research and development at the industrial and academic levels. The module introduces the students to the basics natural intelligence where AI has been inspired and presents the AI concepts and techniques that are being used in advanced AI projects.
Course Code |
TM366 |
Course Title |
Artificial intelligence |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Basic concepts in artificial intelligence are being used in huge research projects all over the world for the last three decades. This includes research and development at the industrial and academic levels. The module introduces the students to the basics natural intelligence where AI has been inspired and presents the AI concepts and techniques that are being used in advanced AI projects. |
Course Objectives |
To provide the students
with an understanding of the fundamental concepts involved in natural and
artificial intelligence (ASO, PSO, neural networks, evolutionary computing,
robotics and genetic computing).
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completion of this module the student will gain knowledge and understanding of: - The aims of, and motivations for, artificial intelligence;
- The principal techniques used in traditional approaches to artificial intelligence, i.e. knowledge representation and search;
- The four key principles of nouvelle AI: interaction, emergence, adaptation and selection;
- The biological basis of modern techniques in AI;
- Key concepts and methods in artificial neural networks;
- Key concepts and methods in evolutionary computation.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Analyse a problem in terms of its amenability to solution by various computational methods;
- Formulate computational solutions to diverse problems;
- Select and use appropriate mathematical representations for a range of problem solving systems;
- Compare, contrast and evaluate competing approaches to computational problem solving and the simulation of intelligence;
- Synthesise the main concepts of the module into a clear and critical view of the strengths, weaknesses and future direction of AI.
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Analyse, design and evaluate computer simulations;
- Construct computer systems using an appropriate tool;
- Carry out experiments, with careful recording, analysis and evaluation of results;
- Use basic research techniques
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completion of this module the student will be able to: - Apply appropriate computational problem-solving techniques to a range of problems;
- Communicate computational ideas relating to AI in clear and concise written English;
- Use appropriate graphical, logical and mathematical representations to characterize various types of AI system;
- Exercise general numeracy and problem-solving skills.
|
TM380 Autonomous Robotic System
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces the students to the foundation of situated autonomous robotic systems and its application areas. The course works with the group of modules addressing the artificial intelligence field. This course enables the students to invade the sophisticated AI application area that deploy autonomous robotic/agent systems to conduct a specific intelligent task.
The course aims to provide students with an understanding of design concepts for autonomous systems, including robots and virtual agents, as well as the ability to put their experience into practice by creating a simple autonomous robot system.
Course Code |
TM380 |
Course Title |
Autonomous Robotic System |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces the students to the foundation of situated autonomous robotic systems and its application areas. The course works with the group of modules addressing the artificial intelligence field. This course enables the students to invade the sophisticated AI application area that deploy autonomous robotic/agent systems to conduct a specific intelligent task.
The course aims to provide students with an understanding of design concepts for autonomous systems, including robots and virtual agents, as well as the ability to put their experience into practice by creating a simple autonomous robot system. |
Course Objectives |
In more detail, the aims are:
• To introduce the student to the foundation of situated autonomous agent;
• To introduce the student to the field of mobile robots;
• To introduce the key approaches developed for decision-making in autonomous systems;
• To introduce a contemporary platform for programming agents and multi-agent systems;
• To introduce contemporary platform for experimental robotics.. |
Course Outcomes |
|
TM391 E-Commerce
(3) Credit Hours
Technologies of the Internet are essential for conducting businesses in this information age and this module is meant to provide the foundations for e-Commerce Technologies, help in selecting appropriate technology infrastructure and security measures.
Course Code |
TM391 |
Course Title |
E-Commerce |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Technologies of the Internet are essential for conducting businesses in this information age and this module is meant to provide the foundations for e-Commerce Technologies, help in selecting appropriate technology infrastructure and security measures. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to provide an understanding of e-business and its associated technologies. The basics of online commerce will be introduced along with the elements that are particular to an electronic marketplace.
The module aims to provide students with: - An understanding and the nature of e-Commerce, recognize the business impact and potential of e-Commerce.
- Basic understanding of internet technologies and network infrastructure.
- Major business and revenue models and how to do marketing online, communicating with different market segments.
- Strategies that business uses to improve purchasing, logistics and other support activities, including how Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) works.
- Understanding key characteristics of different major auction types, strategies for web auction sites and auction-related businesses.
- Web server basics, software for web servers and web server hardware.
- Finding and evaluating web hosting services, basic and advance functions of e-commerce software.
- Online security issues, security for communication channels between computers, networks and major servers offering web and e-commerce services.
- The basic function of online payment systems, the use of payment cards in electronic commerce. History and function of electronic cash, including electronic wallets and other internet payment technologies and the banking industry.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
On completion of the module students will be able to:
- Discuss the relationships between e-business and technological developments on the Internet, familiarity with e-business models, B2B, B2C, C2C, comprehend Supply-Chain and Value-Chain concepts.
- Describe a set of e-business models, relationships and strategic issues that arise from the deployment of e-business systems
- Describe various revenue models and how to market on the web, and what e-marketers are doing in the real world.
- Describe the function of protocols and standards used in data exchange
- Describe various auction models; perform virtual communications and interacting with web portals.
- Describe the use of HTML, XML, syntax, properties and processing of XML documents, DTDs and schemas
- Describe the architecture, operation, standards, protocols, and technologies used in the construction, discovery, and use of web services.
- Describe the key dimension of e-commerce security.
- Describe the features of e-commerce payment systems in use.
B. Cognitive skills
On completion of the module students will be able to:
- Relate the business with the technology opportunities and challenges afforded by e-business.
- Critically evaluate an e-business strategy using a suitable framework, appropriate models and current terminology.
- Construct a sound argument that makes use of an appropriate vocabulary with critical use of relevant supporting references.
- Analyse design, develop, implement and manage secure e-commerce systems using a range of tools and techniques, across a range of business contexts to meet various stakeholders requirements.
C. Practical and professional skills
On completion of the module students will be able to:
- Utilize the key protocols of the Internet (especially http, ftp and email), create and edit, HTML XML documents, basics of scripting languages such as PHP, able to create web based data driven applications.
- Choose hardware and software, required for setting up e-commerce business.
- Apply the various e-commerce models and on-line marketing, including auctions and web selling.
- Compare the various on-line payment systems.
- Utilize the various security mechanisms to protect e-commerce systems.
D. Key transferable skills
On completion of the module students will be able to:
- Plan, monitor and evaluate own learning and seek ways to improve the performance.
- Develop secure, flexible, information and communication architectures that support the changing needs of the business.
- Evaluate, and use information or data accurately in complex contexts.
|
TM471 The Telematics project CS
(8) Credit Hours
The objective of this module is to provide the students with the opportunity to apply the theoretical and the practical concepts they have learnt during the lower level courses to a real and tangible project. During their last year, students are required in this module to submit a project proposal consistent with the computer science track. They need to use the skills they have acquired in order to accomplish their presumptive proposal. Beside the deliverable and the assessments, each student has to submit a report that sums up the plan-do-review cycle of his/her work and has to present the findings in front of a faculty committee.
Course Code |
TM471 |
Course Title |
The Telematics project CS |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
The objective of this module is to provide the students with the opportunity to apply the theoretical and the practical concepts they have learnt during the lower level courses to a real and tangible project. During their last year, students are required in this module to submit a project proposal consistent with the computer science track. They need to use the skills they have acquired in order to accomplish their presumptive proposal. Beside the deliverable and the assessments, each student has to submit a report that sums up the plan-do-review cycle of his/her work and has to present the findings in front of a faculty committee. |
Course Objectives |
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Undertake practical projects to solve problems in the area of ITC.
- Perform literature search on a selected topic of interest.
- Apply what they have learnt to plan a project and develop a deliverable.
- Produce project plans for successful undertaking of practical projects.
- Write a detailed project report and communicate their ideas clearly.
- Present their ideas and work formatively before an audience while progressing in their project.
- Present their findings, outcome and deliverable before an audience
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of the fundamental technical concepts and principles relevant to their project
- Apply a systematic approach towards the practical implementation of their project
- Plan a project while preparing a detailed schedule of the project tasks and milestones for 8 months.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Identify and refine the goals and content of their project
- Identify, list and justify the resources, skills and activities needed to carry out the project successfully
- Conduct a proper literature search. Gather, analyse and evaluate relevant information to complete the project successfully
- Critically review how they have tackled the project
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
- Plan and organize their project work appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development and use of Computing and IT systems
- Analyse a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills developed throughout their earlier OU studies and experience.
- Provide a tangible solution by accomplishing their deliverable according to their project requirements.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present their work in a professional manner while addressing the audience in the domain.
|
TM471 The Telematics project CwB
(8) Credit Hours
TM471 is a final year projects course. Students are expected to select topics of their projects consistent with their track that is, directly related to the computing with business track, and also, make use of the skills they have learnt throughout their studies in lower level modules to plan a project, develop it and submit a report on completion of the project. They are expected to do a presentation and perform a working demonstration of their selected project.
Course Code |
TM471 |
Course Title |
The Telematics project CwB |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM471 is a final year projects course. Students are expected to select topics of their projects consistent with their track that is, directly related to the computing with business track, and also, make use of the skills they have learnt throughout their studies in lower level modules to plan a project, develop it and submit a report on completion of the project. They are expected to do a presentation and perform a working demonstration of their selected project. |
Course Objectives |
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Undertake practical computing projects to solve problems in the area of business.
- Perform literature search on a selected topic of interest.
- Apply what they have learnt to plan a project and develop a deliverable.
- Produce project plans for successful undertaking of practical projects.
- Write a detailed project report and communicate their ideas clearly.
- Present their ideas and work formatively before an audience while progressing in their project.
- Present their findings, outcome and deliverable before an audience
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of the fundamental technical concepts and principles relevant to their project
- Apply a systematic approach towards the practical implementation of their project
- Plan a project while preparing a detailed schedule of the project tasks and milestones for 8 months.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Identify and refine the goals and content of their project
- Identify, list and justify the resources, skills and activities needed to carry out the project successfully
- Conduct a proper literature search. Gather, analyse and evaluate relevant information to complete the project successfully
- Critically review how they have tackled the project
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
- Plan and organize their project work appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development and use of Computing and IT systems
- Analyse a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills developed throughout their earlier OU studies and experience.
- Provide a tangible solution by accomplishing their deliverable according to their project requirements.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present their work in a professional manner while addressing the audience in the domain
|
TM471 The Telematics project ITC
(8) Credit Hours
TM471 is a final year projects course. Students are expected to select topics of their projects consistent with their track that is, directly related to the information technology and computing track, and also, make use of the skills they have learnt throughout their studies in lower level modules to plan a project, develop it and submit a report on completion of the project. They are expected to do a presentation and perform a working demonstration of their selected project.
Course Code |
TM471 |
Course Title |
The Telematics project ITC |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
TM471 is a final year projects course. Students are expected to select topics of their projects consistent with their track that is, directly related to the information technology and computing track, and also, make use of the skills they have learnt throughout their studies in lower level modules to plan a project, develop it and submit a report on completion of the project. They are expected to do a presentation and perform a working demonstration of their selected project. |
Course Objectives |
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Undertake practical projects to solve problems in the area of ITC.
- Perform literature search on a selected topic of interest.
- Apply what they have learnt to plan a project and develop a deliverable.
- Produce project plans for successful undertaking of practical projects.
- Write a detailed project report and communicate their ideas clearly.
- Present their ideas and work formatively before an audience while progressing in their project.
- Present their findings, outcome and deliverable before an audience
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Demonstrate understanding of the fundamental technical concepts and principles relevant to their project
- Apply a systematic approach towards the practical implementation of their project
- Plan a project while preparing a detailed schedule of the project tasks and milestones for 8 months.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Identify and refine the goals and content of their project
- Identify, list and justify the resources, skills and activities needed to carry out the project successfully
- Conduct a proper literature search. Gather, analyse and evaluate relevant information to complete the project successfully
- Critically review how they have tackled the project
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
- Plan and organize their project work appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development and use of Computing and IT systems
- Analyse a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills developed throughout their earlier OU studies and experience.
- Provide a tangible solution by accomplishing their deliverable according to their project requirements.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present their work in a professional manner while addressing the audience in the domain.
|
TM471 The Telematics project NS
(8) Credit Hours
Networking track students need to develop projects where they can integrate what they have seen throughout their study in lower level module in on project. This can be achieved through the TM471 module where practical proposals are to be developed during two semesters that solve or at least simulate real life networking projects. The module is assessed through formative assessments where supervisors provide their students with feedback on their progress, and, through formative assessments where the students have to defend their finding in front of a faculty committee where the presentation skills and the project deliverable are evaluated. The students are required as well to provide a scientific project report.
Course Code |
TM471 |
Course Title |
The Telematics project NS |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Networking track students need to develop projects where they can integrate what they have seen throughout their study in lower level module in on project. This can be achieved through the TM471 module where practical proposals are to be developed during two semesters that solve or at least simulate real life networking projects. The module is assessed through formative assessments where supervisors provide their students with feedback on their progress, and, through formative assessments where the students have to defend their finding in front of a faculty committee where the presentation skills and the project deliverable are evaluated. The students are required as well to provide a scientific project report. |
Course Objectives |
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Undertake practical projects to solve problems in the area of ITC.
- Perform literature search on a selected topic of interest.
- Apply what they have learnt to plan a project and develop a deliverable.
- Produce project plans for successful undertaking of practical projects.
- Write a detailed project report and communicate their ideas clearly.
- Present their ideas and work formatively before an audience while progressing in their project.
- Present their findings, outcome and deliverable before an audience
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - demonstrate understanding of the fundamental technical concepts and principles relevant to their project
- Students should be able to apply a systematic approach towards the practical implementation of their project
- Students should be able to plan a project while preparing a detailed schedule of the project tasks and milestones for 8 months.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Identify and refine the goals and content of their project
- Identify, list and justify the resources, skills and activities needed to carry out the project successfully
- Conduct a proper literature search. Gather, analyse and evaluate relevant information to complete the project successfully
- Critically review how they have tackled the project
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Plan and organize their project work appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development and use of Computing and IT systems
- Analyse a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills developed throughout their earlier OU studies and experience.
- Provide a tangible solution by accomplishing their deliverable according to their project requirements.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present their work in a professional manner while addressing the audience in the domain.
|
TM471 The Telematics project WD
(8) Credit Hours
In this module, students will have the opportunity to develop a project and learn to produce the professional documentation accompanying any project implementation. Focusing on web development, this module will help students to be more prepared for the market, because, they are required to plan and implement a web development project that is, at the same level, or higher, than the web systems based on latest web development techniques. Students work is assessed through tutor marked assessments where continuous feedback is provided from the students’ supervisor, and, the final product will be judged by a faculty committee. Students are required to work on their project presentation skill as well, because, this skill will be evaluated by the faculty committee as well during the project defense.
Course Code |
TM471 |
Course Title |
The Telematics project WD |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
In this module, students will have the opportunity to develop a project and learn to produce the professional documentation accompanying any project implementation. Focusing on web development, this module will help students to be more prepared for the market, because, they are required to plan and implement a web development project that is, at the same level, or higher, than the web systems based on latest web development techniques. Students work is assessed through tutor marked assessments where continuous feedback is provided from the students’ supervisor, and, the final product will be judged by a faculty committee. Students are required to work on their project presentation skill as well, because, this skill will be evaluated by the faculty committee as well during the project defense. |
Course Objectives |
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - Undertake practical projects to solve problems in the area of ITC.
- Perform literature search on a selected topic of interest.
- Apply what they have learnt to plan a project and develop a deliverable.
- Produce project plans for successful undertaking of practical projects.
- Write a detailed project report and communicate their ideas clearly.
- Present their ideas and work formatively before an audience while progressing in their project.
- Present their findings, outcome and deliverable before an audience
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - demonstrate understanding of the fundamental technical concepts and principles relevant to their project
- Students should be able to apply a systematic approach towards the practical implementation of their project
- Students should be able to plan a project while preparing a detailed schedule of the project tasks and milestones for 8 months.
B. Cognitive skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Identify and refine the goals and content of their project
- Identify, list and justify the resources, skills and activities needed to carry out the project successfully
- Conduct a proper literature search. Gather, analyse and evaluate relevant information to complete the project successfully
- Critically review how they have tackled the project
C. Practical and professional skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Plan and organize their project work appropriately, and keep systematic records of plans, progress and outcomes
- Identify and address the ethical, social and legal issues that may arise during the development and use of Computing and IT systems
- Analyse a practical problem and devise and implement a solution building on the knowledge and skills developed throughout their earlier OU studies and experience.
- Provide a tangible solution by accomplishing their deliverable according to their project requirements.
D. Key transferable skills
Upon completing this course, students will be able to: - Make effective use of a variety of information sources, including the internet, e-library and demonstrating awareness of the credibility of the source
- Communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions clearly
- Learn independently and reflect on what has been done, with a view to improving skills and knowledge
- Present their work in a professional manner while addressing the audience in the domain
|
TT284 Web technologies
(8) Credit Hours
This module is meant to introduce students to the foundations of web applications, including protocols, standards and content handling.
Course Code |
TT284 |
Course Title |
Web technologies |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module is meant to introduce students to the foundations of web applications, including protocols, standards and content handling. |
Course Objectives |
- give students an insight into architectures, protocols, standards, languages, tools and techniques;
- give students an understanding of approaches to more dynamic and mobile content;
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Describe how the development of the Web has enabled the creation of new forms of information systems and impacted commerce and public services.
- Explain different architectural approaches to application design and contrast traditional approaches with the underlying client–server model of Web applications.
- Describe the roles of the range of protocols and standards associated with Web applications and their communications, for the development of web applications.
- Explain the operation and properties of service, distributed and mobile approaches to web architecture.
- Demonstrate knowledge of a range of different programming languages and explain their differing roles and properties for web applications.
- Discuss issues of web design including, accessibility, usability, localisation and globalisation and the nature of static and dynamic content and different content delivery approaches
- Explain a range of security issues including secure protocols, use of certificates, authentication, authorisation, and firewalls
B. Cognitive skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Analyse requirements to produce a design for a simple web application, applying an understanding of requirements for aspects such as usability and accessibility.
- Describe a suitable architecture, components and standards as the basis for implementation of a web application for a public or business organisation.
- Construct, using appropriate code, a simple web application selecting and reusing code etc where appropriate. , transforms content and integrates services to produce a mobile application
C. Practical and professional skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Outline the importance of standards and standardisation bodies.
- Maintain an up-to-date view of ongoing developments in web technology including standards and techniques.
- Produce and manage design and development plans for a specific technical solution to a challenge in Web application development.
D. Key transferable skills
After completing this module, students will be able to: - Find, select and use information from a range of sources to support analysis, design and implementation tasks.
- Plan and produce a well-structured and researched quality report as part of a project.
- Plan and manage effort and progress whilst undertaking a substantial project.
|
TU170 Computing Essentials
(3) Credit Hours
This is an introductory course which introduces students to the essential concepts related to computing essentials. This is a fundamental course for all students enrolled in AOU.
Course Code |
TU170 |
Course Title |
Computing Essentials |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is an introductory course which introduces students to the essential concepts related to computing essentials. This is a fundamental course for all students enrolled in AOU. |
Course Objectives |
- To develop basic skills of “Learning"
- To know e-Learning: meaning, accessibility, skills, and resources
- To familiarize with the basic concepts of Information Technology: Internet, Web, and Systems
- To familiarize with basic computer system applications: software and hardware
- To learn some practical skills for using computers
- To introduce the concepts of: Security and Ethics
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
After studying the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand terminologies related to IT and computer
- Understand the different learning styles
- Describe the difference between Conventional and blended-learning education systems
- Understand how to read and take notes in the process of learning
- Describe the social media types and facilities
- Have a background about the Web and Internet inventions
- Understand and explain what is information system and technology
- Know the types of applications
- Describe the e-commerce
- Explain different part in computer system (Hardware such as system unite, input and output, memory and processor)
- Explain different terms in communication such as network, connectivity, wireless, server, client)
- Understand clearly what is the difference between privacy and security)
- Describe what are computer ethics and computer crime
B. Cognitive skills
After studying the course, the student will be able to:
- Learn by himself
- Deal with computer problems
- Describe the difference between different learning styles
- Describe the web and search engines
C. Practical and professional skills
To be able to
- Operate the computer system properly
- Interact with applications and programs such as (MS office) confidently
- Communicate with others electronically (Email, instant messaging, blogs, micro-blogs and wikis)
- Read analytically and critically for the purpose of learning
- Avoid plagiarisms
- Initiate a transaction electronically (e-commerce) in a secure way
- Use the social media in the process of learning and communication with others.
- Connect and surf the internet
- Search using the search engines.
- Send and receive email, and share files in a secure way.
- Avoid computer crime
- Use computer ethically
D Key transferable skills
To be able to - Interact effectively within a group using social media and electronic conferencing techniques.
- Working in groups using the LMS system and course forum online.
- Contribute to discussions on a conference using instant messaging.
- Improve own learning and performance
|
A112A Cultures I
(8) Credit Hours
produced and encountered, and helps them explore the importance of such processes. The themes examined in this module are key themes of place, power, literary ‘classics’, and journeys. Students learn about contemporary cultures and relationships between cultures throughout history in an attempt to uncover how and why cultural identities emerge, and how they are expressed using texts, images and objects. Part A of the Module explores Why do certain works of art demand our attention through the centuries? and What is at stake when we label something as ‘a classic’?
Course Code |
A112A |
Course Title |
Cultures I |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
produced and encountered, and helps them explore the importance of such processes. The themes examined in this module are key themes of place, power, literary ‘classics’, and journeys. Students learn about contemporary cultures and relationships between cultures throughout history in an attempt to uncover how and why cultural identities emerge, and how they are expressed using texts, images and objects. Part A of the Module explores Why do certain works of art demand our attention through the centuries? and What is at stake when we label something as ‘a classic’? |
Course Objectives |
A112A aims to: - Explore examples of art and literature to develop an understanding of how people are inspired by ancient places, including those who encountered them in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.
- Engage learners in exploring how writing involves a journey of discovery, as well as how contemporary writers have used their experiences of real-life journeys to evoke a sense of place and to write about home
- Introduce learners to some of the principle skills of creative writing, including how to read as a writer and the essentials of structure, character construction, language, and setting.
- Demonstrate how texts, which are deeply rooted within the cultural contexts in which they were written, can still have much impact on us today.
- Explore cultures with reference to the module's four subject areas: art history, classical studies, creative writing, and English literature.
- Help learners develop analytic skills in relation to placing ancient cultures through looking at evidence from different ancient places to underline what was important to the people of the ancient world, as well as why ancient places continued to have cultural relevance in later centuries.
- Guide learners to critique the techniques that artists have used to show how works of art have been used to represent power as well as to challenge it.
Explore texts which began as 'popular' works but which have come to be regarded as - 'classics' of English literature.
- Build critical skills that can help learners identify the characteristics that make a classic text
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of how people are inspired by ancient places, including those who encountered them in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. A2: Understand the role of cultures in text production A3: Develop knowledge of the principle skills of creative writing, including how to read as a writer and the essentials of structure, character construction, language, and setting. A4: Develop knowledge of the techniques that artists used to show how works of art have been used to represent power as well as to challenge it. A5: Develop knowledge of cultures with reference to the module's four subject areas: art history, classical
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners should be able to: B1: Develop awareness of the role of culture in studying art history, classical studies, creative writing and English literature B2: Understand the requirements of looking at evidence from ancient cultures to appreciate how they continue to have relevance in later centuries. B3: Discuss the requirements of a classic text B4: Develop an understanding of the role of different types of texts. B5: Develop different reflective strategies that critically and constructively explore how writing involves a journey of discovery.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Demonstrate awareness of the role of culture in impacting texts C2: Adopt and apply suitable professional attitude in looking at art history, classical studies, creative writing and English literature C3. Demonstrate a reflective approach through an integrated understanding of the role of cultural identities and how they emerge and are expressed. |
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1: Discuss with confidence issues related to how are cultures produced and encountered. D2: Demonstrate skills on working co-operatively with others. D3: Develop an enhanced self-awareness of and confidence in own skills and how these skills might be disseminated
and used in new situations.
|
A112B Cultures II
(8) Credit Hours
A112 continues to invite learners to investigate the role played by texts, images and objects in different cultures, discovering what these can tell us about the ideas or identities of particular communities and historical groups. A112 B explores more how cultural encounters affect the creative process of writing, and develops the student's ability to study arts and humanities independently.
Course Code |
A112B |
Course Title |
Cultures II |
Pre-requisite |
A112A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
A112 continues to invite learners to investigate the role played by texts, images and objects in different cultures, discovering what these can tell us about the ideas or identities of particular communities and historical groups. A112 B explores more how cultural encounters affect the creative process of writing, and develops the student's ability to study arts and humanities independently. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of how people are inspired by ancient places, including those who encountered them in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. A2: Understand the role of cultures in text production A3: Develop knowledge of the principle skills of creative writing, including how to read as a writer and the essentials of structure, character construction, language, and setting. A4: Develop knowledge of the techniques that artists used to show how works of art have been used to represent power as well as to challenge it. A5: Develop knowledge of cultures with reference to the module's four subject areas: art history, classical
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners should be able to:
B1: Develop awareness of the role of culture in studying art history, classical studies, creative writing and English literature
B2: Understand the requirements of looking at evidence from ancient cultures to appreciate how they continue to have relevance in later centuries.
B3: Discuss the requirements of a classic text
B4: Develop an understanding of the role of different types of texts. B5: Develop different reflective strategies that critically and constructively explore how writing involves a journey of discovery.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Demonstrate awareness of the role of culture in
impacting texts
C2: Adopt and apply suitable professional attitude in looking at art history, classical studies, creative writing and English literature C3. Demonstrate a reflective approach through an integrated understanding of the role of cultural identities and how they emerge and are expressed.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1: Discuss with confidence issues related to how are cultures produced and encountered.
D2: Demonstrate skills on working co-operatively with others.
D3: Develop an enhanced self-awareness of and confidence in own skills and how these skills might be disseminated and used in new situations.
|
A112T Cultures T
(8) Credit Hours
A112T introduces the translation students to how cultures are produced and encountered, and helps them explore the importance of such processes. The themes examined in this module are key themes of place, power, literary ‘classics’, and journeys. Students learn about contemporary cultures and relationships between cultures throughout history in an attempt to uncover how and why cultural identities emerge, and how they are expressed using texts, images and objects.
Course Code |
A112T |
Course Title |
Cultures T |
Pre-requisite |
EL117 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
A112T introduces the translation students to how cultures are produced and encountered, and helps them explore the importance of such processes. The themes examined in this module are key themes of place, power, literary ‘classics’, and journeys. Students learn about contemporary cultures and relationships between cultures throughout history in an attempt to uncover how and why cultural identities emerge, and how they are expressed using texts, images and objects. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
A215A Creative Writing I
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a student-centered approach to creative writing, providing a variety of tools to aid the student's writing development. The emphasis is very practical, with exercises and activities designed to help you get started and keep going with writing.
Course Code |
A215A |
Course Title |
Creative Writing I |
Pre-requisite |
A112T |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides a student-centered approach to creative writing, providing a variety of tools to aid the student's writing development. The emphasis is very practical, with exercises and activities designed to help you get started and keep going with writing. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1: Develop an understanding of the strategies used in creative writing. A2: Develop a critical appreciation of the most popular forms or writing; fiction, poetry and life writing. A3: Develop knowledge of the key linguistic tools and terminologies for the analysis and evaluation of forms of narrative, fiction and autobiography, including collected examples. A4: Develop a perspective on creative writing, including aspects of structure and genre, role and function, representation of self and other. A5: Develop an understanding of requirement for professional presentation of manuscripts, audience and market.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Develop awareness of the requirements of writing in a range of genres.
B2: Understand the role of memory and experience in advancing and building a daily discipline for writing. B3: Discuss the characteristics and styles of popular forms or writing; fiction, poetry and life writing B4: Develop different reflective strategies that critically and constructively explore aspects of structure and genre, role and function, representation of self and other, in different forms of creative writing.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Demonstrate awareness of the range of strategies that are applied in creative writing. C2: Adopt and examine examples of creative writing from a range of genres. C3. Demonstrate a reflective approach through an integrated understanding of the significance of professional presentation of creative writing, audience and market.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Discuss with confidence issues related to styles and genres of creative writing. D2: Demonstrate skills on working co-operatively with others. D3: Develop an enhanced self-awareness of and confidence in own skills and how these skills might be disseminated and used in new situations.
|
A215B Creative Writing II
(8) Credit Hours
A215B continues to explore the main aspects of narrative, including story structure and time, and introduces the student to the basics of contemporary poetry, covering a variety of approaches and techniques designed for beginning poets. the course also discusses some of the central issues raised by life writing
Course Code |
A215B |
Course Title |
Creative Writing II |
Pre-requisite |
A215A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
A215B continues to explore the main aspects of narrative, including story structure and time, and introduces the student to the basics of contemporary poetry, covering a variety of approaches and techniques designed for beginning poets. the course also discusses some of the central issues raised by life writing |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
A230A Reading and Studying Literature (I)
(8) Credit Hours
Reading and Studying Literature builds on the introductory modules, Cultures (A112), and Introduction to Literature (E121) It will introduce you to the study of English literature by looking at a selection of texts from the Renaissance to the present day. The module offers a stimulating mix of classic texts and less well-known works from a range of genres, including drama, poetry and prose fiction as well as autobiography and travel-writing. An overarching concern of the module is the uses we make in the present of the literature of the past.
Like other level 5 courses, this module will provide a broad overview of the study of the discipline of literature. As well as strengthening the curriculum in English, A230 makes some links with other courses, and serves to lead students through from level 4 to level 6.
Course Code |
A230A |
Course Title |
Reading and Studying Literature (I) |
Pre-requisite |
A112 A&B (Cultures) |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Reading and Studying Literature builds on the introductory modules, Cultures (A112), and Introduction to Literature (E121) It will introduce you to the study of English literature by looking at a selection of texts from the Renaissance to the present day. The module offers a stimulating mix of classic texts and less well-known works from a range of genres, including drama, poetry and prose fiction as well as autobiography and travel-writing. An overarching concern of the module is the uses we make in the present of the literature of the past.
Like other level 5 courses, this module will provide a broad overview of the study of the discipline of literature. As well as strengthening the curriculum in English, A230 makes some links with other courses, and serves to lead students through from level 4 to level 6.
|
Course Objectives |
A230 aims
to: - provide a clear and steady progression from Level 4 to Level 6 as the module builds on the knowledge and skills acquired on A112 and E121.
- develop students' specialized knowledge, conceptual frameworks, jargon and terminology.
- develop students' critical and analytical skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical theory in literature.
- improve students' abilities to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
- enhance students' abilities to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
The module builds on the knowledge and skills acquired on A112 and E121. The module is designed to start with a gentle introduction to the discipline and to become gradually more challenging as it progresses, so that by the end of the module students will be prepared to move on to the study of English Literature at Level 6. In an effort to enhance the students' sense of their progression from Level 4 and Level 6, it takes care to identify the specific study-skills being taught at different stages of the module. The assessment will invite students to reflect on their own experience of learning as they progress through the module. A230 adopts a chronological approach to the study of English Literature, introducing students to the six principal literary periods – the Renaissance, the Long Eighteenth Century, the Romantic period, the Victorian Age, and the early and late Twentieth Century. Each of these has a corresponding block of study lasting four weeks which focuses on a few representative literary texts of the period. This clear and logical structure will further contribute to students' sense of progression as well as providing them with a solid grounding in the study of English Literature. Each block of study will also introduce students to particular study skills and to a particular theoretical concept which will aid them in making the transition to the Department's Level 6 modules. A230 module aims at the following:
|
Course Outcomes |
- Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to show knowledge and understanding of: A1: the formal characteristics of the principal genres and sub-genres of literature (novel, short story, plays, romance and realist novel, novel of growth, tragedy, comedy, life-writing, travel-writing, letters, film, popular fiction, and writing for children). A2: a range of writers coming from many cultural backgrounds, including English, Irish, Scottish, French, German, American, African, and Caribbean writers.
A3: how literary texts have been written and received within literary, cultural and socio-historical contexts from the Renaissance to the present.
A4: theoretical concepts such as 'literature', textuality, the nature of context and inter-text, the idea of the author, the history of reading and the book.
A5: the problematic nature of a literary history conceived in terms of period and nation, and the development of the concept of 'literatures'.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1. work with a novel, play or a critical text that is the product of a culture other than that of the reader, and to appreciate the historical changes with reference to issues like gender, race, culture, nation.
B2. construct an argument, comparing and contrasting two or more literary texts (novels, plays, characters, themes).
B3. engage with literary criticism of the assigned texts.
B4. Use appropriate literary, critical, and linguistic terminology to describe and discuss specific theories, concepts and evidence.
B5: Synthesise information and ideas from different sources in order to reach their own conclusions.
C Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1. be able to keep to the focus of a question while answering
C2. write an essay in the correct format, with proper beginning, and in logical and coherent development;
C3. use correct language: syntax, grammar, spelling, punctuation and quotation marks;
C4. use word processing skills effectively, to present a typed answer in a format that aids understanding, using different fonts, highlighting devices, margins and indentations;
C5.use secondary sources ethically by avoiding plagiarism.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1. be able to write in an appropriate academic register, using scholarly conventions, like acknowledging borrowings from other sources, like audio video, the internet, and relevant critics, with proper referencing.
D2. be able to read and synthesize from a large range of texts.
D3. develop listening strategies, especially in relation to audio video course material, and to gain an extended understanding of narrative and dramatic texts.
D4. make effective use of feedback from a tutor to improve performance continually.
|
A230B Reading and Studying Literature (II)
(8) Credit Hours
Reading and Studying Literature builds on the introductory modules, Cultures (A112), and Introduction to Literature (E121) It will introduce you to the study of English literature by looking at a selection of texts from the Renaissance to the present day. The module offers a stimulating mix of classic texts and less well-known works from a range of genres, including drama, poetry and prose fiction as well as autobiography and travel-writing. An overarching concern of the module is the uses we make in the present of the literature of the past.
Like other level 5 courses, this module will provide a broad overview of the study of the discipline of literature. As well as strengthening the curriculum in English, A230 makes some links with other courses, and serves to lead students through from level 4 to level 6.
Course Code |
A230B |
Course Title |
Reading and Studying Literature (II) |
Pre-requisite |
A112 A&B (Cultures) |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Reading and Studying Literature builds on the introductory modules, Cultures (A112), and Introduction to Literature (E121) It will introduce you to the study of English literature by looking at a selection of texts from the Renaissance to the present day. The module offers a stimulating mix of classic texts and less well-known works from a range of genres, including drama, poetry and prose fiction as well as autobiography and travel-writing. An overarching concern of the module is the uses we make in the present of the literature of the past.
Like other level 5 courses, this module will provide a broad overview of the study of the discipline of literature. As well as strengthening the curriculum in English, A230 makes some links with other courses, and serves to lead students through from level 4 to level 6.
|
Course Objectives |
A230 aims to: - provide a clear and steady progression from Level 4 to Level 6 as the module builds on the knowledge and skills acquired on A112 and E121.
- develop students' specialized knowledge, conceptual frameworks, jargon and terminology.
- develop students' critical and analytical skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical theory in literature.
- improve students' abilities to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
- enhance students' abilities to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
The module builds on the knowledge and skills acquired on A112 and E121. The module is designed to start with a gentle introduction to the discipline and to become gradually more challenging as it progresses, so that by the end of the module students will be prepared to move on to the study of English Literature at Level 6. In an effort to enhance the students' sense of their progression from Level 4 and Level 6, it takes care to identify the specific study-skills being taught at different stages of the module. The assessment will invite students to reflect on their own experience of learning as they progress through the module. A230 adopts a chronological approach to the study of English Literature, introducing students to the six principal literary periods – the Renaissance, the Long Eighteenth Century, the Romantic period, the Victorian Age, and the early and late Twentieth Century. Each of these has a corresponding block of study lasting four weeks which focuses on a few representative literary texts of the period. This clear and logical structure will further contribute to students' sense of progression as well as providing them with a solid grounding in the study of English Literature. Each block of study will also introduce students to particular study skills and to a particular theoretical concept which will aid them in making the transition to the Department's Level 6 modules. A230 module aims at the following: |
|
Course Outcomes |
- Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to show knowledge and understanding of :
A1: the formal characteristics of the principal genres and sub-genres of literature (novel, short story, plays, romance and realist novel, novel of growth, tragedy, comedy, life-writing, travel-writing, letters, film, popular fiction, and writing for children). A2: a range of writers coming from many cultural backgrounds, including English, Irish, Scottish, French, German, American, African, and Caribbean writers.
A3: how literary texts have been written and received within literary, cultural and socio-historical contexts from the Renaissance to the present.
A4: theoretical concepts such as 'literature', textuality, the nature of context and inter-text, the idea of the author, the history of reading and the book.
A5: the problematic nature of a literary history conceived in terms of period and nation, and the development of the concept of 'literatures'.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to:
B1. work with a novel, play or a critical text that is the product of a culture other than that of the reader, and to appreciate the historical changes with reference to issues like gender, race, culture, nation.
B2. construct an argument, comparing and contrasting two or more literary texts (novels, plays, characters, themes).
B3. engage with literary criticism of the assigned texts.
B4. Use appropriate literary, critical, and linguistic terminology to describe and discuss specific theories, concepts and evidence.
B5: Synthesise information and ideas from different sources in order to reach their own conclusions.
C Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1. be able to keep to the focus of a question while answering
C2. write an essay in the correct format, with proper beginning, and in logical and coherent development;
C3. use correct language: syntax, grammar, spelling, punctuation and quotation marks;
C4. use word processing skills effectively, to present a typed answer in a format that aids understanding, using different fonts, highlighting devices, margins and indentations;
C5.use secondary sources ethically by avoiding plagiarism.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. be able to write in an appropriate academic register, using scholarly conventions, like acknowledging borrowings from other sources, like audio video, the internet, and relevant critics, with proper referencing.
D2. be able to read and synthesize from a large range of texts.
D3. develop listening strategies, especially in relation to audio video course material, and to gain an extended understanding of narrative and dramatic texts.
D4. make effective use of feedback from a tutor to improve performance continually.
|
A335A Literature in Transition
(8) Credit Hours
As the module title indicates, the emphasis in A335 is on literary transitions and processes rather than apparently stable, received or conventional categories of texts/authors/genres/periodization. This is a crucial dimension of the field for the period in question in A335, consistent with critical and technological developments relevant to literary study. Accordingly, the three blocks of this module progressively introduce challenges and shifts in the production, reception and criticism of literature: from relatively narrow Anglophone to global circuits, from literature in print to literature amidst different media, from being centred on dominant identities to becoming pluralistic, and so on. Students will encounter a significant number of ‘canonical’ and well-known set texts as well as a small number of relatively unfamiliar set texts: these cross various conventional generic and media boundaries; are available to multiple critical perspectives; derive from diverse contexts (predominantly from the UK, but also well beyond and including a few translations into English).
A335 will consolidate and develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students on level 4 & 5 modules in Literature (EL121, AA100, and A230), in particular through:
a. The development of students’ specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology
b. The introduction of a more meta-level focus on approaches and discourses, via key critical and theoretical debates in the field
c. The development of students’ critical and analytic skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical research literature
d. The further development of students’ ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
e. Further development of students’ ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 4 modules and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognize and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
Course Code |
A335A |
Course Title |
Literature in Transition |
Pre-requisite |
A230B - A210B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
As the module title indicates, the emphasis in A335 is on literary transitions and processes rather than apparently stable, received or conventional categories of texts/authors/genres/periodization. This is a crucial dimension of the field for the period in question in A335, consistent with critical and technological developments relevant to literary study. Accordingly, the three blocks of this module progressively introduce challenges and shifts in the production, reception and criticism of literature: from relatively narrow Anglophone to global circuits, from literature in print to literature amidst different media, from being centred on dominant identities to becoming pluralistic, and so on. Students will encounter a significant number of ‘canonical’ and well-known set texts as well as a small number of relatively unfamiliar set texts: these cross various conventional generic and media boundaries; are available to multiple critical perspectives; derive from diverse contexts (predominantly from the UK, but also well beyond and including a few translations into English).
A335 will consolidate and develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students on level 4 & 5 modules in Literature (EL121, AA100, and A230), in particular through:
a. The development of students’ specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology
b. The introduction of a more meta-level focus on approaches and discourses, via key critical and theoretical debates in the field
c. The development of students’ critical and analytic skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical research literature
d. The further development of students’ ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
e. Further development of students’ ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 4 modules and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognize and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
|
Course Objectives |
The underlying principle of the module design has been to provide: - a sound grounding and adequate coverage for students from 1800 literature to the present.
offering considerable scope for students to explore specific texts, contexts, literary processes and critical perspectives in depth. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, you will be expected to display: A1. A broad knowledge of literature in English in a range of genres between c.1800-present. A2. A detailed knowledge of the set texts written in (or translated into) English, particularly in terms of style and form. A3. An understanding of how an interpretation of any given text is determined by exploring its historical and cultural contexts, including its production, distribution, consumption and reception. A4. An awareness of the relationship between literary text and media (print, performance, recorded audio-visual, digital convergence). A5. An understanding of the processes through which texts come to be regarded as canonical or non-canonical. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, you will be expected to: B1. Show the ability to compare and contrast set texts from both a thematic and a critical perspective. B2. Show the ability to read and engage with a range of scholarly voices and critical perspectives and to question them appropriately. B3. Show the ability to identify and understand issues for further study, and to select appropriate tools to answer them, by searching and using a range of online resources. B4. Show the ability to examine and understand any of the set texts in relation to their historical and cultural contexts, including the material conditions of production, distribution, consumption and reception. C. Practical and
professional skills At the end of the module, you will be expected to: C1. Communicate clearly and effectively in the register appropriate for the task. C2. Demonstrate the ability to use a range of tools to acquire, organise, critically evaluate and accurately reference information from a variety of printed and online sources. C3. Demonstrate the ability to logically structure a considered argument in written and/or in-class presentation. C4. Demonstrate competence in independent study and learning, including the ability to meet deadlines, organise your time effectively, solve problems and show initiative. D. Key skills At the end of the module, you will be expected to: D1. Assimilate, understand, and critically synthesise information and ideas from multiple sources, and use these to support your own argument. D2. Evaluate and effectively use a wide range of online resources appropriate to the discipline. D3. Communicate complex ideas clearly and effectively through written and/or in-class presentations. D4. Demonstrate the ability to improve your own learning and performance through the development of independent study skills (including research). |
A335B Literature in Transition
(8) Credit Hours
As the module title indicates, the emphasis in A335 is on literary transitions and processes rather than apparently stable, received or conventional categories of texts/authors/genres/periodization. This is a crucial dimension of the field for the period in question in A335, consistent with critical and technological developments relevant to literary study. Accordingly, the three blocks of this module progressively introduce challenges and shifts in the production, reception and criticism of literature: from relatively narrow Anglophone to global circuits, from literature in print to literature amidst different media, from being centred on dominant identities to becoming pluralistic, and so on. Students will encounter a significant number of ‘canonical’ and well-known set texts as well as a small number of relatively unfamiliar set texts: these cross various conventional generic and media boundaries; are available to multiple critical perspectives; derive from diverse contexts (predominantly from the UK, but also well beyond and including a few translations into English).
A335 will consolidate and develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students on level 4 & 5 modules in Literature (EL121, AA100, and A230), in particular through:
a. The development of students’ specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology
b. The introduction of a more meta-level focus on approaches and discourses, via key critical and theoretical debates in the field
c. The development of students’ critical and analytic skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical research literature
d. The further development of students’ ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
e. Further development of students’ ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 4 modules and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognize and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
Course Code |
A335B |
Course Title |
Literature in Transition |
Pre-requisite |
A300A - A335A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
As the module title indicates, the emphasis in A335 is on literary transitions and processes rather than apparently stable, received or conventional categories of texts/authors/genres/periodization. This is a crucial dimension of the field for the period in question in A335, consistent with critical and technological developments relevant to literary study. Accordingly, the three blocks of this module progressively introduce challenges and shifts in the production, reception and criticism of literature: from relatively narrow Anglophone to global circuits, from literature in print to literature amidst different media, from being centred on dominant identities to becoming pluralistic, and so on. Students will encounter a significant number of ‘canonical’ and well-known set texts as well as a small number of relatively unfamiliar set texts: these cross various conventional generic and media boundaries; are available to multiple critical perspectives; derive from diverse contexts (predominantly from the UK, but also well beyond and including a few translations into English).
A335 will consolidate and develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students on level 4 & 5 modules in Literature (EL121, AA100, and A230), in particular through:
a. The development of students’ specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology
b. The introduction of a more meta-level focus on approaches and discourses, via key critical and theoretical debates in the field
c. The development of students’ critical and analytic skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical research literature
d. The further development of students’ ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
e. Further development of students’ ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 4 modules and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognize and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
|
Course Objectives |
The underlying principle of the module design has been to provide: - a sound grounding and adequate coverage for students from 1800 literature to the present.
offering considerable scope for students to explore specific texts, contexts, literary processes and critical perspectives in depth. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, you will be expected to display: A1. A broad knowledge of literature in English in a range of genres between c.1800-present. A2. A detailed knowledge of the set texts written in (or translated into) English, particularly in terms of style and form. A3. An understanding of how an interpretation of any given text is determined by exploring its historical and cultural contexts, including its production, distribution, consumption and reception. A4. An awareness of the relationship between literary text and media (print, performance, recorded audio-visual, digital convergence). A5. An understanding of the processes through which texts come to be regarded as canonical or non-canonical. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, you will be expected to: B1. Show the ability to compare and contrast set texts from both a thematic and a critical perspective. B2. Show the ability to read and engage with a range of scholarly voices and critical perspectives and to question them appropriately. B3. Show the ability to identify and understand issues for further study, and to select appropriate tools to answer them, by searching and using a range of online resources. B4. Show the ability to examine and understand any of the set texts in relation to their historical and cultural contexts, including the material conditions of production, distribution, consumption and reception. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, you will be expected to: C1. Communicate clearly and effectively in the register appropriate for the task. C2. Demonstrate the ability to use a range of tools to acquire, organise, critically evaluate and accurately reference information from a variety of printed and online sources. C3. Demonstrate the ability to logically structure a considered argument in written and/or in-class presentation. C4. Demonstrate competence in independent study and learning, including the ability to meet deadlines, organise your time effectively, solve problems and show initiative. D. Key skills At the end of the module, you will be expected to: D1. Assimilate, understand, and critically synthesise information and ideas from multiple sources, and use these to support your own argument. D2. Evaluate and effectively use a wide range of online resources appropriate to the discipline. D3. Communicate complex ideas clearly and effectively through written and/or in-class presentations. D4. Demonstrate the ability to improve your own learning and performance through the development of independent study skills (including research). |
A801 Research in English Studies
(4) Credit Hours
•It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
•It combines both face-to-face instruction (50%) and interactive distance learning (50%);
•Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
•Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries.
. It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
Course Code |
A801 |
Course Title |
Research in English Studies |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
•It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
•It combines both face-to-face instruction (50%) and interactive distance learning (50%);
•Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
•Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries.
. It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
|
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: - Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
- Develop students' interest and study skills.
The module also aims to teach students about - the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
- how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
- engaging critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
- how to contribute, in an informed way, to current debates about literature;
- constructing and presenting sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- planning and writing a TMA, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others;
- communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
- using feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
- using ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 : know a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in the humanities; A2 : understand current issues and debates in one or more humanities subject area. A3: plan an essay at postgraduate level; A4: design a research project with some support from the course materials and a tutor; A5: use feedback from your tutor and fellow students effectively to improve your work; A6: use other resources, such as libraries and ICT resources, to improve your learning. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: evaluate critically current research in one or more areas of literary studies; B2: evaluate and critique some of the methods used in literary studies' research; B3: use concepts and theories appropriately; B4: evaluate bodies of evidence and draw conclusions from them. C.
Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently; C2: use specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate study; C3: form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions; C4: plan a project according to specific guidelines; C5: work independently on a research project. D
Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1 : communicate effectively in writing to a specialised audience; D2: vary your means of communication according to the specialised task at hand; D3: be aware of the tools which can help you in the task of effective communication. D4: gain independent learning ability required for continuing professional development |
A802 Theories in Criticism
(4) Credit Hours
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate; study in the humanities;
•Develop students’ interest in the study of literary theory.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
•engaging critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute, in an informed way, to current debates about literature;
•constructing and presenting sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•planning and writing a TMA, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others;
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•using feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
• using ICT resources for postgraduate research.
Course Code |
A802 |
Course Title |
Theories in Criticism |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate; study in the humanities;
•Develop students’ interest in the study of literary theory.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
•engaging critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute, in an informed way, to current debates about literature;
•constructing and presenting sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•planning and writing a TMA, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others;
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•using feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
• using ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
A803 The English Novel
(4) Credit Hours
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
•Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of literature especially of the English novel;
•Build upon and develop students’ interest in the study of literature and the English novel.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
•how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about literature;
•how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
•how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research.
Course Code |
A803 |
Course Title |
The English Novel |
Pre-requisite |
A801 - A802 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
•Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of literature especially of the English novel;
•Build upon and develop students’ interest in the study of literature and the English novel.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
•how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about literature;
•how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
•how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
A804 Cultural Studies
(4) Credit Hours
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in cultural studies;
•Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of cultural studies.
•Develop students’ interest in cultural studies.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of interdisciplinary in cultural studies;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the nature of cultural studies;
•the interaction between literature and other forms of art :music, painting and film;
•comparative inquiries involving literature and adjacent disciplines: history and philosophy
•the importance of translation in an age of globalization
•politics as a literary theme
•the place of psychoanalysis in cultural and literary studies
•how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about cultural studies;
•how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
•how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research.
Course Code |
A804 |
Course Title |
Cultural Studies |
Pre-requisite |
A801 - A802 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in cultural studies;
•Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of cultural studies.
•Develop students’ interest in cultural studies.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of interdisciplinary in cultural studies;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the nature of cultural studies;
•the interaction between literature and other forms of art :music, painting and film;
•comparative inquiries involving literature and adjacent disciplines: history and philosophy
•the importance of translation in an age of globalization
•politics as a literary theme
•the place of psychoanalysis in cultural and literary studies
•how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about cultural studies;
•how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
•how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
A805 The 19th and 20th Century Novel: The Historical Approach
(4) Credit Hours
It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (50%) and interactive distance learning (50%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
Course Code |
A805 |
Course Title |
The 19th and 20th Century Novel: The Historical Approach |
Pre-requisite |
A803 - A804 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (50%) and interactive distance learning (50%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors. |
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: - Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate; study in the humanities;
- Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of literature especially of British and Indian nations;
- Build upon and develop students' interest in the study of literature.
The module also aims to teach students about
- the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
- how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
- at least two specific areas of literature;
- how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
- how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about literature;
- how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
- communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
- undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
- how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding (A) Knowledge and understanding When you have completed this module you will have knowledge and understanding of: - a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in one humanities subject area;
- current issues and debates in one humanities subject area.
(B) Cognitive skills When you have completed this module you will be able to: - evaluate critically current research in one humanities area;
- evaluate and critique some of the methods used in humanities research;
- use concepts and theories appropriately.
C. Practical and
professional skills When you have completed this module you will be able to: use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently; use specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate study; form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in pieces of writing, using proper academic conventions. D Key transferable
skills (D) Key skills When you have completed this module you will be able to demonstrate the following skills: Communication You will be able to: 1. communicate effectively in writing to a specialised audience; 2. vary your means of communication according to the specialised task at hand; 3. be aware of the tools which can help you in the task of effective communication. |
A806 Studies in Poetry
(4) Credit Hours
It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (50%) and interactive distance learning (50%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
Course Code |
A806 |
Course Title |
Studies in Poetry |
Pre-requisite |
A803 - A804 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (50%) and interactive distance learning (50%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
|
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate; - study in the humanities;
- Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of literature especially of British and Indian nations;
- Build upon and develop students' interest in the study of literature.
The module also aims to teach students about
- the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
- how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
- at least two specific areas of literature;
- how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
- how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about literature;
- how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
- communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
- undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
- how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding (A) Knowledge and understanding When you have completed this module you will have knowledge and understanding of: - a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in one humanities subject area;
- current issues and debates in one humanities subject area.
B. Cognitive skills (B) Cognitive skills When you have completed this module you will be able to: - evaluate critically current research in one humanities area;
- evaluate and critique some of the methods used in humanities research;
- use concepts and theories appropriately.
C. Practical and
professional skills When you have completed this module you will be able to: - use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently;
use specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate study; form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in
pieces of writing, using proper academic conventions D Key transferable
skills (D) Key skills When you have completed this module you will be able to demonstrate the following skills: Communication You will be able to: 1. communicate effectively in writing to a specialised audience; 2. vary your means of communication according to the specialised task at hand; 3. be aware of the tools which can help you in the task of effective communication. |
A807 Comparative Literature
(4) Credit Hours
The rationale for this module is to encourage students to engage with different cultures through the study of literature. This course aims to introduce students to the various strategies, methodologies and areas of comparative literary theory, especially as students will be expected to engage with texts from all over the world (British, Arabic, Indian and African texts). This module will provide students with the knowledge and methodologies required to compare literary texts that will potentially inform their MA dissertations. Comparative literary strategies, of course, also form the backbone of the A806 Studies in Poetry and A808 Postcolonial Studies modules. This course will encourage MA students to compare different cultures’ literatures, histories and ideologies with the hope of allowing students to better understand other cultures’ experiences.
Course Code |
A807 |
Course Title |
Comparative Literature |
Pre-requisite |
A805 - A806 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The rationale for this module is to encourage students to engage with different cultures through the study of literature. This course aims to introduce students to the various strategies, methodologies and areas of comparative literary theory, especially as students will be expected to engage with texts from all over the world (British, Arabic, Indian and African texts). This module will provide students with the knowledge and methodologies required to compare literary texts that will potentially inform their MA dissertations. Comparative literary strategies, of course, also form the backbone of the A806 Studies in Poetry and A808 Postcolonial Studies modules. This course will encourage MA students to compare different cultures’ literatures, histories and ideologies with the hope of allowing students to better understand other cultures’ experiences. |
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module include the following: - To gain a working knowledge of comparative literary theory and methodology.
- To examine the important role of the comparative literary approach for understanding other cultures' literatures and experiences.
- To study major novelists, poets and dramatists from different parts of the world (i.e. Clements's three dimensions, the Western heritage, East-West and world literature) comparatively.
- To engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material in a comparative way.
- To apply important comparative literary approaches (both traditional and modern) to the studied texts.
- To construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments.
- To use a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
- To communicate ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner.
|
Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: gain a working knowledge of comparative literary theory and methodology. A2: examine the important role of the comparative literary approach for understanding other cultures' literatures and experiences. A3: study major novelists, poets and dramatists from different parts of the world (i.e. Clements's three dimensions, the Western heritage, East-West and world literature) comparatively. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: evaluate critically current research and methods used in comparative literary theory. B2: use concepts and theories appropriately. B3: evaluate bodies of evidence and draw conclusions from them. B4: engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material in a comparative way. C.
Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: apply important comparative literary approaches (both traditional and modern) to the studied texts. C2: provide students with the opportunity to carry out a substantial piece of independent research, using the appropriate scholarly apparatus. C3: use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently. C4: form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions. D
Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. communicate effectively in writing to a specialised audience. D2. gain independent learning ability required for continuing professional development. |
A808 Postcolonial Studies
(4) Credit Hours
The rationale for this module is to engage students with literary, theoretical and historical topics that are relevant to their current circumstances of living in an Arab world that is deeply shaped by Western imperialism in one way or another. This module aims to introduce students to the various theories, strategies and themes in postcolonial studies, especially as students will be expected to engage with texts from all over the world (British, Arabic, Indian and African texts). This module will provide students with the knowledge and strategies required to closely examine literary texts from a postcolonial perspective that will potentially inform their MA dissertations. Postcolonial Studies will inevitably be in dialogue with most of the modules in this programme, such as A802 Theories in Criticism, A803 English Novel, A806 Studies in Poetry and A807 Comparative literature. This course will encourage MA students to examine past and ongoing anti-colonial struggles, whereby themes such as national culture and identity, exile, cultural and armed resistance and revolutionary struggle amongst others, are highlighted.
Course Code |
A808 |
Course Title |
Postcolonial Studies |
Pre-requisite |
A805 - A806 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The rationale for this module is to engage students with literary, theoretical and historical topics that are relevant to their current circumstances of living in an Arab world that is deeply shaped by Western imperialism in one way or another. This module aims to introduce students to the various theories, strategies and themes in postcolonial studies, especially as students will be expected to engage with texts from all over the world (British, Arabic, Indian and African texts). This module will provide students with the knowledge and strategies required to closely examine literary texts from a postcolonial perspective that will potentially inform their MA dissertations. Postcolonial Studies will inevitably be in dialogue with most of the modules in this programme, such as A802 Theories in Criticism, A803 English Novel, A806 Studies in Poetry and A807 Comparative literature. This course will encourage MA students to examine past and ongoing anti-colonial struggles, whereby themes such as national culture and identity, exile, cultural and armed resistance and revolutionary struggle amongst others, are highlighted.
|
Course Objectives |
The aims of this module include the following: - To gain a working knowledge of postcolonial literary theory and methodology.
- To examine different colonial and postcolonial texts and explore certain postcolonial themes, such as constructing a national culture, exile and revolutionary struggle.
- To explore how literature can create reality by examining several literary and theoretical texts.
- To engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material based on postcolonial theoretical precepts.
- To understand the difference between various colonial encounters by examining different postcolonial theories and exploring the different historical circumstances of particular colonial situations.
- To construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments.
- To use a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
- To communicate ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner.
|
Course Outcomes |
A.
Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: gain a working knowledge of postcolonial literary theory and methodology. A2: examine different colonial and postcolonial texts and explore certain postcolonial themes, such as constructing a national culture, exile and revolutionary struggle. A3: understand the difference between various colonial encounters by examining different postcolonial theories and exploring the different historical circumstances of particular colonial situations. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1:evaluate critically current research and methods used in postcolonial studies. B2: explore how literature can create reality by examining several literary and theoretical texts. B3: use concepts and theories appropriately. B4: evaluate bodies of evidence and draw conclusions from them. B5: engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material from a postcolonial perspective. C.
Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: provide students with the opportunity to carry out a substantial piece of independent research, using the appropriate scholarly apparatus. C2: use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently. C3: form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions. D
Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: communicate effectively in writing to a specialised audience. D2: gain independent learning ability required for continuing professional development. |
A813 Literature in context
(16) Credit Hours
• It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (25%) and interactive distance learning (75%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
Course Code |
A813 |
Course Title |
Literature in context |
Pre-requisite |
AA810 |
Credit Hours |
16 |
Course Description |
• It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (25%) and interactive distance learning (75%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU MA degree but for the UK OU MA degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors. |
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: - Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
- Provide students with comprehensive knowledge of literature especially of British and Indian nations;
- Build upon and develop students' interest in the study of literature.
The module also aims to teach students about
- the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
- how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
- how to engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
- how to contribute in an informed way to current debates about literature;
- how to construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- using a research library and a range of electronic information resources.
- communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
- undertaking academic tasks of increasing length and complexity;
- how to use feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
how to use ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to have knowledge and understanding of: A1. a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in one humanities subject area; A2. A variety of literary texts through close reading of primary texts. A3. The literary theories and current debates relevant to the study of literature. A4. Literary texts within their cultural and historical contexts. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. evaluate critically current research and methods used in the study of literature; B2. use concepts and apply literary theories to the study of literary texts appropriately; B3. evaluate bodies of evidence and draw conclusions from them. C.
Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently; C2. form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions; C3. work independently on a research project. D
Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. communicate effectively in writing to a specialised audience; D2. gain independent learning ability required for continuing professional development |
A817 MA Dissertation
(16) Credit Hours
This dissertation (12,000-16,000 words) is the culmination of the MA in English Literature and tests a student's ability to present a sustained academic argument in clear, logical prose. Within the rules of the MA, students have considerable freedom in their choice of topic. They are not expected to make an original contribution to scholarly knowledge but they must demonstrate a reasonable grasp of work done in the subject area, with a thorough survey of primary and secondary sources. Tutors help decide on the focus of their dissertation, approve their research proposals and comment on draft sections of their work through the year.
Course Code |
A817 |
Course Title |
MA Dissertation |
Pre-requisite |
A801 - A802 - A803 - A804 |
Credit Hours |
16 |
Course Description |
This dissertation (12,000-16,000 words) is the culmination of the MA in English Literature and tests a student's ability to present a sustained academic argument in clear, logical prose. Within the rules of the MA, students have considerable freedom in their choice of topic. They are not expected to make an original contribution to scholarly knowledge but they must demonstrate a reasonable grasp of work done in the subject area, with a thorough survey of primary and secondary sources. Tutors help decide on the focus of their dissertation, approve their research proposals and comment on draft sections of their work through the year.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with training and knowledge in: - working independently on a research project;
- Learning the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
- acquiring a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate studies in the humanities;
- using research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently;
- using specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate studies.
It also aims to teach students to:
- Understand current issues and debates in one or more humanities subject area.
- evaluate critically current research in one or more humanities area;
- evaluate and critique some of the methods used in humanities research;
- evaluate bodies of evidence and draw conclusions from them;
- form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions;
- use feedback from tutors and fellow students effectively to modify this programme of work.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to have knowledge and understanding of: A1: a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in literature; A2: the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature; A3: how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level; A4: a chosen topic within a specialist area of literature. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material; B2: contribute in an informed way to current debates about literature; B3: recognise a potential area for research in literature. C.
Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments; C2: collect, sift and organise substantial bodies of material, and evaluate their significance; C3: independently design a research proposal; C4: plan and write a substantial piece of work, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others; C5: use a research library and a range of electronic information resources. D
Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: design a programme of independent research and writing; D2: use feedback from their tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve their performance; D3: use ICT resources for postgraduate research; D4: gain independent learning ability required for continuing professional development |
AA100A The Arts Past and Present (I)
(8) Credit Hours
AA100: The Arts Past and Present: Parts I and II is the Faculty’s pivotal entry level course which prepares students for the challenges of University level study of the arts and humanities. It is a core part of all the Faculty’s named degrees. It will give students a taste of all the Faculty’s major teaching areas.
AA100 presumes the prior study of another first level course EL121 (Literary Appreciation and Critique), and will develop students’ study skills over a range of areas so that they are prepared for the demands of higher level courses.
In addition to the course materials, which will feature a range of different kinds of teaching from print to DVD-Videos and DVD-ROMs to searchable databases, the course will provide students with the opportunity for participating in face-to-face tutorials.
The Arts Past and Present is presented in four books, so that the course has two distinct halves. The course takes a thematic approach to introduce students to the demands of studying the arts and humanities at university level. In the first half, students are introduced to key subject specific skills through books on Reputations and Tradition and Dissent. The second half takes a more interdisciplinary approach, with books on Cultural Encounters (Book 3) and Place and Leisure (Book 4). In the second half of the course, units will foreground topics and connections with other units more than individual disciplines. However, students will always be aware of what they are studying at any given point. We have adopted this structure both to present students with a relatively simple and integrated design, in which the concerns of one Book feed into those of the next, and to foreground issues which students will find interesting and enticing. As with all previous Arts Level 1 courses, AA100 has the ambition to demystify the arts and the humanities for students new to university level study. Workload will be carefully paced throughout the course.
Course Code |
AA100A |
Course Title |
The Arts Past and Present (I) |
Pre-requisite |
EL117 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
AA100: The Arts Past and Present: Parts I and II is the Faculty’s pivotal entry level course which prepares students for the challenges of University level study of the arts and humanities. It is a core part of all the Faculty’s named degrees. It will give students a taste of all the Faculty’s major teaching areas.
AA100 presumes the prior study of another first level course EL121 (Literary Appreciation and Critique), and will develop students’ study skills over a range of areas so that they are prepared for the demands of higher level courses.
In addition to the course materials, which will feature a range of different kinds of teaching from print to DVD-Videos and DVD-ROMs to searchable databases, the course will provide students with the opportunity for participating in face-to-face tutorials.
The Arts Past and Present is presented in four books, so that the course has two distinct halves. The course takes a thematic approach to introduce students to the demands of studying the arts and humanities at university level. In the first half, students are introduced to key subject specific skills through books on Reputations and Tradition and Dissent. The second half takes a more interdisciplinary approach, with books on Cultural Encounters (Book 3) and Place and Leisure (Book 4). In the second half of the course, units will foreground topics and connections with other units more than individual disciplines. However, students will always be aware of what they are studying at any given point. We have adopted this structure both to present students with a relatively simple and integrated design, in which the concerns of one Book feed into those of the next, and to foreground issues which students will find interesting and enticing. As with all previous Arts Level 1 courses, AA100 has the ambition to demystify the arts and the humanities for students new to university level study. Workload will be carefully paced throughout the course.
|
Course Objectives |
The course aims to: 1. prepare students about the study of the arts and humanities at university level by providing them with rich content while equipping them with relevant study skills; 2. deliver a course which is intellectually stretching in terms of the conceptual demands it makes of students while also being realistically achievable as part-time study; 3. make students aware of the variety of approaches, methodologies and concerns covered by the different arts and humanities disciplines; 4. widen participation in the Arts curriculum by delivering a course which appeals to a diverse range of students; 5. stimulate students who want to continue their studies within the Faculty; 6. equip students with transferable skills which would be relevant to other areas of study; 7. prepare students for the study demands of higher level courses by making them self-conscious learners who will be able to organize their time most effectively. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1. understand the differences between different artistic media and to be able to distinguish and describe the formal components of works of art. (Art History) A2. become aware of the diversity of Ancient Greek and Roman materials and of the contexts in which such materials were produced and subsequently reinterpreted. (Classical Studies) A3. develop an understanding of the principal issues raised by the study of a particular period or topic in history. A4. have an appreciation of the dynamics of literary and dramatic language and form. (Literature) A5. develop the skills of 'close listening' to music. (Music) A6. understand how philosophers appeal to theoretical principles to answer specific philosophical questions. (Philosophy) B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. develop a basic competence in the skills of visual analysis. (Art History) B2. develop the ability to move analytically and imaginatively between the present and the past and to expand critical perspectives on cultures and the societies that produce them. (Classical Studies) B3. understand how we come to construct an idea (or ideas) of the past. (History and HSTM) B4. begin the process of reading and understanding literary texts critically. (Literature) B5. develop a sense of the importance of issues of performance in music. (Music) B6. extract a philosophical argument from a text, analyse it and, if appropriate criticise it. (Philosophy) C Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. develop skills of reading, listening and visual analysis. C2. develop the ability to synthesize potentially conflicting ideas and information into their own words. C3. reflect in detail on their work as learners through the course. C4. learn how to organize their study time in ways which best suit their lifestyles. C5. recognize the importance of presenting their work coherently and in appropriate forms. C6. learn how to distinguish between different kinds of online resource. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. write an essay that shows the ability to analyse and to construct a plausible, well-substantiated argument. D2. show the ability to reflect on his/her learning through the course, and to present a piece of written work which has been revised in the light of feedback from his/her tutor. D3. take notes from written or spoken sources (taught but not assessed). |
AA100B The Arts Past and Present (II)
(8) Credit Hours
AA100: The Arts Past and Present: Parts I and II is the Faculty’s pivotal entry level course which prepares students for the challenges of University level study of the arts and humanities. It is a core part of all the Faculty’s named degrees. It will give students a taste of all the Faculty’s major teaching areas.
AA100 presumes the prior study of another first level course EL121 (Literary Appreciation and Critique), and will develop students’ study skills over a range of areas so that they are prepared for the demands of higher level courses.
In addition to the course materials, which will feature a range of different kinds of teaching from print to DVD-Videos and DVD-ROMs to searchable databases, the course will provide students with the opportunity for participating in face-to-face tutorials.
The Arts Past and Present is presented in four books, so that the course has two distinct halves. The course takes a thematic approach to introduce students to the demands of studying the arts and humanities at university level. In the first half, students are introduced to key subject specific skills through books on Reputations and Tradition and Dissent. The second half takes a more interdisciplinary approach, with books on Cultural Encounters (Book 3) and Place and Leisure (Book 4). In the second half of the course, units will foreground topics and connections with other units more than individual disciplines. However, students will always be aware of what they are studying at any given point. We have adopted this structure both to present students with a relatively simple and integrated design, in which the concerns of one Book feed into those of the next, and to foreground issues which students will find interesting and enticing. As with all previous Arts Level 1 courses, AA100 has the ambition to demystify the arts and the humanities for students new to university level study. Workload will be carefully paced throughout the course.
Course Code |
AA100B |
Course Title |
The Arts Past and Present (II) |
Pre-requisite |
AA100A - A123A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
AA100: The Arts Past and Present: Parts I and II is the Faculty’s pivotal entry level course which prepares students for the challenges of University level study of the arts and humanities. It is a core part of all the Faculty’s named degrees. It will give students a taste of all the Faculty’s major teaching areas.
AA100 presumes the prior study of another first level course EL121 (Literary Appreciation and Critique), and will develop students’ study skills over a range of areas so that they are prepared for the demands of higher level courses.
In addition to the course materials, which will feature a range of different kinds of teaching from print to DVD-Videos and DVD-ROMs to searchable databases, the course will provide students with the opportunity for participating in face-to-face tutorials.
The Arts Past and Present is presented in four books, so that the course has two distinct halves. The course takes a thematic approach to introduce students to the demands of studying the arts and humanities at university level. In the first half, students are introduced to key subject specific skills through books on Reputations and Tradition and Dissent. The second half takes a more interdisciplinary approach, with books on Cultural Encounters (Book 3) and Place and Leisure (Book 4). In the second half of the course, units will foreground topics and connections with other units more than individual disciplines. However, students will always be aware of what they are studying at any given point. We have adopted this structure both to present students with a relatively simple and integrated design, in which the concerns of one Book feed into those of the next, and to foreground issues which students will find interesting and enticing. As with all previous Arts Level 1 courses, AA100 has the ambition to demystify the arts and the humanities for students new to university level study. Workload will be carefully paced throughout the course.
|
Course Objectives |
The course aims to: 1. prepare students about the study of the arts and humanities at university level by providing them with rich content while equipping them with relevant study skills; 2. deliver a course which is intellectually stretching in terms of the conceptual demands it makes of students while also being realistically achievable as part-time study; 3. make students aware of the variety of approaches, methodologies and concerns covered by the different arts and humanities disciplines; 4. widen participation in the Arts curriculum by delivering a course which appeals to a diverse range of students; 5. stimulate students who want to continue their studies within the Faculty; 6. equip students with transferable skills which would be relevant to other areas of study; 7. prepare students for the study demands of higher level courses by making them self-conscious learners who will be able to organize their time most effectively. |
Course Outcomes |
- Knowledge and understanding
A1. understand the differences between different artistic media and to be able to distinguish and describe the formal components of works of art. (Art History) A2. become aware of the diversity of Ancient Greek and Roman materials and of the contexts in which such materials were produced and subsequently reinterpreted. (Classical Studies) A3. develop an understanding of the principal issues raised by the study of a particular period or topic in history. A4. have an appreciation of the dynamics of literary and dramatic language and form. (Literature) A5. develop the skills of 'close listening' to music. (Music) A6. understand how philosophers appeal to theoretical principles to answer specific philosophical questions. (Philosophy) B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. develop a basic competence in the skills of visual analysis. (Art History) B2. develop the ability to move analytically and imaginatively between the present and the past and to expand critical perspectives on cultures and the societies that produce them. (Classical Studies) B3. understand how we come to construct an idea (or ideas) of the past. (History and HSTM) B4. begin the process of reading and understanding literary texts critically. (Literature) B5. develop a sense of the importance of issues of performance in music. (Music) B6. extract a philosophical argument from a text, analyse it and, if appropriate criticise it. (Philosophy) C Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. develop skills of reading, listening and visual analysis. C2. develop the ability to synthesize potentially conflicting ideas and information into their own words. C3. reflect in detail on their work as learners through the course. C4. learn how to organize their study time in ways which best suit their lifestyles. C5. recognize the importance of presenting their work coherently and in appropriate forms. C6. learn how to distinguish between different kinds of online resource. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. write an essay that shows the ability to analyse and to construct a plausible, well-substantiated argument. D2. show the ability to reflect on his/her learning through the course, and to present a piece of written work which has been revised in the light of feedback from his/her tutor. D3. take notes from written or spoken sources (taught but not assessed). |
AA810 Postgraduate Foundation Module in Literature
(16) Credit Hours
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
•Provide students with comprehensive foundational knowledge of literature;
•Build upon and develop students’ interest in the study of literature.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
•engaging critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute, in an informed way, to current debates about literature;
•constructing and presenting sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•planning and writing a TMA, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others;
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•using feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
using ICT resources for postgraduate research.
Course Code |
AA810 |
Course Title |
Postgraduate Foundation Module in Literature |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
16 |
Course Description |
The general aims of the module are to:
•Provide students with appropriate training in the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
•Provide students with comprehensive foundational knowledge of literature;
•Build upon and develop students’ interest in the study of literature.
The module also aims to teach students about
•the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in literature;
•how contemporary developments in critical theory bear upon the practice of literary research at postgraduate level;
•engaging critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical and historical material;
•how to contribute, in an informed way, to current debates about literature;
•constructing and presenting sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
•planning and writing a TMA, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others;
•communicating ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner;
•using feedback from your tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve your performance;
using ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
AR111 Arabic Communication Skills (I)
(3) Credit Hours
AR111 is three credit hour university requirements. It aims to enable students to acquire the Arabic language skills needed at university level, specifically: Arabic syntactic structures, grammatical inflection and case ending in spoken and written Arabic, ability to read Arabic texts in different disciplines, adequate training in writing and using dictionary
Course Code |
AR111 |
Course Title |
Arabic Communication Skills (I) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
AR111 is three credit hour university requirements. It aims to enable students to acquire the Arabic language skills needed at university level, specifically: Arabic syntactic structures, grammatical inflection and case ending in spoken and written Arabic, ability to read Arabic texts in different disciplines, adequate training in writing and using dictionary |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
AR112 Arabic Communication Skills (II)
(3) Credit Hours
AR112 is a three credit hour university requirement. It aims at developing students’ skills in text analysis and literary appreciation. Students are introduced to the principles of accurate pronunciation and sound reading of texts. The course also provides training in Arabic rhetoric and literary genres.
Course Code |
AR112 |
Course Title |
Arabic Communication Skills (II) |
Pre-requisite |
AR111 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
AR112 is a three credit hour university requirement. It aims at developing students’ skills in text analysis and literary appreciation. Students are introduced to the principles of accurate pronunciation and sound reading of texts. The course also provides training in Arabic rhetoric and literary genres. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
AR114 Introduction to Creative Writing
(4) Credit Hours
This course seeks to provide the ELLT students with an introduction to the needed knowledge of creative writing concepts, skills, and key figures in the Arabic Language
Course Code |
AR114 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Creative Writing |
Pre-requisite |
AR113 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course seeks to provide the ELLT students with an introduction to the needed knowledge of creative writing concepts, skills, and key figures in the Arabic Language |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
BE322/4 Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management
(4) Credit Hours
BE322 is an introductory four credit undergraduate course. It assumes no deep knowledge of business. Indeed, it provides students with an overview of business in an-increasingly global society. This is not a course of theory; it is more an application or "how-to" course. It is designed to increase awareness of the opportunities and challenges in today's business environment. The success of any business depends upon several factors: marketing, management and leadership, human resources, financing, logistics, planning, and knowledge of the business environment.
An overview of business topics will be discussed including the entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture.
Course Code |
BE322/4 |
Course Title |
Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management |
Pre-requisite |
B120 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
BE322 is an introductory four credit undergraduate course. It assumes no deep knowledge of business. Indeed, it provides students with an overview of business in an-increasingly global society. This is not a course of theory; it is more an application or "how-to" course. It is designed to increase awareness of the opportunities and challenges in today's business environment. The success of any business depends upon several factors: marketing, management and leadership, human resources, financing, logistics, planning, and knowledge of the business environment.
An overview of business topics will be discussed including the entrepreneur's success factors, developing business plans, forms of business ownership, management and leadership styles, marketing and market research, technology and e-commerce, understanding financial statements and testing the feasibility and viability of a new venture.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
CH101 Chinese for Beginners (I)
(3) Credit Hours
The course introduces the student to the basics of Chinese (Mandarin). These include the alphabet, common everyday expressions, simple sentences, short dialogues and small paragraphs. The four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking will be equally emphasized. However, as we live in the age of the image, students will have ample exposure to a variety of audio-visual material which boost their command of the language at the beginner’s level. The communicative approach is to be adopted in face-to-face tutorials and the various methods of enabling students to learn on their own will be prioritized.
Course Code |
CH101 |
Course Title |
Chinese for Beginners (I) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course introduces the student to the basics of Chinese (Mandarin). These include the alphabet, common everyday expressions, simple sentences, short dialogues and small paragraphs. The four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking will be equally emphasized. However, as we live in the age of the image, students will have ample exposure to a variety of audio-visual material which boost their command of the language at the beginner’s level. The communicative approach is to be adopted in face-to-face tutorials and the various methods of enabling students to learn on their own will be prioritized. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
CH102 Chinese for Beginners (II)
(3) Credit Hours
The course builds on what the student has learnt in level (1). Toward this end, it introduces the student to more everyday expressions, more widely-used short sentences, some compound and complex sentences, medium-size dialogues, and short passages. While the skills of listening and speaking will be receiving adequate attention, more emphasis is to be placed on the skills of reading and writing. Face-to-face tutorials will be communicative and students will be empowered to learn on their own.
Course Code |
CH102 |
Course Title |
Chinese for Beginners (II) |
Pre-requisite |
CH101 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course builds on what the student has learnt in level (1). Toward this end, it introduces the student to more everyday expressions, more widely-used short sentences, some compound and complex sentences, medium-size dialogues, and short passages. While the skills of listening and speaking will be receiving adequate attention, more emphasis is to be placed on the skills of reading and writing. Face-to-face tutorials will be communicative and students will be empowered to learn on their own. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
E121 Introduction to Literature
(4) Credit Hours
The E121 Course introduces students to the five genres of literature along with the literary elements and concepts. These genres comprise the Short Story, Poetry, Drama, Autobiography and the Essay. The selection covers different literary and historical eras. It also covers texts from culturally diverse backgrounds, by male and female authors.
E121 is an introductory course to the more advanced literary courses in the English Language and Literature Program (ELL). It gives students an overview of different literary genres, enabling them to appreciate similarities and differences between these genres, mainly focusing on the short story and poetry. This will develop the analytical and critical skills needed to write about literature.
Course Code |
E121 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Literature |
Pre-requisite |
EL117: Writing EL119: Oral & Presentation Skills |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The E121 Course introduces students to the five genres of literature along with the literary elements and concepts. These genres comprise the Short Story, Poetry, Drama, Autobiography and the Essay. The selection covers different literary and historical eras. It also covers texts from culturally diverse backgrounds, by male and female authors.
E121 is an introductory course to the more advanced literary courses in the English Language and Literature Program (ELL). It gives students an overview of different literary genres, enabling them to appreciate similarities and differences between these genres, mainly focusing on the short story and poetry. This will develop the analytical and critical skills needed to write about literature.
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to: - Allow students to distinguish between different literary genres and to recognize their major similarities and differences.
- Help them to explore various ways of reading literary works, using author, reader, and text-oriented approaches.
- Enhance students' research and communication skills through presentations, and reading and writing skills through assignments and different forms of assessment.
- Develop students' reflective reading that enhances their analytical and critical skills.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Knowledge and understanding of different literary genres (short story, poetry, drama, and essay). A2: Knowledge and understanding of literary elements (character, plot, setting, point of view, style, and theme). A3: Knowledge and understanding of literary terms and concepts. A4: Knowledge and understanding of author-, reader-, and text-oriented approaches. A5: Knowledge and understanding of the historical and cultural backgrounds of literary texts. A6: Knowledge and understanding of the multidimensionality of literary texts in terms of ethics and aesthetics.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Recognize and analyse the distinctive features of each of the literary genres (short story, poetry, drama, and essay). B2: Recognise the literary terms and concepts needed to discuss literary texts. B3: Compare and contrast different literary approaches in analysing texts (author-, reader-, and text-oriented approaches). B4: Develop appreciation of short stories through close reading and critical analysis.
B5: Develop appreciation of poetry through the appreciation of aesthetics and ethics. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Apply various analytical and critical strategies to literary genres. C2: Articulate arguments pertaining to explicit and implicit messages in a literary text. C3: Evaluate the historical, cultural, and biographical context of various literary texts.
C4: Plan a proper research based on synthesis, analysis, and critique of different sources.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1: Make use of the key literary concepts and terminology proper to different literary genres.
D2: Consider literary and other texts reflectively and critically D3: Construct a coherent and relevant argument supported by evidence from primary and secondary sources.
|
E302A Language and Creativity (I)
(8) Credit Hours
“Language and Creativity” is planned as a remake of E301, “The Art of English”. This new course forms an important part of the FLS curriculum.
The course will be designed to extend and complement students’ work on U214 Worlds of English, which we anticipate will be the main feeder course. (The course will also complement courses in related academic areas. Upon studying this module, students will build on the learning outcomes they achieved in AA100 and EL120 as well as U214.
Course Code |
E302A |
Course Title |
Language and Creativity (I) |
Pre-requisite |
U214B - U210B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
“Language and Creativity” is planned as a remake of E301, “The Art of English”. This new course forms an important part of the FLS curriculum.
The course will be designed to extend and complement students’ work on U214 Worlds of English, which we anticipate will be the main feeder course. (The course will also complement courses in related academic areas. Upon studying this module, students will build on the learning outcomes they achieved in AA100 and EL120 as well as U214.
|
Course Objectives |
“Language and Creativity" looks at creativity in the English language in the context of globalization: from everyday contexts to 'high culture' literary language and the impact of new media. It presents students with instances of creativity in social and artistic life, and examines how these are proliferated and intensified by technology and globalization. It explores the critical potential in creative practice, and investigates the relationships between language and other modes such as image, movement, music and dance. Overall, the focus of E302 is on creativity in the English language: its manifestations, its uses, and the issues it raises. It will give students a firm grounding in stylistic, sociolinguistic and multimodal analysis. This clearly distinguishes it from the alternative Level 3 option, E304 “Exploring English Grammar," which has as its focus the understanding of English grammar, as theorized from both structural and functional perspectives and enhanced through the use of corpus linguistic tools. Both modules assume a basic knowledge of English Language Studies gained from studying U214. The major aims of E302 are to develop an understanding of: - the nature of creativity in English in a global context and the ways in which it is used to fulfil a range of social, cultural, artistic and political functions
- The roles, interests and concerns of different participants in the construction and interpretation of creative texts and practice
- Different theories and debates about the nature and functions of creative language practices in both everyday and literary uses of English
- Different analytical approaches to the study of creativity in English, drawing on linguistics, stylistics and semiotics, and their relative strengths and limitations for the study of creative texts and practices.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of: A1. The nature of creativity in English in a global context and the ways in which it is used to fulfil a range of social, cultural, artistic and political functions. A2. The roles, interests and concerns of different participants in the construction and interpretation of creative texts and practice. A3. Different theories and debates about the nature and functions of creative language practices in both everyday and literary uses of English. A4. Different analytical approaches to the study of creativity in English, drawing on linguistics, stylistics and semiotics, and their relative strengths and limitations for the study of creative texts and practices. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Use appropriate methodologies and related terminology to describe and analyse creative texts across different media B2. Critically evaluate instances of creative texts and practices in relation to appropriate theoretical and analytical approaches B3. Synthesise information and ideas from different sources, including personal research data, in order to reach your own conclusions. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: C1. Demonstrate autonomy through planning and undertaking a small-scale independent language-focused investigation demonstrating an awareness of the ethical dimensions of research and appropriate rigour in analysis. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Identify and ask questions appropriately to explore issues within the field of English language studies. D2. Construct coherent academic arguments, clearly relevant to the task and supported by linguistic evidence. D3. Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively using appropriate style and academic conventions. D4. Find, critically evaluate and accurately use information and linguistic data in complex contexts. D5. Select and use appropriate ICT tools to analyse data and extend your learning. D6. As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance. |
E302B Language and Creativity (II)
(8) Credit Hours
“Language and Creativity” is planned as a remake of E301, “The Art of English”. This new course forms an important part of the FLS curriculum.
The course will be designed to extend and complement students’ work on U214 Worlds of English, which we anticipate will be the main feeder course. (The course will also complement courses in related academic areas. Upon studying this module, students will build on the learning outcomes they achieved in AA100 and EL120 as well as U214.
Course Code |
E302B |
Course Title |
Language and Creativity (II) |
Pre-requisite |
E300A - E302A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
“Language and Creativity” is planned as a remake of E301, “The Art of English”. This new course forms an important part of the FLS curriculum.
The course will be designed to extend and complement students’ work on U214 Worlds of English, which we anticipate will be the main feeder course. (The course will also complement courses in related academic areas. Upon studying this module, students will build on the learning outcomes they achieved in AA100 and EL120 as well as U214.
|
Course Objectives |
“Language and Creativity" looks at creativity in the English language in the context of globalization: from everyday contexts to 'high culture' literary language and the impact of new media. It presents students with instances of creativity in social and artistic life, and examines how these are proliferated and intensified by technology and globalization. It explores the critical potential in creative practice, and investigates the relationships between language and other modes such as image, movement, music and dance. Overall, the focus of E302 is on creativity in the English language: its manifestations, its uses, and the issues it raises. It will give students a firm grounding in stylistic, sociolinguistic and multimodal analysis. This clearly distinguishes it from the alternative Level 3 option, E304 “Exploring English Grammar," which has as its focus the understanding of English grammar, as theorized from both structural and functional perspectives and enhanced through the use of corpus linguistic tools. Both modules assume a basic knowledge of English Language Studies gained from studying U214. The major aims of E302 are to develop an understanding of: - the nature of creativity in English in a global context and the ways in which it is used to fulfil a range of social, cultural, artistic and political functions
- The roles, interests and concerns of different participants in the construction and interpretation of creative texts and practice
- Different theories and debates about the nature and functions of creative language practices in both everyday and literary uses of English
- Different analytical approaches to the study of creativity in English, drawing on linguistics, stylistics and semiotics, and their relative strengths and limitations for the study of creative texts and practices.
|
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of: A1. The nature of creativity in English in a global context and the ways in which it is used to fulfil a range of social, cultural, artistic and political functions. A2. The roles, interests and concerns of different participants in the construction and interpretation of creative texts and practice. A3. Different theories and debates about the nature and functions of creative language practices in both everyday and literary uses of English. A4. Different analytical approaches to the study of creativity in English, drawing on linguistics, stylistics and semiotics, and their relative strengths and limitations for the study of creative texts and practices. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Use appropriate methodologies and related terminology to describe and analyse creative texts across different media B2. Critically evaluate instances of creative texts and practices in relation to appropriate theoretical and analytical approaches B3. Synthesise information and ideas from different sources, including personal research data, in order to reach your own conclusions. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: C1. Demonstrate autonomy through planning and undertaking a small-scale independent language-focused investigation demonstrating an awareness of the ethical dimensions of research and appropriate rigour in analysis. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Identify and ask questions appropriately to explore issues within the field of English language studies. D2. Construct coherent academic arguments, clearly relevant to the task and supported by linguistic evidence. D3. Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively using appropriate style and academic conventions. D4. Find, critically evaluate and accurately use information and linguistic data in complex contexts. D5. Select and use appropriate ICT tools to analyse data and extend your learning. D6. As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance. |
E304A Exploring English Grammar (I)
(8) Credit Hours
Grammar continues to play a significant role in formal education around the world, and can often be the key to academic success or failure. However, conceptions of what is meant by grammar vary widely, and are often based on writing rather than speech, and on prescriptive ideas about what ought to be the case rather than an analysis of how language is actually used. This course helps you to recognise grammar as the chief means of making meaning through language, and to evaluate the relative success of different texts in achieving this goal. If you are involved in the teaching or learning of English, the relevance of the course to you should therefore be obvious.
E304: Exploring English Grammar is designed for anyone who needs an up-to-date framework for describing and analysing the English language as used in the world today. The module provides a range of material to anticipate students' different needs and expectations. It combines grammatical description – based on a hands-on approach which draws on computer analysis – with demonstrations of how such analytical techniques can be applied to real-world data and problems.
The module content is designed to be of broad interest: examples are drawn from, amongst other fields, everyday conversation, fiction, academic writing and the news media. The applications of grammar in professional fields such as translation, teaching, lexicography, and the law are also highlighted. In the process of studying grammar in this way, students can expect to improve their own communicative effectiveness, including their academic writing, and to become more discriminating readers of other people’s texts.
The intellectual and scholarly skills learned and honed in this module, including a sophisticated knowledge of the English language, will serve any student well, no matter what career he or she chooses to practise upon graduating from AOU. With other modules in linguistics/applied linguistics such as E302 and U214, E304 tries to broaden the students’ understanding of English grammar and applied linguistics and gives them a perspective on how English works and how texts written in English can be analyzed and interpreted.
Course Code |
E304A |
Course Title |
Exploring English Grammar (I) |
Pre-requisite |
L201B |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Grammar continues to play a significant role in formal education around the world, and can often be the key to academic success or failure. However, conceptions of what is meant by grammar vary widely, and are often based on writing rather than speech, and on prescriptive ideas about what ought to be the case rather than an analysis of how language is actually used. This course helps you to recognise grammar as the chief means of making meaning through language, and to evaluate the relative success of different texts in achieving this goal. If you are involved in the teaching or learning of English, the relevance of the course to you should therefore be obvious.
E304: Exploring English Grammar is designed for anyone who needs an up-to-date framework for describing and analysing the English language as used in the world today. The module provides a range of material to anticipate students' different needs and expectations. It combines grammatical description – based on a hands-on approach which draws on computer analysis – with demonstrations of how such analytical techniques can be applied to real-world data and problems.
The module content is designed to be of broad interest: examples are drawn from, amongst other fields, everyday conversation, fiction, academic writing and the news media. The applications of grammar in professional fields such as translation, teaching, lexicography, and the law are also highlighted. In the process of studying grammar in this way, students can expect to improve their own communicative effectiveness, including their academic writing, and to become more discriminating readers of other people’s texts.
The intellectual and scholarly skills learned and honed in this module, including a sophisticated knowledge of the English language, will serve any student well, no matter what career he or she chooses to practise upon graduating from AOU. With other modules in linguistics/applied linguistics such as E302 and U214, E304 tries to broaden the students’ understanding of English grammar and applied linguistics and gives them a perspective on how English works and how texts written in English can be analyzed and interpreted.
|
Course Objectives |
The overall aim of this module is to show how a knowledge and understanding of English grammar can be applied in practical and useful ways. In broad terms, upon completing this course, students will acquire: - An understanding of the major characteristics of English grammar;
- Skills in language description and grammatical analysis and interpretation in order to gain an insight into how English 'works' in real-life contexts;
Skills in applying grammatical/linguistic understanding in order to evaluate and, where appropriate, improve the quality of spoken and written texts.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding If students successfully complete the course they will have knowledge and understanding of:
A1. Knowledge and understanding of the major characteristics of structural and functional theories of English grammar; A2. Knowledge and understanding of a range of methods, analytical tools, concepts and metalanguage for describing and analysing English Grammar in use; A3. Knowledge and understanding of insights into the grammar of English which can be applied to a range of real-life (including professional) contexts.
B. Cognitive skills If students successfully complete the course, they will be able to:
B1. Describe major grammatical structures and patterns in English in use and relate these to meaning, purpose and context. B2. Apply the analytical frameworks acquired through the module to the analysis, interpretation and evaluation of authentic spoken and written English texts in relation to their context. B3. Acquire and synthesize information and ideas drawn from varied sources, and critically evaluate alternative explanations and arguments deriving from different theoretical paradigms and value positions. B4. Argue a case in a grammatically principled way, using appropriate linguistic terminology, for a particular analysis/ interpretation/ evaluation of English language use in context. B5. Engage with different interpretations of texts and relate abstract concepts and theories to specific texts.
C. Practical and
professional skills If students successfully complete the course, they will be able to: C1. Assess the value of evidence critically (including simple statistical data); C2. Make independent judgements; C3. Construct coherent written arguments, supported by relevant evidence, appropriately referenced. D. Key skills If students successfully complete the course, they will be able to:
D1. Identify and ask questions appropriately to explore issues within the field of English language studies;
D2: Construct coherent academic arguments, clearly relevant to the task and supported by linguistic evidence; D3. Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively using appropriate style and academic conventions; D4. Find, critically evaluate and accurately use information and linguistic data in complex contexts; D5. Select and use appropriate ICT tools to analyze data and extend your learning; D6. As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance.
|
E304B Exploring English Grammar (II)
(8) Credit Hours
Grammar continues to play a significant role in formal education around the world, and can often be the key to academic success or failure. However, conceptions of what is meant by grammar vary widely, and are often based on writing rather than speech, and on prescriptive ideas about what ought to be the case rather than an analysis of how language is actually used. This course helps you to recognise grammar as the chief means of making meaning through language, and to evaluate the relative success of different texts in achieving this goal. If you are involved in the teaching or learning of English, the relevance of the course to you should therefore be obvious.
E304: Exploring English Grammar is designed for anyone who needs an up-to-date framework for describing and analysing the English language as used in the world today. The module provides a range of material to anticipate students' different needs and expectations. It combines grammatical description – based on a hands-on approach which draws on computer analysis – with demonstrations of how such analytical techniques can be applied to real-world data and problems.
The module content is designed to be of broad interest: examples are drawn from, amongst other fields, everyday conversation, fiction, academic writing and the news media. The applications of grammar in professional fields such as translation, teaching, lexicography, and the law are also highlighted. In the process of studying grammar in this way, students can expect to improve their own communicative effectiveness, including their academic writing, and to become more discriminating readers of other people’s texts.
The intellectual and scholarly skills learned and honed in this module, including a sophisticated knowledge of the English language, will serve any student well, no matter what career he or she chooses to practise upon graduating from AOU. With other modules in linguistics/applied linguistics such as E302 and U214, E304 tries to broaden the students’ understanding of English grammar and applied linguistics and gives them a perspective on how English works and how texts written in English can be analyzed and interpreted.
Course Code |
E304B |
Course Title |
Exploring English Grammar (II) |
Pre-requisite |
E304B: E304A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Grammar continues to play a significant role in formal education around the world, and can often be the key to academic success or failure. However, conceptions of what is meant by grammar vary widely, and are often based on writing rather than speech, and on prescriptive ideas about what ought to be the case rather than an analysis of how language is actually used. This course helps you to recognise grammar as the chief means of making meaning through language, and to evaluate the relative success of different texts in achieving this goal. If you are involved in the teaching or learning of English, the relevance of the course to you should therefore be obvious.
E304: Exploring English Grammar is designed for anyone who needs an up-to-date framework for describing and analysing the English language as used in the world today. The module provides a range of material to anticipate students' different needs and expectations. It combines grammatical description – based on a hands-on approach which draws on computer analysis – with demonstrations of how such analytical techniques can be applied to real-world data and problems.
The module content is designed to be of broad interest: examples are drawn from, amongst other fields, everyday conversation, fiction, academic writing and the news media. The applications of grammar in professional fields such as translation, teaching, lexicography, and the law are also highlighted. In the process of studying grammar in this way, students can expect to improve their own communicative effectiveness, including their academic writing, and to become more discriminating readers of other people’s texts.
The intellectual and scholarly skills learned and honed in this module, including a sophisticated knowledge of the English language, will serve any student well, no matter what career he or she chooses to practise upon graduating from AOU. With other modules in linguistics/applied linguistics such as E302 and U214, E304 tries to broaden the students’ understanding of English grammar and applied linguistics and gives them a perspective on how English works and how texts written in English can be analyzed and interpreted.
|
Course Objectives |
The overall aim of this module is to show how a knowledge and understanding of English grammar can be applied in practical and useful ways. In broad terms, upon completing this course, students will acquire: - An understanding of the major characteristics of English grammar;
- Skills in language description and grammatical analysis and interpretation in order to gain an insight into how English 'works' in real-life contexts;
Skills in applying grammatical/linguistic understanding in order to evaluate and, where appropriate, improve the quality of spoken and written texts.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and
understanding If students successfully complete the course they will have knowledge and understanding of:
A1. Knowledge and understanding of the major characteristics of structural and functional theories of English grammar; A2. Knowledge and understanding of a range of methods, analytical tools, concepts and metalanguage for describing and analysing English Grammar in use; A3. Knowledge and understanding of insights into the grammar of English which can be applied to a range of real-life (including professional) contexts.
B. Cognitive skills If students successfully complete the course, they will be able to:
B1. Describe major grammatical structures and patterns in English in use and relate these to meaning, purpose and context. B2. Apply the analytical frameworks acquired through the module to the analysis, interpretation and evaluation of authentic spoken and written English texts in relation to their context. B3. Acquire and synthesize information and ideas drawn from varied sources, and critically evaluate alternative explanations and arguments deriving from different theoretical paradigms and value positions. B4. Argue a case in a grammatically principled way, using appropriate linguistic terminology, for a particular analysis/ interpretation/ evaluation of English language use in context. B5. Engage with different interpretations of texts and relate abstract concepts and theories to specific texts.
C. Practical and
professional skills If students successfully complete the course, they will be able to:
C1. Assess the value of evidence critically (including simple statistical data); C2. Make independent judgements; C3. Construct coherent written arguments, supported by relevant evidence, appropriately referenced.
D. Key skills If students successfully complete the course, they will be able to:
D2: Construct coherent academic arguments, clearly relevant to the task and supported by linguistic evidence; D3. Communicate complex information, arguments and ideas effectively using appropriate style and academic conventions; D4. Find, critically evaluate and accurately use information and linguistic data in complex contexts; D5. Select and use appropriate ICT tools to analyze data and extend your learning; D6. As an independent learner, plan, monitor and evaluate your own learning and seek ways to improve your performance.
|
EA300A Children’s Literature (I)
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a broad introduction to the vibrant and growing field of children’s literature studies. You will study children’s literature in English ranging from its beginnings in eighteenth-century chapbooks and fairy tales, through seminal nineteenth-century novels, to contemporary examples of fiction illustrating current trends. The module also includes the study of picture books, stage performance and film, young adult fiction, storytelling and poetry. You will learn about the distinctiveness and purposes of children’s literature, its prestigious and popular modes and its different representations of children’s worlds.
EA300 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is offered. For the BA in English Language and Literature, for example, it will help the students to ‘critically engage with different theoretical and analytic approaches to children’s literature, to acquire the necessary concepts, theories, knowledge, terminology and skills base to understand its nature, scope and development and to critically analyse and interpret a range of texts, positions and ideas. Students will also be expected to synthesise information and ideas from a variety of sources and to evaluate critically opposing positions. Within the BA in English Language and Literature, EA300 will require students to engage with different interpretations of texts, read a range of literary texts and secondary texts analytically and engage with literary texts from the past and from other cultures. EA300 will further students’ understanding of the central role of language and genre in the creation of meaning, develop students’ skills of analysis and interpretation of both literary texts and critical literature, and increase their understanding of how literature and language both reflect and impact on cultural change and difference.
Course Code |
EA300A |
Course Title |
Children’s Literature (I) |
Pre-requisite |
A230B Reading and Studying Literature (II) |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides a broad introduction to the vibrant and growing field of children’s literature studies. You will study children’s literature in English ranging from its beginnings in eighteenth-century chapbooks and fairy tales, through seminal nineteenth-century novels, to contemporary examples of fiction illustrating current trends. The module also includes the study of picture books, stage performance and film, young adult fiction, storytelling and poetry. You will learn about the distinctiveness and purposes of children’s literature, its prestigious and popular modes and its different representations of children’s worlds.
EA300 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is offered. For the BA in English Language and Literature, for example, it will help the students to ‘critically engage with different theoretical and analytic approaches to children’s literature, to acquire the necessary concepts, theories, knowledge, terminology and skills base to understand its nature, scope and development and to critically analyse and interpret a range of texts, positions and ideas. Students will also be expected to synthesise information and ideas from a variety of sources and to evaluate critically opposing positions. Within the BA in English Language and Literature, EA300 will require students to engage with different interpretations of texts, read a range of literary texts and secondary texts analytically and engage with literary texts from the past and from other cultures. EA300 will further students’ understanding of the central role of language and genre in the creation of meaning, develop students’ skills of analysis and interpretation of both literary texts and critical literature, and increase their understanding of how literature and language both reflect and impact on cultural change and difference.
|
Course Objectives |
The
module aims to: - Provide students with a broad understanding of the field of children's literature, including its conceptualization and development and key issues and debates in the area.
- Equip students with skills for literary, stylistic and multimodal analysis and to support their in-depth study of a range of specified texts from different periods and genres of children's literature.
- Consolidate and develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students on level 4 & 5 modules in Literature, in particular through:
- The development of students' specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology
- The introduction of a more meta-level focus on approaches and discourses, via key critical and theoretical debates in the field
- The development of students' critical and analytical skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical research literature
- The further development of students' ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
- Further development of students' ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
- Further development of key skills from level 4 modules and enhance students' personal and career development through helping them to recognise and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
Children's books and the critical material collected in the Readers are therefore a core academic resource for student' study of the field of children's literature and these are supplemented with a Study Guide, and some audio material (DVD), providing interviews with academics, authors and illustrators, publishers, librarians and children themselves, performances of children's literature and story-telling,
film clips, facsimiles and images. Specific analytic skills are introduced via
the 3 interactive tutorials on a DVD-Rom and students may develop their
academic and personal response to specific texts through class discussions and
assignments. The structured guidance and activities for each week in the Study
Guide will enable students to coordinate their work on other elements as they
progress through the module.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to display:
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1: Knowledge and understanding of key critical and theoretical debates in the field of children's literature. A2: Knowledge and understanding of the relationships between the historical development of children's literature and changing conceptions of childhood and of literature. A3: Knowledge and understanding of the nature of children's literature as a site for ideological indoctrination and struggle. A4: Knowledge and understanding of the importance of material conditions of production, circulation and consumption of children's literature. A5: Knowledge and understanding of the changing construct of childhood reflected in children's literature.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
B1: Analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence from a variety of sources, relating to particular theoretical and analytical approaches to the study of children's literature. B2: Recognise the implicit and explicit assumptions within children's literature about different discourses on childhood. B3: Demonstrate the ability to compare and contrast children's books from both thematic and critical perspectives. B4: Use appropriate literary, critical, and linguistic terminology to describe and discuss specific theories, concepts and evidence. B5: Synthesise information and ideas from different sources, including personal experience, in order to reach your own conclusions.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Carry out literary, stylistic, and multimodal analysis of children's literature. C2: Articulate arguments and develop a synthesis. C3: Plan and undertake research, abstracting and synthesising information from a variety of sources
C4: Evaluate social, political, and ethical issues relevant to children's literature.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Read academic and other texts critically, identifying and evaluating positions and arguments. D2: Communicate complex ideas effectively in writing, using the appropriate academic genre and style. D3: Construct a coherent argument, supported by evidence and clearly focused on the topic under discussion.
|
|
EA300B Children’s Literature (II)
(8) Credit Hours
This module provides a broad introduction to the vibrant and growing field of children’s literature studies. You will study children’s literature in English ranging from its beginnings in eighteenth-century chapbooks and fairy tales, through seminal nineteenth-century novels, to contemporary examples of fiction illustrating current trends. The module also includes the study of picture books, stage performance and film, young adult fiction, storytelling and poetry. You will learn about the distinctiveness and purposes of children’s literature, its prestigious and popular modes and its different representations of children’s worlds.
EA300 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is offered. For the BA in English Language and Literature, for example, it will help the students to ‘critically engage with different theoretical and analytic approaches to children’s literature, to acquire the necessary concepts, theories, knowledge, terminology and skills base to understand its nature, scope and development and to critically analyse and interpret a range of texts, positions and ideas. Students will also be expected to synthesise information and ideas from a variety of sources and to evaluate critically opposing positions. Within the BA in English Language and Literature, EA300 will require students to engage with different interpretations of texts, read a range of literary texts and secondary texts analytically and engage with literary texts from the past and from other cultures. EA300 will further students’ understanding of the central role of language and genre in the creation of meaning, develop students’ skills of analysis and interpretation of both literary texts and critical literature, and increase their understanding of how literature and language both reflect and impact on cultural change and difference.
Course Code |
EA300B |
Course Title |
Children’s Literature (II) |
Pre-requisite |
EA300A Children’s Literature (I) |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This module provides a broad introduction to the vibrant and growing field of children’s literature studies. You will study children’s literature in English ranging from its beginnings in eighteenth-century chapbooks and fairy tales, through seminal nineteenth-century novels, to contemporary examples of fiction illustrating current trends. The module also includes the study of picture books, stage performance and film, young adult fiction, storytelling and poetry. You will learn about the distinctiveness and purposes of children’s literature, its prestigious and popular modes and its different representations of children’s worlds.
EA300 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is offered. For the BA in English Language and Literature, for example, it will help the students to ‘critically engage with different theoretical and analytic approaches to children’s literature, to acquire the necessary concepts, theories, knowledge, terminology and skills base to understand its nature, scope and development and to critically analyse and interpret a range of texts, positions and ideas. Students will also be expected to synthesise information and ideas from a variety of sources and to evaluate critically opposing positions. Within the BA in English Language and Literature, EA300 will require students to engage with different interpretations of texts, read a range of literary texts and secondary texts analytically and engage with literary texts from the past and from other cultures. EA300 will further students’ understanding of the central role of language and genre in the creation of meaning, develop students’ skills of analysis and interpretation of both literary texts and critical literature, and increase their understanding of how literature and language both reflect and impact on cultural change and difference. |
Course Objectives |
The
module aims to : - Provide students with a broad understanding of the field of children's literature, including its conceptualization and development and key issues and debates in the area.
- Equip students with skills for literary, stylistic and multimodal analysis and to support their in-depth study of a range of specified texts from different periods and genres of children's literature.
- Consolidate and develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students on level 4 & 5 modules in Literature, in particular through:
- The development of students' specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology
- The introduction of a more meta-level focus on approaches and discourses, via key critical and theoretical debates in the field
- The development of students' critical and analytical skills in relation to primary and secondary texts, including critical research literature
- The further development of students' ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources.
- Further development of students' ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing.
- Further development of key skills from level 4 modules and enhance students' personal and career development through helping them to recognise and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
Children's books and the critical material collected in the Readers are therefore a core academic resource for student' study of the field of children's literature and these are supplemented with a Study Guide, and some audio material (DVD), providing interviews with academics, authors and illustrators, publishers, librarians and children themselves, performances of children's literature and story- telling,
film clips, facsimiles and images. Specific analytic skills are introduced via
the 3 interactive tutorials on a DVD-Rom and students may develop their
academic and personal response to specific texts through class discussions and
assignments. The structured guidance and activities for each week in the Study
Guide will enable students to coordinate their work on other elements as they
progress through the module.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to display:
A1: Knowledge and understanding of key critical and theoretical debates in the field of children's literature. A2: Knowledge and understanding of the relationships between the historical development of children's literature and changing conceptions of childhood and of literature. A3: Knowledge and understanding of the nature of children's literature as a site for ideological indoctrination and struggle. A4: Knowledge and understanding of the importance of material conditions of production, circulation and consumption of children's literature. A5: Knowledge and understanding of the changing construct of childhood reflected in children's literature.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
B1: Analyse and critically evaluate arguments and evidence from a variety of sources, relating to particular theoretical and analytical approaches to the study of children's literature. B2: Recognise the implicit and explicit assumptions within children's literature about different discourses on childhood. B3: Demonstrate the ability to compare and contrast children's books from both thematic and critical perspectives. B4: Use appropriate literary, critical, and linguistic terminology to describe and discuss specific theories, concepts and evidence. B5: Synthesise information and ideas from different sources, including personal experience, in order to reach your own conclusions.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1: Carry out literary, stylistic, and multimodal analysis of children's literature. C2: Articulate arguments and develop a synthesis. C3: Plan and undertake research, abstracting and synthesising information from a variety of sources
C4: Evaluate social, political, and ethical issues relevant to children's literature.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Read academic and other texts critically, identifying and evaluating positions and arguments. D2: Communicate complex ideas effectively in writing, using the appropriate academic genre and style. D3: Construct a coherent argument, supported by evidence and clearly focused on the topic under discussion.
|
|
ED256 English Language Teaching Methods
(4) Credit Hours
This is a practical course that links the findings of research on English language learning to classroom methodology. It exposes the student to the old and current approaches of teaching English as a foreign language, such as the communicative approach, and their implications in teaching methodology. It also gives practical approaches for teaching listening comprehension, reading, writing, and vocabulary. All this information is mainly given in the form of practical examples (lesson plans) and interactive discussions in addition to tasks of practical nature.
Course Code |
ED256 |
Course Title |
English Language Teaching Methods |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This is a practical course that links the findings of research on English language learning to classroom methodology. It exposes the student to the old and current approaches of teaching English as a foreign language, such as the communicative approach, and their implications in teaching methodology. It also gives practical approaches for teaching listening comprehension, reading, writing, and vocabulary. All this information is mainly given in the form of practical examples (lesson plans) and interactive discussions in addition to tasks of practical nature. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EFL501 Theories of Foreign Language Learning
(4) Credit Hours
EFL 501 identifies the main theories which address the question of how language is learnt. Special emphasis will be placed on major theories, namely behaviorism and cognitivism among others. Audiolingualism in learning a foreign language as a ‘mimetic’ activity involves students repeating or imitating new information and practice approach to language development.
The cognitive/mentalist approach takes language learning as a mental process rather than a habit formation. The course explains how, through reliance on language theories, research findings, and experiences, educators developed teaching strategies and learning environments that engaged learners in interactive communicative language tasks.
This shift in foreign language pedagogy towards the measurement of language performance/competency has resulted in a change in the role of the teacher from one of authority/expert to that of facilitator/guide.
Course Code |
EFL501 |
Course Title |
Theories of Foreign Language Learning |
Pre-requisite |
BA in English |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL 501 identifies the main theories which address the question of how language is learnt. Special emphasis will be placed on major theories, namely behaviorism and cognitivism among others. Audiolingualism in learning a foreign language as a ‘mimetic’ activity involves students repeating or imitating new information and practice approach to language development.
The cognitive/mentalist approach takes language learning as a mental process rather than a habit formation. The course explains how, through reliance on language theories, research findings, and experiences, educators developed teaching strategies and learning environments that engaged learners in interactive communicative language tasks.
This shift in foreign language pedagogy towards the measurement of language performance/competency has resulted in a change in the role of the teacher from one of authority/expert to that of facilitator/guide.
|
Course Objectives |
- Familiarize students with the major theories of foreign language learning.
- Engage students with the activities that represent each of the main theories of language learning.
- Introduce students to the relevant teaching methods which are compatible with the basic tenets of each theory of language learning.
- Introduce students to the differences between the audio-lingual approach and the cognitive approach to language learning.
- Introduce students to the two major schools of linguistic thought: structuralism and generativism and their role in the teaching-learning practice, together with other foreign learning models.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EFL502 Research Methods
(4) Credit Hours
EFL 502 aims at providing principles and types of research methods which prospective teachers of English need. Research methods comprise a basic requirement that graduate students need for undertaking research at MA level. The module provides a range of theoretical, practical and ethical issues in foreign language research with emphasis on English language teaching and learning.
Course Code |
EFL502 |
Course Title |
Research Methods |
Pre-requisite |
BA in English |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL 502 aims at providing principles and types of research methods which prospective teachers of English need. Research methods comprise a basic requirement that graduate students need for undertaking research at MA level. The module provides a range of theoretical, practical and ethical issues in foreign language research with emphasis on English language teaching and learning. |
Course Objectives |
- Prepare graduate students in research methods to be able to critically evaluate published research and design their own research projects.
- Introduce students to the main research methods that they can use to conduct small-scale research in the foreign language classroom, including case study method, quasi experimental method, qualitative experiment, meta-analysis, descriptive research, action research, error analysis, research and development (R&D), and survey method.
- Offer learners insight into the principles for undertaking research.
- Provide hands-on experience in research design.
- Provide instruments for data collection.
- Provide ways of evaluating published research.
- Provide techniques of report writing.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1. Engage in (plan, design, implement, and present) a small-scale research, thereby demonstrating an understanding of the research methods literature A2. Develop awareness of the role of technology in enhancing research methods in EFL. A3. Evaluate the appropriacy of particular approaches, methods, and techniques for data collection and data analysis in the chosen area of research, as channelled through the small scale research. A4. Critically reflect on the process of carrying out research and on the development of their own researcher competence.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners should be able to:
B1. Demonstrate understanding of research methods and ideas in their designated field. B2. Critically evaluate the appropriacy of specific research methods and their compatibility with selected EFL topics
B3. Provide a rationale for the design of small-scale research.
C. Practical and
professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1. Use ICT to support relevant academic and researcher activities;
C2. Prepare a small-scale project on research methods.
C3. Write clear and coherent research reports
D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1. Organise and manage research effectively. D2. Demonstrate enhanced academic and digital literacies including academic presentation, information processing (on- and off-line) and online networking. D3. Show skills in critical evaluation and professional communication. D4. Use autonomy and enhanced meta-cognitive strategies with regard to study skills and further professional development.
|
EFL503 English Language Teaching Methods – Receptive Skills
(4) Credit Hours
The module covers practical and valid approaches and techniques needed to teach English language receptive skills. The module prepares students to teach receptive skills (listening and reading) needed to pursue their career as ESL/EFL teachers. In EFL503, students learn to examine the challenges facing methodologists, material designers and developers as well as foreign language teachers in analysing and choosing the suitable approaches, methods and materials for use in the English language classroom.
By the end of the course, the students should be able to understand the general principles of teaching receptive skills and evaluate teaching and learning materials as used in classes of small and large numbers of learners.
Course Code |
EFL503 |
Course Title |
English Language Teaching Methods – Receptive Skills |
Pre-requisite |
EFL501 EFL502 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module covers practical and valid approaches and techniques needed to teach English language receptive skills. The module prepares students to teach receptive skills (listening and reading) needed to pursue their career as ESL/EFL teachers. In EFL503, students learn to examine the challenges facing methodologists, material designers and developers as well as foreign language teachers in analysing and choosing the suitable approaches, methods and materials for use in the English language classroom.
By the end of the course, the students should be able to understand the general principles of teaching receptive skills and evaluate teaching and learning materials as used in classes of small and large numbers of learners. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, students should be able to: A1: Identify the historical development of methods and approaches in the teaching of English (receptive skills).
A2: Integrate listening and reading skills into inspiring and meaningful activities.
A3: Distinguish varied methods of organizing instruction (bottom-up and top-down).
A4: Recognize the current curriculum as a framework for professional development.
A5: Identify the tones of the English sound system and varieties of English.
A6: Recognize the grammatical structure of English and how meaning and vocabulary can be developed
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, students should be able to:
B1: Define the listening process, reading skill, and vocabulary knowledge.
B2: Demonstrate understanding of the bottom-up and top-down approaches to developing students' mastery of a wide variety of listening comprehension strategies and reading skills.
B3: Show understanding of the various ways of implementing the inductive and deductive approaches to draw upon life experience in their students' mastery of reading strategies and skills that include: previewing, scanning, using contextual clues to get the meaning, finding the main idea, summarizing and making inferences.
B4: Facilitate diverse and differentiated learning activities that
promote the development of students’ receptive language skills, including the
educational use of digital learning tools C. Practical and
professional skills At the end of the module, students should be able to: C1: Plan, implement and evaluate teaching, taking into account the diversity of the student group.
C2: Critically evaluate their own practices in relation to the current curriculum in English for the different school levels.
C3: Work independently on issues in the subject
C4: Specify the uses of computer and the Internet in language learning and teaching D. Key transferable
skills At the end of the module, students should be able to:
D1: Reflect on their own learning and practices in relation to ethical values, and the institution's responsibility for the development of learners' language proficiency.
D2: Work independently and with others in identifying, analysing and solving problems related to pupils' learning and development in English receptive skills.
D3: Demonstrate knowledge of current methods of teaching listening, reading, and relevant vocabulary.
D4: Apply some methods for teaching listening, reading and relevant vocabulary.
|
EFL504 English Language Teaching Methods – Productive Skills
(4) Credit Hours
The module covers practical and valid approaches and techniques needed to teach English language productive skills. The module prepares students to teach speaking and writing skills needed to pursue their career as ESL/EFL teachers. In EFL504, the students learn to examine the challenges for methodologists, material designers and developers as well as foreign language teachers in analysing and choosing the suitable approaches, methods and materials for use in English language classes.
By the end of course, the students should be able to teach productive skills and evaluate teaching and learning materials as used in classes of small and large numbers of learners.
Course Code |
EFL504 |
Course Title |
English Language Teaching Methods – Productive Skills |
Pre-requisite |
EFL501 EFL502 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The module covers practical and valid approaches and techniques needed to teach English language productive skills. The module prepares students to teach speaking and writing skills needed to pursue their career as ESL/EFL teachers. In EFL504, the students learn to examine the challenges for methodologists, material designers and developers as well as foreign language teachers in analysing and choosing the suitable approaches, methods and materials for use in English language classes.
By the end of course, the students should be able to teach productive skills and evaluate teaching and learning materials as used in classes of small and large numbers of learners. |
Course Objectives |
The module aims to provide the learners with necessary skills through:
1. Promoting students' knowledge of the different methods of teaching productive skills in English as a foreign language. 2. Examining the different approaches and views on the nature of the productive skills and how these views are applied to materials and classroom tasks. 3. Improving students' language proficiency and their ability to produce and convey meaning through organized utterances. 4. Guiding the students on how to detect and effectively practice approaches of generating ideas and expanding them. 5. Promoting the students' knowledge of the uses of computers in language learning and teaching in light of Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL). 6. Developing a lesson plan on the basis of the learnt methods of teaching productive skills. 7. Using interactive programs to promote learner autonomy of learning how to teach productive skills
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, students should be able to: A1: Identify the historical development of methods and approaches in the teaching of English (productive skills).
A2: Integrate speaking and writing skills through conducting brainstorming sessions.
A3: Distinguish varied methods of organizing instruction (bottom-up and top-down).
A4: Recognize the current curriculum as a framework for professional development.
A5: Demonstrate awareness of various cultural contexts and different methods of communicating in English.
A6: Recognize the language's grammatical structure and how speaking and mechanics of writing can be developed. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, students should be able to: B1: Define the speaking ability, writing ability, and vocabulary knowledge.
B2: Demonstrate understanding of the bottom-up and top-down approaches to develop students' mastery of a wide variety of speaking situations and writing skills.
B3: implement the inductive and deductive approaches to draw upon authentic life experience in their students' mastery of a wide variety of speaking contexts and writing genres. B4: Facilitate diverse and differentiated learning activities that promote the development of students' productive language skills, including the educational use of digital learning tools.
C. Practical and
professional skills At the end of the module, students should be able to: C1: Use updated methods of teaching EFL productive skills. C2: Plan, implement and evaluate teaching, taking into account the diversity of the student group.
C3: Critically evaluate the students' own practices in relation to the current curriculum in English for the different school levels.
C4: Work independently on issues of teaching EFL productive skills.
C5: Specify the uses of computer and the Internet in language learning and teaching. D. Key transferable
skills
At the end of the module, students should be able to: D1: Reflect on their own learning and practices in relation to ethical values, and the institution's responsibility for the development of learners' language proficiency.
D2: Work independently and with others in identifying, analysing and solving problems related to students' learning and development in English.
D3: Demonstrate knowledge of current methods of teaching speaking, writing, and related vocabulary.
D4: Apply some methods for teaching speaking, writing, and related vocabulary.
|
EFL505 Technology in the Classroom
(4) Credit Hours
EFL 505 helps potential tutors of English as a foreign language incorporate technology in the classroom. It provides them with theoretical as well as practical skills in the basic terminology of ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) and e-learning; basic computer skills a tutor needs; advance online search, effective use of E-learning portals such as wikis, blogs, podcasts, using e-communication for study, managing an e-project and the general use of technology for effective classroom study. The course provides EFL MA students with first-hand experience in utilizing technology in the classroom in an effective and modern manner.
Course Code |
EFL505 |
Course Title |
Technology in the Classroom |
Pre-requisite |
EFL501 EFL502 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL 505 helps potential tutors of English as a foreign language incorporate technology in the classroom. It provides them with theoretical as well as practical skills in the basic terminology of ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) and e-learning; basic computer skills a tutor needs; advance online search, effective use of E-learning portals such as wikis, blogs, podcasts, using e-communication for study, managing an e-project and the general use of technology for effective classroom study. The course provides EFL MA students with first-hand experience in utilizing technology in the classroom in an effective and modern manner. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1: Develop an understanding of the major benefits and challenges of using technology in the classroom. A2: Develop knowledge of the basic computer skills and web search engines. A3: Develop understanding of means of effective integration of technology into classroom practices.
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Demonstrate understanding of the benefits and challenges of using innovative technological means in learning.
B2: Carry out advanced online searches and incorporate information in assignments, lesson plans and projects.
B3: Use several E-learning portals, e.g. wikis, blogs, podcasts, etc. B4: Evaluate the effectiveness of different technology types in the classroom. C. Practical and
professional skills At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Identify user needs and have the ability to incorporate this knowledge in selecting, creating and evaluating class material and technology.
C2: Use recent teaching methodology, technical knowledge and practices.
C3: Carry out advanced web searches, and use effectively classroom facilities, smart board, etc.
C4: Design, implement and identify relevant technology and material appropriate for students' needs and proficiency. D Key transferable
skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Use up-to-date technology and computing skills in other courses.
D2: Select, design and evaluate new teaching methodologies and tools in the other courses
D3: Assist other tutors in the creation of a more innovative class environment and tools.
|
EFL506 Classroom Management
(4) Credit Hours
EFL 506 introduces best practices for managing English language classrooms. The purpose of this course is to provide pre-service teachers with group and individual class management and instructional procedures that can be used in the TEFL classroom. EFL 506 will provide both theoretical understanding and practical application of strategies aimed at creating safe, encouraging, and effective learning environments. Emphasis will be placed on core management principles and the use of evidence-based effective procedures.
Course Code |
EFL506 |
Course Title |
Classroom Management |
Pre-requisite |
EFL501 EFL502 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL 506 introduces best practices for managing English language classrooms. The purpose of this course is to provide pre-service teachers with group and individual class management and instructional procedures that can be used in the TEFL classroom. EFL 506 will provide both theoretical understanding and practical application of strategies aimed at creating safe, encouraging, and effective learning environments. Emphasis will be placed on core management principles and the use of evidence-based effective procedures. |
Course Objectives |
A. Knowledge and understanding By the end of this module, students should be able to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of the theories and techniques of classroom management.
A2: Show understanding of the major technical, linguistic, behavioural, and intellectual principles needed in classroom management.
A3: Identify different practices and approaches to classroom management in relation to physical setting, resources, time, learners, and content management. B. Cognitive skills By the end of this module, students should be able to: B1: Analyse different practices for particular classroom requirements.
B2: Design and carry out a variety of creative tasks for content material.
B3: Observe, analyse and document student behaviour to match an appropriate intervention strategy to vary class activities (or setting) in the desired direction.
C. Practical and
professional skills By the end of this module, students should be able to: C1: Plan and organize classroom instructional resources (computers, books, writing materials, reference material, manipulatives, creative constructive materials, etc.) to ensure their optimum use.
C2: Design the physical aspects of a classroom (furniture, areas, etc.) for ease of transition, use, safety and traffic flow based on effective designs presented in the literature and to establish classroom procedures to promote a
positive, effective learning environment. C3: Construct a time management plan that includes various content areas, instructional strategies, grouping strategies, levels of energy use, etc. within large blocks of time
C4: Enhance the ability of individual students to master various learning styles
C5 : Use affective domain-based theoretical models for (1) setting and managing the emotional tone of a classroom, (2) managing the psycho-social atmosphere of the classroom and individual students, and (3) managing motivation of students to succeed in learning academic content, social skills, self-responsibility skills, and inter-relationship skills with other class members.
C6: Role-play effective and ineffective teaching behaviours as related to classroom management
D Key transferable
skills By the end of this module, students should be able to: D1: Demonstrate classroom managing skills needed for the success of the learning/ teaching process
D2: Show ability to cope with different teaching environments.
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EFL507 Foreign Language Testing
(4) Credit Hours
EFL 507 aims at acquainting students with the most recent trends, methods and procedures in the area of testing. The students will be familiarized with the various test types needed in both receptive and productive skills.
Course Code |
EFL507 |
Course Title |
Foreign Language Testing |
Pre-requisite |
EFL 501 EFL 502 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL 507 aims at acquainting students with the most recent trends, methods and procedures in the area of testing. The students will be familiarized with the various test types needed in both receptive and productive skills. |
Course Objectives |
- Acquaint candidates with the important role that testing plays especially in foreign language learning classrooms.
- Provide adequate information showing the inseparable link between teaching and testing in EFL classes.
- Train candidates on the principles and mechanics of testing the communicative competence of students who are learning English as a foreign language.
- Make the candidates aware of the differences between Measurement, Assessment and Evaluation in testing the acquisition of language skills.
- Provide knowledge about the difficulties which hamper the achievement of the previous aims.
Teach learners how to construct essay and multiple-choice questions.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
Upon the completion of this module, students should be able to: A1: Demonstrate knowledge of a wide range of current ideas and methods in language testing. A2: Relate current methods of testing to recent theories of language learning. A3: Show competence in writing classroom tests and evaluating such tests. A4: Use tests as research tools, e.g. by evaluating test items and by considering ethics.
B. Cognitive skills
By the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Show knowledge of accountability and fairness in language testing.
B2: Develop awareness of the concerns of professional language test writers.
B3: Demonstrate awareness of the difference between validity and reliability in language testing.
C. Practical and
professional skills
C1: Display ability to assess productive skills (writing and speaking).
C2: Exhibit ability to assess receptive skills (listening and reading).
C3: Demonstrate necessary skills of assessing essays on topics in TEFL and other related areas.
D Key transferable
skills
By the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1: Write multiple-choice questions.
D2: Write short-answer questions.
D3: Weigh various types of questions.
D4: Evaluate test items.
|
EFL508 Practicum
(4) Credit Hours
EFL 508 introduces potential tutors to an integrated approach in planning and executing successful teaching sessions. The course combines instruction with practical skills and reflective lesson planning. It engages potential tutors in observation and peer teaching to develop independent practices supported by an understanding of the requirements of successful teaching procedures.
Learners have the opportunity to participate in in-field assignments leading to professional development. Familiarity of course material in teaching grammar, pronunciation and vocabulary is combined with other necessary skills of professional conduct, methods of instruction, time management, needs assessments and proficiency tests. The module provides an opportunity to experience the practical aspect of EFL after being coached in the theoretical components.
Course Code |
EFL508 |
Course Title |
Practicum |
Pre-requisite |
EFL 503 EFL 504 EFL 505 EFL 506 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL 508 introduces potential tutors to an integrated approach in planning and executing successful teaching sessions. The course combines instruction with practical skills and reflective lesson planning. It engages potential tutors in observation and peer teaching to develop independent practices supported by an understanding of the requirements of successful teaching procedures.
Learners have the opportunity to participate in in-field assignments leading to professional development. Familiarity of course material in teaching grammar, pronunciation and vocabulary is combined with other necessary skills of professional conduct, methods of instruction, time management, needs assessments and proficiency tests. The module provides an opportunity to experience the practical aspect of EFL after being coached in the theoretical components.
|
Course Objectives |
- Help potential tutors develop the practical skills necessary for analysing and evaluating effective teaching in the EFL classroom.
- Guide potential tutors in designing and conducting needs assessments, placement measures and proficiency tests as necessary.
- Familiarize potential tutors with the means of planning effective lessons, facilitating and evaluating classroom instruction, especially through the use of modern computer technology.
- Help potential tutors evaluate their own teaching in order to improve their skills as classroom instructors, based on feedback from mentor and self-evaluation.
- Engage potential tutors in instructional and reflective practices to develop effective teaching
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding | At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of the requirements of teaching practicum in a TEFL class
A2: Develop knowledge of designing and implementing various lesson plans
A3: Understand the role of teachers in a TEFL class
A4: Develop knowledge of the reflective teaching practices in EFL
A5: Develop knowledge of designing and conducting various types of assessments B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module learners should be able to: B1: Develop awareness of the need to vary teaching strategies in
relation to learners' needs B2: Explain the requirements for pre-session, in-session and post session tasks B3: Discuss the requirements of various lesson plans to reflect listening, comprehension, pronunciation, classroom interaction and drills. B4: Develop different reflective strategies that critically and constructively discuss attempts at new approaches, methodologies, suggestions and outcomes. B5: Develop an understanding of the role of different types of assessments.
C. Practical and professional skills | At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Demonstrate professional conduct: authority, language, appearance and attitude. C2: Adopt and apply suitable foreign language teaching strategies in actual classroom. C3. Demonstrate a reflective approach through an integrated understanding of classroom context and learners needs. D Key transferable skills | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Discuss with confidence issues related to TEFL. D2: Demonstrate skills on working co-operatively with others. D3: Develop an enhanced self-awareness of and confidence in their own skills and how these skills might be disseminated and used in new situations.
|
|
|
|
EFL529 Proposal Prep.
(4) Credit Hours
EFL529: Proposal Prep course focuses on equipping the students with the necessary skills to prepare and structure a research proposal on an appropriate topic of their choice. Students will be assisted in planning, designing and structuring their research proposal. They will also start reviewing the relevant literature by putting into practice the knowledge acquired in the studied Research Methods Module (EFL502) as well as the knowledge they acquired in EFL501 - Theories of Foreign Language Learning.
Course Code |
EFL529 |
Course Title |
Proposal Prep. |
Pre-requisite |
EFL501 EFL502 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EFL529: Proposal Prep course focuses on equipping the students with the necessary skills to prepare and structure a research proposal on an appropriate topic of their choice. Students will be assisted in planning, designing and structuring their research proposal. They will also start reviewing the relevant literature by putting into practice the knowledge acquired in the studied Research Methods Module (EFL502) as well as the knowledge they acquired in EFL501 - Theories of Foreign Language Learning. |
Course Objectives |
The Course Aims to: - Provide MA in TEFL students with foundation in the skills and knowledge required to effectively create MA proposals.
- Support MA in TEFL students in developing the research design, writing and sectionalizing the content of their MA proposal.
- Emphasize best practices in management, presentation, research skills and ethics necessary to manage proposal efforts.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. B | At the end of the module, learners should be able to: A1. Identify previous relevant research to discover gaps in the scholarly literature; A2. Identify the principles of academic ethics; A3. Understand the key elements of a good quality research proposal; A4: Understand how to develop and organise learners' thinking about key concepts and issues in the courses they learned; A5: Identify the theoretical framework supporting the proposed topic; B. Cognitive skills | At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Propose a potential area for research in TEFL that fills the gap in the literature; B2. Plan the design of the selected TEFL research topic; B3. Develop the research statements with objectives and sub-questions; B4. Match methodological choices to research questions; B5: Develop relevant inclusive and well-structured literature review; C. Practical and professional skills | At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1. Write a clear and coherent full MA proposal that demonstrates originality and innovation in the area chosen; C2. Communicate effectively to present and defend their choice; C3. Select research methods to address their research problem; D. Key transferable skills | At the end of the module, learners should be able to: D1. Transform a broad topic/idea into a proper, feasible research proposal; D2. Plan independent research proposal that follows the acknowledged standards of academic writing; D3. Carry out systematic library search in scientific and other databases; D4. Select and critique relevant research; D5. Manage time and meet deadlines; D6. Gain independent learning ability required for continuing professional development; |
|
|
|
|
EFL531 Dissertation
(12) Credit Hours
2. Rationale for the module and its links with other modules
This MA dissertation (12,000-16,000 words) is the culmination of the MA in TEFL. It gives students a chance to demonstrate what they have learned throughout the program via writing a piece of research on a TEFL topic. The research should reflect a sound methodology, a robust review of related literature and a well-developed discussion.
Course Code |
EFL531 |
Course Title |
Dissertation |
Pre-requisite |
EFL529 |
Credit Hours |
12 |
Course Description |
2. Rationale for the module and its links with other modules
This MA dissertation (12,000-16,000 words) is the culmination of the MA in TEFL. It gives students a chance to demonstrate what they have learned throughout the program via writing a piece of research on a TEFL topic. The research should reflect a sound methodology, a robust review of related literature and a well-developed discussion.
|
Course Objectives |
This module aims to provide students with training and knowledge in: - working independently on a research project;
- learning the techniques of postgraduate studies in the humanities;
- acquiring a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate studies in the humanities;
- using physical and online research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently;
- using specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate studies.
- exploring and consolidating what was learnt in the courses.
It also aims to teach students to:
- evaluate critically current research in TEFL;
- evaluate and critique some of the methods used in humanities research;
- evaluate bodies of evidence and draw conclusions from them;
- form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions;
- use feedback from tutors and fellow students effectively to modify this programme of work.
- be resourceful, clear, concise, efficient, organised and analytical.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding | At the end of the module, learners will be expected to have knowledge and understanding of: A1: a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in TEFL; A2: the importance of textual and bibliographical study in postgraduate work in TEFL; A3: how contemporary developments in EFL theory bear upon the practice of TEFL research at postgraduate level; B. Cognitive skills | By the end of the module, students should be able to: B1: engage critically with a range of TEFL/applied linguistics topics and complex critical, theoretical and pedagogic material; B2: contribute in an informed way to current debates on the domain of teaching English as a B3: enhance students' logic and reasoning capacity. B4: Use feedback and actively engage with their studies. B6: make their own glossary of terms or timeline of dates.
C. Practical and professional skills | By the end of the module, students should be able to: C1: construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments; C2: collect, sift and organise substantial bodies of material, and evaluate their significance; C3: plan and write a substantial piece of work, presented with appropriate scholarly apparatus and acknowledgement of the work of others; C4: use a research library and a range of electronic information resources. C5: develop their reading and note-taking skills. C6: keep their academic and professional skills up to date.
D Key transferable skills | By the end of the module, students should be able to: D1: design a programme of independent research and writing; D2: use feedback from their tutor and fellow students and other resources effectively to improve their performance; D3: use ICT resources for postgraduate research; |
|
|
|
|
EL111 Communication Skills in English 1
(3) Credit Hours
EL111 is three credit hour university requirements. It aims to develop in students the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing in English, together with attention to function and correct use of vocabulary and grammar. The course introduces thematic topics which aim at developing critical thinking skills. In addition, learning strategies such as prior knowledge, scanning for specific information, skimming for main idea and getting meaning from context are emphasized.
Course Code |
EL111 |
Course Title |
Communication Skills in English 1 |
Pre-requisite |
EL099 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
EL111 is three credit hour university requirements. It aims to develop in students the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing in English, together with attention to function and correct use of vocabulary and grammar. The course introduces thematic topics which aim at developing critical thinking skills. In addition, learning strategies such as prior knowledge, scanning for specific information, skimming for main idea and getting meaning from context are emphasized.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EL112 Communication Skills in English 2
(3) Credit Hours
EL112 is an advanced integrated skills course which builds on knowledge gained from EL111. The course continues to develop the four communication skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing to a more advanced level. In addition, students start to write longer essays.
Course Code |
EL112 |
Course Title |
Communication Skills in English 2 |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
EL112 is an advanced integrated skills course which builds on knowledge gained from EL111. The course continues to develop the four communication skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing to a more advanced level. In addition, students start to write longer essays. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EL117 Academic Writing
(4) Credit Hours
This is a four-credit-hour module of one semester in length. The module aims at helping students acquire the skills of writing academic essays. It is focused on the process of writing, from stimulating ideas, reading sample student essays, analysing paragraph and essay structure, organizing outlines, editing and rewriting the final draft. The module also develops the students' language by providing exercises on sentence structure, drawing the students' attention to problem areas related to writing like run-on sentences, sentence fragments, and verb tense consistency. Language Focus is an important part of each unit. Each essay type has its own related language focus that is most commonly used when writing such essay type. The module also provides students with practice on writing different rhetorical modes/essay types, e.g. process, classification, persuasion, comparison and contrast essays. Self-editing and peer editing are extensively practiced in each chapter. Exercises and timed out activities on peer feedback guided by editing checklists help students detect specific problem areas, that start with global problems, in relation to content, unity (irrelevant parts), organization; and then moving to surface errors related to grammar and mechanics. Each chapter includes editing and proofreading activities focusing each time on a different type of errors, related to the essay type, grammar and language focus of each chapter.
The module has the following features:
- Theme-based chapters which encourage students to explore ideas.
- Structure and Mechanics sections to develop accuracy.
- Vocabulary Builder sections which provide useful language for writing.
- Abundant and clear models to give students solid support.
- Pair and group assignments to promote collaborative learning.
- Graphic organizers, paragraph checklists, and peer-help worksheets to enrich the writing process.
- Bring It All Together review sections which provide opportunities for consolidation and assessment.
The module prepares the students to write academic essays needed to pursue their academic study throughout different core modules.
Course Code |
EL117 |
Course Title |
Academic Writing |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This is a four-credit-hour module of one semester in length. The module aims at helping students acquire the skills of writing academic essays. It is focused on the process of writing, from stimulating ideas, reading sample student essays, analysing paragraph and essay structure, organizing outlines, editing and rewriting the final draft. The module also develops the students' language by providing exercises on sentence structure, drawing the students' attention to problem areas related to writing like run-on sentences, sentence fragments, and verb tense consistency. Language Focus is an important part of each unit. Each essay type has its own related language focus that is most commonly used when writing such essay type. The module also provides students with practice on writing different rhetorical modes/essay types, e.g. process, classification, persuasion, comparison and contrast essays. Self-editing and peer editing are extensively practiced in each chapter. Exercises and timed out activities on peer feedback guided by editing checklists help students detect specific problem areas, that start with global problems, in relation to content, unity (irrelevant parts), organization; and then moving to surface errors related to grammar and mechanics. Each chapter includes editing and proofreading activities focusing each time on a different type of errors, related to the essay type, grammar and language focus of each chapter.
The module has the following features:
- Theme-based chapters which encourage students to explore ideas.
- Structure and Mechanics sections to develop accuracy.
- Vocabulary Builder sections which provide useful language for writing.
- Abundant and clear models to give students solid support.
- Pair and group assignments to promote collaborative learning.
- Graphic organizers, paragraph checklists, and peer-help worksheets to enrich the writing process.
- Bring It All Together review sections which provide opportunities for consolidation and assessment.
The module prepares the students to write academic essays needed to pursue their academic study throughout different core modules.
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to provide the learners with necessary information on: 1.Identifying different rhetorical modes/essay types, essay structure and paragraph structures presented through authentic readings and graded series of activities. 2.Integrating reading and writing by transferring and utilizing the content, vocabulary and organization of an authentic reading passage into their own writing. 3.Writing a well-organized essay guided by sample essays and exercises that gradually acquaint the students with the steps of writing an academic essay. 4.Editing their own and their peer's writing making use of peer-review activities, editing exercises and editing checklists. 5.Producing an accurate polished piece of writing, that is almost error free from errors related to sentence structure, use of suitable connectors, pronoun use and other errors related to the mechanics of writing. 6.Writing an in-class essay within a limited period of time being trained on in the timed essay writing activity at the end of every unit. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1. understand what writing an essay involves. A2. become aware of the structure of paragraphs and essays. A3. become familiar with techniques of generating ideas and peer consultation. A4. Understand the basic sentence structure and mechanics of writing an academic essay. A5. recognize different errors related to sentence structure, pronoun use, verb tense consistency and other errors related to the mechanics of writing. A6. become aware of means of editing and correcting their own writing. A7. recognize how to provide feedback on their peer's writing in relation to content, organization, and language issues. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. acquire information on how to produce well developed, organized and coherent essays. B2. develop their ability to write essays using appropriate grammar and varied vocabulary items relevant to the topic. B3. improve their analytical and critical thinking skills through the continuing process of preparing for the essay that starts with stimulating ideas through class discussions, reading and researching. B4. be able to observe how language works in the sample essays, editing exercises and feedback. C. Practical and professional skills C1. be fully aware of the different stages of writing an academic essay. C2. acquire the skills of writing a well-structured, organized, coherent essay. C3. write a text in appropriate grammar and vocabulary relevant to the written assignment. C4. edit their own and their peer's essays making use of the editing checklists and exercises presented in the course. D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. develop better writing skills through observing the different processes of writing an essay. D2. utilize knowledge and skills of writing structured, relevant, coherent essays and transfer them into more advanced written assignment of the core courses. D3. improve their written language and expand their vocabulary through the different readings, researching, language activities and editing exercises introduced in the course. D4. make use of feedback from tutors to improve their writing skills. D5. develop confidence in writing an assignment within a limited time gained from the in-class timed writing tasks. |
EL118 Reading Comprehension
(4) Credit Hours
This is a four-credit-hour module of one semester in length. The module aims to help students become better readers of English texts and build their vocabulary. It focuses on expanding students’ reading skills and vocabulary use so that they can cope with different academic, professional and social situations effectively. The course applies the Interactive Reading model where reading is an active process in which readers draw upon top-down processing (bringing meaning to the text), as well as bottom-up processing (decoding words and other details of language). The top-down aspect of this construct suggests that reading is facilitated by interesting and relevant reading materials that activate a range of knowledge in a reader's mind. This knowledge is refined and extended during the act of reading. The bottom-up aspect of this model suggests that the students need to pay attention to language proficiency, including vocabulary. As an academic reading course, it addresses the teaching of higher level reading strategies without neglecting the need for language support. In addition, it addresses both sides of the interactive model. High-interest academic readings and activities provide students with opportunities to draw upon authentic life experience in their mastery of a wide variety of reading strategies and skills, including
• previewing
• outlining
• skimming and scanning
• using context clues to clarify meaning
• finding the main idea
• isolating causes and effects
• annotating and highlighting
• categorizing
• interpreting visuals
• describing trends
• making inferences.
• understanding analogies
• analysing criteria
• analysing advantages and disadvantages
• identifying ethics and values
• synthesizing information from several sources
• summarizing
• evaluating generalizations
The course optimizes the reciprocal relationship between reading and vocabulary. Rich vocabulary instruction and practice that targets vocabulary from the Academic Word List (AWL) provide opportunities for students to improve their language proficiency and their ability to decode and process vocabulary. The course also provides some resources to help students read with comprehension and use that knowledge to develop both a rich academic vocabulary and overall academic language proficiency, especially reading skills. The module prepares the students to write academic essays reflecting on a topic under discussion that will help them pursue their academic study throughout different core modules.
Course Code |
EL118 |
Course Title |
Reading Comprehension |
Pre-requisite |
Reading course is EL111: General English Communication Skills (I). |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This is a four-credit-hour module of one semester in length. The module aims to help students become better readers of English texts and build their vocabulary. It focuses on expanding students’ reading skills and vocabulary use so that they can cope with different academic, professional and social situations effectively. The course applies the Interactive Reading model where reading is an active process in which readers draw upon top-down processing (bringing meaning to the text), as well as bottom-up processing (decoding words and other details of language). The top-down aspect of this construct suggests that reading is facilitated by interesting and relevant reading materials that activate a range of knowledge in a reader's mind. This knowledge is refined and extended during the act of reading. The bottom-up aspect of this model suggests that the students need to pay attention to language proficiency, including vocabulary. As an academic reading course, it addresses the teaching of higher level reading strategies without neglecting the need for language support. In addition, it addresses both sides of the interactive model. High-interest academic readings and activities provide students with opportunities to draw upon authentic life experience in their mastery of a wide variety of reading strategies and skills, including
• previewing
• outlining
• skimming and scanning
• using context clues to clarify meaning
• finding the main idea
• isolating causes and effects
• annotating and highlighting
• categorizing
• interpreting visuals
• describing trends
• making inferences.
• understanding analogies
• analysing criteria
• analysing advantages and disadvantages
• identifying ethics and values
• synthesizing information from several sources
• summarizing
• evaluating generalizations
The course optimizes the reciprocal relationship between reading and vocabulary. Rich vocabulary instruction and practice that targets vocabulary from the Academic Word List (AWL) provide opportunities for students to improve their language proficiency and their ability to decode and process vocabulary. The course also provides some resources to help students read with comprehension and use that knowledge to develop both a rich academic vocabulary and overall academic language proficiency, especially reading skills. The module prepares the students to write academic essays reflecting on a topic under discussion that will help them pursue their academic study throughout different core modules.
|
Course Objectives |
The module aims to provide the learners with necessary skills trough: 1. Providing the students with opportunities to draw upon life experience in their mastery of a wide variety of reading strategies and skills that include previewing, scanning, using contextual clues to get the meaning, finding the main idea, summarizing and making inferences. 2. Improving the students' language proficiency and the students' ability to decode and process meaning. 3. Helping the students become independent learners by taking the responsibility of building their own vocabulary repertoire 4. Guiding the students to notice and effectively practice new vocabulary items as they encounter them. 5. Enhancing students' academic proficiency by highlighting the reciprocal relationship between reading comprehension and reflection writing.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. demonstrate understanding of any given reading passages by responding correctly to its tasks and activities individually or in groups. A2. show knowledge and understanding of the learned reading strategies. A3. show recognition of the various “meanings" of words to reach a better understanding of the context and the written word. A4. reveal awareness of appropriate language structures and vocabulary items suitable for different contexts and situations. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
B1. search for and collect specific data related to the topics under discussion. B2. draw conclusions for the discussed topics based on the collected data and analyzed information. B3. incorporate in writing the words learned in real life scenarios. B4. improve the analytical and critical thinking skills through the identification of possible “meanings". B5. analyze language functions used and identify useful language expressions. C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. communicate in English orally and in writing on diverse occasions. C2. identify problems in the given topics and provide creative solutions. C3. give oral presentations using power points, flipcharts, pictures, role plays, etc. to discuss what has been read orally. C4. assess the work done using self/peer-assessment. D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. enrich vocabulary repertoire through exploring new assigned topics and writing on those topics D2. develop communicative confidence (as reader and writer) D3. discuss all posed topics, problems, provided solutions and drawn conclusions. D4. develop effective presentation skills that would enhance self-confidence. |
EL119 Oral & Presentation Skills Course
(4) Credit Hours
The course, oral and presentation skills (EL119), is a four credit hour, level one course that aims to help students conduct successful oral communication in English. It is focused on expanding students’ oral and presentation skills so that they can cope with different academic, professional and social situations effectively.
This course was recently introduced into the English study plan because a large number of our graduates had problems communicating (orally) effectively in English.
Course Code |
EL119 |
Course Title |
Oral & Presentation Skills Course |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The course, oral and presentation skills (EL119), is a four credit hour, level one course that aims to help students conduct successful oral communication in English. It is focused on expanding students’ oral and presentation skills so that they can cope with different academic, professional and social situations effectively.
This course was recently introduced into the English study plan because a large number of our graduates had problems communicating (orally) effectively in English.
|
Course Objectives |
The course provides the learner with information on: - Identifying different contexts of language use and engaging in discussions, question and answer dialogues, debates, interviews and using appropriate structures.
- Eliciting and providing information in common, academic and social situations.
- Using features of spoken English, i.e. stress, pitch, rhythm, intonation, in a natural and fluent manner.
- Preparing and conducting a clear presentation that reflects good structure and organization; signaling beginning, gaining audience attention, introducing subject, identifying objectives and outlining presentation strategy.
- Applying successful paralinguistic features of intonation, word play, fronting and tripling strategies, and non verbal techniques of facial and body postures, in oral communication and presentation encounters.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A.1) know appropriate structures for different social contexts and situations. A.2) recognize the various non-verbal techniques to support verbal communication. A.3) understand questions which require short or extended answers. A.4) understand how language is used strategically for different purposes. B. Intellectual/ Cognitive/ Analytical Skills B.1) produce unified speeches with clear ideas/clear language. B.2) develop the ability to reproduce orally the substance of a text/ passage of English after having heard it or read it. B.3) improve their analytical and critical thinking skills through the development of well thought-out arguments in discussions and presentations. B.4) be able to observe how language works to portray roles and speaker identities. C. Practical and professional skills C.1) be fully aware of the different levels of formality in given situations/ contexts. C.2) anticipate the responses of others in the chosen options. C.3) be able to deliver a well-prepared presentation. C.4) be able to acquire group skills and accordingly appreciate team work. D. Key transferable skills D.1) develop better oral skills through class discussions and situation-based activities. D.2) develop a sense of participation and group work. D.3) expand their vocabulary through exploring new assigned topics and class discussions of students' own presentations. D.4) develop communicative confidence, negotiation ability and the expression of intensions. |
EL120 Introduction to Langauage
(4) Credit Hours
E120 introduces the students to a basic knowledge in Linguistics and English Phonetics. The course introduces the learner to linguistics, the scientific study of language, as well as introduces the major aspects of language study: Phonetics, Phonology, Morphology, Syntax, Semantics, pragmatics.
Course Code |
EL120 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Langauage |
Pre-requisite |
EL111 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
E120 introduces the students to a basic knowledge in Linguistics and English Phonetics. The course introduces the learner to linguistics, the scientific study of language, as well as introduces the major aspects of language study: Phonetics, Phonology, Morphology, Syntax, Semantics, pragmatics. |
Course Objectives |
This is an introductory course in English phonetics and linguistics that aims to: 1. Introduce students to both phonetics and linguistics in a simple and practical manner; 2. Give them ample practical training in the two disciplines; 3. Acquaint them with basic terminology used in phonetics and linguistics; 4. Prepare them for the more advanced language courses in the BA programme in English Language and Literature |
Course Outcomes |
- Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. understand the definition of linguistics as a science and some related branches A2. learn the phonetic component which deals with English sounds 1. Identify and classify English sounds, 2. Listen to English sounds produced by native speakers of the language, 3. Look up the pronunciation of words in online dictionaries, 4. Use phonetic symbols to transcribe English words, A3. understand the Linguistic component: the different aspects of language study - word structure/ morphology
- prosody: intonation, word and sentence stress
- Syntax/ sentence structure
- Semantics: word meaning, synonymy, antonymy, hyponymy, idioms, collocations
Pragmatics: Grice's maxims, The Cooperative Principle
B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1. Identify and transcribe English sounds; B2. Pronounce words correctly with the appropriate stress and intonation; B3. Divide words into morphemes and distinguish between different types of morphemes; and understand different word formation systems; B4. Understand sentence structure, sentence types and sentence constituents; B5. Be familiar with lexical semantics: synonyms, antonyms, hyponyms, homonyms, metaphor, phrasal verbs, connotations and collocations.
B6. Understand Grice's maxims and the cooperative principle and know when they are flouted.
C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Pronounce English appropriately C2. Understand spoken English C3. Analyse words, clauses, sentences and texts linguistically (phonetically, morphologically, syntactically, somatically and pragmatically). D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. be able to define basic linguistic concepts that will be met later in more advanced courses mainly: - Phonemes
- Morphemes
- Prosodic features
- Different types of sentences
- Different types of clauses
- Different types of phrases
- Different semantic relations
D2. Be able to transcribe words and write them phonetically
D3. Divide words into syllables and identify stressed syllables
|
EL121 introduction to Literature
(4) Credit Hours
The E121 Course introduces students to the five genres of literature along with the literary elements and concepts. These genres comprise the Short Story, Poetry, Drama, Autobiography and the Essay. The selection covers different literary and historical eras. It also covers texts from culturally diverse backgrounds, by male and female authors.
Course Code |
EL121 |
Course Title |
introduction to Literature |
Pre-requisite |
EL117 & EL119 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The E121 Course introduces students to the five genres of literature along with the literary elements and concepts. These genres comprise the Short Story, Poetry, Drama, Autobiography and the Essay. The selection covers different literary and historical eras. It also covers texts from culturally diverse backgrounds, by male and female authors. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
- Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to display: A1: Knowledge and understanding of different literary genres (short story, poetry, drama, and essay). A2: Knowledge and understanding of literary elements (character, plot, setting, point of view, style, and theme). A3: Knowledge and understanding of literary terms and concepts. A4: Knowledge and understanding of author-, reader-, and text-oriented approaches. A5: Knowledge and understanding of the historical and cultural backgrounds of literary texts. A6: Knowledge and understanding of the multidimensionality of literary texts in terms of ethics and aesthetics. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Recognize and analyse the distinctive features of each of the literary genres (short story, poetry, drama, and essay). B2: Recognise the literary terms and concepts needed to discuss literary texts. B3: Compare and contrast different literary approaches in analysing texts (author-, reader-, and text-oriented approaches). B4: Develop appreciation of short stories through close reading and critical analysis. B5: Develop appreciation of poetry through the appreciation of aesthetics and ethics. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Apply various analytical and critical strategies to literary genres. C2: Articulate arguments pertaining to explicit and implicit messages in a literary text. C3: Evaluate the historical, cultural, and biographical context of various literary texts. C4: Plan a proper research based on synthesis, analysis, and critique of different sources. D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Make use of the key literary concepts and terminology proper to different literary genres. D2: Consider literary and other texts reflectively and critically D3: Construct a coherent and relevant argument supported by evidence from primary and secondary sources. |
EL122 Writing Research
(4) Credit Hours
EL122: Writing Research is a level 1 course aiming to offer students a sound preparation for level 2 courses. EL122 will build on information and skills gained in the EL117 Writing course.
This course further develops the skills and strategies students need in order to write academic assignments that are analytical, reasoned, well-developed and supported. Students are expected to demonstrate that they are capable of following a required citation system; the Harvard Referencing Style. The course is designed for upper-intermediate to advanced students who have had exposure to basic rhetorical styles in their EL117 Writing course and have had experience writing essays with a thesis statement and supporting ideas.
EL122 provides students with a rich and cohesive set of readings in order to train them to synthesize concepts and ideas and to select appropriate evidence in order to produce sound research papers. This is done through elaborate training on note taking, quoting, paraphrasing and summarizing skills. Further, the course trains students on how to academically document the cited resources by using the Harvard Referencing Style. The organization of the course follows two main parts:
Part One: The Writing Process where students are guided on the steps needed to choose a research topic and to find the supporting sources to use as evidence. This part is comprised of 6 chapters; each chapter presents two to four overarching concepts that underlie the steps in the writing process. Examples derived from authentic student writing are included to illustrate each concept. Several complex activities are included after each writing concept to train students on open reading techniques, paraphrasing, responding to writing, summarizing, using quotations, note taking, outlining, writing a thesis statement, integrating evidence in the first draft and evaluating resources.
Part Two: Sources for Research where students use a collection of articles as sources for their research papers. The articles are organized around three themes; each has one or two framing articles which set forth some key concepts about the topic, and two sub-themes.
Integrating Parts One & Two: students choose the sub-theme from Part Two. Students read and discuss the articles and collect theme-related ones for their papers.
To do this, they follow the steps of the writing process specified in Part One.
In addition to the course book Sourcework second edition, there is a support website that is equipped with a wealth of student and instruction resources. These resources include an answer key, teaching notes, grading rubrics and student downloads.
elt.heinle.com/sourcework
Course Code |
EL122 |
Course Title |
Writing Research |
Pre-requisite |
EL117 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EL122: Writing Research is a level 1 course aiming to offer students a sound preparation for level 2 courses. EL122 will build on information and skills gained in the EL117 Writing course.
This course further develops the skills and strategies students need in order to write academic assignments that are analytical, reasoned, well-developed and supported. Students are expected to demonstrate that they are capable of following a required citation system; the Harvard Referencing Style. The course is designed for upper-intermediate to advanced students who have had exposure to basic rhetorical styles in their EL117 Writing course and have had experience writing essays with a thesis statement and supporting ideas.
EL122 provides students with a rich and cohesive set of readings in order to train them to synthesize concepts and ideas and to select appropriate evidence in order to produce sound research papers. This is done through elaborate training on note taking, quoting, paraphrasing and summarizing skills. Further, the course trains students on how to academically document the cited resources by using the Harvard Referencing Style. The organization of the course follows two main parts:
Part One: The Writing Process where students are guided on the steps needed to choose a research topic and to find the supporting sources to use as evidence. This part is comprised of 6 chapters; each chapter presents two to four overarching concepts that underlie the steps in the writing process. Examples derived from authentic student writing are included to illustrate each concept. Several complex activities are included after each writing concept to train students on open reading techniques, paraphrasing, responding to writing, summarizing, using quotations, note taking, outlining, writing a thesis statement, integrating evidence in the first draft and evaluating resources.
Part Two: Sources for Research where students use a collection of articles as sources for their research papers. The articles are organized around three themes; each has one or two framing articles which set forth some key concepts about the topic, and two sub-themes.
Integrating Parts One & Two: students choose the sub-theme from Part Two. Students read and discuss the articles and collect theme-related ones for their papers.
To do this, they follow the steps of the writing process specified in Part One.
In addition to the course book Sourcework second edition, there is a support website that is equipped with a wealth of student and instruction resources. These resources include an answer key, teaching notes, grading rubrics and student downloads.
elt.heinle.com/sourcework
|
Course Objectives |
- Orient students with the meaning and nature of a thesis and thesis development.
- Encourage students to evaluate, critique and narrow down proposed research question.
- Engage students in the process of relevant research material collection.
- Distinguish between primary and secondary sources.
- Develop thesis outline.
- Identify methods of synthesizing information from multiple sources.
- Integrate selected evidence into the research paper and properly document it.
- Incorporate relevant secondary material through the use of the three methods of: in-text citation: quotations, paraphrasing and summarizing.
- Understand the importance of note taking and annotated bibliography.
- Complete a rough draft by correcting punctuation, mechanics and spelling.
- Use a standard research documentation format (Harvard Referencing Style for the purpose of this class) in a completed research paper.
- Compile a final research paper with a works cited page.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the course, learners will be expected to: A1. Read and discuss an array of primary and secondary sources. A2. Build an understanding of ideas and concepts of selected topics. A3. Develop, support and explain main ideas. A4. Combine information from sources to create a first draft. B. Cognitive & Critical skills At the end of the course learners will be expected to: B1. Narrow down and focus on selected research topic. B2. Develop a reflective awareness of research-related sources they read by writing questions and comments in the margins in pursuit of their research enquiry. B3: Develop an evaluative approach to their writing as well as texts written by others. B4. Develop a thorough understanding of the different subjective responses to a text that come in the form of: an opinion, perception or an insight about an idea or ideas in the read text(s). B5. Develop a contextual awareness of the use of quotations, paraphrases and summaries. B. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the course, learners will be expected to: C1. Write a research thesis statement. C2. Develop a research paper outline. C3. Practice techniques of citing evidences; such as quoting, paraphrasing and summarizing. C4. Develop a Works Cited Page using Harvard Documentation Style. C5. Develop their ability to draft, edit and polish a research paper. - Key transferable skills
At the end of the course, learners will be expected to:
D1: Present and defend their research thesis supported with related selected evidence from both primary and secondary sources.
D2: Learners will have practiced reflective writing and developed a sound awareness of pursuing a research thesis; this can be reflected on how these skills might be used in new situations.
|
EL123 Discourse Analysis
(4) Credit Hours
EL123- Discourse Analysis is a level 1 module that offers students a sound preparation on how language works in a fully integrated manner in texts and discourses. EL123 examines different definitions and approaches to discourse, looking at discourse and different spoken and written genres, discourse and context, discourse and cohesion (lexical and grammatical), thematic analysis, coherence, and corpus approaches to discourse analysis.
The course, which is practical in nature, will also include exercises and assignments related to the analysis of various texts, to provide opportunities for students to develop their practical skills in text and discourse analysis to understand connections in a text and appreciate foregrounding and backgrounding strategies that contribute to setting focal information points, from different perspectives. It is intended to be particularly useful to students as they will benefit from spending more time consolidating their academic competences and confidence before moving to level 2 studies.
Course Code |
EL123 |
Course Title |
Discourse Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
EL120 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EL123- Discourse Analysis is a level 1 module that offers students a sound preparation on how language works in a fully integrated manner in texts and discourses. EL123 examines different definitions and approaches to discourse, looking at discourse and different spoken and written genres, discourse and context, discourse and cohesion (lexical and grammatical), thematic analysis, coherence, and corpus approaches to discourse analysis.
The course, which is practical in nature, will also include exercises and assignments related to the analysis of various texts, to provide opportunities for students to develop their practical skills in text and discourse analysis to understand connections in a text and appreciate foregrounding and backgrounding strategies that contribute to setting focal information points, from different perspectives. It is intended to be particularly useful to students as they will benefit from spending more time consolidating their academic competences and confidence before moving to level 2 studies. |
Course Objectives |
- Engage students and alert them to the important role discourse plays in language and communication.
- Engage students and alert them to how language works in communicative contexts.
- Orient students to how lexis and grammar create cohesion and coherence.
- Introduce students to the diversity of language and the way this diversity achieves communicative functions and goals.
- Introduce students to different types of discourse analysis and discourse strategies.
- Introduce students to the ways in which different genres and texts require different strategies of discourse analysis and interpretation.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop their understanding of different types of discourse. A2: Develop their understanding of the discourse tools and strategies A3: Develop their understanding of discourse analysis as process and product. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to: B1: Develop students' awareness of the difference between written and spoken discourse. B2: Develop their awareness of different important discourse perspectives. B3: Develop their skills of analysing features of spoken and written discourse. B4: Develop understanding of how language is planned and produced with
appropriate tools (such as intonation, layout, structure and linguistic strategies
of cohesion/coherence). C. Practical and
professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Be able to practise text analysis as a basic step in the process of discourse analysis. C2: Develop skills in working co-operatively with others which provides a valuable experience in its own right. C3. Develop an evaluative approach to their discourse analysis through an integrated understanding of language use in communicative contexts. D Key transferable
skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Communicate ideas clearly and appropriately in relation to various levels of discourse analysis. D2: Develop skills on working co-operatively with others. D3:
Learners will have developed an enhanced self awareness of and confidence in
their own skills and this can be reflected on how these skills might be used in
new situations. |
EL230 American Literature
(4) Credit Hours
EL230 is designed to provide students with a comprehensive introduction to American literature. It will introduce them to a variety of texts that covers American Literature and culture from the discovery of the American Continents until the 20th Century. Students will read a stimulating mix of classic texts and less well-known works from a range of genres, including drama, poetry and prose, fiction, as well as autobiography, and speeches. EL230 will teach them how to read study and write about this diverse selection of texts. As the module progresses, students will become familiar with some of the cultural contexts and key theoretical concepts that are fundamental to American studies and learn how to use them in their own academic essays. They will also have the opportunity to reflect on what the texts studied in EL230 mean to us today.
EL230 is an elective course offered to students enrolled in the BA English language and Literature Program. It is designed to provide a wide variety of American literary texts and contexts that would enable students, later on to appreciate critically the material they study in core OU courses such as AA100 Arts of Past and Present and A230 Reading and Studying Literature. This module allows students to practice their acquired knowledge from studying EL121—enables them to better grasp the contextual analysis of the material included in more advanced courses such as AA100 Arts of Past and Present, A230 Reading and Studying Literature.
Course Code |
EL230 |
Course Title |
American Literature |
Pre-requisite |
EL121N |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EL230 is designed to provide students with a comprehensive introduction to American literature. It will introduce them to a variety of texts that covers American Literature and culture from the discovery of the American Continents until the 20th Century. Students will read a stimulating mix of classic texts and less well-known works from a range of genres, including drama, poetry and prose, fiction, as well as autobiography, and speeches. EL230 will teach them how to read study and write about this diverse selection of texts. As the module progresses, students will become familiar with some of the cultural contexts and key theoretical concepts that are fundamental to American studies and learn how to use them in their own academic essays. They will also have the opportunity to reflect on what the texts studied in EL230 mean to us today.
EL230 is an elective course offered to students enrolled in the BA English language and Literature Program. It is designed to provide a wide variety of American literary texts and contexts that would enable students, later on to appreciate critically the material they study in core OU courses such as AA100 Arts of Past and Present and A230 Reading and Studying Literature. This module allows students to practice their acquired knowledge from studying EL121—enables them to better grasp the contextual analysis of the material included in more advanced courses such as AA100 Arts of Past and Present, A230 Reading and Studying Literature.
|
Course Objectives |
EL230 will give students an idea of how American Literature developed over the centuries from simple chronicles, diaries and lyric poems to complex literary forms and styles. This survey course will show that American Literature, as any national Literature, not only reflects, but also takes part in the historical and cultural making of the American nation. EL230 will further students' understanding of the central role of language and genre in the creation of meaning; develop students' skills of analysis and interpretation of both literary texts and critical literature. EL230 will develop the skills and knowledge acquired by students in humanities and literature; particularly through: a. The development of students' specialist knowledge, conceptual frameworks and terminology. b. The development of students' critical and analytic skills in relation to primary texts. d. The further development of students' ability to critically evaluate and synthesise ideas from a range of sources. e. Further development of students' ability to present clearly evidenced and constructed arguments in writing. |
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to have: A1. A broad overview of American Literature and the different stages of its development A2. An understanding that both History and Literature are themselves interpretations and evaluations of America's past and present. A3. An appreciation of American cultural evolution within the larger context of Western Civilization. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module learners will be expected to be able to: B1. Trace the influence of historical events on writings B2. Distinguish between mainstream and ethnic writings B3. Relate literary concepts to works B4. Apply characteristics of movements and schools to works B5. Analyse literary and non-literary texts. C Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to be able to: C1. Browse material and on-line sources C2. Develop research skills C3. Relate the course to other courses C4. Meet deadlines and work in a team D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to be able to: D1. Engage in reflective reading and critical debates of literary and non-literary texts. D2. Make use of the proper key concepts and literary terminology D3. Produce a well-sustained argument supported by textual and critical evidence that keeps the work focused and coherent. |
EL240 Modern and Contemporary Drama
(4) Credit Hours
The EL240 course on drama introduces the student to a rich selection of international plays and offers a global perspective of the drama and theater that has been produced during the last 150 years. From the West's modern canon, to texts from underrepresented regions, such as China, Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean, the course provides plays that are recognized for their importance within an ongoing narrative history of world drama. Along with the historical and cultural background students need to read these plays into context.
EL240 Modern and Contemporary Drama is an elective course in the BA English and Literature Program. The broad range of plays is designed to inspire and provoke the students to deeply understand the literary and production history of modern and contemporary drama. Students are expected to investigate the theatrical innovations of early modernism, mature and declining
modernism and postmodern eras, introducing them to skills of play analysis and readings of landmark plays and locating texts and performances in their cultural and historical contexts.
EL240 is the first course on drama and it is intended to pave the way for the second level course A230 Reading and Studying Literature with its more advanced component on Renaissance Drama. It will help students develop their understanding of the historical and stylistic context of the plays, acquire the basic skills of interpreting plays using relevant terminology, key terms and concepts and explore the performance dimensions of the plays to better appreciate their theatrical and their literary appeal.
Course Code |
EL240 |
Course Title |
Modern and Contemporary Drama |
Pre-requisite |
EL121N - EL121 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The EL240 course on drama introduces the student to a rich selection of international plays and offers a global perspective of the drama and theater that has been produced during the last 150 years. From the West's modern canon, to texts from underrepresented regions, such as China, Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean, the course provides plays that are recognized for their importance within an ongoing narrative history of world drama. Along with the historical and cultural background students need to read these plays into context.
EL240 Modern and Contemporary Drama is an elective course in the BA English and Literature Program. The broad range of plays is designed to inspire and provoke the students to deeply understand the literary and production history of modern and contemporary drama. Students are expected to investigate the theatrical innovations of early modernism, mature and declining
modernism and postmodern eras, introducing them to skills of play analysis and readings of landmark plays and locating texts and performances in their cultural and historical contexts.
EL240 is the first course on drama and it is intended to pave the way for the second level course A230 Reading and Studying Literature with its more advanced component on Renaissance Drama. It will help students develop their understanding of the historical and stylistic context of the plays, acquire the basic skills of interpreting plays using relevant terminology, key terms and concepts and explore the performance dimensions of the plays to better appreciate their theatrical and their literary appeal.
|
Course Objectives |
EL240 module aims to develop the students' attributes of communication skills by expressing themselves in performance and in writing, their presentation skills, by performing selected scenes and giving class presentations, their team-working skills, by participating with class mates in group research presentations and performances, their reading skills, by using a range of approaches to tackle different dramatic subgenres, their analytical abilities, by interpreting and theorizing about the meanings of texts and performances and their writing abilities, by preparing assignments using the essay structure and the elements, genres, styles and conventions of drama. The Longman Anthology of Modern and Contemporary Drama: A Global perspective is the core textbook for the EL240 module. Its headnotes introduce each playwright and the historical and stylistic context of the play. Its commentaries and showcases provide brief history lessons on theater companies; sum up historically important plays that influenced the development of modern drama and cultural phenomena of particular plays to reveal the very impulses that contributed to the development of theater. The appendix offers a glossary that defines principal terms and key concepts. Supplements come in the form of e-resources and websites and in shrink-wrapped hard copies that intend to guide students to write play reviews. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to display: A1: Knowledge and understanding of the cultural and historical background of the modern and postmodern drama. A2: Knowledge and understanding of several influential styles of representative plays. A3: Knowledge and understanding of the relationships between the different movements (isms) the plays exemplify. A4: Knowledge and understanding of dramatic texts and performance practices as insights into human experiences in the context of social history. A5: Knowledge and understanding of the rituals and folk customs that enhance our understanding of the human need to create theatre and specific plays. A6: Knowledge and understanding of the elements, genres, styles and conventions of drama. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Analyse and critically evaluate the effect of the major three eras on the development of new movements in drama. B2: Recognise the professional approach to theatre production, rehearsal and performance. B3: Demonstrate the ability to compare and contrast dramatic works whether chronologically, thematically or stylistically. B4: Use key concepts and appropriate literary jargon for the discussion of plays and subgenres. B5: Synthesise and cultivate research and independent study to develop personal and creative skills. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: apply various analytical and critical strategies to modern plays as texts and performances C2: reflect on political, racial and ethical issues in the construction and performance of modern dramatic literature C3: research and evaluate the key concepts across a variety of modern dramatic literature within a global perspective. C4: identify and explain variances in dramatic presentation and performance from the precursors of modern drama to the postmodern drama. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Engage in reflective reading and critical debates within theatre practice D2: Make use of the proper key concepts and literary terminology akin to the dramatic genre. D3: Produce a well-sustained argument supported by textual and critical evidence that keeps the work focused and coherent. |
EL330 Teaching English as a Foreign Language
(4) Credit Hours
EL330 is a practical course that links the findings of recent research on teaching/learning English language to classroom methodology. The module discusses English language teaching approaches and methodologies which provide an overview of current approaches to develop language student-teachers who seek a career in teacher education.
Course Code |
EL330 |
Course Title |
Teaching English as a Foreign Language |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
EL330 is a practical course that links the findings of recent research on teaching/learning English language to classroom methodology. The module discusses English language teaching approaches and methodologies which provide an overview of current approaches to develop language student-teachers who seek a career in teacher education. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EL350 Introduction to Literary Theory
(4) Credit Hours
This module is designed for English language and literature students. It introduces the student to the study of literature – literary analysis, interpretation and contextual factors. Students will focus on the major literary theories such as Marxism, Feminism, New Criticism, Structuralism, and Postcolonial Criticism. This module prepares students to OU based courses by giving them the tools they need to read, understand and interpret literary texts in a sophisticated manner.
Course Code |
EL350 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Literary Theory |
Pre-requisite |
EL121N - EL121 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This module is designed for English language and literature students. It introduces the student to the study of literature – literary analysis, interpretation and contextual factors. Students will focus on the major literary theories such as Marxism, Feminism, New Criticism, Structuralism, and Postcolonial Criticism. This module prepares students to OU based courses by giving them the tools they need to read, understand and interpret literary texts in a sophisticated manner. |
Course Objectives |
Literary theory is an integral
part of studying literature. This module introduces English language and
literature students to basic literary concepts and theoretical schools covering
both the formal and the non- formal approaches to analysing literary texts. The
course allows students of ELL program to identify and differentiate between current
prominent literary schools and concepts. The course presents briefly major
critical approaches to literary works including New Criticism, Structuralism,
Marxism, psychoanalytical-criticism, feminism and postcolonial criticism among
others. It illuminates complex critical
concepts by briefly highlighting their principles, seminal works and main
critics. The course also offers discussions of how specific critical theories
allow different readings and interpretations of literary works. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to show: A1. Knowledge of the complexity and intricacies of literary theories. A2. Understanding of the characteristics of each of the literary schools discussed. A3. Understanding of the possible interpretations of literary texts offered by different schools A4: knowledge of the basic tenets of critical schools B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Evaluate theoretical and analytical approaches. B2: Compare and contrast the different interpretations of literary texts based on specific theoretical approaches. B3: Use appropriate critical and literary terminology to discuss specific theories and concepts. B4: Synthesize information from different sources C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Analyze texts from the perspective of literary theories. C2: Draw conclusion based on solid evidence. C3: Present an argument supported by evidence from sources. C4: Use appropriate vocabulary in analysis of texts set in English literature. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Use the computer to enhance learning skills. D2: Communicate effectively in English. D3: Write essays following academic conventions. |
FR101 French for Beginners (I)
(3) Credit Hours
The course introduces the student to the basics of French. These include the alphabet, common everyday expressions, simple sentences, short dialogues and small paragraphs. The four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking will be equally emphasized. However, as we live in the age of the image, students will have ample exposure to a variety of audio-visual material which boost their command of the language at the beginner’s level. The communicative approach is to be adopted in face-to-face tutorials and the various methods of enabling students to learn on their own will be prioritized.
Course Code |
FR101 |
Course Title |
French for Beginners (I) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course introduces the student to the basics of French. These include the alphabet, common everyday expressions, simple sentences, short dialogues and small paragraphs. The four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking will be equally emphasized. However, as we live in the age of the image, students will have ample exposure to a variety of audio-visual material which boost their command of the language at the beginner’s level. The communicative approach is to be adopted in face-to-face tutorials and the various methods of enabling students to learn on their own will be prioritized. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
FR102 French for Beginners (II)
(3) Credit Hours
The course builds on what the student has learnt in level (1). Toward this end, it introduces the student to more everyday expressions, more widely-used short sentences, some compound and complex sentences, medium-size dialogues, and short passages. While the skills of listening and speaking will be receiving adequate attention, more emphasis is to be placed on the skills of reading and writing. Face-to-face tutorials will be communicative and students will be empowered to learn on their own.
Course Code |
FR102 |
Course Title |
French for Beginners (II) |
Pre-requisite |
FR101 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course builds on what the student has learnt in level (1). Toward this end, it introduces the student to more everyday expressions, more widely-used short sentences, some compound and complex sentences, medium-size dialogues, and short passages. While the skills of listening and speaking will be receiving adequate attention, more emphasis is to be placed on the skills of reading and writing. Face-to-face tutorials will be communicative and students will be empowered to learn on their own. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR101 Self-Learning Skills
(3) Credit Hours
GR101 focuses on developing self-learning skills. It prepares students for university studying and specifically time management, good study habits, critical and analytic thinking styles.
Course Code |
GR101 |
Course Title |
Self-Learning Skills |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
GR101 focuses on developing self-learning skills. It prepares students for university studying and specifically time management, good study habits, critical and analytic thinking styles. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR111 Arabic Islamic Civilization
(3) Credit Hours
Overall views in the history of Arabic-Islamic Civilization.
Concepts and Social Issues.
The effect of Islamic Civilization on the European Renaissance.
Trends of Stagnation in the Islamic Civilization.
Modern Arabic Renaissance.
Islamic Arts and Architecture.
Course Code |
GR111 |
Course Title |
Arabic Islamic Civilization |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Overall views in the history of Arabic-Islamic Civilization.
Concepts and Social Issues.
The effect of Islamic Civilization on the European Renaissance.
Trends of Stagnation in the Islamic Civilization.
Modern Arabic Renaissance.
Islamic Arts and Architecture.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR112 Issues and Problems of Development in the Arab Region
(3) Credit Hours
GR112 deals with issues and problems related to the development of the Arab region, specifically human development and its social indicators, Arab culture, education, mass media, health, nutrition, women, environment and natural resources.
Course Code |
GR112 |
Course Title |
Issues and Problems of Development in the Arab Region |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
GR112 deals with issues and problems related to the development of the Arab region, specifically human development and its social indicators, Arab culture, education, mass media, health, nutrition, women, environment and natural resources. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR115 Current International Affairs
(3) Credit Hours
GR115 examines current international concerns such as the interactions of civilizations, North and South relations, national and international civil societies, human rights and illegal immigration.
Course Code |
GR115 |
Course Title |
Current International Affairs |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
GR115 examines current international concerns such as the interactions of civilizations, North and South relations, national and international civil societies, human rights and illegal immigration. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR131 Branch Requirement Course
(3) Credit Hours
GR131 introduces students to current issues of interest to socio-economic development at the local and regional levels.
Course Code |
GR131 |
Course Title |
Branch Requirement Course |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
GR131 introduces students to current issues of interest to socio-economic development at the local and regional levels. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
L201A English in the World I
(8) Credit Hours
century world characterised by global power shifts, protests, pandemic, and complex population flows. The module explores how English became the pre-eminent international language of the modern period. L201 traces how English changed as it spread to other countries through colonialism, and considers the impact that it has had on societies, cultures and other languages around the world.
Course Code |
L201A |
Course Title |
English in the World I |
Pre-requisite |
E120 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
century world characterised by global power shifts, protests, pandemic, and complex population flows. The module explores how English became the pre-eminent international language of the modern period. L201 traces how English changed as it spread to other countries through colonialism, and considers the impact that it has had on societies, cultures and other languages around the world. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Develop an understanding of the history and development of English, and its contemporary role alongside other languages in a globalised world. A2: Develop a critical appreciation of the contemporary uses of English in conjunction with other modes of communication in a range of social, cultural, political and educational contexts. A3: Develop knowledge of the key linguistic tools and terminologies for the analysis and evaluation of spoken, written and digital texts, including collected examples. A4: Develop a perspective on English language experiences, including aspects of communication skills.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Develop awareness of the stages of the processes associated with the spread of English, highlighting its links with colonialism and the role that people, cultures and technologies have played in this spread. B2: Understand how language varies between individuals and also in different institutional, cultural and national settings. B3: Discuss the benefits of diversity and its implication in discrimination. B4: Develop an understanding of the use of varieties of English in social, educational and work-based contexts around the world. B5: Develop different reflective strategies that critically and constructively explore global political issues associated with the spread of English; such as migration, political protest, and attempts to 'decolonise' the curriculum
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Demonstrate awareness of the diversity of factors, practices and interpretations associated with the spread of English in the world. C2: Adopt and examine examples of speech and writing from a variety of global contexts and genres, including literature, poetry, song, film, political speeches and advertising. C3. Demonstrate a reflective approach through an integrated understanding of the significance and power of English in social, cultural, and economic life. C4. Demonstrate awareness of the social and economic opportunities opened up by English, and the implications for those people who don't have access to the language.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Discuss with confidence issues related to the position of English in the world, factors contributing to its spread, and negative and positive views on the matter. D2: Demonstrate skills on working co-operatively with others. D3: Develop an enhanced self-awareness of and confidence in own skills and how these skills might be disseminated and used in new situations.
|
L201B English in the World II
(8) Credit Hours
Contemporary views are offered on how the English language continues to be shaped by a growing number of users in a range of everyday settings from home to education and work, and the important role that it plays in a range of political issues. A major aim of the module is to enable the learner to observe and account for how language varies between individuals and also in different institutional, cultural and national settings. Examples of speech and writing from a variety of global contexts and genres, including literature, poetry, song, film, political speeches and advertising are presented. Recorded material are offered from countries where English is the majority language such as the UK and USA, and from countries where it exists alongside one or more other languages, such as India and South Africa, in addition to examples on the growing utility of English as a foreign language, presented from countries outside the post-colonial context such as China and the Arab world.
Course Code |
L201B |
Course Title |
English in the World II |
Pre-requisite |
L201A |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
Contemporary views are offered on how the English language continues to be shaped by a growing number of users in a range of everyday settings from home to education and work, and the important role that it plays in a range of political issues. A major aim of the module is to enable the learner to observe and account for how language varies between individuals and also in different institutional, cultural and national settings. Examples of speech and writing from a variety of global contexts and genres, including literature, poetry, song, film, political speeches and advertising are presented. Recorded material are offered from countries where English is the majority language such as the UK and USA, and from countries where it exists alongside one or more other languages, such as India and South Africa, in addition to examples on the growing utility of English as a foreign language, presented from countries outside the post-colonial context such as China and the Arab world. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding A1: Develop an understanding of the history and development of English, and its contemporary role alongside other languages in a globalised world. A2: Develop a critical appreciation of the contemporary uses of English in conjunction with other modes of communication in a range of social, cultural, political and educational contexts. A3: Develop knowledge of the key linguistic tools and terminologies for the analysis and evaluation of spoken, written and digital texts, including collected examples. A4: Develop a perspective on English language experiences, including aspects of communication skills.
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: B1: Develop awareness of the stages of the processes associated with the spread of English, highlighting its links with colonialism and the role that people, cultures and technologies have played in this spread. B2: Understand how language varies between individuals and also in different institutional, cultural and national settings. B3: Discuss the benefits of diversity and its implication in discrimination. B4: Develop an understanding of the use of varieties of English in social, educational and work-based contexts around the world. B5: Develop different reflective strategies that critically and constructively explore global political issues associated with the spread of English; such as migration, political protest, and attempts to 'decolonise' the curriculum
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners should be able to: C1: Demonstrate awareness of the diversity of factors, practices and interpretations associated with the spread of English in the world. C2: Adopt and examine examples of speech and writing from a variety of global contexts and genres, including literature, poetry, song, film, political speeches and advertising. C3. Demonstrate a reflective approach through an integrated understanding of the significance and power of English in social, cultural, and economic life. C4. Demonstrate awareness of the social and economic opportunities opened up by English, and the implications for those people who don't have access to the language.
D Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1: Discuss with confidence issues related to the position of English in the world, factors contributing to its spread, and negative and positive views on the matter. D2: Demonstrate skills on working co-operatively with others. D3: Develop an enhanced self-awareness of and confidence in own skills and how these skills might be disseminated and used in new situations.
|
SL101 Spanish for Beginners (I)
(3) Credit Hours
The course introduces the student to the basics of Spanish. These include the alphabet, common everyday expressions, simple sentences, short dialogues and small paragraphs. The four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking will be equally emphasized. However, as we live in the age of the image, students will have ample exposure to a variety of audio-visual material which boost their command of the language at the beginner’s level. The communicative approach is to be adopted in face-to-face tutorials and the various methods of enabling students to learn on their own will be prioritized.
Course Code |
SL101 |
Course Title |
Spanish for Beginners (I) |
Pre-requisite |
SL101 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course introduces the student to the basics of Spanish. These include the alphabet, common everyday expressions, simple sentences, short dialogues and small paragraphs. The four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking will be equally emphasized. However, as we live in the age of the image, students will have ample exposure to a variety of audio-visual material which boost their command of the language at the beginner’s level. The communicative approach is to be adopted in face-to-face tutorials and the various methods of enabling students to learn on their own will be prioritized. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SL102 Spanish for Beginners (II)
(3) Credit Hours
The course builds on what the student has learnt in level (1). Toward this end, it introduces the student to more everyday expressions, more widely-used short sentences, some compound and complex sentences, medium-size dialogues, and short passages. While the skills of listening and speaking will be receiving adequate attention, more emphasis is to be placed on the skills of reading and writing. Face-to-face tutorials will be communicative and students will be empowered to learn on their own.
Course Code |
SL102 |
Course Title |
Spanish for Beginners (II) |
Pre-requisite |
SL101 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course builds on what the student has learnt in level (1). Toward this end, it introduces the student to more everyday expressions, more widely-used short sentences, some compound and complex sentences, medium-size dialogues, and short passages. While the skills of listening and speaking will be receiving adequate attention, more emphasis is to be placed on the skills of reading and writing. Face-to-face tutorials will be communicative and students will be empowered to learn on their own. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
TR102 Introduction to Translation
(4) Credit Hours
TR102 introduces the basic concepts relevant to translation such as translation equivalence, translation types and translation process. It also examines the different types of meaning (denotation, connotation, contextual meaning and culture-specific meaning). The course is focused on the development of basic translation skills.
Course Code |
TR102 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Translation |
Pre-requisite |
EL121N - EL121 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
TR102 introduces the basic concepts relevant to translation such as translation equivalence, translation types and translation process. It also examines the different types of meaning (denotation, connotation, contextual meaning and culture-specific meaning). The course is focused on the development of basic translation skills. |
Course Objectives |
- Acquaint students with the important role translation has played and still does in facilitating human interaction and overcoming linguistic and cultural barriers.
- Acquaint students with the main definitions and types of translation.
- Orient students to the essential relation between translation and different levels of meaning.
- Introduce students to the important relation between translation and culture.
- Introduce students to the main difficulties involved in the process of translating and the relevant problem-solving strategies.
|
Course Outcomes |
- Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Develop their understanding of the importance of translation to overcome linguistic barriers. A2: Develop their understanding of some basic translation notions such as equivalence, transference of meaning, etc. A3: Develop their understanding of some basic translation types and translation difficulties. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Develop awareness features about types of meanings. B2: Develop awareness of the difference between written translation and oral interpretation. B3: Demonstrate understanding of important translation terms and notions. B4: Develop awareness about some linguistic and cultural difficulties in translation. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Interpret text meanings as a basic step in the process of translation. C2: Carry out the necessary transformations when translating sentences, idioms, and relatively short texts between English and Arabic. D. Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Have acquired some basic skills in the analysis of meaning. D2: Have acquired some basic translation skills. D3: Enhance self- awareness and confidence in their own translation skills, and the skill of interactive and cooperative learning. |
TR301N Creative Writing in Arabic
(4) Credit Hours
This course introduces students of translation to the concept of “creative writing” with its characteristics, features, functions, types, patterns, and communicative elements. It aims at developing the fundamental (linguistic and stylistic) skills needed for a student/writer/translator whenever they initiate the act of writing.
Course Code |
TR301N |
Course Title |
Creative Writing in Arabic |
Pre-requisite |
AR113 |
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students of translation to the concept of “creative writing” with its characteristics, features, functions, types, patterns, and communicative elements. It aims at developing the fundamental (linguistic and stylistic) skills needed for a student/writer/translator whenever they initiate the act of writing. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Recall the knowledge acquired on writing and its educational and cultural data. A2. Define the act of writing and its function in the light of communication theory. A3. Develop some knowledge of the stylistic features of texts of different genres. A4. Be involved in the understanding of the content of texts of different genres. B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Be cognizant of the fundamentals of writing skills. B2. Develop an awareness of the genre features of various text types. B3. Develop critical thinking and analytical skills. B4. Develop reading and writing abilities to go beyond the revision of the original text to discover relations between languages and cultures in order to reconstruct the translated text.
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Have the basic knowledge of various creative genres and their stylistic features. C2. Analyse written text to identify their different genres. C3. Produce linguistically correct written texts that are characterized by academic quality.
D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Be able to apply their acquired skills and knowledge to achieve success in a multicultural community.
D2: Acquire some basic knowledge of how to evaluate written texts and translations. D3. Be functionally capable of using their writing skills in letter writing and scientific research.
|
TU170 Computing Essentials
(3) Credit Hours
TU170 introduces students to the essential concepts related to using computers with confidence. This is a fundamental course that familiarizes students with basic concepts of information technology, internet and web. The course also introduces students to practical skills for using computers as well as basic software and hardware applications.
Course Code |
TU170 |
Course Title |
Computing Essentials |
Pre-requisite |
EL098 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
TU170 introduces students to the essential concepts related to using computers with confidence. This is a fundamental course that familiarizes students with basic concepts of information technology, internet and web. The course also introduces students to practical skills for using computers as well as basic software and hardware applications. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
U214A Worlds of English (I)
(8) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the major themes, issues and debates current in the field of English language study and to methods of language description and analysis. Students will have the opportunity to see how the English language of today has evolved within the historical setting of the United Kingdom and how it has changed and developed as it has spread around the world.
U214 is a compulsory course for the BA students in English Language and Literature. U214 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is compulsory. This module will contribute to ‘a broad understanding of the English language, including its history, contemporary use and its development as a global language’, to developing ‘skills in the interpretation of both literary and non-literary texts, including spoken, written and multimodal texts’ and to developing ‘a critical understanding of the range and variety of traditions and approaches to the study of literature and language’. U214 will provide the skills and knowledge at second level necessary for students to go on with (English) language study at third level. In particular, it will help develop an understanding of:
1. the history of English, its development as a global language and debates surrounding its contemporary role in a range of international social and cultural contexts;
2. how people learn and use English in a range of contexts;
3. how the English language works and how it may be described;
4. the nature of linguistic evidence and ways in which it may be collected and analysed.
It will develop skills in:
1. analysing spoken, written and multimodal texts;
2. identifying and evaluating competing arguments and theories;
3. interpreting and critically evaluating linguistic evidence in the light of alternative explanations, arguments and theories.
It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 1 courses and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognise and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
Course Code |
U214A |
Course Title |
Worlds of English (I) |
Pre-requisite |
EL120 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the major themes, issues and debates current in the field of English language study and to methods of language description and analysis. Students will have the opportunity to see how the English language of today has evolved within the historical setting of the United Kingdom and how it has changed and developed as it has spread around the world.
U214 is a compulsory course for the BA students in English Language and Literature. U214 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is compulsory. This module will contribute to ‘a broad understanding of the English language, including its history, contemporary use and its development as a global language’, to developing ‘skills in the interpretation of both literary and non-literary texts, including spoken, written and multimodal texts’ and to developing ‘a critical understanding of the range and variety of traditions and approaches to the study of literature and language’. U214 will provide the skills and knowledge at second level necessary for students to go on with (English) language study at third level. In particular, it will help develop an understanding of:
1. the history of English, its development as a global language and debates surrounding its contemporary role in a range of international social and cultural contexts;
2. how people learn and use English in a range of contexts;
3. how the English language works and how it may be described;
4. the nature of linguistic evidence and ways in which it may be collected and analysed.
It will develop skills in:
1. analysing spoken, written and multimodal texts;
2. identifying and evaluating competing arguments and theories;
3. interpreting and critically evaluating linguistic evidence in the light of alternative explanations, arguments and theories.
It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 1 courses and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognise and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
|
Course Objectives |
A major aim of the course will be to enable students understand and apply the tools necessary to observe and account for the diversity of the English language both at the level of the individual speaker and in larger institutional, cultural and national contexts. Spoken, written and multimodal texts from a variety of contexts and genres, including literature, songs, politics and advertising, will be examined. The significance and power of language in social and economic life will be explored in countries where English is the majority language such as England and the USA, and in countries where it exists alongside one or more other languages such as India or South Africa. An important teaching point will be the question of ownership of English and the ideologies that accompany that notion. |
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to display understanding of: A1. The history of English, its development as a global language and debates surrounding its contemporary role in a range of international social and cultural contexts; A2. How people learn and use English in a range of contexts; A3. How the English language works and how it may be described; A4. The nature of linguistic evidence and ways in which it may be collected and analysed. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Develop and practice skills of analysing spoken, written, and multimedia texts; B2. Identify and evaluate competing arguments and theories B3. Interpret and critically evaluate linguistic evidence in the light of alternative explanations, arguments and theories. C Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Find, synthesise and organise information from a variety of sources (including electronic resources), and critically evaluate its significance; C2. Communicate information, arguments and ideas effectively using appropriate styles and language for your audience: for example, writing academic essays for your tutor, or communicating with other students via electronic means; C3. Plan, monitor, and review your progress as an independent learner, including making use of feedback from your tutor; C4. Understand and interpret basic data in the form of maps, graphs and tables. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Reflect critically on your own linguistic experience and relationship to the English language; D2. Recognise and select appropriate genres of written text and registers of spoken language for personal and professional purposes |
U214B Worlds of English (I)
(8) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the major themes, issues and debates current in the field of English language study and to methods of language description and analysis. Students will have the opportunity to see how the English language of today has evolved within the historical setting of the United Kingdom and how it has changed and developed as it has spread around the world. U214 is a compulsory course for the BA students in English Language and Literature. U214 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is compulsory. This module will contribute to ‘a broad understanding of the English language, including its history, contemporary use and its development as a global language’, to developing ‘skills in the interpretation of both literary and non-literary texts, including spoken, written and multimodal texts’ and to developing ‘a critical understanding of the range and variety of traditions and approaches to the study of literature and language’. U214 will provide the skills and knowledge at second level necessary for students to go on with (English) language study at third level. In particular, it will help develop an understanding of: 1. the history of English, its development as a global language and debates surrounding its contemporary role in a range of international social and cultural contexts; 2. how people learn and use English in a range of contexts; 3. how the English language works and how it may be described; 4. the nature of linguistic evidence and ways in which it may be collected and analysed. It will develop skills in: 1. analysing spoken, written and multimodal texts; 2. identifying and evaluating competing arguments and theories; 3. interpreting and critically evaluating linguistic evidence in the light of alternative explanations, arguments and theories. It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 1 courses and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognise and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals.
Course Code |
U214B |
Course Title |
Worlds of English (I) |
Pre-requisite |
EL120 |
Credit Hours |
8 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the major themes, issues and debates current in the field of English language study and to methods of language description and analysis. Students will have the opportunity to see how the English language of today has evolved within the historical setting of the United Kingdom and how it has changed and developed as it has spread around the world. U214 is a compulsory course for the BA students in English Language and Literature. U214 will contribute to specific learning outcomes within those qualifications where it is compulsory. This module will contribute to ‘a broad understanding of the English language, including its history, contemporary use and its development as a global language’, to developing ‘skills in the interpretation of both literary and non-literary texts, including spoken, written and multimodal texts’ and to developing ‘a critical understanding of the range and variety of traditions and approaches to the study of literature and language’. U214 will provide the skills and knowledge at second level necessary for students to go on with (English) language study at third level. In particular, it will help develop an understanding of: 1. the history of English, its development as a global language and debates surrounding its contemporary role in a range of international social and cultural contexts; 2. how people learn and use English in a range of contexts; 3. how the English language works and how it may be described; 4. the nature of linguistic evidence and ways in which it may be collected and analysed. It will develop skills in: 1. analysing spoken, written and multimodal texts; 2. identifying and evaluating competing arguments and theories; 3. interpreting and critically evaluating linguistic evidence in the light of alternative explanations, arguments and theories. It will contribute to further development of key skills from level 1 courses and enhance students’ personal and career development through helping them to recognise and manage their skills and knowledge in support of their own goals. |
Course Objectives |
A major aim of the course will be to enable students understand and apply the tools necessary to observe and account for the diversity of the English language both at the level of the individual speaker and in larger institutional, cultural and national contexts. Spoken, written and multimodal texts from a variety of contexts and genres, including literature, songs, politics and advertising, will be examined. The significance and power of language in social and economic life will be explored in countries where English is the majority language such as England and the USA, and in countries where it exists alongside one or more other languages such as India or South Africa. An important teaching point will be the question of ownership of English and the ideologies that accompany that notion.
|
Course Outcomes |
A Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to display understanding of: A1. The history of English, its development as a global language and debates surrounding its contemporary role in a range of international social and cultural contexts; A2. How people learn and use English in a range of contexts; A3. How the English language works and how it may be described; A4. The nature of linguistic evidence and ways in which it may be collected and analysed. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Develop and practice skills of analysing spoken, written, and multimedia texts; B2. Identify and evaluate competing arguments and theories B3. Interpret and critically evaluate linguistic evidence in the light of alternative explanations, arguments and theories. C Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Find, synthesise and organise information from a variety of sources (including electronic resources), and critically evaluate its significance; C2. Communicate information, arguments and ideas effectively using appropriate styles and language for your audience: for example, writing academic essays for your tutor, or communicating with other students via electronic means; C3. Plan, monitor, and review your progress as an independent learner, including making use of feedback from your tutor; C4. Understand and interpret basic data in the form of maps, graphs and tables. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Reflect critically on your own linguistic experience and relationship to the English language; D2. Recognise and select appropriate genres of written text and registers of spoken language for personal and professional purposes
|
JP203 Arab Media
(3) Credit Hours
The course deals with the definition of joint Arab media and the role of Arab media in the Palestinian case, the role of the Arab media in confronting the distortion of the Arab image in the Western media.
Course Code |
JP203 |
Course Title |
Arab Media |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course deals with the definition of joint Arab media and the role of Arab media in the Palestinian case, the role of the Arab media in confronting the distortion of the Arab image in the Western media. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP204 Public Opinion
(3) Credit Hours
The course deals with the concept of public opinion, its development and the reasons for interest in the public opinion in the democratic societies in addition to clarifying the difference between personal opinion, private opinion and public opinion, its types and its relation with the media, advertising, drama and knowledge of the manifestations of the public opinion.
Course Code |
JP204 |
Course Title |
Public Opinion |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course deals with the concept of public opinion, its development and the reasons for interest in the public opinion in the democratic societies in addition to clarifying the difference between personal opinion, private opinion and public opinion, its types and its relation with the media, advertising, drama and knowledge of the manifestations of the public opinion. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP205 International Communication
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students to international media issues such as: live broadcast and its cultural, legal and social problems, satellites and their problems, and the new world order of the media. The flow of information between developed and developing countries and the problems arising from imbalances in the flow of information between them.
Course Code |
JP205 |
Course Title |
International Communication |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students to international media issues such as: live broadcast and its cultural, legal and social problems, satellites and their problems, and the new world order of the media. The flow of information between developed and developing countries and the problems arising from imbalances in the flow of information between them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP206 International Public Relations
(3) Credit Hours
This course compares the objectives of public relations in the international field with their objectives at the local and national levels. It clarifies the concept of management in public relations.
Course Code |
JP206 |
Course Title |
International Public Relations |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course compares the objectives of public relations in the international field with their objectives at the local and national levels. It clarifies the concept of management in public relations. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP208 Ecological Media
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at encouraging students to raise a kind of ecological consciousness through environment protection. Such a profound sense of empathy for the environment emanates from students’ internalization of their humanity. To get this sense of empathy for the environment, students are required to be introduced to the effective elements of ecology and how his/her relation with environment should be based on moral consciousness and coexistence. With this in mind, this course also aims at introducing students to the concept of ecology, ecological media, environment protection, and the ways in which the environment has evolved over history in terms of its universal ecological legislations alongside the global, Arabic and Jordanian ecological media.
Course Code |
JP208 |
Course Title |
Ecological Media |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at encouraging students to raise a kind of ecological consciousness through environment protection. Such a profound sense of empathy for the environment emanates from students’ internalization of their humanity. To get this sense of empathy for the environment, students are required to be introduced to the effective elements of ecology and how his/her relation with environment should be based on moral consciousness and coexistence. With this in mind, this course also aims at introducing students to the concept of ecology, ecological media, environment protection, and the ways in which the environment has evolved over history in terms of its universal ecological legislations alongside the global, Arabic and Jordanian ecological media. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP209 Human Rights
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing students to a set of fundamental needs and rights that everyone should be entitled to regardless of their gender, race, color, national origin, and religion. This course also draws students’ attention to the fact that people across the globe cannot lead a decent and dignified life without these basic rights. Drawing on this course, these rights should not be forsaken by people at their home countries and abroad. Furthermore, this course is intended to flesh out the major human rights that include: political, civil, socioeconomic, ecological, cultural and developmental rights.
Course Code |
JP209 |
Course Title |
Human Rights |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing students to a set of fundamental needs and rights that everyone should be entitled to regardless of their gender, race, color, national origin, and religion. This course also draws students’ attention to the fact that people across the globe cannot lead a decent and dignified life without these basic rights. Drawing on this course, these rights should not be forsaken by people at their home countries and abroad. Furthermore, this course is intended to flesh out the major human rights that include: political, civil, socioeconomic, ecological, cultural and developmental rights. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP210 Media Course in English
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide students with new skills that enable them to read and analyze selective journalistic news in English, read and analyze selected paragraphs (Public Relations) in English.
Course Code |
JP210 |
Course Title |
Media Course in English |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide students with new skills that enable them to read and analyze selective journalistic news in English, read and analyze selected paragraphs (Public Relations) in English. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP212 Media Translation
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to give students a preliminary study of the art of media translation and its importance in addition to the basic requirements of the translator. The course concentrates on practical exercises of translating local and international news in addition to creating a journalistic glossary.
Course Code |
JP212 |
Course Title |
Media Translation |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to give students a preliminary study of the art of media translation and its importance in addition to the basic requirements of the translator. The course concentrates on practical exercises of translating local and international news in addition to creating a journalistic glossary. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP301 Media Research Methods
(3) Credit Hours
The course deals with the definition of scientific and media research methods of different types, and the terms of scientific research, the importance of media research, its steps, and the definition of the nature of research methods.
Course Code |
JP301 |
Course Title |
Media Research Methods |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course deals with the definition of scientific and media research methods of different types, and the terms of scientific research, the importance of media research, its steps, and the definition of the nature of research methods. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP302 Modern Information Theories
(3) Credit Hours
The course deals with the study of modern theories of the communication process and the theories of the influence of mass communication, including direct impact theory, limited impact, and information flow model in two stages, and the theory of moderate influence of the media, and the theory of its strong influence.
Course Code |
JP302 |
Course Title |
Modern Information Theories |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course deals with the study of modern theories of the communication process and the theories of the influence of mass communication, including direct impact theory, limited impact, and information flow model in two stages, and the theory of moderate influence of the media, and the theory of its strong influence. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP303 Media Psychology
(3) Credit Hours
The course aims to introduce students to the principles and concepts of media psychology, and familiarize them with the concept of personality in the media, and the psychological trends in the psychology of media, and the importance of studying the emotional behaviour in the field of media management.
Course Code |
JP303 |
Course Title |
Media Psychology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course aims to introduce students to the principles and concepts of media psychology, and familiarize them with the concept of personality in the media, and the psychological trends in the psychology of media, and the importance of studying the emotional behaviour in the field of media management. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP305 Grammar for Journalists
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing students of media to the significance of mastering the basic Arabic grammatical rules. Therefore, this course is more concerned with the practical grammatical rules that every student of media should be equipped with in order express himself fluently without committing common mistakes.
Course Code |
JP305 |
Course Title |
Grammar for Journalists |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing students of media to the significance of mastering the basic Arabic grammatical rules. Therefore, this course is more concerned with the practical grammatical rules that every student of media should be equipped with in order express himself fluently without committing common mistakes. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP306 Electronic Public Relations
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing students to the virtual public relations, their tools, and how such relations can be sustained and created with the masses via the internet. This course is also intended to provide students with pertinent media content via a virtual context. It also explicates the notion of electronic advertisement, its elements and major features within the context of mass media.
Course Code |
JP306 |
Course Title |
Electronic Public Relations |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing students to the virtual public relations, their tools, and how such relations can be sustained and created with the masses via the internet. This course is also intended to provide students with pertinent media content via a virtual context. It also explicates the notion of electronic advertisement, its elements and major features within the context of mass media. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP307 Marketing and the consumer’s behavior
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing students to the notion of marketing and its various fields. It also sheds lights on the methods of the external survey environment of institutions and how the consumer’s psychological interaction would look like. With this in mind, this course also aims at introducing students to the ways in which the consumer makes up his/her purchasing decision and how the personal and environmental factors would impact his/her behavior. This course is also intended to get students oriented about the notion of marketing, its significance, and to differentiate between marketing productions and marketing WWG. In Other words, this course will also introduce students to the various ways of social marketing through sustaining effective public relations and visual image marketing within the following social institutions: health, education, and social affairs.
Course Code |
JP307 |
Course Title |
Marketing and the consumer’s behavior |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing students to the notion of marketing and its various fields. It also sheds lights on the methods of the external survey environment of institutions and how the consumer’s psychological interaction would look like. With this in mind, this course also aims at introducing students to the ways in which the consumer makes up his/her purchasing decision and how the personal and environmental factors would impact his/her behavior. This course is also intended to get students oriented about the notion of marketing, its significance, and to differentiate between marketing productions and marketing WWG. In Other words, this course will also introduce students to the various ways of social marketing through sustaining effective public relations and visual image marketing within the following social institutions: health, education, and social affairs. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP308 Graphic Design
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing students to the principles of graphic design that include: color theory, composition, perspective, and typography. More concretely, these principles will be utilized effectively to apply to a set of programs including: Photoshop, Illustrator, and other programs that are bound to Visual Web Design and Branding-Theory and Practice.
Course Code |
JP308 |
Course Title |
Graphic Design |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing students to the principles of graphic design that include: color theory, composition, perspective, and typography. More concretely, these principles will be utilized effectively to apply to a set of programs including: Photoshop, Illustrator, and other programs that are bound to Visual Web Design and Branding-Theory and Practice. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP310 Multimedia Design
(3) Credit Hours
The course reviews the technical bases for the production of advertising messages, their design and the writing of advertising texts, and the steps of preparation and production of both visual and audiovisual advertising messages, in addition to introducing modern techniques in the design and production of advertising messages.
Course Code |
JP310 |
Course Title |
Multimedia Design |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course reviews the technical bases for the production of advertising messages, their design and the writing of advertising texts, and the steps of preparation and production of both visual and audiovisual advertising messages, in addition to introducing modern techniques in the design and production of advertising messages. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP311 Information and Communication Technology
(3) Credit Hours
The course deals with the concepts of human communication and its development through history, with technological advances that have taken place in every era of time. It sheds light on the features of electronic and traditional libraries.
Course Code |
JP311 |
Course Title |
Information and Communication Technology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course deals with the concepts of human communication and its development through history, with technological advances that have taken place in every era of time. It sheds light on the features of electronic and traditional libraries. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP312 Digital Montag
(3) Credit Hours
Digital editing is an advanced course in montage based on the skills acquired in the other courses. The course provides students with practical training on the programmes digital editing, and the technical aspects of the audio montage.
Course Code |
JP312 |
Course Title |
Digital Montag |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Digital editing is an advanced course in montage based on the skills acquired in the other courses. The course provides students with practical training on the programmes digital editing, and the technical aspects of the audio montage. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP313 Use of Computers in the Media
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce the computer, its importance, types, components and programmes available and their applications in the areas of communication and it focuses on the main programs in word processing.
Course Code |
JP313 |
Course Title |
Use of Computers in the Media |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce the computer, its importance, types, components and programmes available and their applications in the areas of communication and it focuses on the main programs in word processing. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
JP402 The Art of Conversation and Negotiation
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing students to a set of communication skills including the art of conversation and negotiation. Such an art is so compelling nowadays among individuals and people across the world. Our life is made of a series of problems that require various phases of negotiations. The significance of negotiation springs from its power to get a kind of reconciliation and agreement among opponents or rivals. This course is meant to introduce students to the fundamental principles of negotiation and conversation management. Moreover, this course suggests a bunch of proofs and pieces of evidence that would justify each counterpart’s opinion and perspective.
Course Code |
JP402 |
Course Title |
The Art of Conversation and Negotiation |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing students to a set of communication skills including the art of conversation and negotiation. Such an art is so compelling nowadays among individuals and people across the world. Our life is made of a series of problems that require various phases of negotiations. The significance of negotiation springs from its power to get a kind of reconciliation and agreement among opponents or rivals. This course is meant to introduce students to the fundamental principles of negotiation and conversation management. Moreover, this course suggests a bunch of proofs and pieces of evidence that would justify each counterpart’s opinion and perspective. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN101 Arabic Mass Media
(3) Credit Hours
Examines the effects of media on society from critical and historical perspectives. The main emphasis of this course, however, is on the relationship between Mass Media and culture-how the Media affect individuals, communication, and nations. We examine each of the mass media, as well as new related technologies, in light of how they influence cultural values. Key themes include the historical development of mass media, future technologies and potential societal repercussions, and the role of the media in influencing Arabian culture.
Course Code |
MGN101 |
Course Title |
Arabic Mass Media |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Examines the effects of media on society from critical and historical perspectives. The main emphasis of this course, however, is on the relationship between Mass Media and culture-how the Media affect individuals, communication, and nations. We examine each of the mass media, as well as new related technologies, in light of how they influence cultural values. Key themes include the historical development of mass media, future technologies and potential societal repercussions, and the role of the media in influencing Arabian culture. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN102 Introduction To Broadcasting
(3) Credit Hours
Introduces students to the technology, politics, economics, philosophy, ideology, and morality of television. Students are asked to look critically behind the scenes of the television world and discern the various patterns of industry structure and thematic content. Some course components are available online as an optional delivery mode.
Course Code |
MGN102 |
Course Title |
Introduction To Broadcasting |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Introduces students to the technology, politics, economics, philosophy, ideology, and morality of television. Students are asked to look critically behind the scenes of the television world and discern the various patterns of industry structure and thematic content. Some course components are available online as an optional delivery mode. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN103 Introduction to public Relations
(3) Credit Hours
A study of public relations as an organized body of knowledge and a professional discipline examining the techniques of communication, methods, media, and other areas of public relations expertise.
Course Code |
MGN103 |
Course Title |
Introduction to public Relations |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
A study of public relations as an organized body of knowledge and a professional discipline examining the techniques of communication, methods, media, and other areas of public relations expertise. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN104 Introduction to Advertising
(3) Credit Hours
A survey of the field of advertising as an activity of human communication emphasizing the concepts of creation, coordination and control of the advertising function.
Course Code |
MGN104 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Advertising |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
A survey of the field of advertising as an activity of human communication emphasizing the concepts of creation, coordination and control of the advertising function. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN105 Computers for communication
(3) Credit Hours
Explores contemporary issues in the field of computer-mediated communication related to education and training. Topics include cyberspace, new media, paralanguage, persistent conversation, virtual organizations, virtual reality, visualization, presence, e-commerce, copyright/left, trans copyright, and emerging law on the electronic frontier.
Course Code |
MGN105 |
Course Title |
Computers for communication |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Explores contemporary issues in the field of computer-mediated communication related to education and training. Topics include cyberspace, new media, paralanguage, persistent conversation, virtual organizations, virtual reality, visualization, presence, e-commerce, copyright/left, trans copyright, and emerging law on the electronic frontier. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN106 Research Methods
(3) Credit Hours
It is a three credit course that examines a specialized branch of social sciences research. This course provides students with knowledge and mentality skill. The course is intended to serve as a foundation for other courses in our Communication Studies program and as a stepping stone into senior level research. In this course, you will learn about the basic tenets of the scientific method, including an exploration of its two major branches: quantitative and qualitative research. You will also encounter a discussion of the ethics of research and will learn about sampling, content analysis, survey methods, longitudinal research, and experimental research.
Course Code |
MGN106 |
Course Title |
Research Methods |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
It is a three credit course that examines a specialized branch of social sciences research. This course provides students with knowledge and mentality skill. The course is intended to serve as a foundation for other courses in our Communication Studies program and as a stepping stone into senior level research. In this course, you will learn about the basic tenets of the scientific method, including an exploration of its two major branches: quantitative and qualitative research. You will also encounter a discussion of the ethics of research and will learn about sampling, content analysis, survey methods, longitudinal research, and experimental research.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN107 Communication Theories
(3) Credit Hours
It is a three credit course that is intended to provide students with a grounding in the field of communication studies, a relatively new interdisciplinary field that draws many of its theoretical ideas about human communication from psychology, sociology, cultural studies, linguistics, philosophy, and literary studies. The course focuses on developing notions of mass communication in the twentieth century and debates in the field.
Course Code |
MGN107 |
Course Title |
Communication Theories |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
It is a three credit course that is intended to provide students with a grounding in the field of communication studies, a relatively new interdisciplinary field that draws many of its theoretical ideas about human communication from psychology, sociology, cultural studies, linguistics, philosophy, and literary studies. The course focuses on developing notions of mass communication in the twentieth century and debates in the field. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN108 Media Psychology
(3) Credit Hours
Examines psychology as an empirical science; biological and social bases of behavior; scientific principles of psychology in perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality.
Course Code |
MGN108 |
Course Title |
Media Psychology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Examines psychology as an empirical science; biological and social bases of behavior; scientific principles of psychology in perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN109 Media Sociology
(3) Credit Hours
Various theories and sociology schools of thought will be considered relating to the field of mass communication, particularly in the following areas: sociology, economics, education, psychology, politics and government, cultural systems and human behavior. This will include a study of innovative approaches towards mass communication and the adoption of the latest technologies being used at the present time and how they are being assimilated into Arab culture.
Course Code |
MGN109 |
Course Title |
Media Sociology |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Various theories and sociology schools of thought will be considered relating to the field of mass communication, particularly in the following areas: sociology, economics, education, psychology, politics and government, cultural systems and human behavior. This will include a study of innovative approaches towards mass communication and the adoption of the latest technologies being used at the present time and how they are being assimilated into Arab culture. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN110 Introduction to Politics
(3) Credit Hours
An introductory course designed to give the student a well-rounded foundation in politics and provide students with general knowledge about the politics in the Arabic region internally & externally.
Course Code |
MGN110 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Politics |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
An introductory course designed to give the student a well-rounded foundation in politics and provide students with general knowledge about the politics in the Arabic region internally & externally. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN111 Introduction to Economics
(3) Credit Hours
Introduction to the prevailing patterns of world economic institutions, the theory of income, employment and investment in the national economy and public policies that affect them.
Course Code |
MGN111 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Economics |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Introduction to the prevailing patterns of world economic institutions, the theory of income, employment and investment in the national economy and public policies that affect them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN112 Human Rights
(3) Credit Hours
The course provides students with a thorough background for understanding how the term 'human rights' can both support particular political agendas and also frame objective legal investigations.
Course Code |
MGN112 |
Course Title |
Human Rights |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course provides students with a thorough background for understanding how the term 'human rights' can both support particular political agendas and also frame objective legal investigations. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN113 Political Geography
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to give students awareness about the political geography and its impact, and how it affects the politics and government & economics in each country.
Course Code |
MGN113 |
Course Title |
Political Geography |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to give students awareness about the political geography and its impact, and how it affects the politics and government & economics in each country. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN114 Critical Thinking
(3) Credit Hours
Critical Thinking is an introductory course that aims to provide students with the critical tools of media contents by analyzing the content of media critically. The course develops the skills of students in analyzing articles in the press and programs in electronic media (Radio-TV-Internet) by using the network analysis methods. Students will be introduced to effective reasoning and improve their cognitive skills. By the end of the course, students are expected to become more sophisticated readers of media contents.
Course Code |
MGN114 |
Course Title |
Critical Thinking |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Critical Thinking is an introductory course that aims to provide students with the critical tools of media contents by analyzing the content of media critically. The course develops the skills of students in analyzing articles in the press and programs in electronic media (Radio-TV-Internet) by using the network analysis methods. Students will be introduced to effective reasoning and improve their cognitive skills. By the end of the course, students are expected to become more sophisticated readers of media contents. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN115 Media Laws and Ethics
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to acquaint students with the basic knowledge of the legislations that manage journalism such as organizing work of the media as well as the function of journalists and media specialists.
The course deals with defining the freedom of the media, its dimensions and the regulations of the right to access information, and knowledge, and to express philosophical ideas, and theories. The course also deals with regional and international decisions on freedom of information and contacts and the right to access knowledge and to express ideas freely. Moreover, the course deals with the legal frameworks of how media information is advertised and published in the various types of media.
Course Code |
MGN115 |
Course Title |
Media Laws and Ethics |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to acquaint students with the basic knowledge of the legislations that manage journalism such as organizing work of the media as well as the function of journalists and media specialists.
The course deals with defining the freedom of the media, its dimensions and the regulations of the right to access information, and knowledge, and to express philosophical ideas, and theories. The course also deals with regional and international decisions on freedom of information and contacts and the right to access knowledge and to express ideas freely. Moreover, the course deals with the legal frameworks of how media information is advertised and published in the various types of media.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN116 Introduction to Journalism
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to acquaint students with the basic knowledge of the legislations that govern journalism as a mass media, a vocation, and as an industry, in addition to keeping abreast of the inception of newspapers and the growth of the media in Egypt, in the Arab countries, and in the outside world.
The course deals with the various introductions to understanding journalism including editors, the internal organization of the journal, and the stages needed to produce a journal. It also deals with the technological developments in the process of producing printed material up to electronic newspapers on the Internet. The roles played by the media in the community, as well as the legal and legislation frameworks which govern their work and the moral principles of journalism are also taught.
The course also aims to make students acquire skills and experiences associated with the creative and productive aspects of journalism, including styles of writing journalist reports, editing, manual drawings, photography and page designing.
Course Code |
MGN116 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Journalism |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to acquaint students with the basic knowledge of the legislations that govern journalism as a mass media, a vocation, and as an industry, in addition to keeping abreast of the inception of newspapers and the growth of the media in Egypt, in the Arab countries, and in the outside world.
The course deals with the various introductions to understanding journalism including editors, the internal organization of the journal, and the stages needed to produce a journal. It also deals with the technological developments in the process of producing printed material up to electronic newspapers on the Internet. The roles played by the media in the community, as well as the legal and legislation frameworks which govern their work and the moral principles of journalism are also taught.
The course also aims to make students acquire skills and experiences associated with the creative and productive aspects of journalism, including styles of writing journalist reports, editing, manual drawings, photography and page designing.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
MGN117 Introduction to the Cinema
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to acquaint students with the cinema or the production of movies as an industry and a creative operation and an economic activity with its administrative and organizational dimensions. Other matters studied are the inception of the cinema and thestagesof development it went through in the Arab world and outside. Discussion also covers its legislative and moral aspects in addition to the type of censorship implemented in some countries around the world.
The course, too, discusses the dimensions of cinematic industry, its production steps, and the creative steps in the process of production.
Course Code |
MGN117 |
Course Title |
Introduction to the Cinema |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to acquaint students with the cinema or the production of movies as an industry and a creative operation and an economic activity with its administrative and organizational dimensions. Other matters studied are the inception of the cinema and thestagesof development it went through in the Arab world and outside. Discussion also covers its legislative and moral aspects in addition to the type of censorship implemented in some countries around the world.
The course, too, discusses the dimensions of cinematic industry, its production steps, and the creative steps in the process of production.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR304 Persuasion
(3) Credit Hours
This is an advanced theory and performance course emphasizing the principles of message composition, persuasive campaigns, and methods affecting attitude change in public communication.
Course Code |
PR304 |
Course Title |
Persuasion |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is an advanced theory and performance course emphasizing the principles of message composition, persuasive campaigns, and methods affecting attitude change in public communication. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR314 Writing and Presentation for Public Relations
(3) Credit Hours
This course familiarizes students with principles of different types of writing, training students on different verbal communication and presentation skills.
Course Code |
PR314 |
Course Title |
Writing and Presentation for Public Relations |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course familiarizes students with principles of different types of writing, training students on different verbal communication and presentation skills. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR401 Public Relations Programme Planning
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to define planning and its importance in public relations and identify the advantages and characteristics of strategic planning.
Course Code |
PR401 |
Course Title |
Public Relations Programme Planning |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to define planning and its importance in public relations and identify the advantages and characteristics of strategic planning. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR402 Corporate Public Relations
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at familiarizing students with public relations in different businesses, public or private.
Course Code |
PR402 |
Course Title |
Corporate Public Relations |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at familiarizing students with public relations in different businesses, public or private. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR403 Organizational Communication
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students with the concept of Organizational Communication, its definition, development, types, and most prominent theories of Organizational Communication.
Course Code |
PR403 |
Course Title |
Organizational Communication |
Pre-requisite |
JP309 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students with the concept of Organizational Communication, its definition, development, types, and most prominent theories of Organizational Communication. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR404 Conference and Symposium Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course identifies the objectives of organizing conferences and symposiums, types of conferences, and how to organize conferences and symposiums.
Course Code |
PR404 |
Course Title |
Conference and Symposium Management |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course identifies the objectives of organizing conferences and symposiums, types of conferences, and how to organize conferences and symposiums. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR405 Public Relations and Crisis Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at identifying the concept of management in public relations as well as the concept of crisis management, and methods of crisis management.
Course Code |
PR405 |
Course Title |
Public Relations and Crisis Management |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at identifying the concept of management in public relations as well as the concept of crisis management, and methods of crisis management. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR406 Electronic Public Relations Campaigns
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at explaining the concepts of planning, designing, and executing Media Campaigns, and public relations, problem analysis as well as designing strategic planning for public relations.
Course Code |
PR406 |
Course Title |
Electronic Public Relations Campaigns |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at explaining the concepts of planning, designing, and executing Media Campaigns, and public relations, problem analysis as well as designing strategic planning for public relations. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PR407 Etiquette and Protocol
(3) Credit Hours
The course deals with the origin, history and development of etiquette and aims to introduce students in theory and practice to the principles of etiquette, "the art of good qualities" or "very polite behavior" and ways to treat the clients of the institution or rules of protocol in accordance with the contemporary traditional standard and reflect the behavior and traditions of society.
Course Code |
PR407 |
Course Title |
Etiquette and Protocol |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course deals with the origin, history and development of etiquette and aims to introduce students in theory and practice to the principles of etiquette, "the art of good qualities" or "very polite behavior" and ways to treat the clients of the institution or rules of protocol in accordance with the contemporary traditional standard and reflect the behavior and traditions of society. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA201 English Topic in Media
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides students with the structures and presses associated with effective Academic and media English writing & speaking, and the new communication theories.
Course Code |
PRA201 |
Course Title |
English Topic in Media |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides students with the structures and presses associated with effective Academic and media English writing & speaking, and the new communication theories. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA202 Translation
(3) Credit Hours
The basic theory and practice of media translation, both written and visual. Students will learn to apply media text analysis, text typology, and contrastive analysis of their working languages to identify, analyze, and resolve translation problems while independently developing an efficient and rational approach to the process of translation.
Course Code |
PRA202 |
Course Title |
Translation |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The basic theory and practice of media translation, both written and visual. Students will learn to apply media text analysis, text typology, and contrastive analysis of their working languages to identify, analyze, and resolve translation problems while independently developing an efficient and rational approach to the process of translation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA204 Public Relation Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course in Public Relations Management offers students an opportunity to gain knowledge in a range of specializations that will help them build their careers in the consulting, corporate or not–for-profit sector. While skills are taught, major emphasis is placed on the strategic aspects of public relations. Instructors are experienced, active practitioners in the PR field, who will introduce students to guest speakers and real projects in the industry.
Course Code |
PRA204 |
Course Title |
Public Relation Management |
Pre-requisite |
MGN103 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course in Public Relations Management offers students an opportunity to gain knowledge in a range of specializations that will help them build their careers in the consulting, corporate or not–for-profit sector. While skills are taught, major emphasis is placed on the strategic aspects of public relations. Instructors are experienced, active practitioners in the PR field, who will introduce students to guest speakers and real projects in the industry. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA205 Advertising Management
(3) Credit Hours
Students learn the process, strategies, and techniques involved in advertising production, four different courses are offered under this course title. This course focuses on the design and production of advertisements intended for one specific medium: print, television, radio, or internet. Prerequisites vary with the topic. May be repeated for credit if content differs.
Course Code |
PRA205 |
Course Title |
Advertising Management |
Pre-requisite |
MGN104 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Students learn the process, strategies, and techniques involved in advertising production, four different courses are offered under this course title. This course focuses on the design and production of advertisements intended for one specific medium: print, television, radio, or internet. Prerequisites vary with the topic. May be repeated for credit if content differs. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA206 Media Material Production (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course prepares students to think strategically and to understand the basic tools and methods public relations practitioners use to reach and communicate with the public. An applied writing laboratory approach is used to allow students to practice and hone writing skills for a wide range of public relations activities.
Course Code |
PRA206 |
Course Title |
Media Material Production (1) |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course prepares students to think strategically and to understand the basic tools and methods public relations practitioners use to reach and communicate with the public. An applied writing laboratory approach is used to allow students to practice and hone writing skills for a wide range of public relations activities. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA207 Media Training
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides students with practical skills in production of PR and Advertising Material. Students have to submit a production of PR and Advertising Material such as Brochure-Flyer-Banner…..etc.
Course Code |
PRA207 |
Course Title |
Media Training |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides students with practical skills in production of PR and Advertising Material. Students have to submit a production of PR and Advertising Material such as Brochure-Flyer-Banner…..etc. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA301 Social Marketing
(3) Credit Hours
Students learn the major communications tools available to promote a product or service to target customers. In the course, students learn marketing communications definitions, concepts, and theories of promotional communications and the tools utilized – both traditional approaches and emerging technologies.
Course Code |
PRA301 |
Course Title |
Social Marketing |
Pre-requisite |
PRA203 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Students learn the major communications tools available to promote a product or service to target customers. In the course, students learn marketing communications definitions, concepts, and theories of promotional communications and the tools utilized – both traditional approaches and emerging technologies. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA302 Promotion Activities
(3) Credit Hours
This course examines the creative process in promotion activities including concept, development, and layout of promotion activities.
Course Code |
PRA302 |
Course Title |
Promotion Activities |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course examines the creative process in promotion activities including concept, development, and layout of promotion activities. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA303 PR & Advertising Researches
(3) Credit Hours
Students learn the fundamentals of advertising research and basic ad research theory, putting it into practice by undertaking an actual research project. They learn the roles and subject matter of ad research including secondary sources and syndicated services. They also learn to conduct planning, designing, sampling, data processing, analyzing, and reporting for an actual ad case study.
Course Code |
PRA303 |
Course Title |
PR & Advertising Researches |
Pre-requisite |
MGN106 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Students learn the fundamentals of advertising research and basic ad research theory, putting it into practice by undertaking an actual research project. They learn the roles and subject matter of ad research including secondary sources and syndicated services. They also learn to conduct planning, designing, sampling, data processing, analyzing, and reporting for an actual ad case study. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA305 Graphic Design
(3) Credit Hours
Students learn to use Photoshop, Dreamweaver. They learn the process, language, and effects of the color pallets and developing.
Course Code |
PRA305 |
Course Title |
Graphic Design |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Students learn to use Photoshop, Dreamweaver. They learn the process, language, and effects of the color pallets and developing. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA306 Advertising Production
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to teach students how to develop print and broadcast copywriting for magazine, direct mail, outdoor, newspaper, radio, television, and new advertising media. It examines the role of the copywriter, creative strategies, research, target marketing, copy styles, and laws regulating advertising.
Course Code |
PRA306 |
Course Title |
Advertising Production |
Pre-requisite |
PRA205 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to teach students how to develop print and broadcast copywriting for magazine, direct mail, outdoor, newspaper, radio, television, and new advertising media. It examines the role of the copywriter, creative strategies, research, target marketing, copy styles, and laws regulating advertising. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA307 Media Training
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides students with practical skills in production of PR & Advertising Materials. Student have to submit produced materials such as advertising campaign & PR campaign.
Course Code |
PRA307 |
Course Title |
Media Training |
Pre-requisite |
PRA207 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides students with practical skills in production of PR & Advertising Materials. Student have to submit produced materials such as advertising campaign & PR campaign. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA310 Special Topics in PR
(3) Credit Hours
A topic in the PR should be chosen by the instructor especially the one related to the society and development in each country.
Course Code |
PRA310 |
Course Title |
Special Topics in PR |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
A topic in the PR should be chosen by the instructor especially the one related to the society and development in each country. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA311 Crisis Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course examines issue management and crisis communication across a range of contexts and through a variety of analytic frameworks by focusing on representative “cases” as benchmarks. The major topics include: approaches to issue management; elements of crisis planning; and type of crises such as product tampering, environment, disaster, violence, international perspectives, and media roles.
Course Code |
PRA311 |
Course Title |
Crisis Management |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course examines issue management and crisis communication across a range of contexts and through a variety of analytic frameworks by focusing on representative “cases” as benchmarks. The major topics include: approaches to issue management; elements of crisis planning; and type of crises such as product tampering, environment, disaster, violence, international perspectives, and media roles. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA312 Personal Communication
(3) Credit Hours
This course teaches major theories and techniques related to the analysis of interpersonal communication and how communication is used in professional and social situations.
Course Code |
PRA312 |
Course Title |
Personal Communication |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course teaches major theories and techniques related to the analysis of interpersonal communication and how communication is used in professional and social situations. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA401 Organizational Communication
(3) Credit Hours
This course teaches students the theories of management that establish the context for organizational communication, ranging from classical to cultural theories, symbolic interaction in organizations, influence of new technologies on organizational communication, etc.
Course Code |
PRA401 |
Course Title |
Organizational Communication |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course teaches students the theories of management that establish the context for organizational communication, ranging from classical to cultural theories, symbolic interaction in organizations, influence of new technologies on organizational communication, etc. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA402 Management of Advertising Campaigns
(3) Credit Hours
This course serves as the culmination of the advertising curriculum. Advertising theories, principles, and techniques presented in the classroom are tested and refined in a “real-world “environment. Students serve as members of an advertising team, assuming the following roles: advertising agency account executive, media planner, copywriter, art director, producer, or videographer. The team undertakes an actual product/service case history, assignment: analyzing the communications problem, developing a strategy, and creating and producing an integrated marketing communications campaign. Students must apply for admission to the class and the role of their choice. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Course Code |
PRA402 |
Course Title |
Management of Advertising Campaigns |
Pre-requisite |
PRA205 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course serves as the culmination of the advertising curriculum. Advertising theories, principles, and techniques presented in the classroom are tested and refined in a “real-world “environment. Students serve as members of an advertising team, assuming the following roles: advertising agency account executive, media planner, copywriter, art director, producer, or videographer. The team undertakes an actual product/service case history, assignment: analyzing the communications problem, developing a strategy, and creating and producing an integrated marketing communications campaign. Students must apply for admission to the class and the role of their choice. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA403 Applied PR
(3) Credit Hours
This course prepares students to think strategically and to understand the basic tools and methods public relations practitioners use to reach and communicate with the public. An applied writing laboratory approach is used to allow students to practice and hone writing skills for a wide range of public relations activities.
Course Code |
PRA403 |
Course Title |
Applied PR |
Pre-requisite |
PRA206 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course prepares students to think strategically and to understand the basic tools and methods public relations practitioners use to reach and communicate with the public. An applied writing laboratory approach is used to allow students to practice and hone writing skills for a wide range of public relations activities. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA404 Graphic Design (advanced)
(3) Credit Hours
The study of social behavior develops awareness on the condition of one’s personality, emotional characteristics and metal capacities. It shall focus on the character development in relation to the environment of professionals in the PR industry.
Course Code |
PRA404 |
Course Title |
Graphic Design (advanced) |
Pre-requisite |
PRA305 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The study of social behavior develops awareness on the condition of one’s personality, emotional characteristics and metal capacities. It shall focus on the character development in relation to the environment of professionals in the PR industry. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA405 Etiquette & Protocol
(3) Credit Hours
The study of social behavior develops awareness on the condition of one’s personality, emotional characteristics and metal capacities. It shall focus on the character development in relation to the environment of professionals in the PR industry.
Course Code |
PRA405 |
Course Title |
Etiquette & Protocol |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The study of social behavior develops awareness on the condition of one’s personality, emotional characteristics and metal capacities. It shall focus on the character development in relation to the environment of professionals in the PR industry. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA406 Production of PR Material (2)
(3) Credit Hours
Students learn the PR production techniques and practical skills of press release, invitations, magazine and flyers.
Course Code |
PRA406 |
Course Title |
Production of PR Material (2) |
Pre-requisite |
PRA206 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Students learn the PR production techniques and practical skills of press release, invitations, magazine and flyers. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA407 Graduation Project
(3) Credit Hours
Projects are chosen in consultation with an instructor and intended for pursuit by a student (or group of students) interested in the direct application of the theories and principles contained in the Communication Studies program.
Course Code |
PRA407 |
Course Title |
Graduation Project |
Pre-requisite |
PRA307 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Projects are chosen in consultation with an instructor and intended for pursuit by a student (or group of students) interested in the direct application of the theories and principles contained in the Communication Studies program. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA408 Public Opinion
(3) Credit Hours
This is a reading course on the mainstream of research about elections and public opinion. The focus tends to be on material originating in and concerned with the United States, but due attention is paid to classic work from or on other countries, and the propositions are meant to be quite general. Historical, social, or institutional context intrude mainly as they are necessary to test or condition otherwise general propositions.
Course Code |
PRA408 |
Course Title |
Public Opinion |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a reading course on the mainstream of research about elections and public opinion. The focus tends to be on material originating in and concerned with the United States, but due attention is paid to classic work from or on other countries, and the propositions are meant to be quite general. Historical, social, or institutional context intrude mainly as they are necessary to test or condition otherwise general propositions. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA409 Negotiations Skills
(3) Credit Hours
This course builds on existing negotiation skills and techniques in a union context. It addresses important issues such as planning and preparation, body language, questioning skills, motivational factors and provides a four phased model for negotiation.
Course Code |
PRA409 |
Course Title |
Negotiations Skills |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course builds on existing negotiation skills and techniques in a union context. It addresses important issues such as planning and preparation, body language, questioning skills, motivational factors and provides a four phased model for negotiation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
PRA410 PR and Social Change
(3) Credit Hours
This course teaches how to develop theoretical interpretations of the social and political forces dominating the decade and examines the forms of persuasion that these forces bring to life. Special emphasis will be given to political leadership, pressures for social change, foreign policy, and transformations in the theoretical environment.
Course Code |
PRA410 |
Course Title |
PR and Social Change |
Pre-requisite |
PRA305 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course teaches how to develop theoretical interpretations of the social and political forces dominating the decade and examines the forms of persuasion that these forces bring to life. Special emphasis will be given to political leadership, pressures for social change, foreign policy, and transformations in the theoretical environment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
RTV201 Media Topic in English
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides students with the structures and presses associated with effective academic and media English writing & speaking, and the new communication theories.
Course Code |
RTV201 |
Course Title |
Media Topic in English |
Pre-requisite |
EL112 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides students with the structures and presses associated with effective academic and media English writing & speaking, and the new communication theories. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
RTV202 Translation
(3) Credit Hours
The basic theory and practice of media translation, both written and visual. Students will learn to apply media text analysis, text typology, and contrastive analysis of their working languages to identify, analyze, and resolve translation problems while independently developing an efficient and rational approach to the process of translation.
Course Code |
RTV202 |
Course Title |
Translation |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The basic theory and practice of media translation, both written and visual. Students will learn to apply media text analysis, text typology, and contrastive analysis of their working languages to identify, analyze, and resolve translation problems while independently developing an efficient and rational approach to the process of translation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
RTV203 Writing for Radio and Television
(3) Credit Hours
This course teaches basic writing for electronic media. It includes news, features reportage, press releases and advertisements. Emphasis is placed on news, features and how students must submit samples of their writing of any one of the genres mentioned above.
Course Code |
RTV203 |
Course Title |
Writing for Radio and Television |
Pre-requisite |
MGN102 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course teaches basic writing for electronic media. It includes news, features reportage, press releases and advertisements. Emphasis is placed on news, features and how students must submit samples of their writing of any one of the genres mentioned above. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
RTV204 Phonetics & Announcement
(3) Credit Hours
Explores the study of and involves practice in the techniques, duties, and tasks of the radio and television announcer; emphasis is placed on acquiring skills in analysis of copy, interpretation, and communication in a variety of speaking roles in front of the microphone and the camera.
Course Code |
RTV204 |
Course Title |
Phonetics & Announcement |
Pre-requisite |
- |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Explores the study of and involves practice in the techniques, duties, and tasks of the radio and television announcer; emphasis is placed on acquiring skills in analysis of copy, interpretation, and communication in a variety of speaking roles in front of the microphone and the camera. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
RTV205 Radio & Television Production
(3) Credit Hours
The course involves a laboratory study of the basics of audio and radio & television, and in Production; conducting informal interviews; script writing for radio commercials and announcements; the implementation of format and the evaluation of studio performance.
Course Code |
RTV205 |
Course Title |
Radio & Television Production |
Pre-requisite |
MGN102 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course involves a laboratory study of the basics of audio and radio & television, and in Production; conducting informal interviews; script writing for radio commercials and announcements; the implementation of format and the evaluation of studio performance. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
RTV206 Specialized Broadcasting
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to give students the basic elementary skills to work in specialized Radio & Broadcasting. Students are able to select and specialise in either radio or TV or in a different field, e.g. sports, gender, kids, music, drama….etc.
Course Code |
RTV206 |
Course Title |
Specialized Broadcasting |
Pre-requisite |
MGN102 |
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to give students the basic elementary skills to work in specialized Radio & Broadcasting. Students are able to select and specialise in either radio or TV or in a different field, e.g. sports, gender, kids, music, drama….etc. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 101 Reading for the deaf
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims to familiarize deaf and hard of hearing students with reasons and circumstances that lead to deteriorate their educational levels particularly in reading, introduce the historical development of instructing them reading, and analyze the stages of education and pre - education since their birth in learning to read, Train deaf and hard of hearing students on methods of detecting their reading defects, improving their reading level. This course aims also to provide them with a set of guidance and guidance to help them overcome the problems of reading and the adoption of innovative programs.
Course Code |
DF 101 |
Course Title |
Reading for the deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims to familiarize deaf and hard of hearing students with reasons and circumstances that lead to deteriorate their educational levels particularly in reading, introduce the historical development of instructing them reading, and analyze the stages of education and pre - education since their birth in learning to read, Train deaf and hard of hearing students on methods of detecting their reading defects, improving their reading level. This course aims also to provide them with a set of guidance and guidance to help them overcome the problems of reading and the adoption of innovative programs. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 102 Islamic Education for Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to define deaf and hard of hearing students with all Islamic issues in a way that suits the needs of the deaf and hearing-impaired students. This course also aims to reply to all their inquiries about religious issues such as heritage, marriage issues, social relationships, and understanding the Islamic economy. This course aims to define the concept and characteristics of society and family in Islam. Additionally, it provides students with the skills of negotiation and dialogue as methods of dealing with the community and the family. This course introduces the student to the prayer of ascites, Aid and funeral, the rules of engagement, marriage and divorce, ways and means of enhancing social and family life and stability, as well as the rights of parents, neighbors and the rights of Muslims. This course also aims to help students recognize the most important issues and challenges of contemporary society.
Course Code |
DF 102 |
Course Title |
Islamic Education for Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to define deaf and hard of hearing students with all Islamic issues in a way that suits the needs of the deaf and hearing-impaired students. This course also aims to reply to all their inquiries about religious issues such as heritage, marriage issues, social relationships, and understanding the Islamic economy. This course aims to define the concept and characteristics of society and family in Islam. Additionally, it provides students with the skills of negotiation and dialogue as methods of dealing with the community and the family. This course introduces the student to the prayer of ascites, Aid and funeral, the rules of engagement, marriage and divorce, ways and means of enhancing social and family life and stability, as well as the rights of parents, neighbors and the rights of Muslims. This course also aims to help students recognize the most important issues and challenges of contemporary society. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 103 Arabic Language Skills
(2) Credit Hours
This course in all its levels deals the language skills in a balanced way and gradually in away that suits the development and the growth of students as well as their thinking level. Instruction the language skills should take into consideration the psychological and mental characteristics, and suits their readiness and capacities. It also should meets their needs and ambition. This course aims to achieve the communication objectives, enable them to acquire an appropriate level of linguistic, communicative, and cultural competency. This course also focuses on the uses of the functional language rather than grammatical and syntactical ones which their normal equivalents learn. It is important to mention that it is significant to acquire the deaf and the hard of hearing students the functional language rather than grammar and syntactic.
Course Code |
DF 103 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language Skills |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course in all its levels deals the language skills in a balanced way and gradually in away that suits the development and the growth of students as well as their thinking level. Instruction the language skills should take into consideration the psychological and mental characteristics, and suits their readiness and capacities. It also should meets their needs and ambition. This course aims to achieve the communication objectives, enable them to acquire an appropriate level of linguistic, communicative, and cultural competency. This course also focuses on the uses of the functional language rather than grammatical and syntactical ones which their normal equivalents learn. It is important to mention that it is significant to acquire the deaf and the hard of hearing students the functional language rather than grammar and syntactic. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 104 Self-Learning Skills for the Deaf
(2) Credit Hours
This course deals with the methods and strategies of thinking used by the individual in dealing with all aspects of life, whether educational, social or professional. it also focuses on developing psychological skills and helping students to increase their abilities to solve the specific problems they face as well as providing students with new ways that rely on flexibility and richness, with a special focus on the characteristics of deafness as a basis for choosing these methods. This course mainly aims at developing students’ skills of analysis the problematic situation and reduce its negative effects, skills of developing performance , flexibility of learing and study, self-development and self-evaluation skills. This course also provides deaf and hearing impaired students with skills to help them adapt to the school environment and their requirements and achieve appropriate rates of academic success.
Course Code |
DF 104 |
Course Title |
Self-Learning Skills for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the methods and strategies of thinking used by the individual in dealing with all aspects of life, whether educational, social or professional. it also focuses on developing psychological skills and helping students to increase their abilities to solve the specific problems they face as well as providing students with new ways that rely on flexibility and richness, with a special focus on the characteristics of deafness as a basis for choosing these methods. This course mainly aims at developing students’ skills of analysis the problematic situation and reduce its negative effects, skills of developing performance , flexibility of learing and study, self-development and self-evaluation skills. This course also provides deaf and hearing impaired students with skills to help them adapt to the school environment and their requirements and achieve appropriate rates of academic success. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 105 History of Deaf Education
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable the deaf students to learn about the efforts of the Arab countries in general and the country in which the student studies the program in particular, so that they will receive sufficient information about the efforts of states, governmental institutions and civil society organizations to provide educational and rehabilitation opportunities for the deaf students. This course also aims to identify the future plans of these countries with all their institutions so that they can benefit from them educationally and functionally. This course contains topics dealing with the development of the education of the Deaf people in Arab countries, which provide services and exert efforts to the Deaf and identifying the promising future aspirations for the development of these efforts. This course also provides a model for the development of efforts in the education of Deaf people at the university level, especially in Saudi Arabia, as it is the first country that establish a university education program to deaf students in the region.
Course Code |
DF 105 |
Course Title |
History of Deaf Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable the deaf students to learn about the efforts of the Arab countries in general and the country in which the student studies the program in particular, so that they will receive sufficient information about the efforts of states, governmental institutions and civil society organizations to provide educational and rehabilitation opportunities for the deaf students. This course also aims to identify the future plans of these countries with all their institutions so that they can benefit from them educationally and functionally. This course contains topics dealing with the development of the education of the Deaf people in Arab countries, which provide services and exert efforts to the Deaf and identifying the promising future aspirations for the development of these efforts. This course also provides a model for the development of efforts in the education of Deaf people at the university level, especially in Saudi Arabia, as it is the first country that establish a university education program to deaf students in the region. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 106 Employment of technology in Deaf Education
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to familiarize students with how to employ educational technology in the instructional situation, know what hard of hearing diagnosis technology, and the bases of their employment in the educational situation, and know the technological devices used while dealing with hearing disability, as well as introducing program that transfer the sign language into written language and vice versa, as well as expanding employing them. This course also aims to know the interactive optical techniques (digital cameras, virtual life).
Course Code |
DF 106 |
Course Title |
Employment of technology in Deaf Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to familiarize students with how to employ educational technology in the instructional situation, know what hard of hearing diagnosis technology, and the bases of their employment in the educational situation, and know the technological devices used while dealing with hearing disability, as well as introducing program that transfer the sign language into written language and vice versa, as well as expanding employing them. This course also aims to know the interactive optical techniques (digital cameras, virtual life). |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 110 Writing for Deaf and Hard of Hearing
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims at identifying the reasons and conditions that lead to deteriorate deaf and hearing-impaired students’ levels of learning writing from birth to the present. Define deaf and hearing-impaired students on the causes and conditions that led to the deterioration of their educational levels, especially in writing. This course also aims to define the deaf and hearing-impaired students with the historical development they experienced in their teaching writing. This course focuses on training deaf and hard of hearing students on methods of discovering the writing defects, and how to improve it. This course aims also to provide them with a set of guidance and guidance to help them overcome the problems of reading and the adoption of innovative programs.
Course Code |
DF 110 |
Course Title |
Writing for Deaf and Hard of Hearing |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims at identifying the reasons and conditions that lead to deteriorate deaf and hearing-impaired students’ levels of learning writing from birth to the present. Define deaf and hearing-impaired students on the causes and conditions that led to the deterioration of their educational levels, especially in writing. This course also aims to define the deaf and hearing-impaired students with the historical development they experienced in their teaching writing. This course focuses on training deaf and hard of hearing students on methods of discovering the writing defects, and how to improve it. This course aims also to provide them with a set of guidance and guidance to help them overcome the problems of reading and the adoption of innovative programs. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 111 Arabic Language Skills (2)
(2) Credit Hours
The content of this course is to continue what students have already studied in the previous level, the course deals the language skills in a balanced way and gradually in a way that suits the development and the growth of students as well as their thinking level. Instruction the language skills should take into consideration the psychological and mental characteristics, and suits their readiness and capacities. It also should meet their needs and ambition. This course focuses on the uses of the functional language rather than grammatical and syntactical ones which their normal equivalents learn. It is important to mention that it is significant to acquire the deaf and the hard of hearing students the functional language rather than grammar and syntactic. By the end of this level, it is expected that the deaf and hard of hearing students will be able to differentiate between the types of verbs, and other kinds of structures.
Course Code |
DF 111 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language Skills (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
The content of this course is to continue what students have already studied in the previous level, the course deals the language skills in a balanced way and gradually in a way that suits the development and the growth of students as well as their thinking level. Instruction the language skills should take into consideration the psychological and mental characteristics, and suits their readiness and capacities. It also should meet their needs and ambition. This course focuses on the uses of the functional language rather than grammatical and syntactical ones which their normal equivalents learn. It is important to mention that it is significant to acquire the deaf and the hard of hearing students the functional language rather than grammar and syntactic. By the end of this level, it is expected that the deaf and hard of hearing students will be able to differentiate between the types of verbs, and other kinds of structures. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 112 Communication Skills in English (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at providing students with the basic skills of oral and written communication in English. At the end of the course, the student will acquire some secondary skills such as using letters, words and English reference to obtain certain information and use the vocabulary correctly in different social situations. This course also aims at providing deaf and hearing impaired students with a set of terms and phrases that help the deaf and hearing impaired deal appropriately with other in social and official situations as well as dealing with people in governmental bodies and institutions which English language is an official one. This course enables students to understand and translate vocabulary, terms and phrases in English that help him to interact with the working environment and with the largest number of situations such as travel, treatment and study abroad.
Course Code |
DF 112 |
Course Title |
Communication Skills in English (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at providing students with the basic skills of oral and written communication in English. At the end of the course, the student will acquire some secondary skills such as using letters, words and English reference to obtain certain information and use the vocabulary correctly in different social situations. This course also aims at providing deaf and hearing impaired students with a set of terms and phrases that help the deaf and hearing impaired deal appropriately with other in social and official situations as well as dealing with people in governmental bodies and institutions which English language is an official one. This course enables students to understand and translate vocabulary, terms and phrases in English that help him to interact with the working environment and with the largest number of situations such as travel, treatment and study abroad. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 113 Health and Food
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide deaf and hard of hearing students with healthy and nutritional information which they need, and help them to encounter the problems of malnutrition and Obesity. This course also aims to help students to be familiar with the nutritional attributes of food and its importance to the body of human being to be healthy. The course focuses on how to select the appropriate food, its quantity, preparation, and time of having it. This course aims to introduce the services that different governmental and non-governmental provided especially those related to health, medicine, well-being of the deaf and hard of hearing students.
Course Code |
DF 113 |
Course Title |
Health and Food |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide deaf and hard of hearing students with healthy and nutritional information which they need, and help them to encounter the problems of malnutrition and Obesity. This course also aims to help students to be familiar with the nutritional attributes of food and its importance to the body of human being to be healthy. The course focuses on how to select the appropriate food, its quantity, preparation, and time of having it. This course aims to introduce the services that different governmental and non-governmental provided especially those related to health, medicine, well-being of the deaf and hard of hearing students. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 114 Hearing Science
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide scientific information that explains how hearing is performed through the dissection of areas responsible for hearing. It also aims to identify the causes of hearing impairment from the reality of deaf and hearing-impaired people. It also aims at understanding the methods of diagnosis of auditory disabilities and treatment methods followed with a case-by-case Understanding the causes that lead to hearing impairment, both physiological, health, social and educational. This course also focuses on the medical interventions like cochlear implantation or installation of digital devices and others.
Course Code |
DF 114 |
Course Title |
Hearing Science |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide scientific information that explains how hearing is performed through the dissection of areas responsible for hearing. It also aims to identify the causes of hearing impairment from the reality of deaf and hearing-impaired people. It also aims at understanding the methods of diagnosis of auditory disabilities and treatment methods followed with a case-by-case Understanding the causes that lead to hearing impairment, both physiological, health, social and educational. This course also focuses on the medical interventions like cochlear implantation or installation of digital devices and others. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 115 Self-learning Skills for Deaf (2)
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop deaf students' skills through training in strategies for dealing with others and groups in the community and abroad, to increase self-confidence, work under pressure and accept and understand the others' differences. It also focuses on the development of self-management skills, self-control and control of emotions and anger. This course aims at developing the skills of Self-assessment and evaluation of others, developing interpersonal skills and understanding others, risk-encountering skills, feasibility studies and project management. This course also focuses on marriage skills, family formation, bringing up children and social relations development.
This course is concerned with a set of mechanisms based on the survey of the needs of deaf students so that the priority is given to the basic skills they mainly need using workshops, specialized training courses and mini-modules.
Course Code |
DF 115 |
Course Title |
Self-learning Skills for Deaf (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop deaf students' skills through training in strategies for dealing with others and groups in the community and abroad, to increase self-confidence, work under pressure and accept and understand the others' differences. It also focuses on the development of self-management skills, self-control and control of emotions and anger. This course aims at developing the skills of Self-assessment and evaluation of others, developing interpersonal skills and understanding others, risk-encountering skills, feasibility studies and project management. This course also focuses on marriage skills, family formation, bringing up children and social relations development.
This course is concerned with a set of mechanisms based on the survey of the needs of deaf students so that the priority is given to the basic skills they mainly need using workshops, specialized training courses and mini-modules. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 201 Writing Communication Skills for the Deaf (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at developing writing skills of the deaf and hard of hearing by training the deaf how to use writing texts programs. These exercises depend on the deafs' abilities to do the self-visual scanning, and interacting with the interactive books and video. This course considers a remedial one for those who have writing difficulties in spite of that the deaf students do not have difficulties in writing.
Course Code |
DF 201 |
Course Title |
Writing Communication Skills for the Deaf (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at developing writing skills of the deaf and hard of hearing by training the deaf how to use writing texts programs. These exercises depend on the deafs' abilities to do the self-visual scanning, and interacting with the interactive books and video. This course considers a remedial one for those who have writing difficulties in spite of that the deaf students do not have difficulties in writing. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 202 Arabic Language Skills (3)
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims at providing deaf and hard of hearing students with some amount of functional language information that students could use in all life situations particularly writing them, and developing their reading comprehension skills so that students could read language texts correctly. This course is considered a kind of development of the language skills acquired in the previous level. The course deals the language skills in a balanced way and gradually in a way that suits the development and the growth of students as well as their thinking level. Instruction the language skills should take into consideration the psychological and mental characteristics, and suits their readiness and capacities. It also should meet their needs and ambition. Therefore, at this level the main focus is to provide deaf and hearing impaired students with linguistic knowledge and skills that help them to read and write in an easy, correct and uncomplicated manner, for example, students can write subjects in its diverse cases, and according to its pronouns in simple structures and sentences.
Course Code |
DF 202 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language Skills (3) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims at providing deaf and hard of hearing students with some amount of functional language information that students could use in all life situations particularly writing them, and developing their reading comprehension skills so that students could read language texts correctly. This course is considered a kind of development of the language skills acquired in the previous level. The course deals the language skills in a balanced way and gradually in a way that suits the development and the growth of students as well as their thinking level. Instruction the language skills should take into consideration the psychological and mental characteristics, and suits their readiness and capacities. It also should meet their needs and ambition. Therefore, at this level the main focus is to provide deaf and hearing impaired students with linguistic knowledge and skills that help them to read and write in an easy, correct and uncomplicated manner, for example, students can write subjects in its diverse cases, and according to its pronouns in simple structures and sentences. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 203 Communication Skills in English (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course in its second part of the English course levels, which students studied in the first semester of the previous year aims at developing deaf and hard of hearing students' skills of conversation by training them in basic rules of conversation, reading short and varied sentences, developing reading skills and good writing skills After the revision of the basic rules of the tenses and articles, prepositions and linking words. This course also aims to focus on how to use the tenses in English language appropriately, and the use of nouns, conditionals, and comparisons. The course also includes exercises and assignments that allow students to overcome the obstacles they encounter and to learn advanced grammar skills.
It aims to use English in important social situations such as hotels, airports, and public places to be able to adapt with the society.
Course Code |
DF 203 |
Course Title |
Communication Skills in English (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course in its second part of the English course levels, which students studied in the first semester of the previous year aims at developing deaf and hard of hearing students' skills of conversation by training them in basic rules of conversation, reading short and varied sentences, developing reading skills and good writing skills After the revision of the basic rules of the tenses and articles, prepositions and linking words. This course also aims to focus on how to use the tenses in English language appropriately, and the use of nouns, conditionals, and comparisons. The course also includes exercises and assignments that allow students to overcome the obstacles they encounter and to learn advanced grammar skills.
It aims to use English in important social situations such as hotels, airports, and public places to be able to adapt with the society. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 204 Introduction to Deaf Habilitating
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide deaf students with knowledge related to the integrated and comprehensive concept of the process of rehabilitation, its types, and its different programs as well as its stages and the steps of rehabilitation. This course also aims to provide the deaf and hard of hearing students with skills that help students to adapt with the working environment, its demands, and achieve high levels of professional success and rising their awareness of the rules and regulations of the profession.
Course Code |
DF 204 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Deaf Habilitating |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide deaf students with knowledge related to the integrated and comprehensive concept of the process of rehabilitation, its types, and its different programs as well as its stages and the steps of rehabilitation. This course also aims to provide the deaf and hard of hearing students with skills that help students to adapt with the working environment, its demands, and achieve high levels of professional success and rising their awareness of the rules and regulations of the profession. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 205 National education for the deaf (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at building the students' loyalty, social responsibility, upholding values and principles, enhancing morals and virtues. This course also focuses on supporting the participation in the good work activities helping others, protecting their homeland in ganger times. This course aims also at raising students' awareness about their homelands' issues, protecting its institutions, creative participation in building their future, and proposing new solutions for its problems, more interest in developing the local communities, providing services, for the disabled persons. This course focuses on preparing effective staff in the social, economic, and political field.
Course Code |
DF 205 |
Course Title |
National education for the deaf (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at building the students' loyalty, social responsibility, upholding values and principles, enhancing morals and virtues. This course also focuses on supporting the participation in the good work activities helping others, protecting their homeland in ganger times. This course aims also at raising students' awareness about their homelands' issues, protecting its institutions, creative participation in building their future, and proposing new solutions for its problems, more interest in developing the local communities, providing services, for the disabled persons. This course focuses on preparing effective staff in the social, economic, and political field. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 206 Art Education for the Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to train deaf students on a range of arts and practical skills that develop their mental, practical and functional abilities. This course includes practical courses and applied projects in plastic arts, decoration, handicrafts, carpentry, maintenance of electrical and electronic devices, and training in the establishment of small industrial projects. This course aims to organize production and marketing exhibitions for deaf students at the end of the semester.
Course Code |
DF 206 |
Course Title |
Art Education for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to train deaf students on a range of arts and practical skills that develop their mental, practical and functional abilities. This course includes practical courses and applied projects in plastic arts, decoration, handicrafts, carpentry, maintenance of electrical and electronic devices, and training in the establishment of small industrial projects. This course aims to organize production and marketing exhibitions for deaf students at the end of the semester. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 210 Writing Communication Skills For Deaf (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This is the second level of written communication skills, it is based on the development of communication skills and increased life situations that use written communication skills, as well as workshops and models of microteaching. This course also shows the attitudes that’s the deaf students could havein his social and professional life and how to confront sing written communication skills. Students are also trained on a range of field visits to practice these skills.
Course Code |
DF 210 |
Course Title |
Writing Communication Skills For Deaf (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is the second level of written communication skills, it is based on the development of communication skills and increased life situations that use written communication skills, as well as workshops and models of microteaching. This course also shows the attitudes that’s the deaf students could havein his social and professional life and how to confront sing written communication skills. Students are also trained on a range of field visits to practice these skills. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 211 Arabic Language Skills (4)
(2) Credit Hours
At this level, the course provides students some amount of functional language information that students could use in all real life situations and students could write about them. This course also aims to develop students' reading comprehension skills so as to read many language texts correctly. Therefore, at this level, the course focuses on providing deaf and hearing impaired students with linguistic knowledge and skills that help them to read and write in an easy, correct and uncomplicated manner.
Course Code |
DF 211 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language Skills (4) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
At this level, the course provides students some amount of functional language information that students could use in all real life situations and students could write about them. This course also aims to develop students' reading comprehension skills so as to read many language texts correctly. Therefore, at this level, the course focuses on providing deaf and hearing impaired students with linguistic knowledge and skills that help them to read and write in an easy, correct and uncomplicated manner. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 212 Developmental Psychology
(3) Credit Hours
This course examines the theories of growth in various stages of human development and includes physiological, cognitive, economic, social and personal aspects. The focus of this course is on the life of the deaf in the family and the role of society in caring for him during his life stages, especially the educational, professional and social services. This course aims to provide the student with information and knowledge relevant to the nature of developmental processes in different stages of the individual's life and the influence of the factors of the environment through which he grows in determining the course of growth and emphasizing the impact of the family and social environment, highlighting the importance of his experience in the family and the school. This course aims to develop the theories of growth psychology, its perceptions and methods applied in practical life. It also aims to familiarize students with some of the professional applications of childhood psychology, adolescence, guidance, aging, and enable them to recognize their status in education and society.
Course Code |
DF 212 |
Course Title |
Developmental Psychology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course examines the theories of growth in various stages of human development and includes physiological, cognitive, economic, social and personal aspects. The focus of this course is on the life of the deaf in the family and the role of society in caring for him during his life stages, especially the educational, professional and social services. This course aims to provide the student with information and knowledge relevant to the nature of developmental processes in different stages of the individual's life and the influence of the factors of the environment through which he grows in determining the course of growth and emphasizing the impact of the family and social environment, highlighting the importance of his experience in the family and the school. This course aims to develop the theories of growth psychology, its perceptions and methods applied in practical life. It also aims to familiarize students with some of the professional applications of childhood psychology, adolescence, guidance, aging, and enable them to recognize their status in education and society. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 213 Social Sciences for the Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable deaf students to learn about social, economic and political issues in Arab countries. This course also aims to increase the affiliation and active participation in the service of the Arab community as a whole and the community to which he belongs and the local community close to him. This course also contributes to increasing deaf students' understanding of the problems they face at the family level and at the level of social relations. In addition to that, This course aims at increasing knowledge of the geographical, natural, demographic, economic, political and historical variables of the Arab countries. It also gives students an overview of the rights and duties that every good citizen must know in his community. Teaching is done through a series of films, maps, tables and illustrative forms of these issues.
Course Code |
DF 213 |
Course Title |
Social Sciences for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable deaf students to learn about social, economic and political issues in Arab countries. This course also aims to increase the affiliation and active participation in the service of the Arab community as a whole and the community to which he belongs and the local community close to him. This course also contributes to increasing deaf students' understanding of the problems they face at the family level and at the level of social relations. In addition to that, This course aims at increasing knowledge of the geographical, natural, demographic, economic, political and historical variables of the Arab countries. It also gives students an overview of the rights and duties that every good citizen must know in his community. Teaching is done through a series of films, maps, tables and illustrative forms of these issues. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 214 Language development and functional oral language
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with the concept of linguistic development of ordinary people and people with special needs with a focus on the linguistic development of the deaf. This course also aims at identifying the effects of hearing loss and weakness. The course mainly focuses on the role of educational institutions in the development of sign language and language problems, and the methods that contribute to lessening the linguistic weakness of the deaf, and being familiar with the professional sign language , and its importance in decreasing the language weaknesses in the life of the deaf and hard of hearing students.
Course Code |
DF 214 |
Course Title |
Language development and functional oral language |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the concept of linguistic development of ordinary people and people with special needs with a focus on the linguistic development of the deaf. This course also aims at identifying the effects of hearing loss and weakness. The course mainly focuses on the role of educational institutions in the development of sign language and language problems, and the methods that contribute to lessening the linguistic weakness of the deaf, and being familiar with the professional sign language , and its importance in decreasing the language weaknesses in the life of the deaf and hard of hearing students. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 215 Introduction to the Science of Interpretation
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at spotting more light on how to understand the general issues in the national, regional, and international levels, particularly those affect us now and in the future, and deaf and hard of hearing students need to understand them and how to deal with them. This course mainly aims to help the deaf and hard of learning students understand international issues like problems of pollution, famine, and drought, serious diseases, political and economic crisis, terrorism, unemployment, refugees and illegal immigration. This course aims to train the deaf and hard of hearing students to use the scientific methodology to understand the problems and the general issues, and know their causes and negative effects. This course also aims at knowing the way of dealing with these issues and solutions that could be presented by students, This course also aims at developing discussion skills of these skills through sessions of interactive dialogue by using such techniques like brain storming.
Course Code |
DF 215 |
Course Title |
Introduction to the Science of Interpretation |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at spotting more light on how to understand the general issues in the national, regional, and international levels, particularly those affect us now and in the future, and deaf and hard of hearing students need to understand them and how to deal with them. This course mainly aims to help the deaf and hard of learning students understand international issues like problems of pollution, famine, and drought, serious diseases, political and economic crisis, terrorism, unemployment, refugees and illegal immigration. This course aims to train the deaf and hard of hearing students to use the scientific methodology to understand the problems and the general issues, and know their causes and negative effects. This course also aims at knowing the way of dealing with these issues and solutions that could be presented by students, This course also aims at developing discussion skills of these skills through sessions of interactive dialogue by using such techniques like brain storming. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 301 Psychology Learning and Instructional sciences
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at providing definitions of learning and teaching processes and determining factors contributing to learning and theories explaining the phenomenon of learning especially learning to people with special needs, especially deaf and hearing impaired. This course also aims at enabling the deaf students to use the principles of learning and learning psychology to achieve their professional and social goals, enabling them to acquire modern psychological knowledge and their applications in different areas of life. Develop their performance in order to improve their ways of gaining knowledge and its applications and developing their performance in order to improve their ways of acquiring of knowledge. This course focuses on raising the awareness of students with the importance and the value of learning in the light of rules, the psychological principles, and reach them to the level of learning how to learn.
Course Code |
DF 301 |
Course Title |
Psychology Learning and Instructional sciences |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at providing definitions of learning and teaching processes and determining factors contributing to learning and theories explaining the phenomenon of learning especially learning to people with special needs, especially deaf and hearing impaired. This course also aims at enabling the deaf students to use the principles of learning and learning psychology to achieve their professional and social goals, enabling them to acquire modern psychological knowledge and their applications in different areas of life. Develop their performance in order to improve their ways of gaining knowledge and its applications and developing their performance in order to improve their ways of acquiring of knowledge. This course focuses on raising the awareness of students with the importance and the value of learning in the light of rules, the psychological principles, and reach them to the level of learning how to learn. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 302 Arabic language skills for the deaf (5)
(2) Credit Hours
This is the fifth level after finishing the previous four levels of Arabic language series for students of this program. This course deals with the linguistic skills in an integrated and balanced way. It involves various activities and linguistic practices. It is hoped that the deaf or hard of hearing students reach to an advanced level in the skills of reading and writing. This will enable them to use Arabic language to meet their needs, communicate effectively, with their normal peers, and interact with them. It is also aimed to enable students understand the various reading texts, that have social, cultural, and administrative implications, and to be understood by deaf and hard of hearing students.
Course Code |
DF 302 |
Course Title |
Arabic language skills for the deaf (5) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This is the fifth level after finishing the previous four levels of Arabic language series for students of this program. This course deals with the linguistic skills in an integrated and balanced way. It involves various activities and linguistic practices. It is hoped that the deaf or hard of hearing students reach to an advanced level in the skills of reading and writing. This will enable them to use Arabic language to meet their needs, communicate effectively, with their normal peers, and interact with them. It is also aimed to enable students understand the various reading texts, that have social, cultural, and administrative implications, and to be understood by deaf and hard of hearing students. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 303 Translation of Terms and Text
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to increase the information of students including terms and texts related to jobs and works, whether in Arabic or English through the provision of simplified and varied texts that address the interests of deaf and hard of hearing students. Translation is not intended to be a translation from English or other languages. However, it is intended to train students on texts such as those relating to professional laws, methods of dealing with regulations, the use of machines, follow-up of the latest products and markets, and recent news in professions and businesses. This course also aims to focus on the most important issues in terms of careers. The training is to be translated in a language that deaf and hearing impaired can deal with; we may rely heavily on sign language to simplify these terms and texts.
Course Code |
DF 303 |
Course Title |
Translation of Terms and Text |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to increase the information of students including terms and texts related to jobs and works, whether in Arabic or English through the provision of simplified and varied texts that address the interests of deaf and hard of hearing students. Translation is not intended to be a translation from English or other languages. However, it is intended to train students on texts such as those relating to professional laws, methods of dealing with regulations, the use of machines, follow-up of the latest products and markets, and recent news in professions and businesses. This course also aims to focus on the most important issues in terms of careers. The training is to be translated in a language that deaf and hearing impaired can deal with; we may rely heavily on sign language to simplify these terms and texts. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 304 Education and Communication Technology
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable the deaf student to know concepts associated with communication processes, its means and the development of communication techniques. This course aims to provide deaf students with models and ways of communication between individuals and groups, and between the individual and the local and global community. This course aims to provide recent information on the methods of communication between deaf people through global sites to increase awareness of the deaf culture around the world.
Course Code |
DF 304 |
Course Title |
Education and Communication Technology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable the deaf student to know concepts associated with communication processes, its means and the development of communication techniques. This course aims to provide deaf students with models and ways of communication between individuals and groups, and between the individual and the local and global community. This course aims to provide recent information on the methods of communication between deaf people through global sites to increase awareness of the deaf culture around the world. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 305 Management of Work Environment
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable the deaf student to know the requirements of dealing with the work environment, especially with the changing work environment and the quality of work. This course also aims to familiarize Deaf and hearing-impaired students with the elements of this environment and with the possibility of encountering negative aspects in dealing with them. This course also includes introducing the administrative and organizational aspects related to the tasks of their work to achieve an appropriate functional environment. The course aims at providing the deaf student with the knowledge, skills and experiences that make him a successful element in his work and not on him. This course aims to train students on how to deal intelligently with the characteristics of the human and material work environment and the ability to communicate and communicate with others in the work site. There are qualitative goals that are distributed throughout the course of the book, which are integrated in their terms, dimensions and fields to achieve the general goal.
Course Code |
DF 305 |
Course Title |
Management of Work Environment |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable the deaf student to know the requirements of dealing with the work environment, especially with the changing work environment and the quality of work. This course also aims to familiarize Deaf and hearing-impaired students with the elements of this environment and with the possibility of encountering negative aspects in dealing with them. This course also includes introducing the administrative and organizational aspects related to the tasks of their work to achieve an appropriate functional environment. The course aims at providing the deaf student with the knowledge, skills and experiences that make him a successful element in his work and not on him. This course aims to train students on how to deal intelligently with the characteristics of the human and material work environment and the ability to communicate and communicate with others in the work site. There are qualitative goals that are distributed throughout the course of the book, which are integrated in their terms, dimensions and fields to achieve the general goal. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 306 Community services for the Deaf
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims to investigate the nature of the needs of the Deaf community and determines how to deal with them starting from the family, school and the local community, determining the role of the media in disseminating the appropriate culture about the deaf, paying attention to sign language education in state institutions, especially the Ministries of Education and Higher Education, the Ministry of Labor and Tourism, centers of sale, purchase and entertainment centers. The Ministry of Awqaf and other government departments whose services relate to the deaf. This course also aims to show more interest in the development of assistive technologies and scientific research in the field of medical services for the treatment of hearing impairment.
Course Code |
DF 306 |
Course Title |
Community services for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims to investigate the nature of the needs of the Deaf community and determines how to deal with them starting from the family, school and the local community, determining the role of the media in disseminating the appropriate culture about the deaf, paying attention to sign language education in state institutions, especially the Ministries of Education and Higher Education, the Ministry of Labor and Tourism, centers of sale, purchase and entertainment centers. The Ministry of Awqaf and other government departments whose services relate to the deaf. This course also aims to show more interest in the development of assistive technologies and scientific research in the field of medical services for the treatment of hearing impairment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 310 Psychological Counseling and guidance for the Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide the required skills to help the deaf and hearing impaired to deal with psychological problems and how to overcome them. This course aims to emphasize on family and community care centers and the rights and duties of the deaf in the society. This course also aims at providing a range of guidance programs appropriate to the problems of deafness, especially problems related to the lack of audio and verbal functions.
The topics addressed in this course include the problems of social, psychological and educational adjustment of the deaf and the hearing impaired, and the identification of the consequences of maltreatment and problems resulting from mutual misunderstanding between the deaf and hearing-impaired community. The course also deals with theories, principles and laws explaining the psychological disorders and developmental and non-developmental mental illnesses that occur to humans.
Course Code |
DF 310 |
Course Title |
Psychological Counseling and guidance for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide the required skills to help the deaf and hearing impaired to deal with psychological problems and how to overcome them. This course aims to emphasize on family and community care centers and the rights and duties of the deaf in the society. This course also aims at providing a range of guidance programs appropriate to the problems of deafness, especially problems related to the lack of audio and verbal functions.
The topics addressed in this course include the problems of social, psychological and educational adjustment of the deaf and the hearing impaired, and the identification of the consequences of maltreatment and problems resulting from mutual misunderstanding between the deaf and hearing-impaired community. The course also deals with theories, principles and laws explaining the psychological disorders and developmental and non-developmental mental illnesses that occur to humans. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 311 Arabic language skills for the Deaf (6)
(2) Credit Hours
This is the sixth level in which students start acquiring deep linguistic skills especially reading and writing after finishing the previous five levels of Arabic language course in the program. Students receive in this level more intensive and non-classroom linguistic practices and assignments. Students are required to accomplish regularly additional linguistic tasks at home. Students are also exposed to various texts which vary in their length, and their content also varies in their topics and methods. Texts also suit their characteristics, and meet their communicative needs. They are the base for training them on the advanced editing skills as well as training them on how to comprehend and understand texts.
Course Code |
DF 311 |
Course Title |
Arabic language skills for the Deaf (6) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This is the sixth level in which students start acquiring deep linguistic skills especially reading and writing after finishing the previous five levels of Arabic language course in the program. Students receive in this level more intensive and non-classroom linguistic practices and assignments. Students are required to accomplish regularly additional linguistic tasks at home. Students are also exposed to various texts which vary in their length, and their content also varies in their topics and methods. Texts also suit their characteristics, and meet their communicative needs. They are the base for training them on the advanced editing skills as well as training them on how to comprehend and understand texts. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 312 Instructional Strategies for the deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide a range of educational strategies suitable for the deaf and hearing impaired students such as a bilingual learning strategy (combining sign language and written language) with a sentence system in which the deaf student translates sign language into written language, adopting the Body language strategy in strengthening sign language, the systematic expansion of education focusing on family participation and the emphasis on teaching parents the unified sign language, especially the sign language adopted by the Ministry of Education, begins early since the birth of the deaf child, teaching using visual and multilayered learning in the teaching of language marks, letters, trappings, punctuation marks and conceptual construction of sentences, focusing on an organizational strategy to teach standardized sign language interpreters and ensure the proficiency of the standard reference dictionary and training on the academic reference dictionary on which education depends on educational institutions, and apply the basics of visual working memory as a tool for organizing teaching methods and educational curricula.
Course Code |
DF 312 |
Course Title |
Instructional Strategies for the deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide a range of educational strategies suitable for the deaf and hearing impaired students such as a bilingual learning strategy (combining sign language and written language) with a sentence system in which the deaf student translates sign language into written language, adopting the Body language strategy in strengthening sign language, the systematic expansion of education focusing on family participation and the emphasis on teaching parents the unified sign language, especially the sign language adopted by the Ministry of Education, begins early since the birth of the deaf child, teaching using visual and multilayered learning in the teaching of language marks, letters, trappings, punctuation marks and conceptual construction of sentences, focusing on an organizational strategy to teach standardized sign language interpreters and ensure the proficiency of the standard reference dictionary and training on the academic reference dictionary on which education depends on educational institutions, and apply the basics of visual working memory as a tool for organizing teaching methods and educational curricula. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 313 Building and Modifying Deaf behavior
(3) Credit Hours
The course aims at shedding light on the strategies of modifying behavioral, psychological and social problems by presenting these behaviors and problems and clarifying their nature, causes and ways of coping with them, with a focus on behavioral modification methods being effective and practical methods and achieving the desired therapeutic and educational goals relatively quickly. Although changing the behavior of a deaf child may often be difficult, behavioral modification technology offers a variety of therapeutic alternatives that can be verified objectively. The course focuses on providing the deaf student with knowledge in two basic aspects of behavior modification: first, strategies to strengthen and maintain the desired behavior, and second, non-adaptive behavior reduction strategies. The course aims to provide the deaf students with the preparation and implementation of programs to modify the behavior of deaf students with a focus on modifying common behavioral problems such as aggressive behavior, chaotic behavior, self-harming behavior, activating activity, and social withdrawal.
Course Code |
DF 313 |
Course Title |
Building and Modifying Deaf behavior |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course aims at shedding light on the strategies of modifying behavioral, psychological and social problems by presenting these behaviors and problems and clarifying their nature, causes and ways of coping with them, with a focus on behavioral modification methods being effective and practical methods and achieving the desired therapeutic and educational goals relatively quickly. Although changing the behavior of a deaf child may often be difficult, behavioral modification technology offers a variety of therapeutic alternatives that can be verified objectively. The course focuses on providing the deaf student with knowledge in two basic aspects of behavior modification: first, strategies to strengthen and maintain the desired behavior, and second, non-adaptive behavior reduction strategies. The course aims to provide the deaf students with the preparation and implementation of programs to modify the behavior of deaf students with a focus on modifying common behavioral problems such as aggressive behavior, chaotic behavior, self-harming behavior, activating activity, and social withdrawal. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 314 Introduction to Mathematics for the Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable deaf students to identify the structure of the total set (non-negative integers), acquire the skill of conducting various calculations, identify the basic concepts related to fractures and operations on them, have problem solving skills and employing appropriate strategies. This course also aim to familiarize students with the basic concepts of flat geometry, and acquire basic skills related to statistics and probabilities, as well as acquiring knowledge of the principles of measurement and its basic units of lengths, areas, volumes, weight and heat.
Course Code |
DF 314 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Mathematics for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable deaf students to identify the structure of the total set (non-negative integers), acquire the skill of conducting various calculations, identify the basic concepts related to fractures and operations on them, have problem solving skills and employing appropriate strategies. This course also aim to familiarize students with the basic concepts of flat geometry, and acquire basic skills related to statistics and probabilities, as well as acquiring knowledge of the principles of measurement and its basic units of lengths, areas, volumes, weight and heat. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 315 Constructing and designing individual programs for the deaf
(2) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide theoretical and practical information on how to prepare and implement individual programs by providing the student with a number of educational competencies that may help students to prepare and implement individual programs suitable for the deaf and the hearing impaired students within their different professional situations. This course aims to identify the foundations of building individual programs to change the weaknesses and increase the strengths of the deaf and deaf, determine their educational, professional and social needs so that an appropriate individual program can be established as well as accepting the results whatever it works to make use of them and build on them.
Course Code |
DF 315 |
Course Title |
Constructing and designing individual programs for the deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide theoretical and practical information on how to prepare and implement individual programs by providing the student with a number of educational competencies that may help students to prepare and implement individual programs suitable for the deaf and the hearing impaired students within their different professional situations. This course aims to identify the foundations of building individual programs to change the weaknesses and increase the strengths of the deaf and deaf, determine their educational, professional and social needs so that an appropriate individual program can be established as well as accepting the results whatever it works to make use of them and build on them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 316 Communities Services for the deaf
(2) Credit Hours
This course deals with the needs of the deaf society and identifies the way of dealing with them in their families and in the society. In addition to that, this course identifies the role of mass media in disseminating an appropriate attitudes about the deaf, increasing the interest in teaching them the sign language in all the private and public institutions particularly the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Higher Education, the Ministry of interior, the Ministry of foreign affairs, customs, the Ministry of labor, the Ministry of tourism, entertaining centers, and bookshops. Additionally, leveraging the level of the technologies and the scientific research that improve the medical services of treating the hard of hearing students.
Course Code |
DF 316 |
Course Title |
Communities Services for the deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the needs of the deaf society and identifies the way of dealing with them in their families and in the society. In addition to that, this course identifies the role of mass media in disseminating an appropriate attitudes about the deaf, increasing the interest in teaching them the sign language in all the private and public institutions particularly the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Higher Education, the Ministry of interior, the Ministry of foreign affairs, customs, the Ministry of labor, the Ministry of tourism, entertaining centers, and bookshops. Additionally, leveraging the level of the technologies and the scientific research that improve the medical services of treating the hard of hearing students. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 401 Issues and Trends in the Deaf Society
(3) Credit Hours
This course addresses the global, regional and local efforts that address deaf and hearing-impaired issues. This is reflected in the encouragement of scientific research and studies to provide innovative solutions to the problems of deaf and hearing impaired people. It is also interested in studying the advanced laws, regulations and regulations developed by the developed countries in this field and assisting in solving the problems of the deaf and the hearing impaired and integrating them into their social and scientific environment. This course aims to hold workshops, training courses on sign language, development and access to the level of standardization and dissemination of the Arabic reference dictionary. In addition to the importance of the existence of reference dictionaries specialized in all branches of science as issues of concern to the deaf.
Course Code |
DF 401 |
Course Title |
Issues and Trends in the Deaf Society |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course addresses the global, regional and local efforts that address deaf and hearing-impaired issues. This is reflected in the encouragement of scientific research and studies to provide innovative solutions to the problems of deaf and hearing impaired people. It is also interested in studying the advanced laws, regulations and regulations developed by the developed countries in this field and assisting in solving the problems of the deaf and the hearing impaired and integrating them into their social and scientific environment. This course aims to hold workshops, training courses on sign language, development and access to the level of standardization and dissemination of the Arabic reference dictionary. In addition to the importance of the existence of reference dictionaries specialized in all branches of science as issues of concern to the deaf. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 402 Arabic language skills for the deaf (7)
(2) Credit Hours
This is the seventh and final level of Arabic language course for students in this program, and if specifically focused on writing skills without neglecting reading comprehension. Writing skill is the essential activity that this course should focus on, and process it thoroughly. This course also focuses on the complex linguistic structures, and the targeted linguistic uses that enrich the linguistic background of the deaf and hard of hearing students, train them intensively to understand words and structures in different contexts, enable them to employ them while writing correctly. This course also aims to provide students functional information, practices, and advanced linguistic activities that students could use in all situations in their life. This course deals with the reading competency of students and they will receive sufficient training on reading skills to be able to read texts and understand them thoroughly.
Course Code |
DF 402 |
Course Title |
Arabic language skills for the deaf (7) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
2 |
Course Description |
This is the seventh and final level of Arabic language course for students in this program, and if specifically focused on writing skills without neglecting reading comprehension. Writing skill is the essential activity that this course should focus on, and process it thoroughly. This course also focuses on the complex linguistic structures, and the targeted linguistic uses that enrich the linguistic background of the deaf and hard of hearing students, train them intensively to understand words and structures in different contexts, enable them to employ them while writing correctly. This course also aims to provide students functional information, practices, and advanced linguistic activities that students could use in all situations in their life. This course deals with the reading competency of students and they will receive sufficient training on reading skills to be able to read texts and understand them thoroughly. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 403 Family Empowerment for the Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to reveal the importance of the role of family in early stage in diagnosing thr deaf or hard of hearing cases, the necessity of training families programs to help the deaf in early stages of their ages. This course focuses on the importance of urging families to effectively respond and participate positively to train them again to lessen the educational problems that the deaf face by time. This course aims to increase the family's interest in opening the field of interaction with the surrounding environment and increase the encouragement of their children in communicating with the local community, and increase the family's acceptance of the hearing disability and deal with it positively and consider it not to cause failure in life and encourage their children permanently.
Course Code |
DF 403 |
Course Title |
Family Empowerment for the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to reveal the importance of the role of family in early stage in diagnosing thr deaf or hard of hearing cases, the necessity of training families programs to help the deaf in early stages of their ages. This course focuses on the importance of urging families to effectively respond and participate positively to train them again to lessen the educational problems that the deaf face by time. This course aims to increase the family's interest in opening the field of interaction with the surrounding environment and increase the encouragement of their children in communicating with the local community, and increase the family's acceptance of the hearing disability and deal with it positively and consider it not to cause failure in life and encourage their children permanently. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 404 National Education for the Deaf (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course designed to build on the conscious personality of the homeland in national, regional and international issues, understand the international covenants, laws and agreements related to human rights whether man or woman, young or old. This course also reveals the interest in Such issues like pollution, climate change, nuclear dangers, issues of war and peace, refugee and famine issues, and international trends that pose a threat to the future of mankind, such as the Middle East problem and atomic and chemical weapons. This course also aims to promote awareness of political issues, international organizations and governance. This course also aims to formulate public opinion towards these issues and increase the global culture and concepts of globalization and global economic crises.
Course Code |
DF 404 |
Course Title |
National Education for the Deaf (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course designed to build on the conscious personality of the homeland in national, regional and international issues, understand the international covenants, laws and agreements related to human rights whether man or woman, young or old. This course also reveals the interest in Such issues like pollution, climate change, nuclear dangers, issues of war and peace, refugee and famine issues, and international trends that pose a threat to the future of mankind, such as the Middle East problem and atomic and chemical weapons. This course also aims to promote awareness of political issues, international organizations and governance. This course also aims to formulate public opinion towards these issues and increase the global culture and concepts of globalization and global economic crises. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 405 The theater of the Deaf
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to understand the nature of theatre, and its benefit in the creative ability of the deaf and the hearing impaired, especially when they undertake the work and implementation of a play texts and training. This course also aims to understand how to compose a theatrical play and what the efforts behind the text of the play, and the impacts on the deaf and hearing impaired. This course aims to enable the deaf and hard of hearing students participate in the plays, and act important roles to increase their self- confidence and to be able to interact with other.
Course Code |
DF 405 |
Course Title |
The theater of the Deaf |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to understand the nature of theatre, and its benefit in the creative ability of the deaf and the hearing impaired, especially when they undertake the work and implementation of a play texts and training. This course also aims to understand how to compose a theatrical play and what the efforts behind the text of the play, and the impacts on the deaf and hearing impaired. This course aims to enable the deaf and hard of hearing students participate in the plays, and act important roles to increase their self- confidence and to be able to interact with other. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 406 Special Projects Management
(3) Credit Hours
The course aims at providing the deaf student with all the processes involved in the knowledge and management fields of any project from the start of the project until the completion and closing of the project. This course also aims to familiarize students with the project operations, how to manage the integration and time of the project, and human resources management in projects, and how to manage the projects' cost, risks, and quality. The course will be offered by a business administration specialist. This course also offers applied field experiences for deaf students who hope to manage a personal project after graduation.
Course Code |
DF 406 |
Course Title |
Special Projects Management |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course aims at providing the deaf student with all the processes involved in the knowledge and management fields of any project from the start of the project until the completion and closing of the project. This course also aims to familiarize students with the project operations, how to manage the integration and time of the project, and human resources management in projects, and how to manage the projects' cost, risks, and quality. The course will be offered by a business administration specialist. This course also offers applied field experiences for deaf students who hope to manage a personal project after graduation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
DF 410 Multitasks field training
(12) Credit Hours
This course is described as a course that focuses on practical side of knowledge in which deaf and hearing impaired people can enter the labor market during the training period, and students could be engaged in the field of work, so that they could stay at least four months in the field of work, which they select depending on the experience they have got from the courses they have taken or providing them advanced experiences in case they want to start their personal project. 12 hours weekly. ences they got during several previous courses, in which students hope to carry out this economic project.
The course that will be applied in about twelve hours weekly divided into two parts:
- The first one is an academic in which the course provides students with sufficient information about the professional fields students choose by hosting experts from the labor institutions in the Saudi market, where students could attend workshops and discuss specialists and experts so that they can know everything related to the future profession.
- The Second one: Applied and professional career in which the students is entered into the institution of work based on an agreement between them and the university to host the students and be under the direct training of specialists and evaluation, this requires the cooperation between experts in the institutions with the university staff and focusing on creating student's' portfolio . The student should attend the training regularly at least two months.
Course Code |
DF 410 |
Course Title |
Multitasks field training |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
12 |
Course Description |
This course is described as a course that focuses on practical side of knowledge in which deaf and hearing impaired people can enter the labor market during the training period, and students could be engaged in the field of work, so that they could stay at least four months in the field of work, which they select depending on the experience they have got from the courses they have taken or providing them advanced experiences in case they want to start their personal project. 12 hours weekly. ences they got during several previous courses, in which students hope to carry out this economic project.
The course that will be applied in about twelve hours weekly divided into two parts:
- The first one is an academic in which the course provides students with sufficient information about the professional fields students choose by hosting experts from the labor institutions in the Saudi market, where students could attend workshops and discuss specialists and experts so that they can know everything related to the future profession.
- The Second one: Applied and professional career in which the students is entered into the institution of work based on an agreement between them and the university to host the students and be under the direct training of specialists and evaluation, this requires the cooperation between experts in the institutions with the university staff and focusing on creating student's' portfolio . The student should attend the training regularly at least two months.
|
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 510 Child Education and Management Systems
(3) Credit Hours
This course is linked to the environmental, cultural and social contexts in which the children arise, mainly through family, social, economic and psychological conditions. Therefore, child education systems vary from community to community, including strategies for dealing with children, managing child behavior, parenting counseling, and mentoring kindergarten teachers. This requires the kindergarten teacher to know the different aspects of child-rearing systems.
Course Code |
ECD 510 |
Course Title |
Child Education and Management Systems |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is linked to the environmental, cultural and social contexts in which the children arise, mainly through family, social, economic and psychological conditions. Therefore, child education systems vary from community to community, including strategies for dealing with children, managing child behavior, parenting counseling, and mentoring kindergarten teachers. This requires the kindergarten teacher to know the different aspects of child-rearing systems. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 511 Child Psychology: Growth, Learning and Counseling
(3) Credit Hours
Child psychology includes many issues that make up the child's psychological structure, age, and psychological characteristics of each stage. It also relates to the problems and behavioral disorders experienced by the child and the causes of how to overcome them. It also identify patterns of behavior, determinants of psychological distress, the impact of the surrounding environment, mechanisms of controlling parent behavior and various strategies to guide the child's behavior.
Course Code |
ECD 511 |
Course Title |
Child Psychology: Growth, Learning and Counseling |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Child psychology includes many issues that make up the child's psychological structure, age, and psychological characteristics of each stage. It also relates to the problems and behavioral disorders experienced by the child and the causes of how to overcome them. It also identify patterns of behavior, determinants of psychological distress, the impact of the surrounding environment, mechanisms of controlling parent behavior and various strategies to guide the child's behavior. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 512 Child Health, Safety and Nutrition
(3) Credit Hours
This course is based on taking care of the health and safety of the child and the scientific and methodological basis for improving the quality of food in the child in order to link the process of teaching and learning with the physical and health structure of the child. In addition to working to increase the awareness of the kindergarten knowledge of the proper nutrition systems and the stages of the physical development of the child and its relationship to the quality of children's food and raise awareness of strategies to care for the physical health of the child and nutrition.
Course Code |
ECD 512 |
Course Title |
Child Health, Safety and Nutrition |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is based on taking care of the health and safety of the child and the scientific and methodological basis for improving the quality of food in the child in order to link the process of teaching and learning with the physical and health structure of the child. In addition to working to increase the awareness of the kindergarten knowledge of the proper nutrition systems and the stages of the physical development of the child and its relationship to the quality of children's food and raise awareness of strategies to care for the physical health of the child and nutrition. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 513 Special Needs Learning and Inclusion
(3) Credit Hours
This course includes the definition of children with special needs, methods of care, patterns and mechanisms of inclusion with the ordinary children concerning the educational and social context. Understanding their psychological and physical structure and techniques to deal with them. In addition to how to increase factors of social acceptance towards them.
Course Code |
ECD 513 |
Course Title |
Special Needs Learning and Inclusion |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course includes the definition of children with special needs, methods of care, patterns and mechanisms of inclusion with the ordinary children concerning the educational and social context. Understanding their psychological and physical structure and techniques to deal with them. In addition to how to increase factors of social acceptance towards them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 514 Modern Communication and Information Technology for the Child
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the importance of ICTs and the mechanisms of employing them in teaching and learning for kindergarten children. In addition to the possibility of designing electronic programs of various objectives which will be attractive to children, taking into account individual differences and serve children with special needs.
Course Code |
ECD 514 |
Course Title |
Modern Communication and Information Technology for the Child |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the importance of ICTs and the mechanisms of employing them in teaching and learning for kindergarten children. In addition to the possibility of designing electronic programs of various objectives which will be attractive to children, taking into account individual differences and serve children with special needs. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 515 Planning Early Childhood Teaching and Learning Programs
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to identify the foundations of the design of kindergarten programs in the light of the psychological and social context experienced by the child in this age group, and the characteristics of his growth and development at this stage. In addition to how to design extra-curricular programs to improve the behavior of the child taking into account the individual differences. Moreover setting up criteria for the design of guidance programs for those how deals with children in kindergarten.
Course Code |
ECD 515 |
Course Title |
Planning Early Childhood Teaching and Learning Programs |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to identify the foundations of the design of kindergarten programs in the light of the psychological and social context experienced by the child in this age group, and the characteristics of his growth and development at this stage. In addition to how to design extra-curricular programs to improve the behavior of the child taking into account the individual differences. Moreover setting up criteria for the design of guidance programs for those how deals with children in kindergarten. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 517 Scientific and Mathematical Concepts and Skills of the Child
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to identify the scientific and mathematical concepts suitable for the child, and to identify the skills and strategies necessary to apply these concepts, the role of the teacher or facilitator or educational counselor in the delivery of the kindergarten child, and its role in the development of creative thinking skills of the child in addition to how to build a scientific project for pre-school children.
Course Code |
ECD 517 |
Course Title |
Scientific and Mathematical Concepts and Skills of the Child |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to identify the scientific and mathematical concepts suitable for the child, and to identify the skills and strategies necessary to apply these concepts, the role of the teacher or facilitator or educational counselor in the delivery of the kindergarten child, and its role in the development of creative thinking skills of the child in addition to how to build a scientific project for pre-school children. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 518 Musical Skills and Child Theater
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at forming musical and artistic skills of the child that develops the spirit of taste and musical sense, which appears in the dealings of the child refinement in dealing with others, and works to solve the problems of the child through music therapy. In addition to the art of drama represented for children aimed at the development of the child mentally, intellectually, socially, psychologically, linguistically and physically. Where the child's theater carries a system of educational values, moral, educational and psychological in a vibrant way through the characters on the stage, making it an important means of education.
Course Code |
ECD 518 |
Course Title |
Musical Skills and Child Theater |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at forming musical and artistic skills of the child that develops the spirit of taste and musical sense, which appears in the dealings of the child refinement in dealing with others, and works to solve the problems of the child through music therapy. In addition to the art of drama represented for children aimed at the development of the child mentally, intellectually, socially, psychologically, linguistically and physically. Where the child's theater carries a system of educational values, moral, educational and psychological in a vibrant way through the characters on the stage, making it an important means of education. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 519 Artistic and Motor Skills for Children
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the importance of motor and technical skills for kindergarten children, how to learn the skills of playing, practicing multiple activities, and the development of spatial intelligence through motor practices, and stimulate his physical fitness, and the impact on his physical and mental development. In addition to the development of his artistic skills of creations related to drawing, engineering design, and the work of paintings, and others that require the realization of mind, thinking and creativity and contribute to the development of multiple intelligence for kindergarten children.
Course Code |
ECD 519 |
Course Title |
Artistic and Motor Skills for Children |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the importance of motor and technical skills for kindergarten children, how to learn the skills of playing, practicing multiple activities, and the development of spatial intelligence through motor practices, and stimulate his physical fitness, and the impact on his physical and mental development. In addition to the development of his artistic skills of creations related to drawing, engineering design, and the work of paintings, and others that require the realization of mind, thinking and creativity and contribute to the development of multiple intelligence for kindergarten children. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 520 Field Training
(3) Credit Hours
This course is based on the application of the student's knowledge, theories and skills, practice and application to ensure the mastery of those skills, and emphasize the importance of corrective procedures for the practices followed by the student during the field training, and ways and methods of dealing with the kindergarten child. In addition, this course includes all the applied activities and experiences organized in the framework of rehabilitation programs to prepare competent persons capable of dealing with children by giving them practical application opportunities under the supervision of specialists in this field who have the ability to evaluate and follow-up and training in the application of the principles and theories studied, and empower them Of the techniques needed for a kindergarten teacher.
Course Code |
ECD 520 |
Course Title |
Field Training |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is based on the application of the student's knowledge, theories and skills, practice and application to ensure the mastery of those skills, and emphasize the importance of corrective procedures for the practices followed by the student during the field training, and ways and methods of dealing with the kindergarten child. In addition, this course includes all the applied activities and experiences organized in the framework of rehabilitation programs to prepare competent persons capable of dealing with children by giving them practical application opportunities under the supervision of specialists in this field who have the ability to evaluate and follow-up and training in the application of the principles and theories studied, and empower them Of the techniques needed for a kindergarten teacher. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 521 Multiple Intelligences and Development of Creativity (Thinking, Problem Solving, Projects)
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the development of multiple intelligences in preschool children, according to Gardner's multiple intelligences theory, the most important of which are linguistic, logical and mathematical, interpersonal, intrapersonal, spatial-visual, social, musical, body-kinesthetic intelligences, among others. And how these different types of intelligences contribute to the development of the cognitive, emotional behaviors and skills of kindergarten children. And the strategies used to develop these intelligences in addition to how the kindergarten teacher employs these intelligences to develop the different types of high order thinking skills for the children.
Course Code |
ECD 521 |
Course Title |
Multiple Intelligences and Development of Creativity (Thinking, Problem Solving, Projects) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the development of multiple intelligences in preschool children, according to Gardner's multiple intelligences theory, the most important of which are linguistic, logical and mathematical, interpersonal, intrapersonal, spatial-visual, social, musical, body-kinesthetic intelligences, among others. And how these different types of intelligences contribute to the development of the cognitive, emotional behaviors and skills of kindergarten children. And the strategies used to develop these intelligences in addition to how the kindergarten teacher employs these intelligences to develop the different types of high order thinking skills for the children. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 523 Arabic and Foreign Language Concepts and Skills
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to develop the language skills of the child and the development of language fluency that enables them to express himself and his ideas fluently, and depends on the mechanisms of building linguistic concepts in the child, whether Arabic or English, and how to master, and the use of diverse techniques to develop the ability to express self and communicate with others and learn Diverse cultures through mastering language skills.
Course Code |
ECD 523 |
Course Title |
Arabic and Foreign Language Concepts and Skills |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to develop the language skills of the child and the development of language fluency that enables them to express himself and his ideas fluently, and depends on the mechanisms of building linguistic concepts in the child, whether Arabic or English, and how to master, and the use of diverse techniques to develop the ability to express self and communicate with others and learn Diverse cultures through mastering language skills. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 526 Arabic Language in Kindergarten
(3) Credit Hours
The course is concerned with the basics of teaching Arabic to the child in kindergarten stage, and the importance of preserving the cultural identity of the child. And the development of his native language through teaching and learning strategies. The course also focuses on the concept of language and speech and the development of child linguistic abilities with a focus on increasing his language skills and his ability to express himself as well as the development of creativity and storytelling.
Course Code |
ECD 526 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language in Kindergarten |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course is concerned with the basics of teaching Arabic to the child in kindergarten stage, and the importance of preserving the cultural identity of the child. And the development of his native language through teaching and learning strategies. The course also focuses on the concept of language and speech and the development of child linguistic abilities with a focus on increasing his language skills and his ability to express himself as well as the development of creativity and storytelling. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 527 Foreign Language in Kindergarten
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to teach the child foreign languages as skills to communicate with other communities, and develop his ability to read in a language other than his mother tongue (English), and work to develop the capabilities of expressive language fluency through writing and storytelling in foreign language, and the ability to communicate with foreigners in their own language while maintaining On the national language.
Course Code |
ECD 527 |
Course Title |
Foreign Language in Kindergarten |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to teach the child foreign languages as skills to communicate with other communities, and develop his ability to read in a language other than his mother tongue (English), and work to develop the capabilities of expressive language fluency through writing and storytelling in foreign language, and the ability to communicate with foreigners in their own language while maintaining On the national language. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 528 Psychology of Play
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the importance of play for kindergarten children, and the role of the teacher in the use of educational approaches to achieve the targeted learning outcomes through play, and the practice of diverse activities, as well as the skills acquired by the child through play, merit performance, treatment therapy, and the development of creative imagination. It also help the child to acquire diverse experiences and the impact of play on the child's normal personality and his contribution to the integration of psychological construction.
Course Code |
ECD 528 |
Course Title |
Psychology of Play |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the importance of play for kindergarten children, and the role of the teacher in the use of educational approaches to achieve the targeted learning outcomes through play, and the practice of diverse activities, as well as the skills acquired by the child through play, merit performance, treatment therapy, and the development of creative imagination. It also help the child to acquire diverse experiences and the impact of play on the child's normal personality and his contribution to the integration of psychological construction. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 529 Child Culture and Information
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the formation of media culture in kindergarten children using strategies to build media awareness. This will be done through expanding its cognitive awareness and linking education with the surrounding environment, developing his ability to educate himself, and qualifying the kindergarten teacher to help the child to form his own media through the establishment of a daily newspaper or a magazine that includes his activities and daily practices, in addition to the preparation of a children's newsletter.
Course Code |
ECD 529 |
Course Title |
Child Culture and Information |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the formation of media culture in kindergarten children using strategies to build media awareness. This will be done through expanding its cognitive awareness and linking education with the surrounding environment, developing his ability to educate himself, and qualifying the kindergarten teacher to help the child to form his own media through the establishment of a daily newspaper or a magazine that includes his activities and daily practices, in addition to the preparation of a children's newsletter. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ECD 530 Parental Education
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the importance of parenting methods, how to design a guide for parents in order to develop their attitudes in raising children, and holding counseling programs.. It also focuses on the technical guidance of parents to care for children and raise children socially sound, and focus on methods and strategies of parents to communicate with the child. In addition to focusing on the role of kindergarten teacher in building awareness of parents and guide them to the best pedagogical methods of child care, and the importance of awareness of the role of media in parenting education, and its impact on the development of children in all areas.
Course Code |
ECD 530 |
Course Title |
Parental Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the importance of parenting methods, how to design a guide for parents in order to develop their attitudes in raising children, and holding counseling programs.. It also focuses on the technical guidance of parents to care for children and raise children socially sound, and focus on methods and strategies of parents to communicate with the child. In addition to focusing on the role of kindergarten teacher in building awareness of parents and guide them to the best pedagogical methods of child care, and the importance of awareness of the role of media in parenting education, and its impact on the development of children in all areas. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 111 Foundations of Education
(3) Credit Hours
Introduction to Education provides a fundamental starting point to various cognitive activities for students and teachers in the field of education. This course includes teachings of basic principles of education sciences in different aspects for students and scholars in the field of education. It offers coherent and integrated knowledge about different educational premises. It provides a systematic approach for learners that develops gradually and integrates with harmonic definitions of various aspects of educational life and its principles. Students are also provided with a good knowledge about the roots and history of education methodology, psychological, social, economic and cultural upbringing assets in that field.
Course Code |
ED 111 |
Course Title |
Foundations of Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Introduction to Education provides a fundamental starting point to various cognitive activities for students and teachers in the field of education. This course includes teachings of basic principles of education sciences in different aspects for students and scholars in the field of education. It offers coherent and integrated knowledge about different educational premises. It provides a systematic approach for learners that develops gradually and integrates with harmonic definitions of various aspects of educational life and its principles. Students are also provided with a good knowledge about the roots and history of education methodology, psychological, social, economic and cultural upbringing assets in that field. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 121 Psychology of Child Growth
(3) Credit Hours
It has become clear that an interaction of various factors affect the development and growth of individuals’ abilities and skills. This course explains the most important factors that affect development, while describing its trajectory across development. Understanding child development helps provide appropriate educational conditions that help expand and develop a child’s abilities. This course explains how modern psychological knowledge can shed light on understanding human development, which will help us better understand child growth across the various stages of development. It also demonstrates how we can understand human development from a psychological standpoint. This course covers the basic theories of development, including physical, motor, social, and emotional development in the context of the family and community. It also addresses cognitive and language development and the factors that may affect their development. Finally, one of the main issues that this course addresses is the role of child development in the educational context, especially in regards to the daily problems children face and ways they can be solved across development. In light of the latest international research on these topics, this course aims to provide a new understanding of childhood, in general, and child development, more specifically.
Course Code |
ED 121 |
Course Title |
Psychology of Child Growth |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
It has become clear that an interaction of various factors affect the development and growth of individuals’ abilities and skills. This course explains the most important factors that affect development, while describing its trajectory across development. Understanding child development helps provide appropriate educational conditions that help expand and develop a child’s abilities. This course explains how modern psychological knowledge can shed light on understanding human development, which will help us better understand child growth across the various stages of development. It also demonstrates how we can understand human development from a psychological standpoint. This course covers the basic theories of development, including physical, motor, social, and emotional development in the context of the family and community. It also addresses cognitive and language development and the factors that may affect their development. Finally, one of the main issues that this course addresses is the role of child development in the educational context, especially in regards to the daily problems children face and ways they can be solved across development. In light of the latest international research on these topics, this course aims to provide a new understanding of childhood, in general, and child development, more specifically. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 212 Elementary Education
(3) Credit Hours
Primary Education is a program that deals with the practical side of learning applied on the field. It is supervised by Teacher Training and Rehabilitation Institutions in Educational Colleges. This course allows student/ teacher the opportunity to apply what they have learned from the principles and theories of education in class and in the real world. It introduces the student / teacher to actual school environments and their various activities through observation and practicing various educational exercises in different positions.
Course Code |
ED 212 |
Course Title |
Elementary Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Primary Education is a program that deals with the practical side of learning applied on the field. It is supervised by Teacher Training and Rehabilitation Institutions in Educational Colleges. This course allows student/ teacher the opportunity to apply what they have learned from the principles and theories of education in class and in the real world. It introduces the student / teacher to actual school environments and their various activities through observation and practicing various educational exercises in different positions. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 221 Psychology of Learning and Instruction
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the importance of psychology of learning and teaching. The course also helps emphasize the importance of understanding the nature of learning and teaching. This includes learning relevant educational procedures and strategies in the light of behavioral, cognitive, social, and other theories related to the educational process. Hence, this course is designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts related to theories of learning and teaching, including relevant definitions and principles that govern the processes of learning and education. Finally, the course reviews modern perspectives in educational psychology to ensure that students are aware and capable of understanding the nature of educational activities and evaluating their results.
Course Code |
ED 221 |
Course Title |
Psychology of Learning and Instruction |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the importance of psychology of learning and teaching. The course also helps emphasize the importance of understanding the nature of learning and teaching. This includes learning relevant educational procedures and strategies in the light of behavioral, cognitive, social, and other theories related to the educational process. Hence, this course is designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts related to theories of learning and teaching, including relevant definitions and principles that govern the processes of learning and education. Finally, the course reviews modern perspectives in educational psychology to ensure that students are aware and capable of understanding the nature of educational activities and evaluating their results. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 222 Educational Psychology
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the importance of psychology of learning and teaching. The course also helps emphasize the importance of understanding the nature of learning and teaching. This includes learning relevant educational procedures and strategies in the light of behavioral, cognitive, social, and other theories related to the educational process. Hence, this course is designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts related to theories of learning and teaching, including relevant definitions and principles that govern the processes of learning and education. Finally, the course reviews modern perspectives in educational psychology to ensure that students are aware and capable of understanding the nature of educational activities and evaluating their results.
Course Code |
ED 222 |
Course Title |
Educational Psychology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the importance of psychology of learning and teaching. The course also helps emphasize the importance of understanding the nature of learning and teaching. This includes learning relevant educational procedures and strategies in the light of behavioral, cognitive, social, and other theories related to the educational process. Hence, this course is designed to familiarize the student with the basic concepts related to theories of learning and teaching, including relevant definitions and principles that govern the processes of learning and education. Finally, the course reviews modern perspectives in educational psychology to ensure that students are aware and capable of understanding the nature of educational activities and evaluating their results. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 241 Curricula & General Instructional Methods
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable the learners of understanding the concept of curriculum and its elements and concepts of learning and teaching process and the factors affecting them, and to use the modern teaching techniques in the learner’s job including the development of learners understanding skills, attitudes and values: Also this course deals with philosophical, psychological and social foundations. It also addresses the learning and teaching process and the role of both teacher and learner, and the education skills and modern strategies in the fields of teaching planning, and the class room questions and, investment of teaching and learning recourses, grouped and individual education, and to teach thinking and to teach concepts, skills, attitudes, and values. It also deals with education evaluation.
Course Code |
ED 241 |
Course Title |
Curricula & General Instructional Methods |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable the learners of understanding the concept of curriculum and its elements and concepts of learning and teaching process and the factors affecting them, and to use the modern teaching techniques in the learner’s job including the development of learners understanding skills, attitudes and values: Also this course deals with philosophical, psychological and social foundations. It also addresses the learning and teaching process and the role of both teacher and learner, and the education skills and modern strategies in the fields of teaching planning, and the class room questions and, investment of teaching and learning recourses, grouped and individual education, and to teach thinking and to teach concepts, skills, attitudes, and values. It also deals with education evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 247 Social Sciences for Teachers of Elementary School (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course is designed to familiarize the students with the concept of social studies. It provides a comprehensive overview of these studies including the associated definitions, fundamentals, objectives, methods of teaching, and its importance for preparing good citizens. In addition, this course addresses the relation between social sciences and social studies, the contemporary trends and the recent topics in social studies and its teaching resources.
Course Code |
ED 247 |
Course Title |
Social Sciences for Teachers of Elementary School (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course is designed to familiarize the students with the concept of social studies. It provides a comprehensive overview of these studies including the associated definitions, fundamentals, objectives, methods of teaching, and its importance for preparing good citizens. In addition, this course addresses the relation between social sciences and social studies, the contemporary trends and the recent topics in social studies and its teaching resources. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 248 Social Sciences for Teachers of Elementary School (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides students with an overview of the field of history, the most important historical events and developments, historical periods, human evolution, and sources of historical information. Besides, it deals geography and focuses on its fundamentals and the types of human and physical geography. In addition, this course is concerned with the basics and importance of Civil Education and the civil society organizations. It also provides a bright idea of the history of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan from old civilizations on the land of Jordan until the present era, its geography, principles of civil education, the political system and the democratic process.
Course Code |
ED 248 |
Course Title |
Social Sciences for Teachers of Elementary School (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides students with an overview of the field of history, the most important historical events and developments, historical periods, human evolution, and sources of historical information. Besides, it deals geography and focuses on its fundamentals and the types of human and physical geography. In addition, this course is concerned with the basics and importance of Civil Education and the civil society organizations. It also provides a bright idea of the history of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan from old civilizations on the land of Jordan until the present era, its geography, principles of civil education, the political system and the democratic process. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 249 Islamic Education for Teachers of Elementary School (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide religious knowledge related to Islamic sciences, in a manner devoid of complexity and ambiguity, and provides religious terms related to Islamic sciences that suits Arab student, linked to what is happening in reality and contemporary world.
As this course aims to provide religious knowledge relating to Islamic science, and Quran Sciences, and focus in particular on the miracle of the Quran, and rules of Tajweed, The Science of Hadith.
Course Code |
ED 249 |
Course Title |
Islamic Education for Teachers of Elementary School (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide religious knowledge related to Islamic sciences, in a manner devoid of complexity and ambiguity, and provides religious terms related to Islamic sciences that suits Arab student, linked to what is happening in reality and contemporary world.
As this course aims to provide religious knowledge relating to Islamic science, and Quran Sciences, and focus in particular on the miracle of the Quran, and rules of Tajweed, The Science of Hadith. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 250 Islamic Education for Teachers of Elementary School (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to equip them with the necessary scholars in the field of Islamic science and scientific knowledge, and the development of attitudes toward studies and thought, and linking student’s religious and intellectual heritage, to help them understand contemporary issues in the field of Islamic sciences, and the development of mental skills in relation to science, in the teaching of Islamic education at the primary level. This course includes clarifying Biography of the Prophet and Islamic history Science, Science and Islamic Jurisprudence and related to worship and transactions, and the schools of Islamic jurisprudence, and the related contemporary issues. Students should be aware of Islamic Science contained in this doctrine and relate it to clarify the major concepts in this area, such as the concepts of faith and disbelief, and clarification of the pillars of the Islamic faith and the educational implications of their faith. It also includes the study of science and ethics of the most important virtues called for by our religion. Finally, the Islamic Education and related child-rearing and opinions of thinkers Islam in some educational issues. This course includes a number of educational activities that aim to install religious information, and deepen and most importantly use sources, lexicons, and the global network of information.
Course Code |
ED 250 |
Course Title |
Islamic Education for Teachers of Elementary School (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to equip them with the necessary scholars in the field of Islamic science and scientific knowledge, and the development of attitudes toward studies and thought, and linking student’s religious and intellectual heritage, to help them understand contemporary issues in the field of Islamic sciences, and the development of mental skills in relation to science, in the teaching of Islamic education at the primary level. This course includes clarifying Biography of the Prophet and Islamic history Science, Science and Islamic Jurisprudence and related to worship and transactions, and the schools of Islamic jurisprudence, and the related contemporary issues. Students should be aware of Islamic Science contained in this doctrine and relate it to clarify the major concepts in this area, such as the concepts of faith and disbelief, and clarification of the pillars of the Islamic faith and the educational implications of their faith. It also includes the study of science and ethics of the most important virtues called for by our religion. Finally, the Islamic Education and related child-rearing and opinions of thinkers Islam in some educational issues. This course includes a number of educational activities that aim to install religious information, and deepen and most importantly use sources, lexicons, and the global network of information. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 252 Methodology of Islamic Education for Elementary School
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to enable the students to acquire theoretical and practical skills necessary for them to teach Islamic education curriculum at the elementary level, address scheduled Islamic education curriculum requirements at the elementary level, the objectives of teaching Islamic education at the elementary level, concepts, values and principles necessary for the teaching of Islamic education at the elementary level and skills, general methods for the teaching of Islamic education at the primary level, methods of teaching Islamic education at the primary level, Evaluate aspects of learning in Islamic education at the primary level, religious activity in the primary stage and planning of Islamic education lessons in primary school with their models and applications.
Course Code |
ED 252 |
Course Title |
Methodology of Islamic Education for Elementary School |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to enable the students to acquire theoretical and practical skills necessary for them to teach Islamic education curriculum at the elementary level, address scheduled Islamic education curriculum requirements at the elementary level, the objectives of teaching Islamic education at the elementary level, concepts, values and principles necessary for the teaching of Islamic education at the elementary level and skills, general methods for the teaching of Islamic education at the primary level, methods of teaching Islamic education at the primary level, Evaluate aspects of learning in Islamic education at the primary level, religious activity in the primary stage and planning of Islamic education lessons in primary school with their models and applications. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 254 Methodology of Social Sciences
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the social studies curriculum, the most important methods and strategies for teaching and analyzing the social studies curricula and syllabus. In addition, it explains the characteristics of the social studies, teachers, the issues that they come across during the teaching process and the assessment principles of social studies.
Course Code |
ED 254 |
Course Title |
Methodology of Social Sciences |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the social studies curriculum, the most important methods and strategies for teaching and analyzing the social studies curricula and syllabus. In addition, it explains the characteristics of the social studies, teachers, the issues that they come across during the teaching process and the assessment principles of social studies. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 255 English for Elementary School Teachers
(4) Credit Hours
This course integrates the basic language skills, both spoken & written. It aims at improving the level of proficiency in English to intermediate/upper intermediate level. The materials have been designed to meet the needs of students enrolled in the first semester, third year at the Open University. The course consists of language skills.
Course Code |
ED 255 |
Course Title |
English for Elementary School Teachers |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
This course integrates the basic language skills, both spoken & written. It aims at improving the level of proficiency in English to intermediate/upper intermediate level. The materials have been designed to meet the needs of students enrolled in the first semester, third year at the Open University. The course consists of language skills. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 313 Class management and Teaching environment
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at enabling the student to know the shift in the role of the teacher and a major source of information to the manager and coordinator of the educational process in the classroom in a democratic and appealing way to students. Clarifying that his role is not limited to the academic side but it also includes administrative and organizational aspects related to tasks done to achieve the appropriate learning environment in the classroom. So the student for this decision should have the ability to classroom management and communication with students and renewal in its article writing using modern techniques to deliver educational material interesting and attractive ways and mastery of competencies classroom management. The study of this course is a prerequisite not only for teachers but for the educational director and the supervisor and all relevant groups to develop teacher performance and evaluation to improve the learning environment to achieve the objectives of the educational process.
Course Code |
ED 313 |
Course Title |
Class management and Teaching environment |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at enabling the student to know the shift in the role of the teacher and a major source of information to the manager and coordinator of the educational process in the classroom in a democratic and appealing way to students. Clarifying that his role is not limited to the academic side but it also includes administrative and organizational aspects related to tasks done to achieve the appropriate learning environment in the classroom. So the student for this decision should have the ability to classroom management and communication with students and renewal in its article writing using modern techniques to deliver educational material interesting and attractive ways and mastery of competencies classroom management. The study of this course is a prerequisite not only for teachers but for the educational director and the supervisor and all relevant groups to develop teacher performance and evaluation to improve the learning environment to achieve the objectives of the educational process. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 331 Instructional Technology
(3) Credit Hours
This course addresses the development of instructional technology with emphasis on instructional design. It also highlights the importance of instructional media in the teaching learning process. The course also aims to equip students with the necessary skills to produce traditional media, and employ tools of the second generation of the web such as Blogs, and WebQuests. The course is also concerned with the technological innovations, such as Mobile Learning and the proper use of modern equipment such as the interactive whiteboard.
Course Code |
ED 331 |
Course Title |
Instructional Technology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course addresses the development of instructional technology with emphasis on instructional design. It also highlights the importance of instructional media in the teaching learning process. The course also aims to equip students with the necessary skills to produce traditional media, and employ tools of the second generation of the web such as Blogs, and WebQuests. The course is also concerned with the technological innovations, such as Mobile Learning and the proper use of modern equipment such as the interactive whiteboard. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 332 Computer–Assisted Instruction
(3) Credit Hours
This Course clarifies the role of ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) in Education and the use of technology in support of the learning process. It focuses on the common uses of computers in Education and it addresses the use of technology with classroom instruction. It covers ICT in Education, Computer development and its application in Education; using the internet in Education; A detailed use of PowerPoint, Excel and Multimedia in Education. It also covers Social Media in Education. This course also shows a practical way on how to use Google and Open Source courses. Finally, it covers some of the most important issues when it comes to using computers in Education such as ethics, security, computer crime and intellectual property.
Course Code |
ED 332 |
Course Title |
Computer–Assisted Instruction |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course clarifies the role of ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) in Education and the use of technology in support of the learning process. It focuses on the common uses of computers in Education and it addresses the use of technology with classroom instruction. It covers ICT in Education, Computer development and its application in Education; using the internet in Education; A detailed use of PowerPoint, Excel and Multimedia in Education. It also covers Social Media in Education. This course also shows a practical way on how to use Google and Open Source courses. Finally, it covers some of the most important issues when it comes to using computers in Education such as ethics, security, computer crime and intellectual property. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 347 Arabic Language for Teachers of Elementary School I
(3) Credit Hours
This course seeks to provide the student with a degree of linguistic knowledge on Arabic grammar and vocabulary. It introduces Arabic language grammar from different sources based on the context, product, and type. The course also allows the student to differentiate between Arabic words in terms of their root and use. The course also addresses different modes of speech in terms of singularity, duality, or plurality. Finally, the course reviews other grammatical issues that are specific to the Arabic language.
Course Code |
ED 347 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language for Teachers of Elementary School I |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course seeks to provide the student with a degree of linguistic knowledge on Arabic grammar and vocabulary. It introduces Arabic language grammar from different sources based on the context, product, and type. The course also allows the student to differentiate between Arabic words in terms of their root and use. The course also addresses different modes of speech in terms of singularity, duality, or plurality. Finally, the course reviews other grammatical issues that are specific to the Arabic language. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 349 Arabic Language for Teachers of Elementary School II
(3) Credit Hours
This course seeks to provide the student with a degree of linguistic knowledge on the Arabic language and its methods. It introduces various aspects of Arabic language grammar that are specific to the language. For instance, the course helps students understand the difference between sentences that begin with a noun and sentences that begin with a verb, analyze the components of sentences, understand the difference between various types of letters and words, and identify the appropriate time and place to include accents on letters.
Course Code |
ED 349 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language for Teachers of Elementary School II |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course seeks to provide the student with a degree of linguistic knowledge on the Arabic language and its methods. It introduces various aspects of Arabic language grammar that are specific to the language. For instance, the course helps students understand the difference between sentences that begin with a noun and sentences that begin with a verb, analyze the components of sentences, understand the difference between various types of letters and words, and identify the appropriate time and place to include accents on letters. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 354 Methodology of Arabic Language for Elementary School
(3) Credit Hours
This course seeks to offer students with as much knowledge about the educational foundations of teaching the Arabic language, including the teaching of listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Arabic. The course deals with the characteristics, perspectives, and the educational implications of the Arabic language. The course addresses different skills such as listening, reading, writing, and speaking in terms of the specific concepts, goals, components, student educational levels, and fundamentals of teaching Arabic. The course also reviews methods, attitudes, and proposed activities, all while highlighting the role of the teacher and student. The course teaches composition and grammar in an attempt to ease methods used in teaching. The course presents modern fundamentals in teaching the Arabic language (e.g., the role of new technologies), linguistic activities and exercises, and responsibilities in teaching the Arabic language.
Course Code |
ED 354 |
Course Title |
Methodology of Arabic Language for Elementary School |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course seeks to offer students with as much knowledge about the educational foundations of teaching the Arabic language, including the teaching of listening, speaking, reading, and writing in Arabic. The course deals with the characteristics, perspectives, and the educational implications of the Arabic language. The course addresses different skills such as listening, reading, writing, and speaking in terms of the specific concepts, goals, components, student educational levels, and fundamentals of teaching Arabic. The course also reviews methods, attitudes, and proposed activities, all while highlighting the role of the teacher and student. The course teaches composition and grammar in an attempt to ease methods used in teaching. The course presents modern fundamentals in teaching the Arabic language (e.g., the role of new technologies), linguistic activities and exercises, and responsibilities in teaching the Arabic language. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 359 Mathematics for Teachers of Elementary School I
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at providing learners with basic concepts, generalizations, skills and problem solving concerning math topics. This course integrates with ED-364 in its spirit. NCTM standards are addressed clearly. The course consists of the following topics: sets, logic, natural numbers, integers, rational and real numbers.
Course Code |
ED 359 |
Course Title |
Mathematics for Teachers of Elementary School I |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at providing learners with basic concepts, generalizations, skills and problem solving concerning math topics. This course integrates with ED-364 in its spirit. NCTM standards are addressed clearly. The course consists of the following topics: sets, logic, natural numbers, integers, rational and real numbers. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 360 Mathematics for Teachers of Elementary School II
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at providing learners with basic concepts, generalizations, skills and problem solving concerning math topics. This course integrates with ED-364 in its spirit. NCTM standards are addressed clearly. The course consists of the following topics: Statistics, Probability, Geometry, mensuration, problem solving.
Course Code |
ED 360 |
Course Title |
Mathematics for Teachers of Elementary School II |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at providing learners with basic concepts, generalizations, skills and problem solving concerning math topics. This course integrates with ED-364 in its spirit. NCTM standards are addressed clearly. The course consists of the following topics: Statistics, Probability, Geometry, mensuration, problem solving. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 364 Methodology of Mathematics for Teachers of Elementary School
(3) Credit Hours
This Course aims at providing learners with essential knowledge and skills to prepare them to be successful math teachers at the elementary level. In this course learners learn about innovations in math education. NCTM standards are a core curriculum. This course provides novice teachers with educational strategies concerning problem solving, critical thinking, geometrical thinking, mathematical reasoning and using technology in math education. The course provides learners with basic methods and strategies for teaching numbers, fractions, decimals, geometric concepts and world problems. The course provides learners with a comprehensive look at lesson preparation and assessing students’ achievement in math.
Course Code |
ED 364 |
Course Title |
Methodology of Mathematics for Teachers of Elementary School |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course aims at providing learners with essential knowledge and skills to prepare them to be successful math teachers at the elementary level. In this course learners learn about innovations in math education. NCTM standards are a core curriculum. This course provides novice teachers with educational strategies concerning problem solving, critical thinking, geometrical thinking, mathematical reasoning and using technology in math education. The course provides learners with basic methods and strategies for teaching numbers, fractions, decimals, geometric concepts and world problems. The course provides learners with a comprehensive look at lesson preparation and assessing students’ achievement in math. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 421 Principles of school counseling and Guidance
(3) Credit Hours
This Course studies the importance of counseling guidance, foundations and principles as well as the theories and applications of educational guidance that addresses the scheduled program of guidance and counseling at school, the Counseling processes, in addition to the role of teacher and counselor to develop the mental health in the school environment.
Course Code |
ED 421 |
Course Title |
Principles of school counseling and Guidance |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course studies the importance of counseling guidance, foundations and principles as well as the theories and applications of educational guidance that addresses the scheduled program of guidance and counseling at school, the Counseling processes, in addition to the role of teacher and counselor to develop the mental health in the school environment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 423 Measurement, Evaluation and Construction of tests
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with the historical development of measurement and evaluation, concepts and general principles for measurement and evaluation and statistical concepts and applications in metrology. Also addresses the terms and conditions of a good test (test the reliability and validity) and analysis of the paragraphs of the test. Also this course deals with the types of achievement tests and construction, design and ways to evaluate such tests.
Course Code |
ED 423 |
Course Title |
Measurement, Evaluation and Construction of tests |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the historical development of measurement and evaluation, concepts and general principles for measurement and evaluation and statistical concepts and applications in metrology. Also addresses the terms and conditions of a good test (test the reliability and validity) and analysis of the paragraphs of the test. Also this course deals with the types of achievement tests and construction, design and ways to evaluate such tests. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 431 Designing and Production Educational Software
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students with the importance of design, production, and use of electronic educational programs in the teaching and learning process. This course covers: theories of learning and teaching, principles of Instructional design, its relationship to computer technology; Educational multi-media Instructional design and Production Steps; Power Point applications in designing and production educational software; The tools of educational Multimedia production such as image editing through Adobe Photoshop software, audio editing through Gold Wave software, and movies editing through the Movie Maker software; Authoring tools like Macromedia Flash software. Also this course focuses on the practical part in the field of designing and production a Multimedia educational software according to the approved standards in this field.
Course Code |
ED 431 |
Course Title |
Designing and Production Educational Software |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students with the importance of design, production, and use of electronic educational programs in the teaching and learning process. This course covers: theories of learning and teaching, principles of Instructional design, its relationship to computer technology; Educational multi-media Instructional design and Production Steps; Power Point applications in designing and production educational software; The tools of educational Multimedia production such as image editing through Adobe Photoshop software, audio editing through Gold Wave software, and movies editing through the Movie Maker software; Authoring tools like Macromedia Flash software. Also this course focuses on the practical part in the field of designing and production a Multimedia educational software according to the approved standards in this field. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 442 Scientific research methodology
(3) Credit Hours
This course covers the basic concepts in educational research procedural types and their problems and ways to identify research problem society ,and samples .
It also planning to conduct research including all the research elements taking into account the right methodology , and stress the necessary skills , for research , including the defining the samples , variables , methods of collecting data., analysis and discussion in order to take decisions related to improving educational performance.
IT also consentrate on the educational problems in the teacher’s environment.
Course Code |
ED 442 |
Course Title |
Scientific research methodology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course covers the basic concepts in educational research procedural types and their problems and ways to identify research problem society ,and samples .
It also planning to conduct research including all the research elements taking into account the right methodology , and stress the necessary skills , for research , including the defining the samples , variables , methods of collecting data., analysis and discussion in order to take decisions related to improving educational performance.
IT also consentrate on the educational problems in the teacher’s environment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 449 Practical education 2
(6) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the practical field supervised by the teachers, training institutions in the educational colleges, and designed to familiarize the students with the practical experience, and lead them to recognize the schools environment . In addition, it provides students with the experience of actual teaching.
Course Code |
ED 449 |
Course Title |
Practical education 2 |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the practical field supervised by the teachers, training institutions in the educational colleges, and designed to familiarize the students with the practical experience, and lead them to recognize the schools environment . In addition, it provides students with the experience of actual teaching. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 456 Children literature
(3) Credit Hours
This course examines the nature, origins, and historic development of children’s literature over the years. The course covers the main objectives of children’s literature, including novels, drama, poetry, and story characters and content. The course also evaluates different methods for teaching children’s literature. Different types of children’s books are also reviewed in this course, all while considering the characteristics of each type of book and the methods necessary to teach them. The course looks at other issues related to children’s literature such as language development, its relation with reading, and how reading may help enhance children’s vocabulary. The course also defines testing standards and evaluation methods for the form and content of successful literary work. The course reviews various ways to present children’s literature, such as auditory, visually, and textually. Finally, the course analyzes some of the global works in children’s literature and compares it to regional and local works in Jordan.
Course Code |
ED 456 |
Course Title |
Children literature |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course examines the nature, origins, and historic development of children’s literature over the years. The course covers the main objectives of children’s literature, including novels, drama, poetry, and story characters and content. The course also evaluates different methods for teaching children’s literature. Different types of children’s books are also reviewed in this course, all while considering the characteristics of each type of book and the methods necessary to teach them. The course looks at other issues related to children’s literature such as language development, its relation with reading, and how reading may help enhance children’s vocabulary. The course also defines testing standards and evaluation methods for the form and content of successful literary work. The course reviews various ways to present children’s literature, such as auditory, visually, and textually. Finally, the course analyzes some of the global works in children’s literature and compares it to regional and local works in Jordan. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 460 Science for elementary school teachers I
(3) Credit Hours
This course covers the essential scientific concepts that deal with the natural life processes in the two major areas of science, chemistry and physics. Much of the Course content concentrates on the practical application of these sciences on daily life, in the field of energy, atomic structure, material science, chemical bonding, and organic compounds.
This course consists of six units that cover the following: forms of energy and the changing processes between different types of energy, properties and units with some mathematical laws related to energy concept ,the three states of matter, forces between molecules, Atomic structure , theories about the building of modern atomic structure and the sub atomic particles, the main types of chemical reaction and the concept of balancing chemical equations are also addressed, the nature of the chemical bonding ionic or covalent on various types of chemicals, relate the bonding with the shape of molecules ,and the nature of organic compounds, naming them, the structure and uses of the organic compounds are also discussed.
Course Code |
ED 460 |
Course Title |
Science for elementary school teachers I |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course covers the essential scientific concepts that deal with the natural life processes in the two major areas of science, chemistry and physics. Much of the Course content concentrates on the practical application of these sciences on daily life, in the field of energy, atomic structure, material science, chemical bonding, and organic compounds.
This course consists of six units that cover the following: forms of energy and the changing processes between different types of energy, properties and units with some mathematical laws related to energy concept ,the three states of matter, forces between molecules, Atomic structure , theories about the building of modern atomic structure and the sub atomic particles, the main types of chemical reaction and the concept of balancing chemical equations are also addressed, the nature of the chemical bonding ionic or covalent on various types of chemicals, relate the bonding with the shape of molecules ,and the nature of organic compounds, naming them, the structure and uses of the organic compounds are also discussed. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 462 Science for elementary school teachers II
(3) Credit Hours
This course covers the essential scientific concepts that deal with the natural life processes in the two major areas of science, biology and geology. Much of the Course content concentrates on the practical application of these sciences on daily life, such as cell structure, human body, genetics, plants, and earth and planet structure.
This course consists of five units; cell structure which addresses the main concepts related to cellular parts and functions, including meioses and mitoses, human body which covers the main parts of human body and describes their functions. Genetics introduces the primary concepts of genetics, and the theories and laws of inheridity. Plant anatomy covers the structure of plants and the function of each part of the plant, and earth science covers the nature of earth structure, and the planets, the rock cycle, the volcanoes and earth quakes.
Course Code |
ED 462 |
Course Title |
Science for elementary school teachers II |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course covers the essential scientific concepts that deal with the natural life processes in the two major areas of science, biology and geology. Much of the Course content concentrates on the practical application of these sciences on daily life, such as cell structure, human body, genetics, plants, and earth and planet structure.
This course consists of five units; cell structure which addresses the main concepts related to cellular parts and functions, including meioses and mitoses, human body which covers the main parts of human body and describes their functions. Genetics introduces the primary concepts of genetics, and the theories and laws of inheridity. Plant anatomy covers the structure of plants and the function of each part of the plant, and earth science covers the nature of earth structure, and the planets, the rock cycle, the volcanoes and earth quakes. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 468 Methodology of science for elementary school
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide students with the essential skills in methods of teaching science for elementary school teachers by introducing several teaching strategies and modern approaches for instruction as well as various methods of teaching styles such as lecturing, discussion, group works, projects and problem solving. It also introduces examples of science lesson plans with proper objectives .The course content also emphasizes the importance of performing practical activities in classes or experiments in the laboratory, and how to address the misconceptions of understanding science theories, finally the course emphasizes on the importance of the process of evaluation of students work as a cumulative or as ongoing students assessments.
Course Code |
ED 468 |
Course Title |
Methodology of science for elementary school |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide students with the essential skills in methods of teaching science for elementary school teachers by introducing several teaching strategies and modern approaches for instruction as well as various methods of teaching styles such as lecturing, discussion, group works, projects and problem solving. It also introduces examples of science lesson plans with proper objectives .The course content also emphasizes the importance of performing practical activities in classes or experiments in the laboratory, and how to address the misconceptions of understanding science theories, finally the course emphasizes on the importance of the process of evaluation of students work as a cumulative or as ongoing students assessments. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 482 Environmental and health science
(3) Credit Hours
In this course many important topics related to health and environmental science are covered including the essentials of environment components and the interactions of these components with the ecosystem, and the relationships of these components with the living organisms in the environment. The course has three main goals, first to learn how the natural environment works, second to understand how humans interact with the environment at homes and schools or work places, and also to determine the effect of the environment on human health. The third goal is determining how humans affect the environment and the effect of the environment on human health.It also includes finding ways to deal with these effects.
Students will learn about factors that affect human life such as consuming different types of natural resources: renewable and nonrenewable resources, rapid population increase and its effect on the natural resources, climate change, and depletion of ozone layer, air pollution, healthy food choices, infectious diseases, types of health poisoning and protective or mental health.
Course Code |
ED 482 |
Course Title |
Environmental and health science |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
In this course many important topics related to health and environmental science are covered including the essentials of environment components and the interactions of these components with the ecosystem, and the relationships of these components with the living organisms in the environment. The course has three main goals, first to learn how the natural environment works, second to understand how humans interact with the environment at homes and schools or work places, and also to determine the effect of the environment on human health. The third goal is determining how humans affect the environment and the effect of the environment on human health.It also includes finding ways to deal with these effects.
Students will learn about factors that affect human life such as consuming different types of natural resources: renewable and nonrenewable resources, rapid population increase and its effect on the natural resources, climate change, and depletion of ozone layer, air pollution, healthy food choices, infectious diseases, types of health poisoning and protective or mental health. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 513 Class management and learning environment
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at enabling students to know what educational management means and how effective educational management can be applied in his field work. Students are to be introduced to the nature of management, main factors affecting educational management, as well as educational leadership; its types, requirements and skills, how educational decisions are made and what basic theories should be taken into account in this respect. Students are also introduced to the main aspects of effective in educational communication as well as educational advisory, its nature, role, and evaluation.
Course Code |
ED 513 |
Course Title |
Class management and learning environment |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at enabling students to know what educational management means and how effective educational management can be applied in his field work. Students are to be introduced to the nature of management, main factors affecting educational management, as well as educational leadership; its types, requirements and skills, how educational decisions are made and what basic theories should be taken into account in this respect. Students are also introduced to the main aspects of effective in educational communication as well as educational advisory, its nature, role, and evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 521 Educational Psychology
(3) Credit Hours
This course presents the theories and principles of the concepts and topics related to educational psychology in a school setting. The topics are specifically related to the processes of learning and teaching, which are reviewed in light of behavioral and cognitive theories as well as empirical methods on improving student motivation and skills given the current context of our schools. This course also defines and discusses topics related to learners’ emotional, social, cognitive, and other relevant developmental milestones. Finally, this course includes a review of the procedures and tools necessary to assess the educational process, considering the nature of educational assessments and its benefits.
Course Code |
ED 521 |
Course Title |
Educational Psychology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course presents the theories and principles of the concepts and topics related to educational psychology in a school setting. The topics are specifically related to the processes of learning and teaching, which are reviewed in light of behavioral and cognitive theories as well as empirical methods on improving student motivation and skills given the current context of our schools. This course also defines and discusses topics related to learners’ emotional, social, cognitive, and other relevant developmental milestones. Finally, this course includes a review of the procedures and tools necessary to assess the educational process, considering the nature of educational assessments and its benefits. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 523 Educational Measurement and Evaluation
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the historical development of measurement and evaluation, concepts and general principles in this field as well as its statistical concepts, methods and applications. It also addresses the terms and conditions of good tests (testing reliability and validity) and analysis of test items. This course also deals with the types of achievement tests design, construction, and methods of evaluation. The main concern of the course is to provide students with the main skills related with testing, measuring and evaluating their students’ performance at the various instructional and educational levels.
Course Code |
ED 523 |
Course Title |
Educational Measurement and Evaluation |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the historical development of measurement and evaluation, concepts and general principles in this field as well as its statistical concepts, methods and applications. It also addresses the terms and conditions of good tests (testing reliability and validity) and analysis of test items. This course also deals with the types of achievement tests design, construction, and methods of evaluation. The main concern of the course is to provide students with the main skills related with testing, measuring and evaluating their students’ performance at the various instructional and educational levels. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 531 Curriculum planning and development
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to address students to the concept of curriculum, its elements, construction, its development, and various methods of planning of student centered, knowledge centered and society centered curriculum and their strategies. It also addresses the characteristics of various types of curriculum such as the application and blended curriculum as well as future challenges. It provides students with the basics and characteristics of Islamic Curriculum, as well as its aims and models and strategies.
Course Code |
ED 531 |
Course Title |
Curriculum planning and development |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to address students to the concept of curriculum, its elements, construction, its development, and various methods of planning of student centered, knowledge centered and society centered curriculum and their strategies. It also addresses the characteristics of various types of curriculum such as the application and blended curriculum as well as future challenges. It provides students with the basics and characteristics of Islamic Curriculum, as well as its aims and models and strategies. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 532 Instructional Technology and Its Educational Applications
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to address students to the practical applications to the main theories that form the bases for Instructional Technology, such as education, learning, communication, human development and system theory. It stresses on the integration of new technology to curriculum, and how it affects teaching methods and strategies in order to acquire the stated cognitive, affective and psychomotor objectives. It also addresses students to the latest innovations in digital technology and its applications in education, such as E Learning, Open, Blended, Mobile and Virtual Learning. The course stresses the practical application of Instructional Design using new Computer and Information Technology in choosing the most appropriate means, methods, and strategies to encourage students’ self learning and knowledge production.
Course Code |
ED 532 |
Course Title |
Instructional Technology and Its Educational Applications |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to address students to the practical applications to the main theories that form the bases for Instructional Technology, such as education, learning, communication, human development and system theory. It stresses on the integration of new technology to curriculum, and how it affects teaching methods and strategies in order to acquire the stated cognitive, affective and psychomotor objectives. It also addresses students to the latest innovations in digital technology and its applications in education, such as E Learning, Open, Blended, Mobile and Virtual Learning. The course stresses the practical application of Instructional Design using new Computer and Information Technology in choosing the most appropriate means, methods, and strategies to encourage students’ self learning and knowledge production. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 533 Curricula and Methodology of Islamic Education
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce Islamic education curricula at the secondary level in details, to familiarize students with the goals of teaching in each branch of these curricula, religious and educational principles, methods, planning, means and educational activities that contribute to the achievement of these goals. It also provides students with the needed skill to design and construct daily and annual teaching plans, as well as evaluating the methods to achieve these goals. These include the following branches: the Quran, the Hadith, the Islamic Faith, Islamic jurisprudence, Discipline and Values, and Biography of the Prophet.
Course Code |
ED 533 |
Course Title |
Curricula and Methodology of Islamic Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce Islamic education curricula at the secondary level in details, to familiarize students with the goals of teaching in each branch of these curricula, religious and educational principles, methods, planning, means and educational activities that contribute to the achievement of these goals. It also provides students with the needed skill to design and construct daily and annual teaching plans, as well as evaluating the methods to achieve these goals. These include the following branches: the Quran, the Hadith, the Islamic Faith, Islamic jurisprudence, Discipline and Values, and Biography of the Prophet. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 534 Field Education
(6) Credit Hours
This course aims to stress the practical performance applied by teacher training institutions in general. It stresses on the application of theoretical principles that students/ teachers have already learned in other courses in real school settings. This gives the students/ teachers a real access to look deeper in the school life and daily educational performance and activities at various levels.
Course Code |
ED 534 |
Course Title |
Field Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
This course aims to stress the practical performance applied by teacher training institutions in general. It stresses on the application of theoretical principles that students/ teachers have already learned in other courses in real school settings. This gives the students/ teachers a real access to look deeper in the school life and daily educational performance and activities at various levels. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 535 Curricula and Methodology of English Language
(3) Credit Hours
This is a theoretical and practical course that links finding of research on English language learning to classroom mythology. It exposes the student to the old and current approaches of teaching English as a second or foreign language. It also introduces students to the characteristics of classic and modern curricula. In addition, the course provides the chance to understand the teacher’s and student’s role in the instructional process. In addition, it covers the analysis and evaluation of each lingual skill as well as its characteristics. It also shows how individual learners can make use of the computer to promote their learning. All this is mainly given in the form of practical examples. Each part of the course is followed by practical tasks.
Course Code |
ED 535 |
Course Title |
Curricula and Methodology of English Language |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a theoretical and practical course that links finding of research on English language learning to classroom mythology. It exposes the student to the old and current approaches of teaching English as a second or foreign language. It also introduces students to the characteristics of classic and modern curricula. In addition, the course provides the chance to understand the teacher’s and student’s role in the instructional process. In addition, it covers the analysis and evaluation of each lingual skill as well as its characteristics. It also shows how individual learners can make use of the computer to promote their learning. All this is mainly given in the form of practical examples. Each part of the course is followed by practical tasks. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 536 Educational Research Methods
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide students with a deeper look to the basic concepts in educational research that they have already studied at the graduate level. It covers the methods to identify a research problem, society and samples. It also covers the different instruments of research, methodology, variables, and methods of collecting data; such as interview, questionnaire, tests and observations, as well as conducting analysis and discussion of results, in order to make decisions to improve an educational performance. This course stresses on how to conduct procedural research, how to document references, and how to achieve reliable results.
Course Code |
ED 536 |
Course Title |
Educational Research Methods |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide students with a deeper look to the basic concepts in educational research that they have already studied at the graduate level. It covers the methods to identify a research problem, society and samples. It also covers the different instruments of research, methodology, variables, and methods of collecting data; such as interview, questionnaire, tests and observations, as well as conducting analysis and discussion of results, in order to make decisions to improve an educational performance. This course stresses on how to conduct procedural research, how to document references, and how to achieve reliable results. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 537 Curricula and Methodology Of Teaching Science
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to provide students with the essential skills in using methods of teaching science for in-service teachers who need to gain skills in teaching pedagogy and class management by introducing several educational theories, teaching strategies and modern approaches of instruction, with examples of various teaching methods. It also introduces examples of science lesson plans with proper objectives, The course also emphasizes on the methods of scientific thinking like inquiry and problem solving. Finally, the course emphasizes on the importance of teachers education programs as an ongoing developmental process to improve their competencies.
Course Code |
ED 537 |
Course Title |
Curricula and Methodology Of Teaching Science |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to provide students with the essential skills in using methods of teaching science for in-service teachers who need to gain skills in teaching pedagogy and class management by introducing several educational theories, teaching strategies and modern approaches of instruction, with examples of various teaching methods. It also introduces examples of science lesson plans with proper objectives, The course also emphasizes on the methods of scientific thinking like inquiry and problem solving. Finally, the course emphasizes on the importance of teachers education programs as an ongoing developmental process to improve their competencies. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 538 Curricula and Methodology of Mathematics
(3) Credit Hours
This Course aims to provide students with the essential knowledge and skills needed for successful math teachers at all educational levels. In this course, students learn modern innovations in math education at the local and international levels. NCTM standards are a core curriculum. This course provides teachers with the educational strategies concerning problem solving, critical thinking, geometrical thinking, mathematical reasoning and using technology in math education. The course ends with a comprehensive look at lesson preparation and assessing students’ achievement in math.
Course Code |
ED 538 |
Course Title |
Curricula and Methodology of Mathematics |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course aims to provide students with the essential knowledge and skills needed for successful math teachers at all educational levels. In this course, students learn modern innovations in math education at the local and international levels. NCTM standards are a core curriculum. This course provides teachers with the educational strategies concerning problem solving, critical thinking, geometrical thinking, mathematical reasoning and using technology in math education. The course ends with a comprehensive look at lesson preparation and assessing students’ achievement in math. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 539 Curricula and Methodology of Social Sciences
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on the social studies and curriculum, the social curricula and the most important methods and strategies for teaching and analyzing social studies, curricula and syllabus. This course addresses the relation between social sciences and social studies, the contemporary trends and the recent topics in social studies and its teaching resources. In addition, it explains the characteristics of social studies teachers, issues that they come across during the teaching process and the assessment principles of social studies that may lead to the improvement of his teaching skills.
Course Code |
ED 539 |
Course Title |
Curricula and Methodology of Social Sciences |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on the social studies and curriculum, the social curricula and the most important methods and strategies for teaching and analyzing social studies, curricula and syllabus. This course addresses the relation between social sciences and social studies, the contemporary trends and the recent topics in social studies and its teaching resources. In addition, it explains the characteristics of social studies teachers, issues that they come across during the teaching process and the assessment principles of social studies that may lead to the improvement of his teaching skills. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 540 Curricula and Methodology of Arabic Language
(3) Credit Hours
This course helps prepare students for the mission of teaching Arabic language. Students are introduced to information related to Arabic curriculum and methods by which they can analyze curriculum. The course helps students master the necessary skills and methods to teach Arabic in terms of listening, reading, literature, calligraphy, spelling, written expressions, and grammar. It includes topics that cover issues related to methods of teaching Arabic as well as planning and evaluating the teaching process.
Course Code |
ED 540 |
Course Title |
Curricula and Methodology of Arabic Language |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course helps prepare students for the mission of teaching Arabic language. Students are introduced to information related to Arabic curriculum and methods by which they can analyze curriculum. The course helps students master the necessary skills and methods to teach Arabic in terms of listening, reading, literature, calligraphy, spelling, written expressions, and grammar. It includes topics that cover issues related to methods of teaching Arabic as well as planning and evaluating the teaching process. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 541 Counseling and educational guidance
(3) Credit Hours
This course stresses the importance of foundations and principles of counseling and guidance in improving the educational environment and acquiring its goals, especially for teachers. It also addresses theories and applications of educational guidance in school and in the educational in general. It also covers the counseling skills needed in class management and in solving problems related to the school environment, as well as the role of teachers and counselors in developing the mental health in the school environment.
Course Code |
ED 541 |
Course Title |
Counseling and educational guidance |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course stresses the importance of foundations and principles of counseling and guidance in improving the educational environment and acquiring its goals, especially for teachers. It also addresses theories and applications of educational guidance in school and in the educational in general. It also covers the counseling skills needed in class management and in solving problems related to the school environment, as well as the role of teachers and counselors in developing the mental health in the school environment. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 601 Curriculum Analysis and Development
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the foundations, elements, planning and design of curriculum. Also, it allows students to analyse, develop and evaluate curriculum. In each part of the module, it is highlighting the role of technology in enhancing curriculum.
• The module helps students understand how to build public curricula, including the technology component of education, and helps them understand how to analyze the curriculum, including websites, software, and technology tools, and this links them with other courses.
• In general, the module has great impact in raising students’ skills in instructional design and is complementary with one of the basics modules in the program which is ED618 (Instructional Design) module.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 601 |
Course Title |
Curriculum Analysis and Development |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the foundations, elements, planning and design of curriculum. Also, it allows students to analyse, develop and evaluate curriculum. In each part of the module, it is highlighting the role of technology in enhancing curriculum.
• The module helps students understand how to build public curricula, including the technology component of education, and helps them understand how to analyze the curriculum, including websites, software, and technology tools, and this links them with other courses.
• In general, the module has great impact in raising students’ skills in instructional design and is complementary with one of the basics modules in the program which is ED618 (Instructional Design) module.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
- Demonstrates emerging developments in curriculum definition.
- Defines the foundations of curriculum building.
- Shows the criteria for each element of the curriculum.
- Explains the steps of curriculum planning.
- Differentiates curriculum designs.
- Justifies curriculum development.
- Apply the questions of analysis of the curriculum in its analysis of the curriculum of the course he is studying.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
A1. Identify the types of curriculum.
A2. Identify participants in curriculum development, and their existing and lost roles.
A3. Know the many concepts related to the curriculum
A4. Know the meaning of each of the foundations of the curriculum (philosophical, cognitive, psychological, social)
A5. Aware of the benefits of curriculum planning
A6. Understand the problems of curriculum design
B. Cognitive skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
B1. Distinguish between traditional and modern trends in curriculum definition.
B2. Learn the basics of curriculum building.
B3. Explore curriculum designs.
B4. Inquire about the steps to develop the curriculum adopted in Jordan.
B5. Looking for obstacles to curriculum development in his country
C. Practical and professional skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
C1. Demonstrate understanding of curriculum characteristics.
C2. Consider the principles adopted (philosophical, cognitive, psychological, and social) when developing the curriculum.
C3. Analyze curriculum elements (objectives, content, experiences, evaluation, technology).
C4. Develop elements of the curriculum according to modern foundations.
C5. Develop a curriculum planning model
C6. Provide acceptable justification for the development of the currently approved curriculum.
C7. Distinguish between different methods.
C8. Use the methodology development criteria to be implemented.
C9. Develop strategies for analyzing the methodology.
D. Key transferable skills
At the end of the module, learners will be expected to:
D1. Look for strengths and weaknesses in the curriculum methodology
D2. Think critically about curriculum issues and develop them.
D3. Critique and evaluate of the curriculum in light of international and local standards.
D4. Develop the design of a component-based technology curriculum.
D5. Adopt and defends a model of curriculum planning
D6. Have the ability to analyze the foundations based on the curriculum (philosophical, cognitive, psychological, social) |
ED 613 Educational Leadership
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with the theoretical background of educational leadership within a systematic framework with its multifaceted dimension. It discusses the various societal and institutional applications and dimensions which are the basis for the study of educational leadership and its components.
Course Code |
ED 613 |
Course Title |
Educational Leadership |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the theoretical background of educational leadership within a systematic framework with its multifaceted dimension. It discusses the various societal and institutional applications and dimensions which are the basis for the study of educational leadership and its components. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 614 Educational Supervision
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with the multi facts of educational supervision in its modern concept through theoretical frames and varied applications. It also deals with the most important obstacles that hinder the realisation of the objectives of educational supervision in the Arab Region. It presents and studies effective strategies which help improve work in the educational environment in the region.
Course Code |
ED 614 |
Course Title |
Educational Supervision |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the multi facts of educational supervision in its modern concept through theoretical frames and varied applications. It also deals with the most important obstacles that hinder the realisation of the objectives of educational supervision in the Arab Region. It presents and studies effective strategies which help improve work in the educational environment in the region. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 617 Educational Planning
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with the study of educational planning, its objectives, importance, and basic constituents. This course also deals with the types of educational plans and major approaches to educational planning. It discusses the stages of general development plans for selected countries. It participates in developing the planning abilities of students in the areas of curriculum, in-service training and school buildings. It also studies the most important obstacles that face educational planning in the Arab countries.
Course Code |
ED 617 |
Course Title |
Educational Planning |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with the study of educational planning, its objectives, importance, and basic constituents. This course also deals with the types of educational plans and major approaches to educational planning. It discusses the stages of general development plans for selected countries. It participates in developing the planning abilities of students in the areas of curriculum, in-service training and school buildings. It also studies the most important obstacles that face educational planning in the Arab countries. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 618 Instructional Design
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with main theories, concepts, and basic steps of Instructional Design. Also it allows students to understand Systematic approach in education and explore different design models in relation to various educational environments especially in distance and blended learning environment. Students will acquire the skills of analysing, designing, and evaluating instructional models.
• In general, the module has great impact in raising students’ skills in instructional design and is complementary with ED601 (Curriculum Analysis and Development) module. Also it is considered to be a basic foundation that relates to all modules that deals with technology and its design.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 618 |
Course Title |
Instructional Design |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with main theories, concepts, and basic steps of Instructional Design. Also it allows students to understand Systematic approach in education and explore different design models in relation to various educational environments especially in distance and blended learning environment. Students will acquire the skills of analysing, designing, and evaluating instructional models.
• In general, the module has great impact in raising students’ skills in instructional design and is complementary with ED601 (Curriculum Analysis and Development) module. Also it is considered to be a basic foundation that relates to all modules that deals with technology and its design.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
|
Course Objectives |
- Providing students with the appropriate knowledge and skills about Instructional Technology.
- Introducing students to main aspects of instructional design and the role of latest trends and tools of educational/instructional technology in instruction, learning and assessment.
- Developing students' skills to analyse, design, and evaluate instructional models.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge
and understanding At
the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Demonstrate understanding of concepts of
instructional design and ıts appllıcatıons. A2: Be
aware of needs and importance to adopt adequate strategies and tactics for each
given instructional design.
B.
Cognitive skills At
the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1:
Acquire plannıng skılls how to investigate students’ characteristics and needs. B2: Be
able to choose appropriate strategies, methods, materials& media for a
given instructional model. C. Practical and professional skills At
the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1:
Follow a given model for designing a distance learnıng package. C2: Employ effective
instructional materials for face to face and distance learning. D. Key transferable skills At
the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Think
critically about issues related to instructional design at the local level. D2: Evaluate
instructional models designed by his mates.
D3: Choose appropriate instructional models for
given learning environments. |
ED 620 Leadership and Group Dynamics
(3) Credit Hours
This course discusses and evaluates theories of leadership and dynamics of human groups. It deals with issues such as group integration and motivation, individual and group behaviour, situation in the educational institutions (schools) and factors affecting individual and group behaviour inside those institution. The course exposes students to future trends in leadership and application in education.
It also explores the various stages of group development (working stages and the ending stages) as well as ethical and multicultural reality/ issues.
Course Code |
ED 620 |
Course Title |
Leadership and Group Dynamics |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course discusses and evaluates theories of leadership and dynamics of human groups. It deals with issues such as group integration and motivation, individual and group behaviour, situation in the educational institutions (schools) and factors affecting individual and group behaviour inside those institution. The course exposes students to future trends in leadership and application in education.
It also explores the various stages of group development (working stages and the ending stages) as well as ethical and multicultural reality/ issues. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 621 Educational Policies in the Arab Region
(3) Credit Hours
This course studies educational policies in selected Arab States. It explores and analyses the philosophy behind those policies, as well as historical developments, social factor, political factors and economic factors causing those developments. Students are allowed access to the “Strategy for the Development of Arab Education” approved by the Arab League for Education, Science and Culture (ALESCO) in 1979. The outcomes of the Strategy, which was published by ALESCO in 1995, is also studied in the course.
Course Code |
ED 621 |
Course Title |
Educational Policies in the Arab Region |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course studies educational policies in selected Arab States. It explores and analyses the philosophy behind those policies, as well as historical developments, social factor, political factors and economic factors causing those developments. Students are allowed access to the “Strategy for the Development of Arab Education” approved by the Arab League for Education, Science and Culture (ALESCO) in 1979. The outcomes of the Strategy, which was published by ALESCO in 1995, is also studied in the course. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 622 Contemporary Issues in Educational Leadership
(3) Credit Hours
This Course is designed for students to develop their skills to support reflective practice and critical analysis of related issues such as: accountability & equality in education, parent- teacher relationships & the possibility of parent's contribution in solving student problems (dress codes, drugs, school violence), school reform, multiculturalism, and total quality management. The course also helps students create a professional knowledge through studying such issues.
Course Code |
ED 622 |
Course Title |
Contemporary Issues in Educational Leadership |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course is designed for students to develop their skills to support reflective practice and critical analysis of related issues such as: accountability & equality in education, parent- teacher relationships & the possibility of parent's contribution in solving student problems (dress codes, drugs, school violence), school reform, multiculturalism, and total quality management. The course also helps students create a professional knowledge through studying such issues. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 623 Educational Psychology
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the theoretical background in Educational Psychology including different theories and pedagogical applications. Also it provides them with basic understanding of Educational Psychology principles and raises their skills in relying on empirical data in the field when seeking to create new educational technology software.
• In general, the module serves as a framework for all other modules in the program. Specifically, students are encouraged to employ the theories and issues discussed in this module when creating educational technology materials.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 623 |
Course Title |
Educational Psychology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the theoretical background in Educational Psychology including different theories and pedagogical applications. Also it provides them with basic understanding of Educational Psychology principles and raises their skills in relying on empirical data in the field when seeking to create new educational technology software.
• In general, the module serves as a framework for all other modules in the program. Specifically, students are encouraged to employ the theories and issues discussed in this module when creating educational technology materials.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
- Equipping students with a theoretical framework in Educational Psychology that they can employ in future professional settings and educational technology designs.
- Develop students' basic understanding of Educational Psychology principles that can be used to create more optimal learning environments and interactions in their future professional settings.
- Foster students' ability to rely on empirically backed Educational Psychology solutions to educational technology problems or innovations.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Specify common factors that play a role in successful teaching and student learning. A2: Demonstrate an understanding of the cognitive processes essential to student learning. A3: Understand methods and strategies appropriate for working with students' individual differences. A4: Demonstrate an understanding of the different schools of thought in Educational Psychology (i.e., behaviourist, cognitive, social, humanistic, and ecological). A5: Demonstrate an understanding of child development themes (i.e., cognitive, social, and moral). B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Critically evaluate and analyse research articles in the field of educational psychology. B2: Develop solid and evidence-backed arguments for employing methods and strategies for pedagogical issues. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Effectively employ educational psychology theories in pedagogical settings. C2: Present a persuasive presentation to a critical audience. C3: Employ empirical data to drive decision making in pedagogical situations. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Employ research readings to develop persuasive arguments. D2: Present a persuasive presentation to a critical audience. |
ED 624 Institutional Educational Development
(3) Credit Hours
This course explains & elaborates the concept of organizational development and enables students to translate it into approaches for leading changes in the educational institutions. The course also explains & analyses contemporary issues involved in the process of change such as information overload, population increase, leisure time, improvement in communication means, multiculturalism and swift change.
Course Code |
ED 624 |
Course Title |
Institutional Educational Development |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course explains & elaborates the concept of organizational development and enables students to translate it into approaches for leading changes in the educational institutions. The course also explains & analyses contemporary issues involved in the process of change such as information overload, population increase, leisure time, improvement in communication means, multiculturalism and swift change. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 626 Economics of Education
(3) Credit Hours
The central aim of this course is to enable students to view the process of education through an economic perspective. Several tools of economic analysis are used to address and clarify the links between education as input-operation-output, and economic growth, consumption and investment.
The course possibly enables students to examine selected issues related to the economics of education (employment, unemployment, equity,….) to make them more knowledgeable about such issues and learn how to apply the tools of economic analysis to such issues.
Course Code |
ED 626 |
Course Title |
Economics of Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The central aim of this course is to enable students to view the process of education through an economic perspective. Several tools of economic analysis are used to address and clarify the links between education as input-operation-output, and economic growth, consumption and investment.
The course possibly enables students to examine selected issues related to the economics of education (employment, unemployment, equity,….) to make them more knowledgeable about such issues and learn how to apply the tools of economic analysis to such issues. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 627 Educational Communication
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about technology and different communication strategies and models to optimize learning experience. It helps in developing students’ skills planning for using technology, to enhance different communication styles, for better performance in education by applying related theories into practice. Students are encouraged to discover the effect of different communication models in optimizing education in distance learning environments.
• In general, the module serves as a framework for other modules in the program that requires students to design instruction in general such as ED618 (Instructional Design) and in digital settings in particular such as ED634 (Designing and Producing Educational Software) and ED636 (Internet Applications in Education).
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 627 |
Course Title |
Educational Communication |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about technology and different communication strategies and models to optimize learning experience. It helps in developing students’ skills planning for using technology, to enhance different communication styles, for better performance in education by applying related theories into practice. Students are encouraged to discover the effect of different communication models in optimizing education in distance learning environments.
• In general, the module serves as a framework for other modules in the program that requires students to design instruction in general such as ED618 (Instructional Design) and in digital settings in particular such as ED634 (Designing and Producing Educational Software) and ED636 (Internet Applications in Education).
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with appropriate knowledge and training about technology and different communication strategies and models to optimize learning experience.
- Link between related theories and practice.
- Develop students' skills in planning for using technology, to enhance different communication styles, for better performance in education.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Idfentify Interaction patterns in the educational communication environment. A2: Understand the Changing Face of Education; Communication practices in online learning environments using social media and digital tools Vs. Traditional learning environments. A3: Demonstrate the role of the educational institution in activating educational communication. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Critically explore advanced communication strategies B2: Evaluate critically arguments and assumptions related to good communication between instructors & learners B3: Critically explore connections exist between educational communication and epistemological theories C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Effectively employ available facilities for better communication in educational settings. C2: Use information technology to evaluate plans towards better performance in education. C3:Develop technological plans/models for better communication opportunities in educational institutions D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Develop strategies for effective communications and conflict resolution. D2: Successfully communicate with others in different educational situations. D3: Think critically on how to judge the appropriateness of communication practices in educational institutions. |
ED 631 Open and distance learning
(3) Credit Hours
• This module explore contemporary trends in open and Distance learning, also it provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about open and distance learning pedagogies and its processes in both Arab and international contexts. They critically explore learning design, evaluate delivery techniques and utilize instructional technology to promote independent learning in open and distance learning context. Students are encouraged to examine the consequences of employing ICT on the various sectors of society, in general, and the open and Distance learning sector in particular.
• In general, the module is considered one of the basic modules that introduce students to a different type of learning that supports continuing education and lifelong learning.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 631 |
Course Title |
Open and distance learning |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module explore contemporary trends in open and Distance learning, also it provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about open and distance learning pedagogies and its processes in both Arab and international contexts. They critically explore learning design, evaluate delivery techniques and utilize instructional technology to promote independent learning in open and distance learning context. Students are encouraged to examine the consequences of employing ICT on the various sectors of society, in general, and the open and Distance learning sector in particular.
• In general, the module is considered one of the basic modules that introduce students to a different type of learning that supports continuing education and lifelong learning.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with emerging topics in instructional technology;
- Develop students' research methodology skills.
- The module also aims to teach students about
- Demonstrate understanding of open and distance learning pedagogies and processes.
- Incorporate pedagogies of Open and Distance learning.
- Apply effective technologies for Open and Distance learning.
- Critically explore learning design in Open and Virtual Universities.
- Evaluate various delivery techniques in Open and Distance learning.
- Utilize instructional technology to promote independent learning.
- Identify the roles of teacher and learner in open and Distance learning environments.
- Learn about Arab and international experiences in open and Distance learning.
- Explore trends and issues in open and Distance learning.
- Examine the consequences of employing ICT on the various sectors of society, in general, and the open and Distance learning sector in particular.
- Engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical material.
- Contribute in an informed way, to current debates about trends and issues in open and Distance learning.
- Construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- Plan and write a TMAs, presented with In light of scientific writing standards and sound methodology;
- Communicate ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner.
- Using feedback from the tutor and peer feedback from students and other resources effectively to improve students' performance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Know a range of researches about Open and Distance learning. A2. Understand current issues and debates in Open and Distance learning subject area. A3. Plan a proposal to create Open or Distance institutions. A4. Demonstrate actions to tutor and peers' feedback to improve work. A5. Use other resources, such as LRC and OERs. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Evaluate critically current research in one or more areas of Open and Distance learning studies; B2. Evaluate and critique some Arab and international experiences and practices in Open and Distance learning. B3. Employ Open, Distance and Blended Learning concepts and theories appropriately; B4. Evaluate opportunities and challenges of OERs and MOOCs. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Make use of LRC, their archives and their content. C2. Use specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate study; C3. Form arguments and express them in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions; C4. Plan a proposal project according to specific guidelines; C5. Work independently on the TMAs. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Communicate effectively with colleagues in working groups. D2. Utilize media and recourses creatively. D3. Employ effective presentation skills in front of colleagues D4. Collaborate effectively with mates in open education resources. D5. Develop information search skills through global databases |
ED 632 Research Methodology
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about concepts and fundamentals of scientific research as well as various educational research methodologies. It acquires students needed skills for planning research projects and writing their report.
• In general, the module is important is enhancing students’ scientific writing including referring to references, citing their writing and plan for research projects across other modules. Also it is considered to be a fundamental module for students who choose to write a thesis.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 632 |
Course Title |
Research Methodology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about concepts and fundamentals of scientific research as well as various educational research methodologies. It acquires students needed skills for planning research projects and writing their report.
• In general, the module is important is enhancing students’ scientific writing including referring to references, citing their writing and plan for research projects across other modules. Also it is considered to be a fundamental module for students who choose to write a thesis.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
This course deals with the nature of research and various educational
research methodologies, defining research problem, reviewing the literature,
research questions, characteristics of good research questions, variables and
hypotheses, sampling, instrumentation, validity and reliability, and internal
validity. This course also focuses on both quantitative research methodologies,
and writing research proposals and reports. |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Understand the basic concepts in research in general and the fundamentals of scientific research in education. A2. Specify of the specifications and steps of conducting scientific research in education. A3. Know the types of scientific research used in the field of education and the characteristics of each. A4. Understand the relationship between different research types and their statistical designs. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Differentiate between the different types of scientific research used in the field of education. B2. Analyze educational literature related to specialization and devising research problems. B3. Analyze scientific studies and judgment on their conformity with the requirements of scientific research C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Identify a research problem within the educational framework and in the field of specialization of students studying. C2. Review previous literature relevant to the research problem. C3. Evaluate scientific research and governance to the extent of conformity to the method of good scientific research. C4. Prepare a scientific study in one of the educational subjects related to the specialization of the students according to the correct scientific specifications. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1.Write a scientific research paper that could be published. |
ED 633 Technology Applications in Education
(3) Credit Hours
• It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU Masters degree but for the UK OU Masters degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries and of course in Arabic-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
Course Code |
ED 633 |
Course Title |
Technology Applications in Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• It provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students.
• It combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%);
• Students admitted will avail themselves of excellent up-to-date teaching and support materials conducive for self-learning
• Successful candidates will qualify not only for the AOU Masters degree but for the UK OU Masters degree as well, which will provide graduates with ample opportunity to continue their PhD study abroad, particularly in international universities in English-speaking countries and of course in Arabic-speaking countries
• It creates for graduates good job opportunities in education as well as in the public and private sectors.
|
Course Objectives |
- Critically
evaluate current practice, problems and research in Instructional
technology
- Apply effective ICT strategies to foster
curiosity and creativity
- Develop strategies for effective communications
and conflict resolution
- Explore Integrating Educational Technology into
the Curriculum
- Plan and implement Communications, Networks, the
Internet, and the World Wide Web for use in teaching
- Explore the Changing Face of Education – Teaching
Online
- Evaluation Educational Technology and Integration
Strategies.
- Critically explore ethics, trends and issues in
the application of technology to education
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand ICT-related concepts, whether on equipment or software. A2: Demonstrate the importance of using ICTs in the education process. A3: Select and evaluate some appropriate application software. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Gain the ability to compare and distinguish between two or more programs in terms of preference for use among a group of learners. B2: Demonstrate the skill of designing learning materials through the use of ICTs. B3: Attain illustrative skills to highlight their actions in selecting educational software or to justify a program. B4: Acquire the skill of selecting and using the appropriate software for different educational situations. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Apply the skills of embedding technology in the educational situations it performs. C2: Plan and develop educational positions to make them sources of learning and in collaboration with students. C3: Plan and develop the skill of cooperation in carrying out some projects. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Issue a judgment on the validity of educational software for students. D2: Use appropriate technology to develop appropriate strategies to solve life problems. D3: Design and production of educational materials using ICT that suits students at all levels of study and for any subject. D4: Specify the skill of communication with others through appropriate educational software. |
ED 634 Designing and Producing Educational Software
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with a theoretical framework about designing educational software as well as introducing them to suitable tools and techniques that help them in the production process.
• In general, the module is considered one of the basic modules that provides students with applications based on the knowledge and skills learned in ED618 (instructional design) and ED635 (Multimedia)
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 634 |
Course Title |
Designing and Producing Educational Software |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with a theoretical framework about designing educational software as well as introducing them to suitable tools and techniques that help them in the production process.
• In general, the module is considered one of the basic modules that provides students with applications based on the knowledge and skills learned in ED618 (instructional design) and ED635 (Multimedia)
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
In this course, the integration of theory and practice will be accomplished through learning by design. Students will be able to: -
Critically explore and evaluate different models of instructional design
-
Integrate software into curriculum to create an interactive learning environment
-
Develop educational multimedia product for specific subject area
-
Design educational multimedia software
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: State the theoratical princeples related to instructional design and educational software prodcution. A2: Recognize some modules of instructional design and educational software prodcution. A3: Recognize the phases of developing an educational software. A4: Recognize the team of production and their tasks B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: utilze the instructional design modules to develop educational sofware. B2: choose appropriate application to produce educational sofware. B3: reflect critically on the application of instructional technologies to meet the learning needs of students in schools. B4: evaluate an educational software C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: write a full scenario using storyboards template. C2: produce the multimedia objects which contains the educational software. C3: produce an interactive educational software that support learning in schools. C4: produce an e-quiz using appropriate application. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: apply problem-solving skills to overcome obstacles while the process of design and produce of an educational sofware. D2: apply critical thinking skills to evaluate the quality of the educational software. |
ED 635 Multimedia
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about wide range of interactive multimedia. It allows students to critically explore, evaluate, develop and integrate interactive multimedia within a teaching plan in real teaching situations either online (MOOC) or offline (blended learning)
• In general, the module is a perquisite to ED634 (Designing and Producing Educational Software) where they will experience a wide range of interactive multimedia applications that shall be used in design and produce of instructional software. While it is based on the knowledge and skills learned in ED618 (instructional design).
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 635 |
Course Title |
Multimedia |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the appropriate knowledge and training about wide range of interactive multimedia. It allows students to critically explore, evaluate, develop and integrate interactive multimedia within a teaching plan in real teaching situations either online (MOOC) or offline (blended learning)
• In general, the module is a perquisite to ED634 (Designing and Producing Educational Software) where they will experience a wide range of interactive multimedia applications that shall be used in design and produce of instructional software. While it is based on the knowledge and skills learned in ED618 (instructional design).
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
In
this course, the integration of theory and practice will be accomplished
through taking chance to apply a variety of interactive multimedia. Students
will be able to: - Critically explore
and evaluate different applications of interactive multimedia.
- Integrate
interactive multimedia into
curriculum to create an interactive learning environment.
- Develop a teaching
plan based on interactive multimedia for specific subject area.
- Explore related
research in design and development techniques critically
- Employ appropriate
technology to support learning effectively
- Apply various
multimedia software for curriculum development and instructional design
- Evaluate critically multimedia systems
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 Understand professional ethics related to multimedia applications. A2. recocgnize models of instructional design as DID model. A3 Explore innovative multimedia technologies and their application in education. A4 Explore multimedia technologies for blended and distance learning. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1 Employ appropriate multimedia applications to support learning effectively B2 Evaluate critically multimedia systems B3: recocgnize modes of control related to interactive multimedia C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: employ appropriate interactive multimedia applications to support student learning effectively, C2: design and create an interactive learning multimedia object. C3: Apply various multimedia applications for designing instruction. C4: Employ appropriate interactive multimedia in real classroom envirnment. C5: design a practical plan to help an educational institute to integrate interactive multimedia. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: apply critical thinking skills to solve practical problems related to the use of multimedia. D2: transfer experice in applying interactive multimedia to others. D3: develop communication and effictive presentation skills. D4: promote to work collaboratively through students focus groups. |
ED 636 Internet Applications in Education
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the theoretical background in e-learning and educational web including different theories and pedagogical applications. Also it provides them with basic understanding of contemporary web-related terminologies, different web applications, and their pedagogical use for optimizing teaching and learning. Throughout the module, students acquire the skill of creating web tools for teaching & Learning and are expected to develop educational web based applications to deliver teaching in traditional and in distance learning environments putting related theories into practice.
• In general, the module enhances students’ technological skills and provides them with the fundamentals of using web-based technologies in optimizing teaching and learning especially in distance learning settings. This will help in working with other modules that deals with technology and its design.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 636 |
Course Title |
Internet Applications in Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the theoretical background in e-learning and educational web including different theories and pedagogical applications. Also it provides them with basic understanding of contemporary web-related terminologies, different web applications, and their pedagogical use for optimizing teaching and learning. Throughout the module, students acquire the skill of creating web tools for teaching & Learning and are expected to develop educational web based applications to deliver teaching in traditional and in distance learning environments putting related theories into practice.
• In general, the module enhances students’ technological skills and provides them with the fundamentals of using web-based technologies in optimizing teaching and learning especially in distance learning settings. This will help in working with other modules that deals with technology and its design.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
- Provide students with appropriate knowledge and training about different internet applications in education and their pedagogical use for optimizing learning.
- Link between related theories and practice
- Develop students' skills in developing educational web based applications to deliver teaching.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1: Understand e-learning as an emerging force in education. A2: Recognize the evolution of the web. A3: Understand the pedagogical value of the web. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Critically explore connections exist between web technologies and epistemological theories B2: Critically explore pedagogical designs for optimizing e-learning B3: Reflect critically on the classification of internet applications from an educational perspective C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Use Web applications to develop educational web content C2: Employ appropriate web based technology to deliver teaching C3: Plan and design instructional situations based on web technologies D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Collaboratively communicate thoughts using web based tools. D2: Pedagogically evaluate the appropriateness of web based educational materials. D3: Think critically on how to develop strategies for effective use of web based applications to optimize learning experience |
ED 637 Seminar in Educational Leadership
(3) Credit Hours
This course deals with a major part of the preparation of graduate studies students in general and students of educational leadership in particular. It emphasizes the research side of the preparation of the students. The course requires students to select, present and discuss related issues in classroom in order to explore different aspects/factors affecting those issues. Students are required to apply and develop the scientific methods in introducing and discussing such issues.
Course Code |
ED 637 |
Course Title |
Seminar in Educational Leadership |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course deals with a major part of the preparation of graduate studies students in general and students of educational leadership in particular. It emphasizes the research side of the preparation of the students. The course requires students to select, present and discuss related issues in classroom in order to explore different aspects/factors affecting those issues. Students are required to apply and develop the scientific methods in introducing and discussing such issues. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 639 Special Topics in Instructional Technology
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the theoretical background about emerging topics in instructional technology, where they can examine the consequences of employing new trends in the field on the various sectors of society, in general, and the educational sector in particular. It allows them to research new topics and report them in a scientific way.
• In general, the module enhances students’ technological skills, critical thinking and research methodology using knowledge and skills acquired in other modules. Thus, it is preferred to be taught in a late stage of the program.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 639 |
Course Title |
Special Topics in Instructional Technology |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the theoretical background about emerging topics in instructional technology, where they can examine the consequences of employing new trends in the field on the various sectors of society, in general, and the educational sector in particular. It allows them to research new topics and report them in a scientific way.
• In general, the module enhances students’ technological skills, critical thinking and research methodology using knowledge and skills acquired in other modules. Thus, it is preferred to be taught in a late stage of the program.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: - Provide students with emerging topics in instructional technology;
- Develop students' research methodology skills.
The module also aims to teach students about - Explore trends and issues in instructional technology.
- Examine the consequences of employing ICT on the various sectors of society, in general, and the educational sector in particular.
- Reflect critically on the application of instructional technologies to meet the learning needs of individuals and groups.
- Equip students with the skills and objective analysis in their intellectual dealings with the topics of their choice.
- Engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical material;
- Contribute in an informed way, to current debates about trends and issues in instructional technology;
- Construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- Plan and write a TMAs, presented with In light of scientific writing standards and sound methodology;
- Communicate ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner.
- Using feedback from the tutor and peer feedback from students and other resources effectively to improve students' performance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Know a range of research tools and methods appropriate to postgraduate study in the Education; A2. Understand current issues and debates in one or more Instructional technology subject area. A3. Design a research project with some support from the course materials and tutor; A4. Use feedback from the tutor and peer feedback from students effectively to improve your work; A6. Use other resources, such as LRC and OER, to improve outcomes. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Critique current research in one or more areas of Instructional Technology studies; B2. Evaluate some of the methods used in Instructional Technology studies' research; B3. Use concepts and theories appropriately At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Utilize research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently; C2. Use specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate study; C3. Form arguments and express them in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions; C4. Plan a research project according to specific guidelines; C5. Work independently on a research project. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Communicate effectively with colleagues in working groups D2. Utilize of digital media D3. Gain effective presentation skills in front of colleagues D4. Deal effectively with open education resources D5. Develop information search skills through global |
ED 640 Instructional Technology for Students with Special Needs
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the theoretical background about students with special educational needs and helps them develop their skills in selecting and employing instructional technology tools and assistive technology in enhancing teaching and learning for them.
• In general, the module enhances students’ skills in designing technology-enhanced learning environments to serve learners according to their special educational needs. This module relates to other modules that require students to design teaching and learning materials.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 640 |
Course Title |
Instructional Technology for Students with Special Needs |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the theoretical background about students with special educational needs and helps them develop their skills in selecting and employing instructional technology tools and assistive technology in enhancing teaching and learning for them.
• In general, the module enhances students’ skills in designing technology-enhanced learning environments to serve learners according to their special educational needs. This module relates to other modules that require students to design teaching and learning materials.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: - Provide students with appropriate skills in Instructional Technology for Students with Special Needs
- Develop students' interest and study ICT and Special Education skills.
- Develop students' skills to select and use appropriate ICT tools for special needs students.
The module also aims to teach students about - Concepts of special needs: Disability- Impairment-Handicap-Gifted and Talented
- Educational needs for special needs
- Enhancing learning environment for student with special needs
- Technology in special needs education
- Assistive technology for students with learning disability
- Technology tools to support the measurement and evaluation in special needs
- Using ICT resources for postgraduate research.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 : Acquire special education related concepts. A2 : Demonstrate the importance of using ICTs with special needs students A3 : Have skills to evaluate and select some Assistive technology for their special needs students B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Compare and distinguish between assistive technologies tools in terms of preference for use with students with special needs. B2: Acquire the skill of designing and producing learning materials through the use of assistive technology tools to use with students with special needs. B3: Use instructional design models to develop individual plans for students with special needs B4: Acquire the skill of selecting and using the appropriate ICT applications for different educational situations for students with special needs. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Acquire Students the skills of embedding assistive technology in the educational situations it performs with special needs students. C2: Develop educational positions to make them sources of learning for students with special needs. C3: Develop the skills of using and Integrating assistive technology in carrying out some projects to help students with special needs. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1: Form sound concepts of special needs: Disability- Impairment-Handicap-Gifted and Talented D2: integrate and use appropriate assistive technology to develop appropriate individual plans to solve educational problems for students with special needs. D3: Design and production of educational materials using ICT that suits students at all levels of study and for any subject. D4: Acquire the skill of communication with others through appropriate educational software. D5: Enhance learning environment for student with special needs D6: Use assistive technology tools to support the measurement and evaluation process in special needs D7: Use ICT resources for postgraduate research. |
ED 641 Computer Applications in Statistical Analysis
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with the necessary knowledge and skills to perform statistical analysis procedures for different types of data and statistical designs using the SPSS package. Students will be able to deal with data gathered from statistical tests in entering, modifying values, sorting, selecting and describing it.
• In general, the module enhances students’ skills in dealing with research data and performing statistical analysis for it. Thus, module ED632 (Research Methodology) is required for that module. Also it is considered to be a fundamental module for students who choose to write a thesis.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 641 |
Course Title |
Computer Applications in Statistical Analysis |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with the necessary knowledge and skills to perform statistical analysis procedures for different types of data and statistical designs using the SPSS package. Students will be able to deal with data gathered from statistical tests in entering, modifying values, sorting, selecting and describing it.
• In general, the module enhances students’ skills in dealing with research data and performing statistical analysis for it. Thus, module ED632 (Research Methodology) is required for that module. Also it is considered to be a fundamental module for students who choose to write a thesis.
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: This course aims to provide students with the necessary knowledge and skills to perform statistical analysis procedures for different types of data and statistical designs using the SPSS package. Specifically, this course aims to: - Provide students with basic concepts related to the statistical package SPSS.
- Introducing the students to different statistical procedures suitable for each type of data.
- Enabling students mental and mathematical processing of data analysis results using the SPSS package
- Enable students problem-solving skills to address new problems and situations that arise when dealing with SPSS
- Identification of basic concepts related to the statistical package in the social sciences SPSS.
- Differentiate statistical procedures appropriate for each type of data.
- Reading the results of using the SPSS package in data analysis.
- Writing the reports of the results according to the SPSS package
The module also aims to teach students about - Introduction - Introduction to SPSS - Data analysis with SPSS: general aspects, workflow, critical issues - SPSS: general description, functions, menus, commands - SPSS file management - Input and data cleaning - Defining variables - Manual input of data - Automated input of data and file import - Data Transformation - Syntax files and scripts - Output management Exercise Modifying Data Values - Creating a Categorical Variable from a Scale Variable - Computing New Variables - Using Functions in Expressions
- Using Conditional Expressions
- Working with Dates and Times - Calculating the Length of Time between Two Dates Sorting and Selecting Data - Sorting Data - Split-File Processing - Sorting Cases for Split-File Processing
- Turning Split-File Processing On and Off
- Selecting Subsets of Cases - Selecting Cases Based on Conditional Expressions
- Selecting a Random Sample
- Selecting a Time Range or Case Range
- Treatment of Unselected Cases
- Case Selection Status - Descriptive analysis of data - Frequencies - Descriptives - Explore - Crosstabs - Charts - Statistical tests - Means - T-test - One-way ANOVA - Non parametric tests - Normality tests - Correlation and regression - Linear correlation and regression - Multiple regression (linear) - Multivariate analysis - Factor analysis |
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1 Know statistics concepts, descriptive, inferential and advance level. A2 : Demonstrate the importance of using SPSS Package in the statistical analysis. . A3 : Understand appropriate statistical procedures for analysing research data. A4 : Explain the nature and structure of quantitative data including concepts such as variables, levels of measurement, and unit of analysis A5: Understand basic concepts of probability, data distributions, sampling, inferences, and statistical significance. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1: Gain the ability to Manipulate data. B2: Demonstrate and commitment to the ethics of data analysis using the SPSS program and display it objectively and accurately. B3: Acquire the skill of selecting and using the appropriate statistic for different educational researches. C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1: Conduct significance tests, including, but not limited to: a. Descriptive statistics b. Frequencies c. T-test d. ANOVA e. Chi-Square f. Correlation g. Regression and more. C2: Discuss statistical findings accurately and meaningfully C3: Develop the statistical analysis skill in analyzing educational research projects. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1 : Use problem-solving skills to address new problems and situations that arise when dealing with SPSS D2 : Employ the SPSS program in analyzing different data types. D3 : Differentiate statistical procedures appropriate for each type of data. D4 : Read the results of using the SPSS package in data analysis |
ED 642 Planning and management of instructional technology projects
(3) Credit Hours
• This module provides students with comprehensive knowledge and skills of project planning and management in instructional technology operations. Where students will be able to participate in instructional technology projects in their institution.
• In general, the module deals with the management sector in education technology where it is not addressed in other modules. It has no pre-requisite modules or specified entry requirements
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%).
Course Code |
ED 642 |
Course Title |
Planning and management of instructional technology projects |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
• This module provides students with comprehensive knowledge and skills of project planning and management in instructional technology operations. Where students will be able to participate in instructional technology projects in their institution.
• In general, the module deals with the management sector in education technology where it is not addressed in other modules. It has no pre-requisite modules or specified entry requirements
• The module provides a flexible open learning opportunity to students and combines both face-to-face instruction (67%) and interactive distance learning (33%). |
Course Objectives |
The general aims of the module are to: - The overall aim of the course is to give students the comprehensive knowledge and skills of project planning and management in instructional technology operations.
- After passing the course successfully, the students shall be able to participate in instructional technology projects in their institution.
The module also aims to teach students about - Use project planning and management concepts to solve a variety of instructional problems
- Identify the system view of project planning and management, and how it applies to instructional technology projects
- Name activities and people issues that are involved in controlling and managing changes to projects
- Calculate project time and cost estimates using a variety of quantitative as well as financial measures
- Define and assess quality using a diversity of tools and techniques
- Apply and select projects using a collection of risk analysis techniques as well as qualitative methods
- Examine and document local as well as global contemporary issues affecting the project management of competitive enterprises
- Engage critically with a range of literary texts and complex critical, theoretical material;
- Contribute in an informed way, to current debates about trends and issues in instructional technology;
- Construct and present sophisticated, coherent and persuasive written and oral arguments;
- Plan and write a TMAs, presented with In light of scientific writing standards and sound methodology;
- Communicate ideas effectively in the form of extended, postgraduate-level essays, presented in an appropriately academic manner.
- Using feedback from the tutor and peer feedback from students and other resources effectively to improve students' performance.
|
Course Outcomes |
A. Knowledge and understanding At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: A1. Know a range of project tools and methods appropriate to instructional technology A2. Understand current issues and debates in more Instructional technology projects area. A3. Plan a project proposal at instructional technology; A4. design a project at instructional technology with some support from the course materials and a tutor; A5. Manage a project at instructional technology in real environment A6. use feedback from the tutor and peer feedback from students effectively to improve your work; A7. Use other resources, such as LRC and OER, to improve outcomes. B. Cognitive skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: B1. Evaluate critically current issues in one or more areas of Instructional Technology projects; B2. Evaluate and critique some of the methods used in Instructional Technology projects B3. Use concepts and theories appropriately C. Practical and professional skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: C1. Use research libraries, their archives and their contents efficiently; C2. Use specialist online databases and other online facilities for postgraduate study; C3. Form arguments at postgraduate level and express those arguments in substantial pieces of writing using proper academic conventions; C4. Plan and manage a project according to specific guidelines; C5. Work independently and in group on a project. D Key transferable skills At the end of the module, learners will be expected to: D1. Communicate effectively with colleagues in working groups D2. Utilize digital media D3. Gain effective presentation skills in front of colleagues D4. Deal effectively with open education resources D5. Develop information search skills through global databases |
ED 644 Knowledge Management
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the key aspects related to knowledge management such as history, aims,.. etc. It also provides students with considerable information about different types and levels of knowledge; how knowledge management supports & improves decision making process in education, basic information skills as well as dealing with different sources of information.
Course Code |
ED 644 |
Course Title |
Knowledge Management |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the key aspects related to knowledge management such as history, aims,.. etc. It also provides students with considerable information about different types and levels of knowledge; how knowledge management supports & improves decision making process in education, basic information skills as well as dealing with different sources of information. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 645 Organizational Behaviour in Educational Institutions
(3) Credit Hours
This course explains the characteristics of organizations and the "culture" created & adapted by them. The relation between organizational culture and the culture of the community/ society where schools are found; School as a societal organization and its impact on the society; The role of educational leadership in developing & improving required behavior among those who are working in the field of education.
Course Code |
ED 645 |
Course Title |
Organizational Behaviour in Educational Institutions |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course explains the characteristics of organizations and the "culture" created & adapted by them. The relation between organizational culture and the culture of the community/ society where schools are found; School as a societal organization and its impact on the society; The role of educational leadership in developing & improving required behavior among those who are working in the field of education. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED 698 Comprehensive Exam
(0) Credit Hours
This module provides students with an opportunity to sit for the comprehensive exam. The exam shall be of a comprehensive nature and seeks to assess the student's ability to synthesise the different basic and developed concepts she/he had acquired from the different modules in a manner that reflects the application of acquired knowledge in resolving scientific and applied problems.
Course Code |
ED 698 |
Course Title |
Comprehensive Exam |
Pre-requisite |
Thirty six Credit hours |
Credit Hours |
0 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with an opportunity to sit for the comprehensive exam. The exam shall be of a comprehensive nature and seeks to assess the student's ability to synthesise the different basic and developed concepts she/he had acquired from the different modules in a manner that reflects the application of acquired knowledge in resolving scientific and applied problems. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
When students have completed the programme (i.e. finishing 36 credit hours ), they will have knowledge and understanding of: A1 professional ethics of the application of technology A2 concepts of instructional design A3 innovative multimedia technologies and their application to education A4 pedagogies of blended and distance learning A5 technologies and processes for blended and distance learning A6 advanced research methodologies
When students have completed the programme they will be able to: B1 synthesise pedagogical and technological models of education for effective teaching and learning B2 explore critically theories of effective teaching and learning B3 evaluate critically technological models and instruments for learning B4 evaluate research methodologies in education in general and instructional design in particular B5 reflect critically on the application of instructional technologies to meet the learning needs of individuals and groups
When students have completed the programme they will be able to: C1 employ appropriate technology to support student learning effectively C2 create an interactive learning environment C3 facilitate the integration of technology across the curriculum and the institution C4 draw upon educational research to inform practice C5 employ instructional technology to promote independent learning
When students have completed the programme they will be able to: D1 apply advanced problem-solving and decision making models D2 develop strategies for effective communications and conflict resolution D3 apply effective ICT strategies D4 work independently and apply effective time management skills D5 work collaboratively to lead change think critically
|
ED 699 Dissertation
(6) Credit Hours
This module provides students with an opportunity to complete an extended in depth study in a topic area of interest within the field of instructional technology. The student will identify a sharply focused issue related to instructional technology for which they have not previously submitted work for assessment within this programme. The module allows students to identify a topic area which has relevance to their own professional development, to draw extensively on their own experience and to include a strong comparative dimension to the study.
Course Code |
ED 699 |
Course Title |
Dissertation |
Pre-requisite |
Thirty Credit Hours |
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
This module provides students with an opportunity to complete an extended in depth study in a topic area of interest within the field of instructional technology. The student will identify a sharply focused issue related to instructional technology for which they have not previously submitted work for assessment within this programme. The module allows students to identify a topic area which has relevance to their own professional development, to draw extensively on their own experience and to include a strong comparative dimension to the study. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
Upon successful completion of 30 credit hours, the student will write a dissertation in which s/he: • Identifies and explores dimensions of an aspect of instructional technology in a professional context. • Demonstrates a critical understanding and knowledge of the literature relevant to her/his research topic. • Provides evidence of analytical and critical thought • Shows evidence of appropriate knowledge and understanding of secondary and other available resources relevant to their chosen topic • Implements strategies for the use of appropriate resources. • Examines and evaluates conceptual and theoretical perspectives relevant to hi/her research topic. • Studies, analyses, and synthesises the relevance of indicated perspectives to the development of policy and practice in his/her field of specialisation. • Organises a piece of research/report in a scientific way which enables others to make use of his/her effort and/or build on his/her findings. • Manages time effectively |
ED256 Methods of Teaching English for Elementary School
(3) Credit Hours
This is a practical course that links the findings of research on English language learning to classroom methodology. It exposes the student to the old and current approaches of teaching English as a foreign language, such as the communicative approach, and their implications in teaching methodology. It also gives practical approaches for teaching, listening, comprehension, reading, writing, and vocabulary. In addition, the course covers the way the computer can be used in the classroom for teaching English. It also shows how individual learners can make use of the computer to promote their learning. All this information is mainly given in the form of practical examples. Each part of the course is followed by tasks of practical nature.
Course Code |
ED256 |
Course Title |
Methods of Teaching English for Elementary School |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This is a practical course that links the findings of research on English language learning to classroom methodology. It exposes the student to the old and current approaches of teaching English as a foreign language, such as the communicative approach, and their implications in teaching methodology. It also gives practical approaches for teaching, listening, comprehension, reading, writing, and vocabulary. In addition, the course covers the way the computer can be used in the classroom for teaching English. It also shows how individual learners can make use of the computer to promote their learning. All this information is mainly given in the form of practical examples. Each part of the course is followed by tasks of practical nature. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
ED441 Practical Education -1
(6) Credit Hours
Practical Education is a course that deals with the practical and applied side of Education. Students/ teachers will be introduced to school environment, different activities, and various classroom situations where they shall be asked to write reports and fill in special applications forms to be found in the Practical Education Guide. Students/ teachers are also asked to deliver a microteaching session in which they analyse a teaching unit/ lesson in Primary Education. In addition to the assessment of the Portfolio, students shall be examined twice throughout the course.
Course Code |
ED441 |
Course Title |
Practical Education -1 |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
Practical Education is a course that deals with the practical and applied side of Education. Students/ teachers will be introduced to school environment, different activities, and various classroom situations where they shall be asked to write reports and fill in special applications forms to be found in the Practical Education Guide. Students/ teachers are also asked to deliver a microteaching session in which they analyse a teaching unit/ lesson in Primary Education. In addition to the assessment of the Portfolio, students shall be examined twice throughout the course. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 501 Introduction to Education in Emergencies course
(3) Credit Hours
An Introduction to Education in Emergenciescourse provides comprehensive image of education in case of emergency, in terms of the quality, characteristics, importance, characteristics to be met, educational environments, teachers and other educational staff in emergencies; roles, responsibilities, mechanisms and criteria for their selection, employment and working conditions In addition to the mechanisms of psychosocial support and supervision. In addition, the course includes clear and specific references to the community contexts of emergency situations in terms of laws, treaties, charters, local policies and less. And international organizations to provide equal education opportunities in various emergency contexts, as well as emergency education plans and their implementation and development mechanisms
Course Code |
EDE 501 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Education in Emergencies course |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
An Introduction to Education in Emergenciescourse provides comprehensive image of education in case of emergency, in terms of the quality, characteristics, importance, characteristics to be met, educational environments, teachers and other educational staff in emergencies; roles, responsibilities, mechanisms and criteria for their selection, employment and working conditions In addition to the mechanisms of psychosocial support and supervision. In addition, the course includes clear and specific references to the community contexts of emergency situations in terms of laws, treaties, charters, local policies and less. And international organizations to provide equal education opportunities in various emergency contexts, as well as emergency education plans and their implementation and development mechanisms |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 502 Engineering and adaptation of the curriculum in emergencies
(3) Credit Hours
This course includes two main axes:
First: It proposes the psychological, social, cultural and economic requirements of the learners in emergencies and its effect on the curriculum
Second: It is related to the adaptation of the curricula to suit the learners in emergencies that are already available in the hosting countries. It sheds light on the status quo of the curricula presented to learners in cases of emergencies.
Third: It builds the curriculum and designs it according to specific conditions and standards and in light of theories that have been determined to suit the nature of emergencies and the needs of learners. This axis includes three main processes: design, implementation and evaluation.
Course Code |
EDE 502 |
Course Title |
Engineering and adaptation of the curriculum in emergencies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course includes two main axes:
First: It proposes the psychological, social, cultural and economic requirements of the learners in emergencies and its effect on the curriculum
Second: It is related to the adaptation of the curricula to suit the learners in emergencies that are already available in the hosting countries. It sheds light on the status quo of the curricula presented to learners in cases of emergencies.
Third: It builds the curriculum and designs it according to specific conditions and standards and in light of theories that have been determined to suit the nature of emergencies and the needs of learners. This axis includes three main processes: design, implementation and evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 503 Psycho-social support for students in emergencies
(3) Credit Hours
The psycho-social support program meets basic needs that the student must achieve in the education of the students in emergencies to expose them to many psychological and social problems that limit their psychological and social compatibility and weaken their mental health. This course deals with the impact of conflicts and conflicts on learners in emergencies and presents the problems that result from them and a diagnosis of the required needs in preparation for training the teacher to meet the learners. This is achieved through teacher training on the proposal, design and implementation of psychosocial support programs that help learners overcome crisis and achieve recovery, which is the very education in emergencies.
Course Code |
EDE 503 |
Course Title |
Psycho-social support for students in emergencies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The psycho-social support program meets basic needs that the student must achieve in the education of the students in emergencies to expose them to many psychological and social problems that limit their psychological and social compatibility and weaken their mental health. This course deals with the impact of conflicts and conflicts on learners in emergencies and presents the problems that result from them and a diagnosis of the required needs in preparation for training the teacher to meet the learners. This is achieved through teacher training on the proposal, design and implementation of psychosocial support programs that help learners overcome crisis and achieve recovery, which is the very education in emergencies. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 504 Community participation and volunteer work in emergency cases
(3) Credit Hours
The course encourages students to participate actively in the service of emergency areas, according to their abilities and readiness, and the consequent realization of the objectives of education in emergency cases of psychological, social and educational support for learners through communication, coordination and work with a number of national, regional and international voluntary institutions.
Course Code |
EDE 504 |
Course Title |
Community participation and volunteer work in emergency cases |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course encourages students to participate actively in the service of emergency areas, according to their abilities and readiness, and the consequent realization of the objectives of education in emergency cases of psychological, social and educational support for learners through communication, coordination and work with a number of national, regional and international voluntary institutions. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 505 Teaching Strategies in emergency cases
(3) Credit Hours
Teaching strategies in emergency cases course helps, through a clear and specific plan, the student teacher to practice and employ teaching approaches, and knows a number of teaching strategies which are suitable for education in emergency cases, to achieve educational outcomes. In addition, s/he is trained to use different sources of learning according to the needs of learners, designing and implementing various activities within the framework of effective classroom management and learning time.
Course Code |
EDE 505 |
Course Title |
Teaching Strategies in emergency cases |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Teaching strategies in emergency cases course helps, through a clear and specific plan, the student teacher to practice and employ teaching approaches, and knows a number of teaching strategies which are suitable for education in emergency cases, to achieve educational outcomes. In addition, s/he is trained to use different sources of learning according to the needs of learners, designing and implementing various activities within the framework of effective classroom management and learning time. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 506 Practical Applications of Teaching Performance (Specialization)
(3) Credit Hours
The curriculum combines the theoretical frameworks of teaching skills and applied aspects in the light of the needs and requirements of teaching in emergency and crisis environments. The course includes the development of the professional knowledge and skills required for teaching in such environments, training, guidance and evaluation, which requires continuous support, and allows to develop the professional performance of students teachers through simulating the reality of the problems and pressures of the profession and the implementation of teaching skills in the light of those problems in order to solve them. The course also includes the recruitment of student teacher to the strategies of teaching and educational activities and technology supporting the psychological and social aspects of learners in emergency situations Suitable for their needs and the requirements of their education. In addition to training the student teacher to adapt the curriculum and implement it to achieve the objectives of education in emergency environments, and skills of good evaluation in proportion to the educational situations in different contexts.
Course Code |
EDE 506 |
Course Title |
Practical Applications of Teaching Performance (Specialization) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The curriculum combines the theoretical frameworks of teaching skills and applied aspects in the light of the needs and requirements of teaching in emergency and crisis environments. The course includes the development of the professional knowledge and skills required for teaching in such environments, training, guidance and evaluation, which requires continuous support, and allows to develop the professional performance of students teachers through simulating the reality of the problems and pressures of the profession and the implementation of teaching skills in the light of those problems in order to solve them. The course also includes the recruitment of student teacher to the strategies of teaching and educational activities and technology supporting the psychological and social aspects of learners in emergency situations Suitable for their needs and the requirements of their education. In addition to training the student teacher to adapt the curriculum and implement it to achieve the objectives of education in emergency environments, and skills of good evaluation in proportion to the educational situations in different contexts. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 507 Strategies for Coexistence and Peace building
(3) Credit Hours
The curriculum of coexistence and peace-building strategies will meet the basic needs that the teacher student needs to achieve in the learners in the emergency situations due to the nature of the community contexts in which they live. It therefore provides a clear and targeted vision on the concept and importance of promoting coexistence and peace-building strategies and mechanisms for their application in diverse contexts. This is done through a comprehensive framework for the development of a system of human and global values that must be learned by the learners before developing their values and skills of coexistence: values of human rights, tolerance, democracy, belonging, loyalty and other values necessary to achieve positive coexistence and peace building.
Course Code |
EDE 507 |
Course Title |
Strategies for Coexistence and Peace building |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The curriculum of coexistence and peace-building strategies will meet the basic needs that the teacher student needs to achieve in the learners in the emergency situations due to the nature of the community contexts in which they live. It therefore provides a clear and targeted vision on the concept and importance of promoting coexistence and peace-building strategies and mechanisms for their application in diverse contexts. This is done through a comprehensive framework for the development of a system of human and global values that must be learned by the learners before developing their values and skills of coexistence: values of human rights, tolerance, democracy, belonging, loyalty and other values necessary to achieve positive coexistence and peace building. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 508 Merging Disability in Emergency Cases
(3) Credit Hours
The course of merging disability in emergency situations meets the needs of the student teacher in terms of basic concepts and professional skills related to the integration of disability in emergency situations, and the most important educational, social, psychological and environmental needs of the different categories that can be merged in the framework of the activation of their international rights and non-discrimination among ordinary people. The course also focuses on developing the attitudes of the students towards the disabled and dealing with them professionally and effectively, in accordance with the latest visions and programs and modern technologies for the rehabilitation of children with special needs..
Course Code |
EDE 508 |
Course Title |
Merging Disability in Emergency Cases |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course of merging disability in emergency situations meets the needs of the student teacher in terms of basic concepts and professional skills related to the integration of disability in emergency situations, and the most important educational, social, psychological and environmental needs of the different categories that can be merged in the framework of the activation of their international rights and non-discrimination among ordinary people. The course also focuses on developing the attitudes of the students towards the disabled and dealing with them professionally and effectively, in accordance with the latest visions and programs and modern technologies for the rehabilitation of children with special needs.. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 509 learning environments in emergencies
(3) Credit Hours
The course for emergency education environments is one of the new courses in teacher training in areas of conflict. Due to the different environments in which the graduate is expected to work in this program, the learning environment is varied in terms of design, equipment and services. The course provides a vision to prepare the teacher in terms of the concept and the criteria for the establishment and availability of learning environments and how to adapt them to the needs of learners in terms of protection and safety and psychological support. In addition, it helps the student teacher to participate in the preparation of facilities and services to achieve the objectives of education in cases of emergency.
Course Code |
EDE 509 |
Course Title |
learning environments in emergencies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course for emergency education environments is one of the new courses in teacher training in areas of conflict. Due to the different environments in which the graduate is expected to work in this program, the learning environment is varied in terms of design, equipment and services. The course provides a vision to prepare the teacher in terms of the concept and the criteria for the establishment and availability of learning environments and how to adapt them to the needs of learners in terms of protection and safety and psychological support. In addition, it helps the student teacher to participate in the preparation of facilities and services to achieve the objectives of education in cases of emergency. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 510 Education Management in Emergencies and its resources
(3) Credit Hours
The course of Education Management in Emergencies and its funding provides a clear and specific vision for the student-teacher on the concepts, trends, mechanisms and activities of the management of Education, coordination and analysis of the response, plans and policies, and the areas and mechanisms of evaluation and follow-up of the emergency education processes, explaining its roles and responsibilities. In addition to this, the course provides the teacher with types of resources its classification and his roles in its preservation and good exploitation. This course also shares other courses in providing the teacher with mechanisms of human resource recruitment, selection and working conditions and supervising them.
Course Code |
EDE 510 |
Course Title |
Education Management in Emergencies and its resources |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course of Education Management in Emergencies and its funding provides a clear and specific vision for the student-teacher on the concepts, trends, mechanisms and activities of the management of Education, coordination and analysis of the response, plans and policies, and the areas and mechanisms of evaluation and follow-up of the emergency education processes, explaining its roles and responsibilities. In addition to this, the course provides the teacher with types of resources its classification and his roles in its preservation and good exploitation. This course also shares other courses in providing the teacher with mechanisms of human resource recruitment, selection and working conditions and supervising them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 511 Life skills and entrepreneurship for learners in emergencies
(3) Credit Hours
The Life Skills course focuses on preparing the teacher to meet the basic needs of learners in preserving their lives and protecting them from the various hazards surrounding them due to the nature of the emergency environments. Accordingly, the course deals with the theoretical and applied principles of life skills in terms of importance, methods of development and educational and evaluation methods.
Course Code |
EDE 511 |
Course Title |
Life skills and entrepreneurship for learners in emergencies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The Life Skills course focuses on preparing the teacher to meet the basic needs of learners in preserving their lives and protecting them from the various hazards surrounding them due to the nature of the emergency environments. Accordingly, the course deals with the theoretical and applied principles of life skills in terms of importance, methods of development and educational and evaluation methods. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 512 Evaluation of learning outcomes in Emergency Cases
(3) Credit Hours
The course evaluation of learning outcomes in emergencies achieves the professional performance of the student in terms of access to the knowledge and skills related to the approaches and theories of evaluation, the identification of educational outputs, the adaptation of the existing assessment tools (cognitive, skills and emotional) and the construction of new ones using technological applications. This is in addition to helping the student teacher to apply the tools of evaluation, analysis and discussion of the results with the stakeholders and the design of improvement plans in the framework of non-discrimination.
Course Code |
EDE 512 |
Course Title |
Evaluation of learning outcomes in Emergency Cases |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course evaluation of learning outcomes in emergencies achieves the professional performance of the student in terms of access to the knowledge and skills related to the approaches and theories of evaluation, the identification of educational outputs, the adaptation of the existing assessment tools (cognitive, skills and emotional) and the construction of new ones using technological applications. This is in addition to helping the student teacher to apply the tools of evaluation, analysis and discussion of the results with the stakeholders and the design of improvement plans in the framework of non-discrimination. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 521 Arabic Language (1)
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides the student/teacher with the skills and basics of Arabic language in grammar, dictation, rhetoric and literature. Based on the functional integrative approach. The student\ teacher applies and employs these skills in communicating with learners, practicing their
expected roles, and expressing their ideas, needs and suggestions in such a way as to help solve the problems of emergency education in a
grammatically, orthographically and stylistically proper language. This course also promotes the student’s\ teacher’s expressive capabilities and increases their linguistic wealth. It further contributes to the realization of several expected learning outcomes related to community participation, developing learners’ life skills, providing psychological and social support for them, and promoting their tendencies to small
businesses, through a proper linguistic content.
Course Code |
EDE 521 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides the student/teacher with the skills and basics of Arabic language in grammar, dictation, rhetoric and literature. Based on the functional integrative approach. The student\ teacher applies and employs these skills in communicating with learners, practicing their
expected roles, and expressing their ideas, needs and suggestions in such a way as to help solve the problems of emergency education in a
grammatically, orthographically and stylistically proper language. This course also promotes the student’s\ teacher’s expressive capabilities and increases their linguistic wealth. It further contributes to the realization of several expected learning outcomes related to community participation, developing learners’ life skills, providing psychological and social support for them, and promoting their tendencies to small
businesses, through a proper linguistic content. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 522 Arabic Language (2)
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides the student teacher with the basic applications and principles of the contemporary use of Arabic language in everyday life, and links it to the sciences of Arabic language (including grammar, morphology, dictation, rhetoric and literature) in accordance with the
functional integrative approach. It also helps him to apply the skills of Arabic language in everyday life, express learners’ thoughts, needs and
suggestions, and communicate with the concerned parties in the field emergency education in a proper language that is free from grammatical, orthographic and stylistic mistakes. Further, it contributes to the realization of a set of expected learning outcomes related to community participation, developing learners’ life skills, providing them with psychological and social support, and promoting their tendencies towards small businesses, through a proper linguistic content.
Course Code |
EDE 522 |
Course Title |
Arabic Language (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides the student teacher with the basic applications and principles of the contemporary use of Arabic language in everyday life, and links it to the sciences of Arabic language (including grammar, morphology, dictation, rhetoric and literature) in accordance with the
functional integrative approach. It also helps him to apply the skills of Arabic language in everyday life, express learners’ thoughts, needs and
suggestions, and communicate with the concerned parties in the field emergency education in a proper language that is free from grammatical, orthographic and stylistic mistakes. Further, it contributes to the realization of a set of expected learning outcomes related to community participation, developing learners’ life skills, providing them with psychological and social support, and promoting their tendencies towards small businesses, through a proper linguistic content. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 523 English (1)
(3) Credit Hours
The course is designed so that the learner can handle the basics of the English language through a limited range of social language in a controlled situation for a variety of everyday purposes. S/he can ask simple questions and express basic facts. S/he can comprehend the main points of a short message, and write simple sentences and simple text.
Course Code |
EDE 523 |
Course Title |
English (1) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course is designed so that the learner can handle the basics of the English language through a limited range of social language in a controlled situation for a variety of everyday purposes. S/he can ask simple questions and express basic facts. S/he can comprehend the main points of a short message, and write simple sentences and simple text. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 524 English (2)
(3) Credit Hours
The course is designed to develop intermediate level basic English knowledge and skills for everyday communication and transactions for the diverse range of adult learners of English language who need to develop their English language proficiency skills in order to access a wide range of community participation، employment، and dealing with learners in emergencies contexts.
Course Code |
EDE 524 |
Course Title |
English (2) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course is designed to develop intermediate level basic English knowledge and skills for everyday communication and transactions for the diverse range of adult learners of English language who need to develop their English language proficiency skills in order to access a wide range of community participation، employment، and dealing with learners in emergencies contexts. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 525 Teaching science and mathematics in English
(3) Credit Hours
A teaching course for science and mathematics in English or French in emergency situations, through a clear and specific plan for the teacher to practice and employ teaching entries, teaching strategies suitable for the nature of science or mathematics for emergency education in English or French, and training in the use of educational outputs. In addition to training in the use of terms and sources of learning according to different needs of learners, and the design and implementation of various activities in the context of effective classroom management and learning time in English or French.
Course Code |
EDE 525 |
Course Title |
Teaching science and mathematics in English |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
A teaching course for science and mathematics in English or French in emergency situations, through a clear and specific plan for the teacher to practice and employ teaching entries, teaching strategies suitable for the nature of science or mathematics for emergency education in English or French, and training in the use of educational outputs. In addition to training in the use of terms and sources of learning according to different needs of learners, and the design and implementation of various activities in the context of effective classroom management and learning time in English or French. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 526 L’enseignement de sciences et de maths en langue française
(3) Credit Hours
Ce programme présente au futur-enseignant un plan de travail clair et précis qui l’aide à utiliser les différents approches et stratégies d’enseignement convenables pour l’enseignement, en français ou en anglais, des sciences et des maths en cas d’urgence ; en vue d’atteindre les objectifs visés.
En plus, le futur-enseignant s’entraine à utiliser les différents concepts et sources d’apprentissage selon les besoins des apprenants ; ainsi que la préparation et la mise en œuvre de diverses activités tout en gérant la classe et le temps.
Course Code |
EDE 526 |
Course Title |
L’enseignement de sciences et de maths en langue française |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
Ce programme présente au futur-enseignant un plan de travail clair et précis qui l’aide à utiliser les différents approches et stratégies d’enseignement convenables pour l’enseignement, en français ou en anglais, des sciences et des maths en cas d’urgence ; en vue d’atteindre les objectifs visés.
En plus, le futur-enseignant s’entraine à utiliser les différents concepts et sources d’apprentissage selon les besoins des apprenants ; ainsi que la préparation et la mise en œuvre de diverses activités tout en gérant la classe et le temps. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 527 Adult Education in emergencies
(3) Credit Hours
The adult education in emergencies curriculum is designed to develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes of students in the field of adult education in emergencies in terms of its concepts, programs, theories, psychological and social foundations for adults. It is also intended to propose a number of efforts and projects related to adult education in emergencies. This course focuses on the importance of developing the awareness of teachers to the need to support adults in educational emergencies in order to be active and supportive of learners in different stages of education to achieve the objectives of education in emergencies.
Course Code |
EDE 527 |
Course Title |
Adult Education in emergencies |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The adult education in emergencies curriculum is designed to develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes of students in the field of adult education in emergencies in terms of its concepts, programs, theories, psychological and social foundations for adults. It is also intended to propose a number of efforts and projects related to adult education in emergencies. This course focuses on the importance of developing the awareness of teachers to the need to support adults in educational emergencies in order to be active and supportive of learners in different stages of education to achieve the objectives of education in emergencies. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 555 Practical Education
(4) Credit Hours
The practical education component provides the teacher in emergencies with a comprehensive picture of the educational environments for education in emergencies in terms of the quality, characteristics, importance and attributes of education that must be met in order to achieve the completion of the professional preparation requirements of the teacher, and it provides the opportunity for the student teacher to link the practical and theoretical aspects in his preparation programs. It employs the educational theories and principles that he studied in an applied and practical manner in its field in order to achieve the realism of teacher preparation programs; by providing the student with the opportunity to get acquainted with the true potential of the education environment in emergency situations and working conditions in it through dealing with teachers, administration, parents and community organizations The various supporting bodies and agencies to assist him in practicing administrative skills and teaching skills at their levels through his major operations of planning, implementation and evaluation; Such as preparing lessons and methods of good planning, living with the educational situation and realizing the relationship between its components, practicing evaluation skills, as well as mechanisms of psychological and social support and supervision over them, and the application of laws, treaties, charters, local, regional and international policies for providing equal education opportunities in different emergency contexts, in addition to education plans in Emergency situations and mechanisms for their implementation and development
Course Code |
EDE 555 |
Course Title |
Practical Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The practical education component provides the teacher in emergencies with a comprehensive picture of the educational environments for education in emergencies in terms of the quality, characteristics, importance and attributes of education that must be met in order to achieve the completion of the professional preparation requirements of the teacher, and it provides the opportunity for the student teacher to link the practical and theoretical aspects in his preparation programs. It employs the educational theories and principles that he studied in an applied and practical manner in its field in order to achieve the realism of teacher preparation programs; by providing the student with the opportunity to get acquainted with the true potential of the education environment in emergency situations and working conditions in it through dealing with teachers, administration, parents and community organizations The various supporting bodies and agencies to assist him in practicing administrative skills and teaching skills at their levels through his major operations of planning, implementation and evaluation; Such as preparing lessons and methods of good planning, living with the educational situation and realizing the relationship between its components, practicing evaluation skills, as well as mechanisms of psychological and social support and supervision over them, and the application of laws, treaties, charters, local, regional and international policies for providing equal education opportunities in different emergency contexts, in addition to education plans in Emergency situations and mechanisms for their implementation and development |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
EDE 556 Graduation Project
(4) Credit Hours
The component of the graduation project for the teacher in emergencies emphasizes the nature of education in an emergency situation and builds a comprehensive picture of it in terms of its quality, characteristics, importance, features that must be available, the educational environments in which it is practiced and its types, how to design them, the problems they face and how to overcome them, and clarifies the role of teachers and other educational staff in Emergency cases; In terms of roles
The responsibilities, mechanisms and criteria for their selection and employment, the conditions and conditions of work in which they work, and the problems they face is directed towards searching for various solutions to them, as well as developing mechanisms for psychosocial support and supervision over them, in addition to analyzing the societal contexts of emergencies in terms of laws, treaties, charters, and local, regional and international special policies. Providing equal education opportunities in different emergency contexts, along with plans for education in emergencies and mechanisms for their implementation and development.
Course Code |
EDE 556 |
Course Title |
Graduation Project |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
4 |
Course Description |
The component of the graduation project for the teacher in emergencies emphasizes the nature of education in an emergency situation and builds a comprehensive picture of it in terms of its quality, characteristics, importance, features that must be available, the educational environments in which it is practiced and its types, how to design them, the problems they face and how to overcome them, and clarifies the role of teachers and other educational staff in Emergency cases; In terms of roles
The responsibilities, mechanisms and criteria for their selection and employment, the conditions and conditions of work in which they work, and the problems they face is directed towards searching for various solutions to them, as well as developing mechanisms for psychosocial support and supervision over them, in addition to analyzing the societal contexts of emergencies in terms of laws, treaties, charters, and local, regional and international special policies. Providing equal education opportunities in different emergency contexts, along with plans for education in emergencies and mechanisms for their implementation and development. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 100 Computer and Internet Skills
(3) Credit Hours
This Course introduces students to the basic knowledge and skills of using computers and applications. Students learn about software information systems and their components, end-user applications, essentials of computer networks, computer security and ethics.
Course Code |
GR 100 |
Course Title |
Computer and Internet Skills |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course introduces students to the basic knowledge and skills of using computers and applications. Students learn about software information systems and their components, end-user applications, essentials of computer networks, computer security and ethics. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 101 Self Learning Skills
(3) Credit Hours
This Course aims at providing students with the necessary knowledge for self-learning and its psychological educational foundations that will provide students with a number of practical skills such as understanding, thinking, information processing, reading and writing, besides dealing with the information and self-learning technological skills, in addition to the adoption of self-learning strategies for life.
Course Code |
GR 101 |
Course Title |
Self Learning Skills |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This Course aims at providing students with the necessary knowledge for self-learning and its psychological educational foundations that will provide students with a number of practical skills such as understanding, thinking, information processing, reading and writing, besides dealing with the information and self-learning technological skills, in addition to the adoption of self-learning strategies for life. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 110 Islamic Culture Mandatory Course (Sudan)
(3) Credit Hours
This course aimed at providing students with the knowledge of Islam as a religion, along with introducing them to the challenges that threaten the Islamic Ummah and identity.
Course Code |
GR 110 |
Course Title |
Islamic Culture Mandatory Course (Sudan) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aimed at providing students with the knowledge of Islam as a religion, along with introducing them to the challenges that threaten the Islamic Ummah and identity. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 111 Arabic-Islamic Civilization
(3) Credit Hours
This course looks at an overall view in the history of the Arabic-Islamic Civilization. This includes the exploration of several concepts and social issues, as well as Islamic arts and architecture.
Course Code |
GR 111 |
Course Title |
Arabic-Islamic Civilization |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course looks at an overall view in the history of the Arabic-Islamic Civilization. This includes the exploration of several concepts and social issues, as well as Islamic arts and architecture. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 112 Issues and Problems of Development in the Arab World
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the study of development, specifically looking at the status of human development in the Arab World and its social indicators.
Course Code |
GR 112 |
Course Title |
Issues and Problems of Development in the Arab World |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the study of development, specifically looking at the status of human development in the Arab World and its social indicators. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 115 Current International Issues and Problems
(3) Credit Hours
This course examines the issues and problems which stand as global concerns in the interaction of civilizations, North-South relations, human rights and illegal immigration.
Course Code |
GR 115 |
Course Title |
Current International Issues and Problems |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course examines the issues and problems which stand as global concerns in the interaction of civilizations, North-South relations, human rights and illegal immigration. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 116 Empowerment of Youth
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to empower and prepare the youth to engage in political, social and economic life, raising awareness in these aspects and developing their leadership skills.
Course Code |
GR 116 |
Course Title |
Empowerment of Youth |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to empower and prepare the youth to engage in political, social and economic life, raising awareness in these aspects and developing their leadership skills. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 117 Empowerment of Women
(3) Credit Hours
This course focuses on empowering women and activating their role in leading political, economic and social development.
Course Code |
GR 117 |
Course Title |
Empowerment of Women |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course focuses on empowering women and activating their role in leading political, economic and social development. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 118 Life skills and Coexistence
(3) Credit Hours
This course enables individuals to develop their positive and adaptive behaviors to effectively deal with the requirements and challenges of life. It aims at helping students to acquire skills such as: effective communication, problem solving, stress management and leadership. It also deals with issues such as: human and women rights, democracy, accepting others and tolerance.
Course Code |
GR 118 |
Course Title |
Life skills and Coexistence |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course enables individuals to develop their positive and adaptive behaviors to effectively deal with the requirements and challenges of life. It aims at helping students to acquire skills such as: effective communication, problem solving, stress management and leadership. It also deals with issues such as: human and women rights, democracy, accepting others and tolerance. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 121 Environment and Health
(3) Credit Hours
The course focuses on introduction social and natural sciences which study the relationship between human activity and human environment. Looking at various topics using a case-study approach.
Course Code |
GR 121 |
Course Title |
Environment and Health |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course focuses on introduction social and natural sciences which study the relationship between human activity and human environment. Looking at various topics using a case-study approach. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
GR 131 History and Civilization of AOU branch country
(3) Credit Hours
This course introduces students to the historical background of the AOU branch country, its political, socioeconomic development and democratic experience.
Course Code |
GR 131 |
Course Title |
History and Civilization of AOU branch country |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course introduces students to the historical background of the AOU branch country, its political, socioeconomic development and democratic experience. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
LAW 107 Human Rights in the International Law Mandatory Course (Bahrain)
(3) Credit Hours
The course presents the origin and development of the concept of Human Rights and its reverences in international low. Addressing the nature of states’ obligations on implementing Human Rights.
Course Code |
LAW 107 |
Course Title |
Human Rights in the International Law Mandatory Course (Bahrain) |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course presents the origin and development of the concept of Human Rights and its reverences in international low. Addressing the nature of states’ obligations on implementing Human Rights. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 100 Introduction to Special Education
(3) Credit Hours
This course teaches the historical path of the development of child-rearing for the children with disabilities because of its importance in the formation of the theoretical and practical framework. It also aims to acquire the student to the concept of special education and disabled child, and the relationship between them, this course also deals with, the most important disability categories, mental retardation and visual - hearing disabilities and physical disabilities, emotional, behavioral disorders, and learning disabilities, and communication disorders, with the highlight of the causes of disability and different ways to provide educational services for each of these categories, as This course deals with the talent and excellence in terms of characteristics of cognitive, psychological, physical and emotional as the most important programs provided to them.
Course Code |
SP 100 |
Course Title |
Introduction to Special Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course teaches the historical path of the development of child-rearing for the children with disabilities because of its importance in the formation of the theoretical and practical framework. It also aims to acquire the student to the concept of special education and disabled child, and the relationship between them, this course also deals with, the most important disability categories, mental retardation and visual - hearing disabilities and physical disabilities, emotional, behavioral disorders, and learning disabilities, and communication disorders, with the highlight of the causes of disability and different ways to provide educational services for each of these categories, as This course deals with the talent and excellence in terms of characteristics of cognitive, psychological, physical and emotional as the most important programs provided to them. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 202 Early Intervention in Special Education
(3) Credit Hours
The course aims to help students identify the general principles of early intervention and how to assess the developmental processes in early childhood and reduce the impact of disability stage. It also aims to train students to evaluate family interactions in early intervention and the role of the family in the early intervention programs.
This course also aims to help students identify the categories' in early intervention and how the work of a multidisciplinary team in the diagnosis and evaluation of the child category. To achieve the objectives of this course, it deals with the study of a number of topics including: general concepts for early intervention, it also deals with groups of children targeted in early intervention programs, and qualification team to this work.
It also addresses the importance of early Screening of disability and assessment forms used, in addition to the review of activities used in early intervention programs, It discuses the role of the family and educational environment for these programs, preventive and curative measures provided and the extent of predictability in the future.
Course Code |
SP 202 |
Course Title |
Early Intervention in Special Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
The course aims to help students identify the general principles of early intervention and how to assess the developmental processes in early childhood and reduce the impact of disability stage. It also aims to train students to evaluate family interactions in early intervention and the role of the family in the early intervention programs.
This course also aims to help students identify the categories' in early intervention and how the work of a multidisciplinary team in the diagnosis and evaluation of the child category. To achieve the objectives of this course, it deals with the study of a number of topics including: general concepts for early intervention, it also deals with groups of children targeted in early intervention programs, and qualification team to this work.
It also addresses the importance of early Screening of disability and assessment forms used, in addition to the review of activities used in early intervention programs, It discuses the role of the family and educational environment for these programs, preventive and curative measures provided and the extent of predictability in the future. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 205 Assessment and diagnoses of learning disabilities
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to give students the basic concepts associated with the assessment and diagnosis process, as well as the skills necessary for the application of evaluation methods and the interpretation of results and its reliability in making educational decisions. to achieve these objectives it includes the objectives of the evaluation and diagnosis and the factors that must be considered ,its also deals with, diagnosis and mechanism tools, formal and informal methods for individuals with learning disabilities, focusing on special considerations that must be considered when diagnosing and assessing each category of learning disabilities categories.
Course Code |
SP 205 |
Course Title |
Assessment and diagnoses of learning disabilities |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to give students the basic concepts associated with the assessment and diagnosis process, as well as the skills necessary for the application of evaluation methods and the interpretation of results and its reliability in making educational decisions. to achieve these objectives it includes the objectives of the evaluation and diagnosis and the factors that must be considered ,its also deals with, diagnosis and mechanism tools, formal and informal methods for individuals with learning disabilities, focusing on special considerations that must be considered when diagnosing and assessing each category of learning disabilities categories. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 230 Language and Communication Disorders
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to define the concept of language and its functions, the anatomy rhetorical device, the language of the child and the stages of their growth and the psychology of language and communicate with people with various disabilities, and psychology communicating with mental retardation, language and communication with deaf, and the psychology of communication with the blind, and the psychology of communication with people with learning disabilities.
Course Code |
SP 230 |
Course Title |
Language and Communication Disorders |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to define the concept of language and its functions, the anatomy rhetorical device, the language of the child and the stages of their growth and the psychology of language and communicate with people with various disabilities, and psychology communicating with mental retardation, language and communication with deaf, and the psychology of communication with the blind, and the psychology of communication with people with learning disabilities. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 233 Building and behavior modification
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to define of the concept of behavior modification and historical background and theoretical foundations on which it is based, and focuses on how to use the different modified behavior methods with regular and exceptional children.
both in the building of the new behavior or strengthen and generalize or to modify undesirable behavior, and employ technology such as computer programs in the design, implementation and evaluation of programs of behavior modification.
Course Code |
SP 233 |
Course Title |
Building and behavior modification |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to define of the concept of behavior modification and historical background and theoretical foundations on which it is based, and focuses on how to use the different modified behavior methods with regular and exceptional children.
both in the building of the new behavior or strengthen and generalize or to modify undesirable behavior, and employ technology such as computer programs in the design, implementation and evaluation of programs of behavior modification. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 241 Curricula and methods in special education
(3) Credit Hours
This course includes a number of concepts related, such as the concept of the curriculum, and its components, and its objectives, and how the to differentiate between ordinary children curriculum and other materials, and strategies for building curriculum for the children with disabilities, and measure the current performance level, and the preparation of individual educational plan, and prepare individual instructional plan, and methods of evaluation.
Course Code |
SP 241 |
Course Title |
Curricula and methods in special education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course includes a number of concepts related, such as the concept of the curriculum, and its components, and its objectives, and how the to differentiate between ordinary children curriculum and other materials, and strategies for building curriculum for the children with disabilities, and measure the current performance level, and the preparation of individual educational plan, and prepare individual instructional plan, and methods of evaluation. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 302 Learning Disabilities
(3) Credit Hours
This course provides a general idea of the concepts of learning difficulties and its relationship with other sciences. In addition, it introduces the recent approaches, and the resources used for teaching it, and the differences between the terms of slow learning and learning disabilities and clarify the developmental and academic support to students with learning difficulties. The course illustrates the academic and developmental characteristics of the learners who have learning difficulties.
Course Code |
SP 302 |
Course Title |
Learning Disabilities |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course provides a general idea of the concepts of learning difficulties and its relationship with other sciences. In addition, it introduces the recent approaches, and the resources used for teaching it, and the differences between the terms of slow learning and learning disabilities and clarify the developmental and academic support to students with learning difficulties. The course illustrates the academic and developmental characteristics of the learners who have learning difficulties. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 325 Learning through playing
(3) Credit Hours
This course reviews theories and educational methods related to play during childhood. The course will also instruct students on how to integrate play into the curriculum, while also learning how to enhance children’s creative and innovative thinking. The course will also review the use of technology and the use of play for specific subject areas, all with the aim of aiding in the development of appropriate methods to use in play.
Course Code |
SP 325 |
Course Title |
Learning through playing |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course reviews theories and educational methods related to play during childhood. The course will also instruct students on how to integrate play into the curriculum, while also learning how to enhance children’s creative and innovative thinking. The course will also review the use of technology and the use of play for specific subject areas, all with the aim of aiding in the development of appropriate methods to use in play. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 334 Teaching methods of students with learning disabilities
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students to the methods of teaching with learning disabilities in different academic fields such as language disabilities, mathematics and social sciences. It also includes definition of the skills and strategies necessary for students who have learning disabilities to improve the academic and social behavior, and educational programs to develop
brain function necessary for the growth of language and literacy writing and mathematics.
Course Code |
SP 334 |
Course Title |
Teaching methods of students with learning disabilities |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students to the methods of teaching with learning disabilities in different academic fields such as language disabilities, mathematics and social sciences. It also includes definition of the skills and strategies necessary for students who have learning disabilities to improve the academic and social behavior, and educational programs to develop
brain function necessary for the growth of language and literacy writing and mathematics. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 336 Developmental Learning disabilities
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students with definition of developmental Learning disabilities with children's at the pre-primary schools types: motor, intellectual, social, emotional). As well as identify those disabilities and ways to deal with it. Developmental aspects are addressed for students with learning disabilities (dispersion of attention, hyperactivity, visual perception, auditory perception, memory impairment) it also deals with ways of dealing with various developmental problems as difficulty in the possession of students. In addition to the role of families in dealing with developmental problems.
Course Code |
SP 336 |
Course Title |
Developmental Learning disabilities |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students with definition of developmental Learning disabilities with children's at the pre-primary schools types: motor, intellectual, social, emotional). As well as identify those disabilities and ways to deal with it. Developmental aspects are addressed for students with learning disabilities (dispersion of attention, hyperactivity, visual perception, auditory perception, memory impairment) it also deals with ways of dealing with various developmental problems as difficulty in the possession of students. In addition to the role of families in dealing with developmental problems. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 337 Academic learning disabilities and its educational programs
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students to the nature of reading, writing. and deals with the concept of the learning disabilities in reading, writing and common manifestations. the most important guidelines in place to improve the level in reading and writing. it also deals with the concept of learning disabilities in mathematics and types of errors in learning mathematics, the characteristics of learners with learning disabilities in mathematics, and suggesting some of the strategies and activities to teach math.
Course Code |
SP 337 |
Course Title |
Academic learning disabilities and its educational programs |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students to the nature of reading, writing. and deals with the concept of the learning disabilities in reading, writing and common manifestations. the most important guidelines in place to improve the level in reading and writing. it also deals with the concept of learning disabilities in mathematics and types of errors in learning mathematics, the characteristics of learners with learning disabilities in mathematics, and suggesting some of the strategies and activities to teach math. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 340 Working with families of individuals with special needs
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to identify the counseling and counseling relationship, and stages of counseling process and the necessary skills of adviser to work successfully in the counseling process, and the reactions of the family of the disabled child, and the nature of the participation of parents and their responsibilities.
Course Code |
SP 340 |
Course Title |
Working with families of individuals with special needs |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to identify the counseling and counseling relationship, and stages of counseling process and the necessary skills of adviser to work successfully in the counseling process, and the reactions of the family of the disabled child, and the nature of the participation of parents and their responsibilities. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 343 Practicum (1) in the field of learning disabilities
(6) Credit Hours
This course aims to equip students with each what have learned through various academic courses, it includes a visiting to learning disabilities, and writing a detailed report on the visit, and do many observations to practical centers and how to deal with students with learning disabilities in these centers as well as ask students to make case study about actual students in the center.
Course Code |
SP 343 |
Course Title |
Practicum (1) in the field of learning disabilities |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
This course aims to equip students with each what have learned through various academic courses, it includes a visiting to learning disabilities, and writing a detailed report on the visit, and do many observations to practical centers and how to deal with students with learning disabilities in these centers as well as ask students to make case study about actual students in the center. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 405 Contemporary Issues in Special Education
(3) Credit Hours
This course addresses several issues including: definitions and classifications and labeling in the special education field, and the issue of measurement and diagnosis, and the issue of early intervention and preschool programs for people with special needs, and issues of rights and legislation, the preparation of professional, educational alternatives, and rehabilitation programs with special needs, and integration and its practical application, cooperation between the special education teachers and regular education teachers, as well as the use of computers for the development and evaluation of programs.
Course Code |
SP 405 |
Course Title |
Contemporary Issues in Special Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course addresses several issues including: definitions and classifications and labeling in the special education field, and the issue of measurement and diagnosis, and the issue of early intervention and preschool programs for people with special needs, and issues of rights and legislation, the preparation of professional, educational alternatives, and rehabilitation programs with special needs, and integration and its practical application, cooperation between the special education teachers and regular education teachers, as well as the use of computers for the development and evaluation of programs. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 410 Management and supervision in Special Education
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims to introduce students to the principles of educational administration , its historical development , its theories and their importance. It also aims to introduce students to the concepts of educational supervision, and its role in raising the educational process level also. Beside, it aims to improve the quality of education through the provision of better conditions that enable teachers to do their roles effectively.
Course Code |
SP 410 |
Course Title |
Management and supervision in Special Education |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims to introduce students to the principles of educational administration , its historical development , its theories and their importance. It also aims to introduce students to the concepts of educational supervision, and its role in raising the educational process level also. Beside, it aims to improve the quality of education through the provision of better conditions that enable teachers to do their roles effectively. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 415 Integrating students with special needs in regular schools
(3) Credit Hours
This course aims at introducing the foundations of the education of some special categories in regular schools, and the definition of the concept of comprehensive integration and regular education initiative. And educational alternatives in special education and forms of integration and justifications upon which the integration and the main elements of the effectiveness of the integration process in regular schools, in addition to the definition of integration programs in the HKJ.
Course Code |
SP 415 |
Course Title |
Integrating students with special needs in regular schools |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
3 |
Course Description |
This course aims at introducing the foundations of the education of some special categories in regular schools, and the definition of the concept of comprehensive integration and regular education initiative. And educational alternatives in special education and forms of integration and justifications upon which the integration and the main elements of the effectiveness of the integration process in regular schools, in addition to the definition of integration programs in the HKJ. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|
SP 499 Practicum (2) in the field of learning disabilities
(6) Credit Hours
The course aims to apply all what students have learned through various academic materials, by doing formal and informal diagnosis and the preparation of individual educational plan and individual instructional plan, as well as the use of the methods that achieve the goals that have been set under the supervision of the collaborator teacher and academic supervisor at the university.
Course Code |
SP 499 |
Course Title |
Practicum (2) in the field of learning disabilities |
Pre-requisite |
|
Credit Hours |
6 |
Course Description |
The course aims to apply all what students have learned through various academic materials, by doing formal and informal diagnosis and the preparation of individual educational plan and individual instructional plan, as well as the use of the methods that achieve the goals that have been set under the supervision of the collaborator teacher and academic supervisor at the university. |
Course Objectives |
|
Course Outcomes |
|